Embroidery Software 2006

Online ManualCopyright © 1998-2005 Wilcom International Pty Ltd. All rights reserved.No parts of this publication or the accompanying software may be copied ordistributed, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system or translated into anyhuman or computer language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,magnetic, manual, or otherwise, or disclosed to any third party without the expresswritten permission of:Wilcom International Pty Ltd. (A.B.N. 62 062 621 943)146-156 Wyndham Street, Alexandria (Sydney)New South Wales, 2015, AustraliaPO Box 581, Alexandria, 1435Phone: +61 2 9578 5100Fax: +61 2 9578 5108Email: wilcom@wilcom.com.auWeb: http://www.wilcom.com.auThe Stitch Processor (SP) portion of this product is protected by the following patents:US Patent Nº 4,821,662European Patent Nº 0221163Japanese Patent Nº 2029491Curve Line Fill Stitching in this product is protected by US Patent No. 6,587,745.TrueView™ and Point & Stitch™ are trademarks of Wilcom International Pty Ltd.Portions of the imaging technology of this product are copyrighted by AccuSoftCorporation. The EPS File Import/Export Convertor used in this product is copyrightedby Access Softek, Inc. All rights reserved.Wilcom International Pty Ltd. makes no representation or warranties with respect tothe contents of this publication and specifically disclaims any implied warranties ofmerchantable quality or fitness for any particular purpose.Further, Wilcom International Pty Ltd. reserves the right to revise this publication andto make changes in it from time to time without obligation of Wilcom International PtyLtd. to notify any person or organization of such revisions or changes.The screen illustrations in this publication are intended to be representations, notexact duplicates of the screen layouts generated by the software.Subject to any warranties implied by law which are incapable of limitation or exclusion,the software is purchased ‘as is’ without any warranty as to its performance, accuracy,freedom from error or to any results generated through its use and without any impliedwarranty of merchantability or of fitness for any particular purpose for which thesoftware is being acquired. The purchaser relies on its own skill and judgement inselecting the software for its own use and assumes the entire risk as to the results andperformance of the software. Wilcom International Pty Ltd. specifically does notwarrant that the software will meet the purchaser’s requirements or operate withoutinterruption or error.Rev 1 April 2005ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1

IntroductionWelcome to Wilcom ES 2006, the leading software application forembroidery industry design and manufacture. Wilcom ES is a suite ofCAD/CAM tools providing a fast, flexible way to create, edit, organize andstitch out embroidery designs. It is designed to support the high productivityand efficiency requirements of professional digitizers. It also allows novicesand less frequent users to become productive digitizers. Wilcom ES lets youedit designs at any stage, or adapt existing designs for use with differentfabrics and machines.First-time users

Wilcom ES provides a wide range of design capabilities, allowing you tocreate, edit, and output embroidery designs with ease. Before you beginworking with the product, read Digitizing with Wilcom ES. This chapterpresents an overview of the basic concepts of digitizing with Wilcom ES andprovides important guidelines on how to use the software for best results.You should also familiarize yourself with Basic Procedures. This chapterexplains how to start the application and how to use some of the essentialtools and features that Wilcom ES provides. The chapters Viewing Designsand Working with Design Objects contain essential information about themany ways of viewing designs in Wilcom ES as well as selecting andmanipulating design ‘objects’.Upgrade or update usersWilcom ES 2006 has many new and expanded features which makedigitizing easier and more efficient. Read the chapter Digitizing with WilcomES to familiarize yourself quickly with the scope of these improvements.

Wilcom ES product modelsWilcom ES 2006 is available in five product levels—21L, 21E, 21D,45 and 65. Each is designed to fulfil the needs of specific embroiderybusinesses and to build upon the others to provide for the whole gamut ofstitching and digitizing requirements of professional digitizers.ES 2006 Introduction 221L—LetteringMonogramming, LetteringDo you routinely embroider lettering and sports Team Name garments?Empower your business with the flexibility and reliability of in-houselettering provided by Wilcom ES level 21L. Take possession of over 130professionally digitized embroidery alphabets, or utilize the endless varietyof Windows fonts with Wilcom’s TrueType Font converter. Team Names andmass monogramming is a breeze—automatically create hundreds of namebadges and emblems in seconds. Powerful lettering reshape tools let youhandle custom lettering jobs with confidence. Combined with professionalcolorway and stitch processing technology, Wilcom ES level 21L provides forall your lettering and monogramming needs.21E—Lettering and EditingMonogramming, Lettering, EditingEmpower your business with the flexibility and reliability of in-houselettering and editing provided by Wilcom ES level 21E. Take possession ofover 130 professionally digitized embroidery alphabets, or utilize theendless variety of Windows fonts with Wilcom’s TrueType Font converter.Edit and reshape your embroidery designs or combine them with existingones. Change between Satin, Zigzag and Tatami, as well as adjust stitchdensity and underlay settings over the whole or selected parts of a design.With Wilcom ES level 21E, you are professionally equipped for anyembroidery lettering or editing job that comes your way.21D—Powerful DigitizingCorporate, Sports, FashionWilcom ES level 21D introduces you to professional embroidery digitizing.Backed with the advanced lettering and editing features of level 21E, 21Ddelivers a suite of integrated and powerful digitizing tools plus the flexibilityto create reliable, quality embroidery designs. Using scanned or importedartwork, create embroidery shapes with turning or parallel stitching plusadvanced stitch types like Program Split or Motif Fill. Ideal for companiesthat do corporate, sports and fashion embroidery, level 21D supports allcommon embroidery industry formats.45—Creative DigitizingCreative Flair, High Fashion, InspirationBoasting a blend of powerful digitizing tools and creative stitch effects,Wilcom ES level 45 is Wilcom’s most popular embroidery digitizing system.

Import and convert vector files to embroidery using Wilcom’s legendaryES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 3Point & Stitch technology. Advanced stitch effects such as Florentine Effect,3D Warp, Trapunto and Stipple stitch bring your embroidery to life. SmartBranching sequences your embroidery design, eliminating trims, whileOffset Object automatically create borders around lettering and otherdesign objects. Wilcom ES level 45 gives you the competitive edge to createsuperior embroidery designs faster and more simply than ever before.65—Advanced DigitizingHigh Volume - Maximum PowerTo arm yourself with the full power of Wilcom ES, level 65 is the only choicefor the advanced digitizer. Encompassing Wilcom’s complete range ofembroidery lettering, editing and digitizing tools, level 65 contains asstandard superior Chenille embroidery and stunning automated Sequindesign tools. Productivity and efficiency is the main focus of level 65.Crafted to support high volume embroidery, time-saving tools such asMirror-Merge, Fusion Fill™ and Color Blending complement the easy-to-useinterface to give you maximum power. Take charge of your embroiderydesign process with the powerful capabilities of Wilcom ES level 65.Note For a complete feature listing, see Product Differentiation Table in theOnline Manual.

Wilcom ES documentationWilcom ES provides you with a number of ways to access information aboutthe software and how to use it, both in printed form and online via the Helpmenu.Warning Screen illustrations in the user documentation are intended to berepresentations, not exact duplicates of the screen layouts generated by thesoftware. Procedural descriptions may be at slight variance from particularinstallations depending on which default system settings are activated.Printed documentationWith your Wilcom ES installation CD you will have received the followingprinted documentation:ES 2006 Introduction 4Release NotesThe Release Notes provide you with information about system requirementsfor your Wilcom ES installation, details of new features and major and minorimprovements to the software release, as well as known limitations and‘workarounds’. For an itemized listing of the new and improved features foreach level of product, refer to the Product Differentiation Table at the end ofthis document. For a complete table, refer to Product Differentiation Tablein the Online Manual.Quick Start GuideThe Wilcom ES Quick Start Guide contains installation instructions as well asan overview of the ES Designer and ES Design Explorer applications. Theguide provides fully worked sample projects for each product level. Whilethese projects do not cover all product features, they provide a usefulstarting point. There is also a Quick Reference section which lists all thecommands and shortcut keys used in ES Designer.For detailed procedures covering all features of the ES Designer andES Design Explorer applications, refer to the online manual which can beaccessed via the Help menu. To identify sources of information relevant toyour specific model and any options you may have selected, see ProductDifferentiation Table in the Online Manual.Online documentationOnline documentation is provided in two formats—HTML Online Help andAdobe Acrobat. Components include Release Notes, Quick Reference, OnlineManual, Online Help, as well as various User Manual Supplements.

Release NotesAn online version of the Release Notes is included with the softwareinstallation.Quick ReferenceAll commands in ES Designer can be accessed via the various menus, both‘dropdown’ and ‘popup’, toolbar icons, menu chart (for use with digitizingtablets), as well as ‘access’ and ‘shortcut’ keys. Many commands can beaccessed by more than one method. The Quick Reference lets you see at aglance which method best suits you.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 5Online ManualThe Online Manual contains hundreds of step-by-step instructions togetherwith samples and screen images. These are intended to be used as areference, not a tutorial. The manual documents the following productcomponents: ES Designer and ES Design Explorer. ES Machine Manager,and the ES Chenille, ES Schiffli, and ES Cross Stitch Options aredocumented in separate supplements described below.Online HelpOnline Help provides quick access to general information on ES Designerfeatures and step-by-step instructions. Context Sensitive help is currentlyavailable for dialogs by pressing the 1 key.User Manual supplementsWith your Wilcom ES installation CD you will have also received thefollowing online supplements:Wilcom ES Machine Manager SupplementThis manual supplement documents the following product capabilities:! ES Machine Manager Direct Connect! feedback from machines! machine activity reporting! technical details of machine network setup.The supplement must be used in conjunction with the Wilcom ES UserManual.Wilcom ES Cross Stitch SupplementThis manual supplement documents the following product capabilities:! manual and automatic cross stitch digitizing! cross stitch editing! cross stitch lettering! handling cross stitch design files.This supplement is supplied with the ES Cross Stitch Option. It must be usedin conjunction with the Wilcom ES User Manual.Wilcom ES Chenille SupplementThis manual supplement documents the following product capabilities:ES 2006 Introduction 6! ES Chenille features within ES Designer! ES Chenille machines, including chain, moss, needle height! ES Chenille stitch types and effects.This supplement is supplied with the ES Chenille Option. It must be used inconjunction with the Wilcom ES User Manual.Wilcom ES Schiffli User ManualThis manual documents the following product capabilities:! ES Schiffli features within ES Designer! read/output to Schiffli files! ES Schiffli disk utilities, Fixpat, Defced.The manual is supplied with the ES Schiffli Option. It must be used inconjunction with the Wilcom ES User Manual.Viewing online documentationOnline documentation can be accessed from the Wilcom ES Programs folder

or from the Help menu in Wilcom ES. You can read it with Adobe Acrobat™Reader which is supplied with your Wilcom ES software installation. Quicklysearch for the information you need using standard Adobe Acrobat™ Readerfeatures.To view the online documentation1 From Windows Start, go to the Programs > Wilcom 2006 folder.You will find the following online documents:! Wilcom ES Online Manual! Wilcom ES Release Notes! Wilcom ES Quick Reference Guide.2 Double-click the required document to open it in Adobe Reader.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 7Tip You can open your online documentation directly from ES Designer.Go to the Help menu and select the document you want from thedropdown list.3 Select the topic you want by clicking on its ‘Bookmark’.4 Change the view magnification in any of the following ways:! Click the Actual Size, or Fit in Window, or Fit Width buttons.! Select the Zoom In tool, then click anywhere on the page—eachclick increases the magnification.! Click the Reader Zoom dropdown and select a setting—try 200% ifyou want to look closely at screen diagrams.5 Use the page turning controls at the bottom of the window to scrollbackwards and forwards through the book or return to previous views.Tip Select Help > Reader Guide from the top of the Reader screen forcomprehensive information about using Reader.Using online helpOnline Help can be accessed from the Help menu in Wilcom ES.Bookmarks Page turning controlsFit in WindowActual Size Fit Width Zoom dropdownPaging settingsES 2006 Introduction 8To use the online help1 Select Help > Help Topics.The ES Designer Help window opens.2 Click Contents to display the main list of topics.Topics are grouped under high-level headings with ‘book’ icons.3 Double-click a book to view the list of topics, then double-click a topic.Alternatively, click Find and enter keywords to search on a specificsubject.Note Context Sensitive help is available for dialogs. When you open adialog box, press 1 to invoke relevant help.Linking to the Wilcom websiteYou can access sales and support information about the products easily fromwithin the software.To link to the Wilcom website! Select Help > Wilcom Web Page.You are directly connected to the Wilcom homepage athttp://www.wilcom.com.au/Note You must have a correctly configured web browser on your systemtogether with web access.

Conventions used in the documentationThe documentation adopts the following conventions:CommandsCommands on a submenu are referred to by both the submenu andcommand name. For example the command ‘Open’ on the submenu‘Embroidery Disk’ is referred to as Embroidery Disk > Open.

Dialog boxesDialog boxes are referred to as ‘dialogs’ and are displayed only if theyprovide important information on using Wilcom ES. The screen imagesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 9provided may differ slightly to the layouts generated by the software andoperating system you are using.Mouse conventionsKeyboard conventionsInstruction Symbol DescriptionClick [ Click the left mouse button.Right-click ] Click the right mouse button.Double-click . Click the mouse button twice without moving themouse.Shift-click V + [ Hold down Shift and click left mouse button.Click OK [ or j Click OK with the mouse or press the Enter keyon the keyboard to complete the action.Shortcut DescriptionC + S While holding down the Control key (Ctrl), press thelowercase letter S key.C + V + H While holding down the Control key (Ctrl), press Shift andthe H key.For a complete list of keyboard shortcuts, see Keyboard Shortcuts.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 10

PART IOBJECT-BASEDEMBROIDERYDesigns created in ES Designer are composed of ‘embroidery objects’. Theyare called ‘objects’ because they are discrete entities which can bemanipulated independently of each other. Each object has certain definingcharacteristics or ‘properties’ such as color, size, position, and so on. Themost important property of an embroidery object is its stitch type.Basic proceduresThis section describes how to start ES Designer, how to open designs, startnew ones and use the basic commands. It also explains how to turn on andoff the grid and measure distances on-screen. You will also find out how toselect machine formats for different output as well as how to save designs.The section also explains the procedure for entering security codes. SeeBasic Procedures for details.Working with design objectsThis section describes how to select objects using the selection tools andkeyboard. It also shows how to select while traveling through designs or byusing the Color-Object List. See Working with Design Objects for details.ES 2006 Object-Based Embroidery 11Viewing designsThis section explains the design viewing modes available in ES Designer aswell as the various design viewing settings. It also describes how to viewdesigns by ‘traveling’ through the stitching sequence. Design colorways areexplained, as well as how to obtain and modify design information. SeeViewing Designs for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 12

Chapter 1

Digitizing with Wilcom ESEmbroidery digitizing consists of turning the basic shapes of a design intoembroidery objects. Different tools are suited to different shapes. You candigitize them manually by marking points along an outline, or by using‘smart’ tools which transform shapes automatically into embroidery objects.

Planning designsHigh quality embroidery starts with good design and forward planning.ArtworkArtwork in both bitmap and vector formats can be inserted, pasted orscanned into ES Designer for use as digitizing ‘backdrops’. Unless you arean experienced digitizer, do not use complicated artwork. Possible sourcesinclude:! books of embroidery patterns! children’s story books! printed table cloths or tea towels! business cards, post cards and wrapping paper! clipart libraries from your word processing or graphics programs! internet or CD clipart libraries! samples in the Wilcom ES Design folder! original artwork—e.g. children’s drawings.Note Be sure to check the copyright of any images you have not createdyourself. If unsure, contact the company and seek their permission.Design shapes and stitching sequenceBefore digitizing, you need to analyze and plan design shapes and stitchingsequence carefully. Design shapes need to be clearly defined to make themeasy to embroider. The best shapes have relatively constant width, withsmooth edges, no sharp turns and no small, protruding details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 13The digitizing sequence defines the stitching sequence, or order in whichshapes are stitched out. Of course you can always change the sequence toimprove the stitchout—for example, to minimize color changes. Detailsshould be stitched last.Completed designGood design is enhanced by the use of the correct backing, tension and agood quality embroidery machine. Keep the following points in mind whendigitizing your design and assessing the final output:The stitched-out design should also have the following characteristics:! The design stitches out efficiently on the machine.! Stitches are neat, smooth and even.! Shapes are stitched correctly—no unwanted gaps.! The fabric has not puckered around the stitched areas.! The design is free of loose ends.details last23451details are clearlydefinedshapes are filled withcorrect fill and outlinestitchesstitches are angled tomatch shapesdesign looks

good—shapes, colors,balancelettering is clear andeasy to readES 2006 Chapter 1 Digitizing with Wilcom ES 14Digitizer tabletIf you are using a digitizer tablet, youneed to prepare an enlargement drawingfrom the artwork and place it on thedigitizer tablet. After registering thedrawing, you digitize it using the digitizerpuck. See Using Digitizing Tablets fordetails.

Object-based embroideryDesigns created in ES Designer are composed of ‘embroidery objects’. Theyare called ‘objects’ because they are discrete entities which can bemanipulated independently of each other. Each object has certain definingcharacteristics or ‘properties’ such as color, size, position, and so on. Themost important property of an embroidery object is its stitch type.Working with design objectsES Designer provides various ways to select the objects in an embroiderydesign. Modify the design as a whole or select individual objects for moreprecise modification. The Color-Object List provides an easy way to selectobjects and colors in designs and access their properties. Use it to group andungroup, lock and unlock, and show and hide objects as well. See Workingwith Design Objects for details.Viewing designsES Designer provides many viewing modes to make it easier to work withyour designs. Zoom in on an area to see more detail, view the design atactual size, or view a thumbnail of the whole design in a separate Overviewwindow. Pan the design to move it across the design window instead ofscrolling, and quickly change between one view and the last.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 15Show or hide various design elements withthe available display settings. You can showor hide outlines, needle penetration points,connectors, stitch angles, machine functionsymbols and the stitches themselves. Youcan also view designs in TrueView.When working with embroidery designs, youneed to understand the stitching sequence.Check this by ‘traveling’ through the designstitch-by-stitch. You can also check it byslowly ‘redrawing’ the design on-screen. Youcan also preview a design in different colorson different fabrics by selecting from amongany number of pre-defined colorways.ES Designer gives you comprehensiveinformation about your designs. Even beforeopening a design, you can check thesoftware version number and other designinformation for EMB files directly fromWindows Explorer. View stitching details inthe Design Properties dialog. The production worksheet also providesessential production information, including a design preview, the size of thedesign, color sequence and any special instructions. See Viewing Designs fordetails.

Digitizing designs

In ES Designer, you build designs from basic shapes or ‘embroideryobjects’. These are like ordinary vector objects in that they have certaindefining characteristics or ‘properties’ such as color, size, position, and soon. They also have properties unique to embroidery such as stitch type anddensity.Digitizing methodsThe process of creating embroidery objects on-screen is called ‘digitizing’.Like the creation of designs in graphics applications, this involves the use ofNormal viewTrueViewES 2006 Chapter 1 Digitizing with Wilcom ES 16input or ‘digitizing’ tools. These are similar to drawing tools except that theend result is an embroidery rather than a vector object.Different tools are suited to creating different shapes or design elements.There are specific tools for digitizing larger complex shapes, asymmetricalcolumns of turning stitches, columns of varying width, columns of fixedwidth, lines, and even individual stitches. See Digitizing Methods for details.Fill and outline stitchesThe most important property of all embroidery objects is the stitch type. Thesoftware uses object outlines and associated stitch type to generatestitches. Whenever you reshape, transform or scale an object, stitches areregenerated according to its stitch type and settings.Stitch types divide broadly into two categories—outline and fill. Satin fillsare generally suited to columns and borders. Tatami stitch is used to filllarger shapes with solid fields of stitching. Run stitch, Backstitch, andStemstitch are considered both digitizing methods and stitch types. BothZigzag and E Stitch are used as outline stitches. Zigzag is frequently usedfor tacking down appliqués, while E Stitch is used as the cover stitch. Bothcan also be used for decorative effect. See Fill and Outline Stitches fordetails.narrow columns (Input C)columns of varying width (Input A)turning stitches (Input B)large irregular shape(Complex Fill)line (Run)Run for linesSatin for narrowshapesTatami for largeshapesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 17Colorways and thread chartsWhen digitizing, you select thread colors for each object you create from thecolor palette. This contains a selection of thread colors tailored for eachdesign or color scheme.The particular ‘colorway’ represents the actual thread colors in which adesign will be stitched. In fact you can define multiple color schemes andswitch between them. This has important implications for salespresentations as well as production. You can also print multiple colorways,design backgrounds, and icons of color blocks together with the productionworksheet.For each colorway you define, you canselect colors from commercial threadcharts or define your own. Search forparticular threads by various criteria.Automatic thread color matching helpsyou locate thread colors based onclosest match across one or severalthread charts. You can also match

thread colors from importedgraphics—vector or bitmap. SeeColorways and Thread Charts fordetails.Connecting embroidery objectsConnectors link objects in a design. They can be run stitches or jumps. Youcan use automatic settings to generate connectors, trims and tie-offs, oradd them manually.Colorway 1 Colorway 212345trim stitching startsconnectorES 2006 Chapter 1 Digitizing with Wilcom ES 18Travel runs are typically used to connect segments within filled objects.Adjust travel run length to reduce stitch count. See Connecting EmbroideryObjects for details.Improving stitch qualityES Designer provides many techniques for achieving smooth, evenplacement of stitches, and eliminating gaps in your designs. Strengthen andstabilize designs with automatic underlay.Compensate for fabric stretch with pull compensation. Reduce stitchbunching with stitch shortening and fractional spacing. Adjust stitch densityfor more efficient production and remove small stitches automatically.Control corner stitching with Smart Corners and fine-tune handling of longstitches with Auto Split and Auto Jump. Set automatic start and end points.These features are all object properties and can be applied, removed ormodified at will. See Improving Stitch Quality for details.

Digitizing with artworkThere are two broad categories of artwork file, both of which can beimported into ES Designer for use as digitizing backdrops—vector andbitmap. To create good quality embroidery, you need to choose or createsuitable artwork of either format.with underlay without underlaywith no effects with Auto Split with Auto JumpES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 19Digitizing with vector imagesES Designer provides tools to draw shapes and outlines directly on screen.Alternatively, insert or paste vector images created in third-party drawingpackages for use as digitizing backdrops. Scale and transform them in thesame way as embroidery objects. You can also select colors for vector objectoutlines and fills. When working with overlapping vector or embroideryobjects, merge, trim or split them using the Shaping tools.Vector images have the advantage over bitmap images that they can beconverted directly to embroidery objects using a variety of input methods.This allows you to concentrate on design shapes without having to thinkabout stitch properties and sequence. See Digitizing with Vector Images fordetails.Digitizing with bitmap imagesArtwork can be inserted, pasted or scanned into ES Designer and croppedfor use as digitizing templates or ‘backdrops’. These help you to:! digitize shapes manually! digitize shapes automatically with Point & Stitch! digitize complete images automatically with Smart Design! digitize photographs with Photo Flash.Scan artwork directly into ES Designer and edit it before use. Open images

directly in MS Paint, Corel PHOTO-PAINT®, or Paint Shop Pro™. Imagesupdated in this way are automatically re-imported into ES Designer.Alternatively, insert bitmap images saved on your hard disk intovector imageconverted toembroidery designES 2006 Chapter 1 Digitizing with Wilcom ES 20ES Designer. Show or hide them as you digitize. See Digitizing with BitmapImages for details.Preparing images for automatic digitizingES Designer supports the automatic and semi-automatic digitizing of bothbitmap images and vector images. The quality of the resulting designsgreatly depends on the type and quality of the original artwork. In order tomake bitmap images—both outlined and non-outlined—more suitable forautomatic digitizing, ES Designer provides image processing capabilitiesand links to graphics packages. See Preparing Images for AutomaticDigitizing for details.Automatic digitizingES Designer provides a variety of complementary tools and techniques forautomatically digitizing suitably prepared artwork. See Automatic Digitizingfor details.! The Auto Trace feature lets you convert scanned artwork to vectorobjects. You can then convert these to embroidery objects using avariety of input methods.! The Point & Stitch tools provide everything necessary to digitize shapesin bitmap images automatically without using manual input methods.Areas recolored and outlinesimproved—ready for automatic digitizingBitmap image scaled and backgroundremoved—ready for manual digitizingBackground coloromittedAll colors omittedexcept blackES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 21! Smart Design automatic digitizing is intended for people working at alllevels of the embroidery industry. Smart Design automatically convertsbitmap images to fully digitized embroidery.! Photo Flash lets you create embroidery designs directly fromphotographs and other grayscale bitmap images. The effect resemblesthe output of a line printer.

Modifying designsAfter digitizing a design, you can modify it as a whole, edit individual objectsor even individual stitches.Combining and resequencing objectsES Designer provides techniques forcombining and resequencingobjects. You can add to designs byduplicating and copying objects.Combine designs. Split objects intosmaller ones and remove overlapsbetween objects. See Combiningand Resequencing Objects fordetails.The stitching sequencenaturally occurs in the orderin which the design wasdigitized. The Color-ObjectList displays a sequential list

of objects grouped by objectand color. It provides an easyway to group, cut, copy andpaste, and resequencegray scaleimagedigitized withPhoto FlashES 2006 Chapter 1 Digitizing with Wilcom ES 22selected objects and color blocks. See Selecting and viewing objects withthe Color-Object List for details. See also Resequencing embroidery objects.Group objects together to apply achange to them all at once. Betterstill, apply Branching to joinlike-objects to form a single‘branched object’. Objects areresequenced, connectorsminimized, component objectsgrouped, and stitches regenerated.Apply an underlay to all. SeeAutomatic branching for details.Arranging and transforming objectsES Designer also provides techniques forarranging and transforming objects. Change theposition, size and orientation of objects bymoving, scaling, rotating, skewing, and mirroringthem. Group objects together to apply universalchanges, or lock them to avoid unintentionalmodification. Modify objects directly on-screen orusing the Object Properties dialog. Accesscommonly used functions via the Color-ObjectList. See Arranging and Transforming Objects fordetails.Converting and reshaping objectsThere are also techniques available for convertingand reshaping objects. Convert among vector andembroidery objects of different types at all stagesof the design. The points you mark when digitizinga shape become its ‘control points’. These varyslightly with the object type. Use them to edit ortransform objects—e.g. reshaping, scaling, letterspacing, changing entry and exit points. Modifystitch angles of selected objects. Add multiplestitch angles as required. See Converting andReshaping Objects for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 23Editing stitches and machine functionsTechniques are available for specialist stitch andmachine function editing. In essence, you editindividual stitches like any other object, movingthe needlepoint position as required.ES Designer also lets you manually insertmachine functions and modify them. Thisflexibility allows you to adapt designs to almostany machine requirement. A Stitch List isavailable to help you locate stitches andmachine functions. See Editing Stitches andMachine Functions for details.

Advanced digitizing techniquesES Designer provides specialized productivity features as well as specialeffects and digitizing techniques.Object properties, styles and templatesEvery object you create in ES Designer has a unique set of properties thatare stored with it whenever you save the design. You can set the propertiesof a selected object to be the current property settings. You can also applycurrent property settings to existing objects. A style is a group of propertysettings stored under a unique name. You can save any combination ofsettings to a style. This makes it easy to apply these settings to selectedembroidery and lettering objects. Templates are special files used to storestyles and default property settings. See Object Properties, Styles andTemplates for details.Style 1 Style 2ES 2006 Chapter 1 Digitizing with Wilcom ES 24Specialized digitizing techniquesES Designer provides specializeddigitizing features to save time asyou digitize, and for specialeffects and machine functions.There are input tools for digitizingcircles, stars, rings and appliquéobjects, as well as methods forcreating repeated or ‘backtracked’duplicates, adding borders orfilling holes. See Specialized Digitizing Techniques for details.BordersAdd attractive borders such as rectangles, ovals, and shields todesigns using the Borders symbol set. When you add a border, it isautomatically sized to fit the current design. See Adding borders to designsfor details.AppliquéAutomatically create all the stitching you need forappliqué using Auto Appliqué. Simply extractappliqué shapes from a design to a separate file.See Digitizing for appliqué for details.Tip Cross stitch is sometimes combined withappliqué for special effects. Cross stitch is a populartechnique for filling large areas with low stitchcounts. It can also be used for outlines and borders.It is suitable for homeware, tablecloths, children’s clothes and folk designs.See ES Cross Stitch Supplement for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 25Textured fillsES Designer provides special tools to create textured effects from needlepenetrations. Apply offset fractions and partition lines to Tatami fills tocreate split-line patterns.Alternatively, apply Program Split or Flexi Split to create decorative fillsfrom pre-defined patterns of needle penetrations. Select from the library orcreate your own. With User Defined Split, create your own split lines whenyou want to add detail to filled objects. See Textured Fills for details.Artistic stitch effectsES Designer provides many artistic effects and stitch types to createtextured and contoured fill stitching. Use Jagged Edge to create roughedges, shading effects, or imitate fur and other fluffy textures. AccordionSpacing varies stitch spacing between dense and open fill, producingshading and color effects which are difficult to achieve manually. The ColorTatami Offset Partition Lines Random Factor

Program Split Flexi Split User Defined SplitES 2006 Chapter 1 Digitizing with Wilcom ES 26Blending effect creates interesting perspective, shading and color effects byblending two colored layers.Apply Trapunto effect to forceunderlying travel runs to theedges of an object so that theycan’t be seen through openstitching. See ConnectingEmbroidery Objects for details.Create ‘chiaroscuro’ effects withContour. Choose between Standard and Spiral. For another type of curvedeffect, use Florentine Effect to curve needle penetrations along a digitizedline. Liquid Effect allows you to enter twin curves. See Artistic Stitch Effectsfor details.Accordion Spacingwith circlesJagged Edge withTatami backstitchTatami with ColorBlendingSingle curve withFlorentine EffectOpen fill withTrapuntoContour spiralES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 27Motif runs and fillsMotifs are pre-defined designelements, such as hearts,leaves or border patterns. Theygenerally consist of one or moresimple objects, and are storedin a special motif set. Use MotifRun and Motif Fill to createornamental runs and texturedfills. Create your own motifs oruse the ones provided with thesoftware. Motifs can be scaled, rotated and mirrored in the same way asother objects. Using 3D Warp with motif fills, you can also create interestingthree dimensional effects. See Motif Runs and Fills for details.Sequins and boringSome embroidery machines are equipped with asequin dispenser that drops sequins onto thegarment as it stitches. Some are also equippedwith a boring knife or needle to cut holes in thefabric, producing an effect similar to lace. Often thetwo techniques are used in combination.ES Designer provides support for both.ES Designer provides a dedicated set of Sequintools which allow you to digitize sequined designsfor compatible machines. Create sequin runs alongdigitized lines, either placing sequins manually orletting the software generate placement positionsaccording to current settings. The Sequin tools alsoallow you to digitize individual sequins for evengreater control. If your embroidery machine isequipped with a boring knife or needle, you can usethe Borers tool to cut holes in the fabric, producingan effect similar to lace. See Sequins and Boring for

details.

Embroidery letteringCreate top-quality lettering quickly and simply. ES Designer provides a largerange of scalable closest-join alphabet styles and multi-color and fancystitching alphabets to choose from.ES 2006 Chapter 1 Digitizing with Wilcom ES 28Creating embroidery letteringAdd lettering directly to designs using current settings or with the aid of thedialog. With object-based operation, you can type and manipulate your textdirectly on-screen, changing the size or spacings to fit. Apply formatting justlike a word processor, including italics, bolding, and right/left justification.Change values for the whole text or for individual letters. See CreatingEmbroidery Lettering for details.Adjusting lettering layoutES Designer gives you both interactive and precise numeric control overmany settings affecting lettering objects. Adjust both individual letters andlettering objects as a whole. Apply horizontal, vertical, and curvedbaselines. Modify baseline type, length, radius and angle, as well asposition. You can even define the rotation angle of letters relative to thebaseline or the design itself. See Editing Embroidery Lettering for details.Adjusting lettering stitch settingsWhen it comes to stitching, you can fine-tune the density, add pullcompensation and underlay, or change to center-out stitching. Like allembroidery objects, each lettering object has its own stitch properties.Adjust settings at any stage. ES Designer also gives you precise control overthe stitch angles of individual letters. You can also specify the join methodES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 29and stitching sequence you prefer. See Adjusting Lettering Stitch Settingsfor details.Special lettering featuresAdd special characters and symbols to your lettering. Create interestingdistortions using lettering envelopes. See Creating special effects withenvelopes for details.Use the Team Names feature to create designs with multiple names. Forexample, use the same logo with different names for sports teams orcorporate uniforms without having to create multiple copies of the samedesign. See Team lettering for details.Bridge Pennant Perspective DiamondES 2006 Chapter 1 Digitizing with Wilcom ES 30Custom alphabetsTurn any TrueType font installed on your system into an embroideryalphabet. See Converting TrueType fonts to embroidery alphabets fordetails.Typically spacing between certain character pairs appears uneven due to theoptical illusion of having straight lines and curves side-by-side. Automatickerning is a user-defined option allowing you to customize kerning. SeeAutomatic letter kerning for details.Sometimes you find that you want to reshape a letter to improve itsappearance, perhaps to suit a particular lettering height. ES Designer letsyou save the letter as an alternative version. In fact you can save multipleversions of the same letter within the same alphabet. See User-refinedalphabets for details.Letter ‘a’ openedup at smaller sizeDefault ‘a’ too narrowat small sizeES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 31You can even create your own custom alphabets. Alternatively, modify an

existing alphabet for special applications. See Creating custom alphabets fordetails.Merge letters from two or more alphabets with the stand-alone alphabetmerging utility. See Merging alphabets for details.

Design processing & encodingDesign processing and encoding involve all the important, back-endoperations of embroidery design and manufacture. This is where youactually output your designs to machine, disk, printer, cutter, and so on. Forthis, you will need an understanding of embroidery file types as well asdifferent machine formats. Depending on your setup, you will also need anunderstanding of traditional storage media including embroidery disks andpaper tapes.Processing design filesBy default ES Designer saves to its native file format, EMB. This formatcontains all information necessary both for stitching a design and for latermodification. When opening designs created or saved in other formats,ES Designer converts the design internally to EMB format. You can thenmodify it using the full range of ES Designer features. Depending on the filetype, you may need to provide additional information to assist ES Designerin the conversion process. ES Designer also supports the processing ofMelco CND outline files, including color merging and reassignment of colors.See Processing Design Files for details.Changing machine formatsDifferent embroidery machines speak different languages. They have theirown control commands for the various machine functions. Before you canstitch a design, it must be in a format which can be understood by theembroidery machine. When you select a machine format, ES Designertranslates the digitized design into machine functions that can beES 2006 Chapter 1 Digitizing with Wilcom ES 32understood by that machine. If required, you can customize machineformats to meet specific machine requirements. See Changing MachineFormats for details.Outputting designsYou can output embroidery designs in a variety of ways—saving toembroidery disk, punching to paper tape, sending appliqué shapes to acutter, or sending directly to machine for stitching. From the same designfile, you can also output a production worksheet for the embroidery machineoperator. Designers frequently want to distribute their designs so that theycan be seen in real colors, in TrueView or otherwise. In ES Designer you cansave both design images and production worksheets to disk or email themdirect. See Outputting Designs for details.Embroidery disks and paper tapesEmbroidery disks are specially formatted floppy disks used to transferdesigns from computer to embroidery machine. You can format embroiderydisks and save designs to them from within ES Designer. The format youuse will depend on the selected embroidery machine. You can also opendesigns from embroidery disk directly into ES Designer.Paper tape is the traditional medium for storing designs in stitch dataformat. You can read paper tape designs of various formats intoES Designer. Once a design is read, you can output it without change,modify it and output it in its original format, or save it as an EMB file. Youcan also punch designs to paper tape from ES Designer. See EmbroideryDisks and Paper Tapes for details.

Design managementES Designer provides a number of productivity tools to help you managedesigns and design elements for re-use. The Embroidery Clipart feature isa powerful productivity tool which makes whole designs and design

fragments easily available. ES Design Explorer provides an efficient way forviewing and managing embroidery designs in folders.Note ES Design Explorer is not a multi-user database for company-widedesign management. Wilcom Design Workflow is a central design storageand management application. Any design format that can be read byES Designer can be stored in Design Workflow. Design Workflow usesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 33Microsoft SQL technology and is a true multi-user tool, allowing far greatercontrol of designs throughout your company. For this type of requirement,refer to the Design Workflow User Manual.Embroidery ClipartThe Embroidery Clipart feature allows you to recyclecommonly used design elements and greatly speeds up theprocess of creating new designs. Use the clipart library topermanently store useful embroidery elements and assignkeywords to them. Summary information such as width andheight, number of stitches and colors is automaticallyrecorded.The library displays all design elements currently recorded toyour personal database. Behind this functionality is thepowerful Microsoft Data Engine or MSDE. Sort and searchfunctionality is provided to filter your list according to name,keywords, number of colors, or number of stitches. Once asuitable design element is located, simply drag and drop itas ‘embroidery clipart’ into the current project.Automatically find the nearest match between selectedclipart element colors and the current palette. See Embroidery Clipart fordetails.ES Design ExplorerWith ES Design Explorer, you can browse design files stored on yourcomputer hard disk, CD-ROM, or floppy disk, as well as cut, copy, paste anddelete them. It recognizes all design file formats used by ES Designer. SeeES Design Explorer Basics for details.Designs in ES Design Explorerfolders can be sorted in variousways. This is useful when youwant to select designs forstitching out, printing,archiving, and so on. Once adesign is selected in anES Design Explorer folder, youcan send it direct to anembroidery machine orpunching machine. You can alsobatch-convert your EMB andother design files to and fromother file formats directly from ES Design Explorer. See ES Design ExplorerAdvanced Functions for details.ES 2006 Chapter 1 Digitizing with Wilcom ES 34Create design catalogs containing thumbnail images and/or summaryinformation. These can be sent to a printer, published on your website orintranet, and exported in formats suitable for spreadsheet and databaseprograms, and for integration with third-party e-commerce solutions.Archive design files in folders with the built-in WinZip utility. This can beuseful for sending or receiving multiple files via email. You can even viewdesign files within ‘zipped’ archives.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 35

Chapter 2

Basic ProceduresWilcom ES software is an MS Windows-based product incorporating many ofthe conventions with which most PC users are already familiar. To start usingES Designer, you need to understand something about the organization ofthe graphical user interface (GUI) as well as a few basic procedures such asopening and saving designs. Other basic procedures include displaying thegrid, accessing design information, and selecting machine formats.Security codes enable access to features within the software. You also needto be able to identify your system’s access codes, and enter new codes forupgrades.This section describes how to start ES Designer, how to open designs, startnew ones and use the basic commands. It also explains how to turn on andoff the grid and measure distances on-screen. You will also find out how toselect machine formats for different output as well as how to save designs.The section also explains the procedure for entering security codes.

Starting ES DesignerDouble-click to start ES Designer.ES 2006 Chapter 2 Basic Procedures 36Open ES Designer using the desktop icon or the Windows Start menu. Thescreen image shown here displays an exploded view of all toolbars in theproduct.To start ES Designer! Double-click the ES Designer shortcut icon on the Windows desktop.Alternatively, select Programs > Wilcom ES > ES Designer from theStart menu. ES Designer opens with a new, blank design (Design1).! Customize the design window by showing or hiding the grid, changingthe grid dimensions, and showing and hiding toolbars. See Displayingthe grid and Showing or hiding toolbars for details.Design WindowTitle and Menu barsStandard toolbarStitch Types toolbarColor toolbarStatus barPrompt linePointer toolbarInput toolbarGeneral object propertiesShow Vertical toolbarTravel toolbarImage toolbarES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 37! The Status and Prompt bars include a General Properties panel forcontinuous display and routine modification of general object properties.See also Accessing object properties.

Using commands and toolsOnce you start ES Designer, you use commands or tools, and dialogs tocomplete your tasks. You select commands in ES Designer in the same wayas other Windows applications—from menus, toolbars, or popup menus.Dialogs provide the other principal way of engaging with the system. Theycome in two forms—modal and modeless. Modal dialogs effectively lock thesystem until you have finished with them. The idea of the ‘modeless’ dialogis that you can keep it open as long as you need to while workinginteractively with different settings. Keyboard shortcuts are also availablefor the most frequently used commands. See Quick Reference for details.Showing or hiding toolbarsToolbars provide quick and easy access to most ES Designer commands. Youcan choose to show or hide them for convenience.

Tip To increase your working area, hide unwanted toolbars and use themenu and keyboard commands instead. See also Quick Reference.Stitch type andcurrent settingsStitch countCoordinates of currentneedle positionStatus barPrompt lineCurrent colorGeneral propertiespermanently availableLength and angle ofcurrent stitch Current functionUse Show Pointer Toolbar (Show Vertical toolbar) to display the Pointertoolbar.Use Show Input Toolbar (Show Vertical toolbar) to display the Inputtoolbar.Use Show Travel Toolbar (Show Vertical toolbar) to display the Traveltoolbar.Use Show Image Toolbar (Show Vertical toolbar) to display the Imagetoolbar.ES 2006 Chapter 2 Basic Procedures 38To show or hide toolbars1 Select View > Toolbars.The Toolbars dialog opens.2 Select the toolbars you want to display.3 Click OK.Tip Use the buttons on the Show Vertical toolbar to display the Pointer,Input, Travel, and Image toolbars on the side of the design window.Toolbar docking and parkingES Designer toolbars are dockable. To move a toolbar to a more convenientlocation, click-and-drag it. To dock it in its normal position, double-click thetoolbar title. The toolbar parking feature allows you to make better use ofavailable screen ‘real estate’.By default, the Toolbar Park toolbar is situated just above the designwindow. Simply drag and drop any toolbar into the Park to move it out ofthe way. Click the tab and drag it back out when you need it. You can alsopark the Color-Object List, the Color Palette Editor, and the ObjectClick-and-drag toolbars andmodeless dialogs intotoolbar parkES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 39Properties dialog. The Toolbar Park toolbar itself can be docked at thebottom of the screen.Tip A toolbar parked in the Toolbar Park area is automatically removed bydeactivating it in the Toolbars dialog.Selecting commands from toolbarsToolbars provide quick and easy access to ES Designer commands. Click atoolbar button to activate a command or, where applicable, right-click to setits properties. Some icons are ‘toggles’ which turn on or off associatedfunctions.To select commands from toolbars! Rest the pointer over a tool icon to see its name in a ‘tooltip’.! Click the icon to activate the command.! Right-click to adjust settings or activate the secondary command.! If the tool has both left and right-click commands, the name is splitwith a slash (/). For example, the Polygon Select/Line Select toollets you select objects within a polygon when you click it, or objectsalong a line when you right-click.! For many tools, right-clicking accesses current command settings.

For example, left-clicking Satin/Values selects Satin as the stitchtype, while right-clicking accesses Satin stitch settings in the ObjectProperties dialog.Note Object properties can be modified with or without objectsselected. The former affects only selected objects. The latter affectscurrent settings. See Working with object properties for details.ES 2006 Chapter 2 Basic Procedures 40Using popup menusGenerally speaking, popup menus of context-specific commands can beaccessed from the design window as well as some modeless dialogs.To use popup menus1 Right-click a selected object/s in the design window or modeless dialogsuch as the Color-Object List.The popup menu opens.2 Select a command from the menu.Tip A frequently used command is Properties. This opens the ObjectProperties dialog for selected objects. See Accessing object propertiesfor details.Accessing object propertiesThe most important dialog in ES Designer is the Object Properties dialog.This is a ‘modeless’ dialog, meaning that it stays in the design window aslong as you need it. Use it together with a General Properties toolbar toadjust properties of selected objects as you work.Use Object Properties (Standard toolbar) to set properties for selectedobjects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 41To access object properties1 Open the Object Properties dialog by any of the following means:! Select View > Object Properties.! Click the Object Properties icon.! Double-click an object in the design window.! Right-click an object in the design window and select Propertiesfrom the popup menu.! Right-click an object in the Color-Object List and select Propertiesfrom the popup menu.2 Select a tab to access the object property set you want to adjust.Adjust settingsSelect requiredtabScroll to viewdialogApply settingsES 2006 Chapter 2 Basic Procedures 423 Use dropdown lists, radio buttons and checkboxes to choose options.Adjust settings by keying in precise values or by using the popup slidercontrol.Tip The slider control has two operating modes—Normal andAccelerated. Holding down the Ctrl key puts it in Accelerated mode.4 Apply settings by means of the control buttons at the bottom of thedialog.Note You have the choice of applying changes to object propertiesimmediately or by means of the Apply button. See Setting ObjectProperty ‘apply’ options for details.Click ‘swivel’ buttonto invoke slidercontrolAfter clicking‘swivel’ button, dragpopup slider to set‘Radio’ buttons are

mutually exclusiveCheckboxes areoptionalApply current settings toselected object/sClick to invoke helpabout a particular tabClick to invoke the‘effects’ tabsSave settings to thecurrent templateRevert to previous settingsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 435 Click the FX button to access a separate set of more specialized objectproperty settings such as Accordion Spacing, Stitch Shortening, SmartCorners, etc.6 Adjust general object properties—width, height, position—by means ofthe General Properties controls at the bottom of the screen where theyare permanently available.Tip The Object Properties dialog can be temporarily parked in the newToolbar Park toolbar for easy access. See Toolbar docking and parkingfor details.7 Close the Object Properties dialog by any of the following means:! Click the Object Properties icon.! Click the X icon in the Object Properties dialog to close.Undoing and redoing commandsYou can undo the effects of most commands. If you change your mind, youcan redo them again. ES Designer ‘remembers’ up to 256 undo and redocommand actions.General propertiespermanently available onright side of status barClick to applyor revertUse Undo icon (Standard toolbar) to undo an action and Undo Arrow toundo a range of actions.Use Redo icon (Standard toolbar) to redo an action and Redo Arrow to redoa range of actions.ES 2006 Chapter 2 Basic Procedures 44To undo and redo commands! To undo a previous command, simply click the Undo icon.When ES Designer cannot remember more commands, Undo isdimmed.! Click Redo to re-apply an ‘undone’ command.! To undo or redo a range of actions, use the dropdown lists by clickingthe arrow next to Undo/Redo icons.Tip To cancel the current selection in the Undo/Redo List or close it, clickthe Undo/Redo Arrow button again or click away the list withoutselecting any action.

Opening designsES Designer opens a comprehensive range of both outline and ‘stitch’ files.You can also open designs from proprietary embroidery disks, or read themfrom paper tape. See also Embroidery design formats and Embroidery Disksand Paper Tapes in the Online Manual.Warning You cannot open EMB files created with a later version of thesoftware than the one you are currently running.To open a design1 Click the Open icon.Redo selectedactionsUndo selected

actionsUse Open (Standard toolbar) to open an existing design.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 45The Open dialog opens.2 Select a folder from the Look In list.3 If the design is not in EMB format, select a file type from the Files ofType list.4 Select a design or designs.! To select a range of items, hold down Shift then select the first andlast in the range.! To select multiple items, hold down Ctrl as you select.5 Select the Preview checkbox to preview the design (for supported fileformats) together with the design data. This includes stitch and colornumbers, design height and width, and software version number (V6.0onwards).Tip For more information about a selected file, right-click and selectProperties from the popup menu. See Viewing design information inWindows Explorer for details.6 For file types other than EMB or ESD, click Options and change therecognition options. See Processing Design Files for details.7 Click Open.

Creating new designsWhen you start ES Designer, a new file—Design1—is automatically created,ready for you to start digitizing. By default, Design1 is based on theNORMAL template. Templates contain pre-set styles, default settings orobjects, to make digitizing quicker and easier. When you create a file basedpreview paneldesign datapreview on/offES 2006 Chapter 2 Basic Procedures 46on a template, the template’s values are copied to the new design. You cancreate additional designs based on the NORMAL template, or select adifferent template. New designs are given a name, and numberedsequentially—e.g. Design1, Design2, and so on. See also Working withdesign templates.Creating new designs with the NORMAL templateWhenever you click the New icon, a blank design opens in the design windowusing the default ‘NORMAL’ template.To create a new design with the NORMAL template! Click the New icon.A blank design opens in the design window.Tip Whenever you create a new design, save it with a new name. SeeSaving designs for details.Creating new designs with selected templatesYou can select a custom template to base your new design on. See alsoWorking with design templates.To create a new design with a selected template1 Select File > New.The New dialog opens.Use New (Standard toolbar) to start a new design with the NORMALtemplate.Use New (File menu) to start a new design with a selected template.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 47Note If there is no template other than the default, the New dialog maynot appear.2 Select a template from the list.3 Click OK.Tip Whenever you create a new design, save it with a new name. See

Saving designs for details.Generating stitchesWith ES Designer designs, stitches are automatically generated from designoutlines and properties. You can either generate stitches as you digitize, orwait until you have defined the outlines. With Generate Stitches on (thedefault), stitches are calculated for new objects whenever you press Enter.They are also updated whenever you scale, transform or move the object.If speed is an issue, you can digitize objects with Generate Stitches off. Youcan also select objects and remove all generated stitches. With GenerateStitches off, only object outlines appear.To generate stitches! To generate stitches for new or selected objects, click the GenerateStitches icon or press G.If any objects are selected, stitches are generated for themautomatically. If no objects are currently selected, stitches aregenerated for new objects as soon as you press Enter.! To remove stitches, or digitize without generating stitches, deselectGenerate Stitches icon or press G again.Tip Make sure Show Outlines is selected, and the colors of backgroundand object(s) when selected contradict each other, otherwise the objectswill not be visible in the design window. See Changing background colorsand fabrics for details.Use Generate Stitches (Generate toolbar) to generate stitches for new orselected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 2 Basic Procedures 48

Displaying grids, rulers and guidesES Designer provides a set of grid lines to help accurately align or sizeembroidery objects. The Show Rulers and Guides feature improvesusability by allowing you to accurately position stitches and align objects inthe design.Displaying the gridUse grid lines to help accurately align or size embroidery objects. You canshow or hide the grid at any time. Default grid spacing is 10 mm x 10 mm.To display the grid! Toggle grid display by any of the following means:! Click the Show Grid icon.! Select Special > Options > Grid and Guides tab and select theShow Grid option.! Select View > Grid and Guides tab and select the Show Grid option.! Press Shift+G.Tip You can change grid spacing, select a reference point and turn Snapto Grid on or off in the Options dialog. You can also change the color ofthe grid lines. See Changing display colors for details. See also Settinggrid options.Displaying rulers and guidesClick Show Grid (Standard toolbar) to show or hide the grid. Right-click tochange the Grid settings.Show GridClick Show Rulers and Guides (Standard toolbar) to show or hide rulers andguides. Right-click to change the Guides settings.Drag the Ruler Zero Point to reset a new ruler zero point.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 49Rulers are located to the top and left side of the design window. The unit ofmeasurement—mm or inches—depends on the regional settings in theWindows Control Panel. The ruler scale, illustrated with numbers and ticks,depends on the zoom setting. Guides are dotted vertical and horizontal linesplaced across the design window to help you align objects. Each guide hasa yellow guide handle on the ruler that can be used to move or delete it.

Guides are displayed ‘on top’ of the grid, if present, but ‘beneath’ all images,vector objects and embroidery objects. Rulers must be displayed before aguide can be created.Note By default, rulers and guides are switched on. When they areswitched off, guides are hidden but are stored in the design and willreappear when switched back on.To display rulers and guides! Toggle ruler display by any of the following means:! Click the Show Rulers and Guides icon.! Select Special > Options > Grid and Guides tab and select theShow Rulers and Guides option.! Select View > Grid and Guides tab and select the Show Rulers andGuides option.! Press Ctrl+R.Show Rulers andGuidesClick-and-drag toreset ruler zeropointClick-and-drag toreposition guidesClick ruler tocreate new guideDrag guide offruler to removeES 2006 Chapter 2 Basic Procedures 50! Reset the ruler zero point by clicking and dragging the box in the topleft-hand corner of the design window to the required point in thedesign.The point where you release the mouse becomes the new zeropoint—X,Y (0,0). The grid always lines up with the rulers. Whenever theruler zero is changed, the Set Reference Point checkbox in Special >Options > Grid tab is deselected.! To create a guide, click on either ruler—horizontal or vertical—andclick-and-drag it into position. Multiple guides can be created and just aseasily removed.! For more accurate positioning of guides, double-click the yellow handle.In the Guide Position dialog, enter a precise distance from the zeropoint, and click OK.Note The ruler zero and the design zero are not the same and ingeneral do not coincide. When the zero point of the rulers is changed,the guides maintain their current displacement from the zero point ofthe design, not the zero point of the rulers.! To remove a guide, drag the yellow guide handle off the design window.Tip You can turn Snap to Grid and Snap to Guide on or off in theOptions dialog. You can also change the color of grid and guidelines. SeeChanging display colors for details. See also Setting grid options.

Measuring distances on-screenMeasure the distance between two points on screen using the Measurecommand. You can show these measurements in a tooltip. Measurementsare shown in millimeters or inches, depending on the option selected in theWindows Control Panel. See your Windows documentation for moreinformation.Enter precisepositionUse Measure (View menu) to measure distances on-screen.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 51Tip For more accurate results, zoom in before you measure. Themeasurement is always the actual size, and is not affected by the zoomfactor.

To measure a distance on-screen1 Select View > Measure or press M.2 Click the start point.3 Move the pointer to the end point and hold the mouse still.The following information displays in the Status bar:! Position coordinates of the end point (X=, Y=)! Length of the measured line (L=)! Angle of the line relative to the horizontal (A=).Tip If turned on, the measurements will also appear in tooltips. Use thetooltip with the crosshair cursor on for a more accurate measurement.See Setting other options for details.4 Press Esc to finish.

Selecting machine formatsBefore you start digitizing, decide which machine format to use. A design’smachine format can be changed at any time for stitching to another machinetype, or sending to a paper tape punch or embroidery disk.measurementsappear as tooltipSelect the Select Machine Format (Machine menu) to select a machine format.ES 2006 Chapter 2 Basic Procedures 52To select a machine format1 Select Machine > Select Machine Format.The Select Machine Format dialog opens.2 Select a machine format from the list.Note You can customize or add formats to suit the embroidery machineyou will use to stitch the design. See Creating custom formats orAdjusting standard machine format settings in the Online Manual fordetails.3 Click OK.

Saving designsES Designer lets you save designs in EMB as well as other outline and ‘stitch’file formats. You can also save designs to proprietary embroidery disks, orpunch them to paper tape. See Embroidery design formats and EmbroideryDisks and Paper Tapes in the Online Manual. See also Saving designs formachine.Saving a design records its file name, location and format, and updates itwith any changes you make. When you save an existing design under a newname, to a different location or format, you create a copy of the originaldesign.Select machineformatUse Save (Standard toolbar) to save the current design. Right-click to openthe Save As dialog.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 53Tip Save your design early and often. Do not wait until you finish working.You can also set ES Designer to save automatically while you work. SeeSetting automatic save and backup options for details.To save a design1 Click the Save icon.If this is the first time you have saved the design, the Save As dialogopens.Tip To save changes to an existing file but preserve the original, useSave As.2 Select the folder where you want to save the design from the Save Inlist.3 Enter a name for the design in the File name field.4 Select a file format from the Save as type list. See Supportedembroidery file formats for details.

Warning If a design feature is not available in the file type you select,it will be converted—e.g. Flexi Split stitching may be changed to plainTatami.5 Click Save.format listdesign namefolder containingdesignES 2006 Chapter 2 Basic Procedures 54Tip Files saved in EMB format are automatically compressed whensaved and decompressed when re-opened. This reduces the storagespace required, and makes it possible to save large files to floppy disk,or send them as email attachments.Once you have saved a design, every time you click Save on the toolbarthe file will be updated.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 55

Chapter 3

Working with Design ObjectsES Designer provides various ways to select the objects in an embroiderydesign. Modify the design as a whole or select individual objects for moreprecise modification. The Color-Object List provides an easy way to selectobjects and colors in designs and access their properties. Use it to group andungroup, lock and unlock, and show and hide objects as well.Note In ES Designer vector objects and embroidery objects are in factinter-convertible since they share many of the same characteristics. Seealso Digitizing with Vector Images.This section describes how to select objects using the selection tools andkeyboard. It also shows how to select while traveling through designs or byusing the Color-Object List.

Selecting and deselecting objectsYou can select all objects in a design, cancel all selections, or removeindividual objects from a selected group.Selecting all objects in a designSelect all objects to apply changes to a whole design. See also QuickReference.ES 2006 Chapter 3 Working with Design Objects 56To select all objects in a design! Select Edit > Select All or press Ctrl+A.Selection handles appear around the entire design.! To deselect, select Edit > Deselect All, press X or Esc.Deselecting objectsYou can cancel all selections in the design, or remove individual objects froma group of selected objects.To deselect objects! Deselect an object/s by any of the following means:! Click an empty area of the background.! Select a different object.! Press Esc or X to deselect all.! Select Edit > Deselect All to deselect all.! Remove an object from a group of selection by holding down Ctrl andclicking the object to deselect.

Selecting objects with Select ObjectES Designer provides various means for selecting objects including pointand click, and bounding box selection. You can also use the Select Objecttool in conjunction with Shift and Ctrl keys to select groups of objects.

ES Designer allows precise selection of object outlines or fill stitches. It alsoallows selection of a solid color (for vector objects), fabric (for appliqués) orthe visible portion, after cropping, of a bitmap. See also Quick Reference.no objects selected all objects selectedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 57Selecting objects by point & clickThe simplest way to select objects is by pointing and clicking with the mousewith the Select Object tool activated (the default). With Shift and Ctrl keys,you can select multiple objects. When clicking at a point where two or moreobjects intersect, the last object in the sequence is selected. Clicking anembroidery object outline selects the object regardless of whether anotherobject is on top. Closed unfilled objects such as vector objects with no fillcolor can only be selected by clicking their outlines. Filled objects can beselected by clicking their outlines or stitches.Note ES Designer allows a degree of ‘selection tolerance’ around stitchesand outlines when selecting, as though the lines were thicker. Selectiontolerance does not apply to color or fabric fills. When stitching has lowdensity and/or at high zooms, it is possible to click between stitches and notselect the object.To select objects by point & click! Click the object you want to select.Selection handles appear around it. You can move the cursor anywherewithin these extents to click-and-drag the object.! To select a range of items, hold down Shift as you click.Tip It helps to know the design stitching sequence for this method. SeeTraveling by object for details.! To select multiple items, hold down Ctrl as you click.Click Select Object (Pointer toolbar) and click the object to select.Click first object Hold down Ctrl andclick another objectCtrl + Hold down Shift andclick last objectShift +ORES 2006 Chapter 3 Working with Design Objects 58Note Clicking within the object’s extent box but outside its outline doesnot select it.! Where you have a mixture of closed-curve objects with or without fills,you can select object outlines or fill stitches.Tip To select an object which is sitting behind another object, zoom inand position the cursor over the area where they overlap, and holdingdown the 2 key, click until the second object is selected. Each clickselects the next overlapping object.Selecting objects with a bounding boxWith the Select Object tool activated, you can select objects by dragging abounding box around them. The selection tool is generally activated bydefault.To select objects with a bounding box! Drag a bounding box around the objects you want to select.Clicking fill selects the objecteven if it is within the boundsof a larger objectClicking fill behind an objectwithout fill selects the objectClicking outline of objectselects the objectClick Select Object (Pointer toolbar) and drag a bounding box around theobject to select.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 59Objects are selected when you release the mouse button.

Note Only objects completely within the bounding box will be selectedwhen you release the mouse button. See also Grouping and ungroupingobjects.

Selecting objects ‘on the fly’You can select a range of objects by traveling by object with Selects Onactivated, or using the Select Object tool in conjunction with Shift, Ctrl andTab keys.Selecting objects with Selects OnThe Selects On tool adds objects to the selection as you travel through thestitching sequence.To select objects with Selects On1 Click the Selects On icon.2 Click the Select Object icon.Note If the Select Object tool is not selected, Selects On has no effect.3 Travel through the design. See Traveling by object for details.As you travel, objects are added to the selection.Drag a bounding box aroundthe objectsObjects are selectedClick Selects On (Standard toolbar) to select a range of objects as you travelthrough the design.ES 2006 Chapter 3 Working with Design Objects 60Selecting objects while traveling through a designYou can select objects as you ‘travel’ through the design using the Ctrl key.Traveling is usually associated with checking the stitching sequence.To select objects while traveling through a design1 Click the Select Object icon.2 Travel through the design, stopping just before the object to select. SeeTraveling by object for details.3 Hold down Ctrl, and travel over the object to select it.Note If an object is already selected, it is deselected when you travelthrough it.! To select more objects, continue traveling with Ctrl held down.! To leave an object out of the selection, release Ctrl before you travelthrough it.Tip You can select the object you are currently traveling through bypressing Shift+O or right-clicking the Select Object tool.Click Select Object (Pointer toolbar) together with the Ctrl key to selectobjects as you travel through a design.Stop before the firstobjectHold down Ctrl andtravel by objectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 61Selecting next or previous objectIf an object is already selected, you can select the object before or after itin the stitching sequence using Tab or Shift + Tab with the Select Object toolactivated. With no object selected, you can select the first or last object inthe design sequence.To select next or previous object1 Click the Select Object icon.2 Select an object as required.3 Do one of the following:! Press Tab to select the next object in the stitching sequence.! Press Shift + Tab to select the previous object in the stitchingsequence.Tip Hold down Ctrl and press Tab or Shift + Tab to add the next orprevious objects to the selection.

Selecting objects with Polygon Select/Line SelectSometimes the Select Object tool does not provide fine enough control. ThePolygon Select /Line Select tool lets you select individual objects bydrawing an outline around them or a line through them.Tip To select an object which is behind another object, you can zoom in andclick the outline. Alternatively, position the pointer over the object, holddown the 2 key, and click until the object is selected. Each click selects thenext overlapping object.Selecting objects with Polygon SelectWith the Polygon Select /Line Select tool you can select a specific objectby drawing a bounding box around it.Click Select Object (Pointer toolbar) and press Tab or Shift + Tab to selectnext or previous objects.Click Polygon Select /Line Select (Pointer toolbar) to select objects with abounding box.ES 2006 Chapter 3 Working with Design Objects 62To select objects with Polygon Select1 Click the Polygon Select /Line Select icon.2 Mark reference points around the object/s you want to select.The objects you want to select must be completely within the outline.3 Press Enter to select.Selecting objects with Line SelectWith the Polygon Select /Line Select tool you can select a specific objectby drawing a line through it.To select objects with Line Select1 Right-click the Polygon Select/Line Select icon.2 Mark two or more reference points to create a line touching all objectsyou want to select.Any object intersected by the line is selected.3 Press Enter to select.Mark referencepoints aroundobject/s to selectClick Polygon Select/Line Select (Pointer toolbar) to draw a line through theobject to select.Mark tworeference pointsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 63

Selecting related objectsYou can select all objects of the same color or stitch type with a singlecommand. Use this feature to apply a change across all objects of the sametype.Selecting objects by colorYou can select all objects of the same color with a single command. Use thisfeature to apply a change across all objects of the same color. See alsoViewing design objects by color.To select objects by color1 Select Edit > Select By > Color.The Select By Color dialog opens.2 Select a thread color from the list.! To select a range of colors, hold down Shift as you click.! To select multiple colors, hold down Ctrl as you click.3 Click OK.Objects using the selected thread colors are selected in the design.Note Manual color changes are ignored. Any objects with manual colorchanges are selected according to their original color.ES 2006 Chapter 3 Working with Design Objects 64

Selecting objects by stitch typeYou can select all objects of the same stitch type with a single command.Use this feature to apply a change across all objects of the same stitch type.To select objects by stitch type1 Select Edit > Select By > Stitch type.The Select By Stitch Type dialog opens.2 Select a stitch type from the list.! To select a range of stitch types, hold down Shift as you click.! To select multiple stitch types, hold down Ctrl as you click.3 Click OK.Objects using the selected stitch types are selected in the design.

Selecting and viewing objects with the Color-Object ListThe Color-Object List provides a sequential list of objects as digitized,grouped by ‘color block’. It offers an easy way to select objects andselectively view them. It is synchronized with the design window,dynamically updating whenever you manipulate objects. It is normallySelect stitch typeUse Color-Object List (Standard toolbar) to toggle the Color-Object Listdisplay on and off. Use it to select and view objects in a design.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 65docked on the right of the design window but can be dragged to any positionyou require.Note You can use the Color-Object List to group and lock objects. Use italso to cut, copy and paste, resequence, as well as branch objects. See alsoGrouping and locking with the Color-Object List, Copying and pastingobjects, Resequencing colors and objects with the Color-Object List, andBranching objects with the Color-Object List in the Online Manual.To select and view objects with the Color-Object List1 Click the Color-Object List icon.The Color-Object List opens. It can be docked to the left or right sideof the design window, or dragged to any position.The Color-Object List shows a separate icon for each color block andeach object in the design, in order of stitching sequence. Each object’sstitch count is also shown, together with the input method and stitchtype used in its creation.stitch typestitch countbitmap imagenodevector imagenodemore than onestitch typemore than oneobject typecolor blocknodetotal colorblock counttotalobjectcountobject typetotal stitchcountobjecticonsES 2006 Chapter 3 Working with Design Objects 662 Click a ‘node’ icon to open or close a color block and see its componentobjects.

3 Click an icon to select a color block and/or individual objects.When a color block is selected, all of its component objects are selectedas well. A blue border appears around each.! To select a range of items, hold down Shift as you click.! To select multiple items, hold down Ctrl as you click.! To select all items, right-click any object or color block, and chooseSelect All from the popup menu.! To deselect all objects, click away from objects and color blocks.4 Hide selected color blocks and objects via the popup menu commands.! Right-click a color block or object icon and apply Hide from thepopup menu.! To show all items, right-click any object or color block, and selectUnhide All from the popup menu.Click toopen/close allcolor block nodesClick to open/closeindividual color blocknode Blue border appearsaround selectedobjectsRight-click any object orcolor block, and selectSelect AllSelect Unhide AllES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 67! To view selected items only, select Hide Others from the popupmenu.Alternatively, select the items you want to view in isolation, and holddown Locate.Note The Locate button will hide all unselected objects, but it will notpan to the located object. Nor will it update the Overview window.Select HideOthers to viewonly selecteditemsHold downLocate toquickly viewselected itemsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 68

Chapter 4

Viewing DesignsES Designer provides many viewing modes to make it easier to work withyour designs. Zoom in on an area to see more detail, view the design atactual size, or view a thumbnail of the whole design in a separate Overviewwindow. Pan the design to move it across the design window instead ofscrolling, and quickly change between one view and the last. Show or hidevarious design elements with the available display settings. You can show orhide outlines, needle penetration points, connectors, stitch angles, machinefunction symbols and the stitches themselves. You can also view designs inTrueView.When working with embroidery designs, you need to understand thestitching sequence. Check this by ‘traveling’ through the designstitch-by-stitch. You can also check it by slowly ‘redrawing’ the designon-screen. You can also preview a design in different colors on differentfabrics by selecting from among any number of pre-defined colorways.ES Designer gives you comprehensive information about your designs. Evenbefore opening a design, you can check the software version number and

other design information for EMB files directly from Windows Explorer. Viewstitching details in the Design Properties dialog. The production worksheetalso provides essential production information, including a design preview,the size of the design, color sequence and any special instructions.This section explains the design viewing modes available in ES Designer aswell as the various design viewing settings. It also describes how to viewdesigns by ‘traveling’ through the stitching sequence. Design colorways areexplained, as well as how to obtain and modify design information.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 69

Design viewing modesES Designer provides many viewing modes to make it easier to work withyour design. Zoom in on an area to see more detail, view the design atactual size, or view a thumbnail of the whole design in a separate Overviewwindow. Pan across the design instead of scrolling, and quickly changebetween one view and the last.Note To make sure your design is being displayed at the correct size, youmight need to calibrate your monitor. See Calibrating the monitor for details.Zooming and panning designsMagnify your view of the design by zooming in on individual stitches ordetails, or zoom out to display more of the design in the window. In additionto the scroll bars, panning provides a quick way to view parts of a designwhich are not currently visible in the design window. Panning is typicallyused after zooming in on an area.Tip Use Auto Scroll to scroll the design automatically while you aredigitizing. This can be more convenient than using panning or the scrollbars. See Setting auto scroll options for details.To zoom and pan a design! To display a design at twice its current size, click the Zoom In 2X iconor press Z.Click Zoom 1:1 (Zoom toolbar) to display a design at actual size.Click Show All (Zoom toolbar) to display the whole design in the designwindow.Click Zoom Box (Zoom toolbar) to zoom in on a section of a design.Select Zoom In 2X (Zoom toolbar) to display a design at twice its current size.Select Zoom Out 2X (Zoom toolbar) to display a design at half its currentsize.Select a Zoom Factor (Zoom toolbar) from the dropdown list todisplay the design at a particular scale.ES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 70! To display a design at half its current size, click the Zoom Out 2X iconor press Shift+Z.! To display a design at actual size, click the Zoom 1:1 icon or press 1.! To return to the previous view, select View > Previous View or press V.! To view the entire design in the design window, click the Show All iconor press 0.Tip To fit selected objects in the window, select View > Show All >Selected Objects. Alternatively, press Shift+0 on the keyboard. PressShift+S to only show selected objects. See also Design viewing settings.! Select a Zoom Factor from the dropdown list to display the design at aparticular scale or key it directly into the field. Alternatively, select View> Zoom Factor or press F on the keyboard. In the Zoom Factor dialog,enter a viewing scale and click OK.! To zoom in on a section of a design, click the Zoom Box icon and draga bounding box around the zoom area. Alternatively, press B on thekeyboard.Enter viewingscaleClick & drag boundingbox around area to

zoomES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 71! To pan across a design in the design window, select View > Pan or pressP. Move the ‘pan box’ over the part of the design you want to view andleft-click. ES Designer centers the design window around the point youclicked.Working with the Overview WindowUse the Overview Window to view a thumbnail of the design. The windowupdates whenever you make a change and can be used to zoom in or panacross the design window. See also Zooming and panning designs.Note To change the view settings for the Overview window, click it to makeit the active window. See Design viewing settings for details.To work with the Overview Window1 Click the Overview Window icon.Use Overview Window (Standard toolbar) to toggle Overview windowdisplay on/off. Use it to view a thumbnail of the design.Place ‘pan box’over area to viewand clickES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 72The Overview Window opens.2 To zoom in or out, click the Zoom button at the bottom of the windowand drag a bounding box around the area to zoom.Click forzoom boxDrag bounding boxaround area to zoom

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 733 To pan across the design, move the cursor inside the zoom box—itchanges to a four-way arrow cursor—and drag it.Showing and hiding selected objectsES Designer provides a number of techniques for quickly hiding or showingselected objects in the design window. You can also switch quickly betweenthe current view and the last view you selected. After certain operations,such as editing thread colors, you may also need to redraw the screen for aclearer display.Note To view the stitching sequence, use Slow Redraw. See Redrawing thestitching sequence slowly for details.Drag zoom box toarea to pan

ES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 74To show or hide selected objects! To view a selected object in isolation, press Shift+S.! To display the selected object full-screen, press Shift+0.! To return to the previous view, select View > Previous View or press V.! To re-display the entire design, press Esc followed by press Shift+S.! To redraw the screen, select View > Redraw or press R.! For further techniques in showing and hiding objects, see also Viewingselected parts of a design.Viewing selected parts of a designYou can set your system to display all embroidery objects in a design, orhide all but the selected objects. You can also turn off all embroidery objectsin order to see backdrop images more clearly.Note Display settings apply to both the design window and productionworksheet. See also Design viewing modes and Previewing productionworksheets.Tip The Color-Object List provides another way to view design objects. SeeSelecting and viewing objects with the Color-Object List for details.PressShift+S

Select Options (Special menu) to display all embroidery objects in a design, or hideall but the selected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 75To view selected parts of a design1 Select Special > Options.The Options dialog opens.2 Select the View Design tab.3 In the Visibility panel, select a display option.! No Change: the display remains the same as before.! Show Whole Design: all embroidery objects in the design arevisible. See also Viewing selected parts of a design.! Show Selected Objects: only objects that are currently selected arevisible. This option is only available when objects are selected.! Show Unselected Objects: the reverse of the above option. Thisoption is only available when objects are selected.Select viewing (andprint) optionsES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 76! Hide Whole Design: all embroidery objects in the design are hidden.Note From this dialog you can also select the design elements you wantto display—e.g. stitches, outlines, etc. You can also change TrueViewsettings for different effects. See Setting design element view optionsand Setting TrueView options in the Online Manual.4 Click OK.Viewing design objects by colorTo help you isolate individual design elements for checking or manipulation,the View By Color function lets you view objects by color. This is particularlyuseful when you are reseqencing objects by color. See also Resequencingobjects by color.Tip The Color-Object List provides another way to view design objects. SeeSelecting and viewing objects with the Color-Object List for details.To view design objects by color1 Create or open a design.2 Select View > View By Color.The Select By Color dialog opens.3 Select the colors you want to view.! To select a range of items, hold down Shift as you select.Select View By Color (View menu) to view design elements by color.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 77! To select multiple items, hold down Ctrl as you select.4 Click OK.The design appears with only those colors you selected in view.Note The View By Color command will not work with grouped objects.

Design viewing settingsYou can show or hide design elements with a variety of display settings.Show or hide object outlines, needle penetration points, connectors, stitchangles, machine function symbols and the stitches themselves. You can alsoshow or hide selected colors.Tip You can change Overview window view settings separately to the designwindow. For example, you can view the design in TrueView in the Overviewwindow and in normal view in the design window. See also Working with theOverview Window.Viewing stitches and outlinesYou can show or hide stitches and object outlines as you work. Hide stitchesto see outlines more clearly when reshaping. Show outlines if GenerateStitches is turned off. See also Generating stitches.Click Show Stitches (Standard toolbar) to show or hide stitches.Click Show Outlines (Standard toolbar) to show or hide object outlines.

ES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 78Note Show Outlines will not work with ‘stitch’ files that have been readwithout stitch recognition. See Opening stitch files in ES Designer fordetails.To view stitches and outlines! Click the Show Outlines icon to turn outlines on or off.! Click the Show Stitches icon (or press S) to turn stitches on or off.Tip Right-clicking these tools opens the Options > View Design tab.See Viewing selected parts of a design for details.Viewing designs in TrueViewTrueView offers a graphical representation of what the final embroidery willlook like.Tip Change TrueView settings for different effects. See Setting TrueViewoptions for details.stitches andoutlines ONstitches ON outlines ONUse TrueView (Standard toolbar) to change between normal view andTrueView.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 79To view designs in TrueView! Click the TrueView icon to switch between TrueView and normal view.Tip Use TrueView together with a background fabric to see how yourdesign will look when stitched out. See Changing background colors andfabrics for details.Viewing needle points, connectors and functionsYou can show or hide design elements such as needle points, connectors andmachine function symbols in your design. For example:! View needle points to select stitches for editing! View functions to check color changes or trims! View connectors to help position entry and exit points.See also Connecting Embroidery Objects and Editing Stitches and MachineFunctions in the Online Manual.Note You can display or hide design elements in any combination. Nonedisplays while viewing in TrueView.Normal view (stitchesand outlines)TrueView ONClick Show Needle Points (Standard toolbar) to show or hide the needlepoints in a design.Click Show Connectors (Standard toolbar) to show or hide the connectors.Click Show Functions (Standard toolbar) to show or hide the functionsymbols.ES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 80To view needle points, connectors and functions! To show or hide needle points, click the Show Needle Points icon.! To show or hide connectors, click the Show Connectors icon. See alsoTypes of connectors.! To show or hide machine functions, click the Show Functions icon. Seealso Machine function types.Tip Right-clicking these tools opens the Options > View Design tab.See Viewing selected parts of a design for details. See also Settingdesign element view options.

Viewing the stitching sequenceWhen working with embroidery designs, you need to understand thestitching sequence. You can check a design’s stitching sequence by‘traveling’ through it by stitches, segments, functions or objects. You canalso check the sequence by slowly redrawing the design on-screen.

ES Designer simulates stitching out by changing stitches from black to theirallocated thread color as they are ‘stitched’.Note The stitching sequence can only be viewed in stitch view. It cannotbe used with TrueView.Needle Points ON Functions ON Connectors ONES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 81Tip You can change the display color of unsewn stitches. See Changingdisplay colors for details.Traveling by stitchesUse the stitch travel tools or keyboard shortcutsto travel through the design one or more stitchesat a time. The current needle position is indicatedby a large white cross or ‘needle position marker’.Initially, this is located at the end of the design.When you travel through stitches, the needleposition marker moves accordingly. The currentstitch number appears in the Status Line.To travel by stitches! Click the travel tool you require to travel backwards through thestitching sequence by 1, 10, 100, or 1000 stitches.! Right-click the required tool to travel forwards through the stitchingsequence.! Alternatively, use the arrow keys, with no objects selected, to travelbackwards and forwards through the stitching sequence. See QuickReference for details.Click Travel 1 Stitch (Travel toolbar) to travel 1 stitch at a time.Click Travel 10 Stitches (Travel toolbar) to travel backwards 10 stitches at atime. Right-click Travel 10 Stitches to travel forwards 10 stitches at a time.Click Travel 100 Stitches (Travel toolbar) to travel backwards 100 stitches ata time. Right-click Travel 100 Stitches to travel forwards 100 stitches at atime.Click Travel 1000 Stitches (Travel toolbar) to travel backwards 1000 stitchesat a time. Right-click Travel 1000 Stitches to travel forwards 1000 stitches ata time.Travel backwardsone stitchES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 82Tip Slow Redraw lets you view the stitching and color sequence of adesign in slow motion. See Redrawing the stitching sequence slowly fordetails.Traveling by segmentUse the Travel by Segment tool or keyboard shortcut to travel through thedesign by object segment. See also Quick Reference.To travel by segment! To travel to the previous segment, click the Travel by Segment icon.! To travel to the next segment, right-click the Travel by Segment icon.Traveling to the start or end of a designUse the Start/End Design tool or keyboard shortcut to travel quickly to thestart or end of the stitching sequence. See also Quick Reference.To travel to the start or end of a design! To travel to the start of the design, click the Start/End Design icon.! To travel to the end of the design, right-click the Start/End Design icon.Click Travel by Segment (Travel toolbar) to travel to previous and nextsegments.Click Start/End Design (Travel toolbar) to travel to the start or end of adesign.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 83Traveling by object

Use the Travel by Object tool or keyboard shortcut to travel through thedesign by object. This is useful if you need to locate a specific object todelete it from the stitching sequence, or in order to insert another object.Use it in conjunction with the stitch travel tools if you want to ‘nest’ anobject. See also Nesting objects.Tip You can select a range of objects by traveling by object with Selects Onactivated. See Selecting objects with Selects On for details.To travel by object! To travel to the previous object, click the Travel by Object icon.! To travel to the next object, right-click the Travel by Object icon.Tip You can also use keyboard shortcuts to travel through the designby object. See also Quick Reference.Traveling by colorUse the Travel by Color tool or keyboard shortcut to travel through thedesign by color. This is useful if you need to locate a specific color change inorder to insert an object or delete it from the stitching sequence. See alsoSelecting and viewing objects with the Color-Object List and QuickReference.Use Travel by Object (Travel toolbar) to travel to the previous or next object.Use Travel by Color (Travel toolbar) to travel to the previous or next colorchange function.ES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 84Note When you travel by color, the system looks for the next or previouscolor change function. Both automatically and manually inserted colorchange functions are recognized.To travel by color! To travel to the previous color, click the Travel by Color icon.! To travel to the next color, right-click the Travel by Color icon.Traveling by machine functionUse the Travel by Function tool to travel through the design by machinefunction. This is useful, for example, if you are looking for an extra trim thatshould not be there. Note, however, that the needle point will stop at everyjump, trim, and color change. See also Quick Reference.Note Both manually and automatically inserted functions are recognized.See also Changing Machine Formats.Use Travel by Function (Travel toolbar) to travel to the previous or nextmachine function.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 85To travel by machine function! To travel to the next machine function, right-click the Travel byFunction icon.! To travel to the previous machine function, click the Travel by Functionicon.Tip You can use the Stitch List to help locate stitches and machinefunctions for editing. See Editing stitches and functions with Stitch Listfor details.Redrawing the stitching sequence slowlyThe Slow Redraw tool lets you view the stitching and color sequence of adesign in slow motion. Redrawing can be started from any stitch in thedesign. Hide previously stitched parts of the design as required. With largerdesigns, you can choose to scroll automatically so that the area beingstitched remains on-screen.Note Slow Redraw cannot be used with TrueView.To redraw the stitching sequence slowly1 Select View > Slow Redraw or press Shift+R.Use Slow Redraw (View menu) to view the stitching and color sequence of a designin slow motion.half-stitched

designES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 86The Slow Redraw dialog opens.Tip To redraw only a section of the design, travel to the point where youwant to start Slow Redraw. See Viewing the stitching sequence fordetails.2 Use the slider bar to adjust the redraw speed.3 Select the options as required:! Hide Before: Hide all sections of the design prior to the currentcursor position.! Auto Scroll: With larger designs, scroll automatically so that thearea being stitched remains on-screen.4 Click Go.The design is redrawn on-screen according to the stitching sequence andselected speed.5 Click Pause, Stop or Back to Start as required.! Pause pauses the redraw, letting you resume where you left off.! Stop stops the redraw and returns to the beginning of the design.! Back to Start redraws from the beginning of the design.Note You can adjust the display color of unsewn stitches. See Changingdisplay colors for details.GoPause StopBack to StartAdjust displayoptionsTravel to middle ofdesign, then start SlowRedrawOnly areas beingredrawn are displayed,the rest are hiddenES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 87

Viewing colorways, backgrounds and display colorsIn ES Designer, you can define multiple colorways for the one design. Thismeans you can preview or stitch out the same design in different colors todifferent fabrics. Background colors and fabrics are treated as part of thecolorway rather than design window settings. In addition, display colors forborer holes, unsewn and selected stitches, object outlines and grid are partof the colorway definition.Viewing colorwaysA ‘colorway’ is a color scheme or palette of thread colors. It may also includea background color or fabric sample. This means you can preview or stitchout the same design in different colors to different fabrics. In ES Designer,you can also print multiple colorways, icons of color blocks, and designbackgrounds with the production worksheet. See also Working withcolorways.Tip When you start a new design, Colorway 1 appears as the default colorpalette. You can change it by selecting from among any number ofpre-defined colorways saved to the current template.To view a colorway1 Open a design.2 Select a colorway from the Colorways toolbar.Tip Select View > Redraw to refresh your screen.Use the Colorways dropdown (Color toolbar) to select a new colorscheme for your design.ES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 88Changing background colors and fabricsES Designer lets you change the background color of the design window to

match the color of your fabric. Or you can select a background fabric formore realistic previews and presentations. The background is saved with thecolorway.Note Default settings are stored in the template as Colorway 1. If youchange the background in Colorway 1 and save your template, it will alwaysdisplay like this at start up. See also Working with colorways.To change the background color or fabric1 Select a colorway and click the BKG button.The Display dialog opens for the selected colorway.Use the BKG button (Color toolbar) to change background color andfabrics.SelectcolorwaySelect backgroundcolor or fabricEdit colorSelect fabricCenter or tile fabric patternpattern in designwindowES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 892 Select the design window background type.! Color: uses the selected color.! Fabric: uses an image of a fabric.3 Select a color or fabric to use.! To select a background color, click Edit. Select a color from the Colordialog and click OK.! To select a fabric, click Browse. Select a fabric type from the Opendialog and click OK.You can center or tile the fabric bitmap in the design window. If thebitmap is large enough to fill the entire window, select Center.Otherwise, select Tile.4 Click OK.Tip Textured backgrounds can also be imported into ES Designer.Almost any artwork can be used—photographs, magazine pictures,clipart images, and even fabric samples. See also Scanning artwork intoES Designer.Changing display colorsIn addition to background color or fabric, display colors for borer holes,unsewn and selected stitches, object outlines and grid are part of thecolorway definition. You may want to change them if the default displaycolor is not visible against the current colorway background.To change display colors1 Select a colorway and click the BKG button.Use the BKG button (Color toolbar) to change background color andfabrics.blue outline black outlineES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 90The Display dialog opens for the selected colorway.2 Select an item from the Selection list.! Borer: borer points.! Unsewn: unsewn stitches when traveling through design.! Selected: selected objects or stitches.! Object Outline: object outlines.! Grid: grid lines.! Guides: guides.3 Click Edit.The Color dialog opens.4 Select or mix the new display color and click OK.5 Click OK to close the Display dialog.

Select itemsdisplayedEdit colorSelect or mix newdisplay colorES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 91

Viewing design informationYou can obtain design information in a variety of ways and formats—beforeopening the EMB file via Windows Explorer, from the Design Propertiesdialog, as well as from the production worksheet.Viewing design information in Windows ExplorerBefore opening EMB files, you can check the software version number andother design information through Windows Explorer. The Properties dialogdisplays a design preview together with design information such as stitchcount, number of stops and color changes, as well as machine format. Youcan also view general file information, such as file size and modificationdates.Note This same dialog can be accessed from within the Open dialog inES Designer. See also Opening designs.To view design information in Windows Explorer1 In Windows Explorer, select a file.2 Right-click the file and select Properties from the popup menu.The Properties dialog opens and displays the EMB tab.ES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 923 Check the design information, or click the other tabs for general fileinformation.Tip The Summary tab provides some of the same information enteredin the Design Properties > Summary dialog in ES Designer. SeeViewing design information in ES Designer for details.4 Click OK.Viewing design information in ES DesignerYou can check the software version number and other design informationthrough the Design Properties dialog. Stitching details are also provided.Most of the fields cannot be modified directly except for stitch counts,summary information, Colorways, and Elements.Note An element, in software terms, is a color block consisting ofsequential, same-color objects. You can assign names to elements whichthen appear on the production worksheet. The operator generally uses theseto make sure colors are correct during production. See Naming designelements via Design Properties for details.To view design information in ES Designer1 Select File > Design Properties.FishMarine animalsHatice Onayfish, tropical, marineTropical fish using curve line fills and trapuntoeffect.

Use Design Properties (File menu) to view stitching details about a design.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 93The Design Properties > Information dialog opens.This tab contains information about the design height, width, stitchcount and colors. The data is extracted from the design and, except forstitch count, cannot be modified.Note This tab also provides important information about the file source– Native Design, Imported Outlines, Processed Stitches, or ImportedStitches. See Embroidery design formats for details.2 Click Length Calculation to revise stitch counts according to target fabricthickness. See Estimating total thread usage for details.3 Select the Stop Sequence tab to view the color sequence and stitch

counts for each design ‘element’.Enter ElementnameES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 94The data in this tab is extracted from the design and, except forElement, cannot be modified. See also Naming design elements viaDesign Properties.Note There is a stitch count for each element in the design. You canshow this as a stitch count for each element or a cumulative stitch count.See Setting other options for details.4 Select the Summary tab to view or enter summary information aboutthe design.5 Click a field and enter any text which will help you identify the design ata later date.Note Information from this tab is included on the production worksheetas well as the Summary tab of the Windows Properties dialog. SeeViewing design information in Windows Explorer and Previewingproduction worksheets for details.6 Click OK.Estimating total thread usageIn order to get more precise thread usage estimates, you can adjust thefabric thickness setting to suit the target fabric.To estimate total thread usage1 Select File > Design Properties.The Design Properties > Information dialog opens.Hatice Onayfish, tropical, marineTropical fish using curve line fills and trapunto.FishMarine animals

Use Design Properties (File menu) to view total stitch usage.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 952 Click Length Calculation.The Length Calculation dialog opens.3 Enter the thickness of the target fabric in millimeters.4 Adjust the bobbin thread length according to the mixture of thread typesin the design.This factor provides a simple mechanism for a more accurate bobbinthread length estimate. The default value (100%) is suitable for a designwith a mixture of stitch types. If the design is all Run stitches or allTatami, more bobbin thread will be used and the factor can be increasedsay to 125%. If the design is all Satin stitch, the factor can be reducedto say 65%.5 Click OK.The Total Thread and Total Bobbin values are adjusted to take intoaccount fabric thickness on total thread requirement.Tip Click Save to save the revised settings to the current template.Naming design elements via Design PropertiesYou can assign names to blocks of sequential, same-color objects, known as‘elements’. Each color block can be given a descriptive name for easyidentification. Element names appear on the production worksheet.Tip The Usage field in the Color Palette Editor shows a list of selected colorblocks which correspond to design elements. See Naming design elementsvia the Color Palette Editor for details.Enter target fabricthickness in mmEnter bobbin threadlength as a%Use Design Properties (File menu) to assign names to blocks of sequential, samecolor objects.ES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 96

To name design elements via Design Properties1 Select File > Design Properties.The Design Properties > Information dialog opens.2 Select the Stop Sequence tab.3 In the Element fields, enter names for each color block as required. Todo so, click the field, type the name, and press Enter.Note This information may be included on the production worksheet.See Customizing production worksheet information for details.4 Click OK.Previewing production worksheetsThe production worksheet is the link between the designer and theembroidery machine operator. It contains a design preview and essentialproduction information, including the size of the design, color sequence andany special instructions. See also Printing or plotting production worksheets.To preview a production worksheet1 Click the Print Preview icon.Enter elementnames for eachcolor blockClick Print Preview (Standard toolbar) to preview the production worksheeton-screen.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 97The production worksheet displays in a preview window.2 Adjust the view as required:! To change the orientation of the paper, click Landscape or Portrait.! To change the information that displays, and set printing/plottingpreferences, click Options. See also Setting production worksheetprint options.! To print the design, click Print.! To close the production worksheet preview, click Close.Tip Zoom in to read the production information or view the designpreview more closely. Large designs may be displayed over a number ofpages.

Showing and hiding backdropsClick Close to return toDesign WindowDesign appearsat actual sizeClick Print to printthe productionworksheetClick to display one ortwo pagesproductioninformationUse Show Bitmap (Standard toolbar) to show and hide bitmap images.Right-click to set image display options.Use Show Vectors (Standard toolbar) to show and hide vector images.Right-click to set image display options.ES 2006 Chapter 4 Viewing Designs 98Artwork can be inserted, pasted or scanned into ES Designer for use asdigitizing templates or ‘backdrops’. You can show or hide backdropstemporarily while you digitize. Depending on the view options set up in theOptions dialog, the image displays in full color, or dimmed. See Settingimage viewing options for details.Note A design may include both bitmap images and vector images whichcan be selectively turned on or off.To show or hide backdrops! Click the Show Bitmap and/or Show Vectors icons.When selected, backdrop images are visible.

! To hide images, click the icons again.Tip So you don’t accidentally move or delete the backdrop, select it andpress K on the keyboard to lock it down. See Locking and unlockingobjects for details.vector imagetogether withbitmap imageES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 99

PART IIDIGITIZING DESIGNSIn ES Designer, you build designs from basic shapes or ‘embroideryobjects’. These are like ordinary drawing objects in that they have certaindefining characteristics or ‘properties’ such as color, size, position, and soon. They also have properties unique to embroidery such as stitch type anddensity.Digitizing methodsThis section describes how to digitize shapes manually with the availabledigitizing tools. It also explains how to adjust input settings to obtain thebest results. See Digitizing Methods for details.Fill and outline stitchesThis section explains how to apply fill and outline stitch types to yourembroidery objects, as well as how to change stitch settings to obtain thebest results. See Fill and Outline Stitches for details.Colorways and thread chartsThis section describes how to select colors from the color palette as well ashow to change colorways. It also explains how to define, modify and deletecolorways. There is also an explanation of how to define your own threadcolors and charts. See Colorways and Thread Charts for details.ES 2006 Digitizing Designs 100Connecting embroidery objectsThis section describes how to add connectors, tie-offs and trims to yourdesigns. It also describes adjusting settings for automatic connectors,including the stitch length for travel runs. There is also a topic on hidingtravel runs using the Trapunto effect. See Connecting Embroidery Objectsfor details.Improving stitch qualityThis section describes how to strengthen and stabilize designs withautomatic underlays, as well as how to compensate for fabric stretch.Reducing stitch bunching with stitch shortening and fractional spacing iscovered, together with adjusting stitch density and removing small stitchesautomatically. Techniques for controlling corner stitching and long stitcheswith Auto Split and Auto Jump are described. You will also find details ofsetting automatic start and end points. See Improving Stitch Quality fordetails.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 101

Chapter 5

Digitizing MethodsIn ES Designer, you build designsfrom basic shapes or ‘embroideryobjects’. These are like ordinaryvector objects in that they have

certain defining characteristics or‘properties’ such as color, size,position, and so on. They also haveproperties unique to embroiderysuch as stitch type and density.Note The most important propertyfor an embroidery object is in fact itsstitch type. Different stitch types are suited to different shapes. See also Filland Outline Stitches.The process of creating embroidery objects on-screen is called ‘digitizing’.Like the creation of designs in graphics applications, this involves the use ofinput or ‘digitizing’ tools. These are similar to drawing tools except that theend result is an embroidery rather than vector object. Different tools aresuited to creating different shapes or design elements. There are specifictools for digitizing larger complex shapes, asymmetrical columns of turningstitches, columns of varying width, columns of fixed width, lines, and evenindividual stitches.Tip Vector objects themselves can be converted directly to embroideryobjects using the Point & Stitch tools. See Digitizing shapes with Point &Stitch for details.This section describes how to digitize shapes manually with the availabledigitizing tools. It also explains how to adjust input settings to obtain thebest results.ES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 102

Digitizing toolsDifferent digitizing methods or ‘tools’ are suited to creating different shapesor design elements. Digitizing methods divide broadly into twocategories—outline and fill. Different stitch types are suited to differentdigitizing methods. See also Corresponding object and stitch types.Note When you create an embroidery object, you can accept the defaultsettings for the particular tool, or apply new ones. Default settings arestored in the design template. You can also define current properties toinfluence all the objects you create in the current design. See ObjectProperties, Styles and Templates for details.Selecting digitizing methodsDigitizing methods divide broadly into two categories—outline and fill. Runand Manual digitizing methods are used to digitize outlines or individualUse Manual (Input toolbar) to enter individual manual stitches.Use Triple Manual (Input toolbar) to enter triple manual stitches.Use Run (Input toolbar) to place a row of single run stitches along a digitizedline. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Triple Run (Input toolbar) to place a triple row of run stitches along adigitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Backstitch (Input toolbar) to place a row of backstitches along a digitizedline. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Stemstitch (Input toolbar) to place a row of stemstitches along adigitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Input A (Input toolbar) to create columns of varying width and stitchangle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Input B (Input toolbar) to create asymmetrical columns of turningstitches, where opposite sides are different shapes. Right-click to adjustsettings for new or selected objects.Use Input C (Input toolbar) to digitize columns or borders of fixed width.Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with a single stitchangle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with turning stitchangles. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 103

stitches. Inputs A, B & C are used to create filled columnar shapes withdiffering characteristics. Complex Fill and Fusion Fill™, the most commonlyused digitizing tools, can be used to create almost any filled shape. You canadjust the settings of most of the digitizing methods by right-clicking thetools and selecting options in the dialog.Note Run stitch, Triple Run, Motif Run, Backstitch, and Stemstitch areconsidered both digitizing methods and stitch types. Other digitizingmethods may use different fill stitch types depending on the particularapplication. See also Fill and Outline Stitches.Control pointsOnce you have selected a digitizing method, you digitize shapes in the sameway by marking points along an outl ine. You always use the left mousebutton to mark a corner point, and the right mouse button to mark a curvepoint.The points you mark when digitizing a shape become its ‘control points’.These are used to edit or ‘transform’ the objects. Such actions may includereshaping, scaling, letter spacing, changing entry and exi points. You canmodify stitch angles of selected objects, including setting multiple stitchangles. Control points vary slightly with the object type. See ModifyingDesigns for details.Object is closedautomaticallyObject is closedautomatically123456 123456= corner point= exit point= curve point= entry pointcorner point exit pointentry point= stitch angle pointsstitch anglelineES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 104Corner and curve points can be interchanged. Most control points can beadded, deleted, or moved. Entry and exit points, however, cannot bedeleted.Switching between fill and outline digitizing methodsYou can quickly switch from a fill stitch digitizing method to Run or Manualdigitizing methods using keyboard shortcuts.Tip After digitizing, you can convert between Run, Triple Run and Input Cobjects, as well as between Complex Fill and Input A & B objects. SeeConverting between object types for details.To switch between fill and outline digitizing methods! Press Enter to switch between a fill stitch digitizing method and Manualdigitizing method.! Press Spacebar to switch between a fill stitch digitizing method and Rundigitizing method.

Digitizing individual stitchesDigitize individual stitches with the ‘Manual’ digitizing method. You can enter

single manual stitches, or enter three stitch layers at a time with the TripleManual tool. Manual stitches digitized together form a single embroideryobject. They are not well suited to scaling and transforming actions as thestitches have no associated properties. This means they will either bestretched or pinched during scaling operations. Use them sparingly, forexample to add a few stitches to a finished design. See Editing Stitches andMachine Functions for details.Note As each stitch is individually defined, the only object propertiesrequired by manual objects are general and connector properties.Use Manual (Input toolbar) to enter individual manual stitches.Use Triple Manual (Input toolbar) to enter triple manual stitches.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 105To digitize individual stitches1 Click the Manual or Triple Manual icon.2 Click to mark the start of the stitch and again to mark its end.The end-point becomes the beginning of the next stitch.3 Continue marking stitch points until the manual stitch object iscomplete.Tip Stitches that are too long will automatically become jump stitches,but you can also create jumps manually by right-clicking as you digitize.See also Using jumps as connectors.

Digitizing linesUse the Run and Triple Run tools to digitize lines of single or triple runstitching. Run places a single row of run stitches along a digitized line. TripleRun repeats each stitch three (or more) times for a thicker line. These toolsare typically used to add borders and pickout runs to designs.Use the leftmouse button54312 67891011Click for manualstitchesRight-click forjumpsRunlength1 2 3 4 5 6Triple Run 123456ES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 106For thicker, decorative lines, use Backstitch or Stemstitch. Backstitch is anolder-style, adaptable stitch which can be used for delicate outlines. Thisstitch follows intricate curves well. Stemstitch is thicker and can be used tomimic hand-sewn embroidery. It is used for stems and vines with otherdecorative stitches, or as an outline for Satin or Motif fills. See Creatingdecorative outlines for details.Tip ES Designer lets you convert between Run, Triple Run, Motif Run,Backstitch, Stemstitch and Input C objects. See Converting between runobjects for details.Creating stitch runs

Use the Run and Triple Run tools todigitize lines of run stitching. Left andright mouse clicks create referencepoints—corner points and curve pointsrespectively. Use the Stemstitch andBackstitch tools for decorative runs.Motif Run is also available. See alsoCreating Motif Run objects.To create stitch runs1 Click an input tool:! Run for run stitch! Triple Run for triple run stitch! Backstitch for backstitch! Stemstitch for stemstitch.2 Digitize the shape of the line by marking points.! Click to enter corner points.Use Run (Input toolbar) to place a row of single run stitches along a digitizedline. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Triple Run (Input toolbar) to place a triple row of run stitches along adigitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Backstitch (Input toolbar) to place a row of backstitches along a digitizedline. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Stemstitch (Input toolbar) to place a row of stemstitches along adigitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 107! Right-click to enter curve points.! To constrain the line to 15° increments, hold down Ctrl as youdigitize. This is useful for digitizing straight lines.! For a perfect circular arc, mark three points with a right-click.! Where curves connect—either to a straight line or anothercurve—click to mark the connection point.Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you makea mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undoall new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.3 Press Enter to finish digitizing the line.Note For details of adjusting Backstitch and Stemstitch settings, seeCreating decorative outlines.Setting run stitch lengthFor both Run and Triple Run stitches, set the stitch length to suit thedigitized shape. Where the object has tight curves, select a shorter stitchRight-click forcurve pointsClick forcorner points1 3 5 72 4 6891011121314curvepointcurvepointcurvepoint1 32 Connect corners andcurves with a corner point

180°270°0°30°45°90° 60°Hold down Ctrl toconstrain the line to15° incrementsUse Run (Input toolbar) to place a row of single run stitches along a digitizedline. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Triple Run (Input toolbar) to place a triple row of run stitches along adigitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 108length. To reduce the stitch count for flatter curves, increase the stitchlength.Note These values only apply to objects created with the Run or Triple Runtools. They do not affect travel runs, or underlay stitching.You can change the stitch length, chord gap and number of stitch repetitions(Triple Run only) in the Outlines tab of the Object Properties dialog. PresetRun and Triple Run values by changing the current properties before youdigitize. See Modifying current property settings for details.To set run stitch length1 Right-click the Run or Triple Run icon.The Object Properties > Outlines dialog opens.2 Select a stitch type from the list.3 Enter a stitch length in the Length field.Run Length2.5 mmRun Length1.6 mmVariable Run onLength 2.5 mmAdjust stitch lengthSelect stitch typeNot enough stitches tofollow tight curveStitches follow the curvemore closelyRun length Run lengthES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 109If a line has tight, sharp curves, reduce the length, for example to1.8 mm, so that the stitches follow the line. Alternatively, activateVariable Run Length. See Setting variable run stitch lengths fordetails.Tip Mimic hand-made embroidery by setting the Triple Run length to4.0 mm.4 Click Apply.Setting variable run stitch lengthsAutomatically shorten stitches to follow tight curves with the Variable RunLength option.To set variable stitch lengths1 Right-click the Run or Triple Run icon.The Object Properties > Outlines dialog opens.2 Select the Variable Run Length checkbox.3 In the Min Len field, enter the minimum stitch length to allow.Use Run (Input toolbar) to place a row of single run stitches along a digitizedline. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Triple Run (Input toolbar) to place a triple row of run stitches along adigitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Select variable run lengthAdjust variable runlength values

ES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 1104 In the Chord Gap field, enter the maximum distance to allow betweenthe digitized outline and the stitches. When this value is exceeded thestitch length is reduced to follow the outline more closely.Note Stitches will not be reduced to less than the specified minimumlength, even if the chord gap value is exceeded.5 Click Apply.Setting Triple Run stitch countBy default, Triple Run repeats each stitch three times. You can change thenumber of repetitions used for Triple Run by changing the value in theObject Properties dialog.To set Triple Run stitch count1 Right-click the Triple Run icon.RunlengthChordgapFixed Run Length Variable Run Length:0.07 mm (default)Variable Run Length:2 mmUse Triple Run (Input toolbar) to place a triple row of run stitches along adigitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 111The Object Properties > Outlines dialog opens.2 Select Triple Run from the list.3 Enter the number of repetitions in the Run Count field.4 Click Apply.

Digitizing columns of fixed widthUse Input C to digitize columns of fixed width. It is typically used fordigitizing borders and outlines of larger shapes. You can digitize columns tocreate thick lines or borders. Input C is typically used with Satin stitch butyou can use any fill stitch type except Motif Fill.Tip ES Designer lets you convert between Run, Triple Run and Input Cobjects. See Converting between run objects for details.Creating columns and bordersDigitize columns and borders of fixed width with the Input C tool. Createobjects using left and right mouse clicks to mark points to form an outline.Select # repetitionsSelect stitch typeUse Input C (Input toolbar) to digitize columns or borders of fixed width.Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 112Use left-clicks to enter corner points and right-clicks to enter curve points.Then specify the column width. You can leave the shape open, or create aborder by joining the first and last points. See also Corresponding object andstitch types.To create columns and borders1 Select the stitch type you want to use—e.g. Satin. See Selecting stitchtypes for details.2 Click the Input C icon.3 Digitize the shape of the column by marking points.! Click to enter corner points.! Right-click to enter curve points.Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you makea mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undoall new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.4 When you have finished digitizing the line, either:! Press Enter to keep the last stitch and place the exit point at the last

point marked, or! Press Spacebar to omit the last stitch and place the exit point on theopposite side of the column.Tip To make a border, ‘close’ the shape by entering the last point exactlyon top of the first. If the points are not exactly on top of each other, thestitches will not turn smoothly around the corner.5 Specify the column width.5431267ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 113! To use the current width (as set in the Special > Input C tab), pressEnter.! To specify the width, mark two additional points. The distancebetween these points is the width of the column. (You can mark thecolumn width anywhere on the screen.)Tip You can offset stitches by right-clicking the column-width points(rather than left-clicking) exactly where you want the offset to be inrelation to the center line.Setting offsetsBy default, stitches are positioned around the center of a digitized line. Enteran exact offset value in the Object Properties dialog. See also Creatingcolumns and borders.Tip You can offset stitches by right-clicking the column-width points (ratherthan left-clicking) exactly where you want the offset to be in relation to thecenter line. See Creating columns and borders for details.To set offsets1 Right-click the Input C icon.89Digitize column widthanywhere in designwindowUse Input C (Input toolbar) to digitize columns or borders of fixed width.Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Right-clickreference pointsRight-clickreference pointsES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 114The Object Properties > Special dialog opens.2 In the Input Side panel, select Offset.3 Set an offset in either Side 1 or Side 2 field, either as an exactmeasurement (in mm) or a percentage.Note You only need to enter the value for one side as ES Designerautomatically calculates the other, based on the Column Width value.4 Click Apply.Setting column widthYou can set the exact width of Input C columns in the Object Propertiesdialog. The value you set becomes the current width for new Input Cobjects.To set the column width1 Right-click the Input C icon.Select OffsetSet offsets in eitherSide 1 or Side 2fields

Input C offset: 25% Input C offset: 75%Use Input C (Input toolbar) to digitize columns or borders of fixed width.Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 115The Object Properties > Special dialog opens.2 Enter a width in the Column Width field.3 Click Apply.Note You can also change the width of Input C objects by selecting theReshape tool, and moving the width control points. See Reshapingembroidery objects for details.Setting corner fractionsYou can control the way stitches turn at the corners of Input C objects bychanging the distance over which they turn. This distance is set by the‘corner fraction’. The larger the fraction, the greater the distance.Tip Round Sharp Corners is also available for Input C objects to give youthe option of sharp or round points. See Rounding sharp corners for details.To set corner fractions1 Right-click the Input C icon.Adjust column widthUse Input C (Input toolbar) to digitize columns or borders of fixed width.Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 116The Object Properties > Special dialog opens.2 Enter a new corner fraction in the Corner Fraction field.! Increasing the fraction spreads the turn over more stitches.! Decreasing the fraction reduces the number of stitches that turn.3 Click Apply.

Digitizing columns of varying widthAdjust corner fractioncornerfraction 0.5cornerfraction 0.8cornerfraction 0.25Use Input A (Input toolbar) to create columns of varying width and stitchangle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 117Use the Input A tool to digitize columns ofvarying width and stitch angle. Digitized pairsof points define the outline, while linesconnecting the pairs define the stitch angles.See also Corresponding object and stitchtypes.Tip The Continuous Input feature provides you with a simple and efficientway of digitizing a single Input A object comprised of separately stitchedsections. See Creating smooth joins for details.Note ES Designer lets you convert between Complex Fill and Input A or Bobjects. See Converting Input A or B to Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™ fordetails.To digitize columns of varying width1 Select the stitch type you want to use—e.g. Satin. See Selecting stitchtypes for details.2 Click the Input A icon.3 Digitize the column by marking points on alternate sides of the column.! Click to enter corner points.! Right-click to enter curve points.Mark a pair of points wherever the outline changes, and wherever youwant the stitch angle to change.

Note The control points in a pair do not have to be the same type. Forexample, one can be a corner point, the other a curve.Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you makea mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undoall new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.4 When you have finished digitizing the column, either:! Press Enter to keep the last stitch and place the exit point at the lastpoint you digitized, orStitches change theirangle graduallythrough the entireshapeStitches remain parallelbetween parallel stitchanglesES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 118! Press Spacebar to omit the last stitch and place the exit point on theopposite side of the column.Tip If you are joining two columns, omit the last stitch on the firstcolumn so that the exit point is close to the entry point of the nextcolumn.

Digitizing asymmetrical columns of turning stitchesUse the Input B tool to digitize shapes where one side is different to theother, especially where one side requires more points than the other.Stitches turn evenly throughout the entire shape. See also Correspondingobject and stitch types.Tip ES Designer lets you convert between Complex Fill and Input A or Bobjects. See Converting Input A or B to Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™ fordetails.To digitize asymmetrical columns of turning stitches1 Select the stitch type you want to use—e.g. Satin. See Selecting stitchtypes for details.2 Click the Input B icon.3 Digitize the first side of the shape (i.e. top or left) by marking points.Press Enter Press SpacebarfinishORstart start finishUse Input B (Input toolbar) to create asymmetrical columns of turningstitches, where opposite sides are different shapes. Right-click to adjustsettings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 119! Click to enter corner points.! Right-click to enter curve points.4 Press Enter.An elastic line attaches to the pointer, ready for you to digitize thesecond side of the shape.Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you makea mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undoall new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.5 Digitize the second—i.e. bottom or right—side of the object.Tip Stitch angles vary from tightly turning fills to parallel fills,depending on the ends of the shape—the more ‘pointy’, the tighter thestitch angles.6 When you have finished digitizing the shape, either:! Press Enter to keep the last stitch and place the exit point at the lastpoint you digitized, or! Press Spacebar to omit the last stitch and place the exit point on theopposite side of the column.5

4312 67Press Enter orSpacebarstitches turnevenly9 1090°

turning fill sloping fill parallel fillES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 120

Digitizing complex shapesUse the Complex Fill tool to digitize large, irregular shapes with fixed stitchangles. Use the Fusion Fill™ tool to digitize complex shapes with turningstitches. Many shapes can be digitized with these tools. By digitizing furtherboundaries within shapes, you can create filled objects with holes.Tip Use the Shaping tools to join, trim or split selected vector orembroidery objects to make different shapes. See Shaping vector andembroidery objects for details.Boundaries in complex objects should not overlap or intersect each other. Aboundary should not overlap itself and should not have a second boundaryinside (hole within a hole). These shapes below, for example, cannot besuccessfully digitized with Fusion Fill™ or Complex Fill.Where they occur, overlapping boundaries in Fusion Fill™ or Complex Fillshapes are ignored and stitches are generated in the largest area definedby the boundaries.Creating complex shapes with fixed stitch anglesboundaries overlap boundary overlaps itself hole within holeUse Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with a single stitchangle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 121Digitize complex shapes with the Complex Fill tool. Create objects usingleft and right clicks to mark points to form the boundary outlines. See alsoCorresponding object and stitch types.Tip ES Designer lets you convert between Fusion Fill™ or Complex Fill andInput A or B objects. See Converting Input A or B to Complex Fill or FusionFill™ for details.To create complex shapes with fixed stitch angles1 Select the stitch type you want to use—e.g. Tatami. See Selecting stitchtypes for details.2 Click the Complex Fill icon.3 Digitize the boundary of the shape, by marking points around the outlineof the shape.! Click to enter corner points.! Right-click to enter curve points.Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you makea mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undoall new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.4 Close the shape.! To close the shape with the same type of point as the last oneentered—i.e. corner or curve—simply press Enter.! To close the shape using a different type of point, mark the last ontop of the first and press Enter.2476 10512

118 93Last point marked on top offirst with right buttoncurve12476 10512118 93Press Enter—the object isclosed automaticallystraightline1 13ES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 1225 Digitize any additional boundaries in the same way.Note Boundaries must not overlap.6 Press Enter.7 Mark the entry and exit position by clicking outside the object boundary.Tip To minimize segments and gaps in your embroidery, place the entryand exit points opposite each other on the outside boundary. Thendefine the stitch angle so it is perpendicular to the line between theentry and exit points.8 Define the stitch angle by marking two points.9 Press Enter.Note Complex Fill objects generally stitch out in several segments,joined by travel runs. However, all segments and boundaries are part ofthe same object. See also Adding underlay by segment.Creating complex shapes with turning stitchesEliminate the need to digitize multiple objects with Fusion Fill™. This toolallows you to create a single complex object with multiple stitch angles andeven holes. It is best used with designs containing complicated, turning112stitch angle14 direction131 1314 15stitch angledirectionUse Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with turning stitchangles. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 123columns such as trees, animals, or large filled areas. See alsoCorresponding object and stitch types.Tip ES Designer lets you convert between Fusion Fill™ or Complex Fill andInput A or B objects. See Converting Input A or B to Complex Fill or FusionFill™ for details.To create complex shapes with turning stitches1 Select the stitch type you want to use—e.g. Tatami. See Selecting stitchtypes for details.2 Click the Fusion Fill™ icon.3 Digitize the boundary of the shape, by marking points around the outlineof the shape.! Click to enter corner points.

! Right-click to enter curve points.Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you makea mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undoall new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.4 Close the shape.! To close the shape with the same type of point as the last oneentered—i.e. corner or curve—simply press Enter.2476 10512118 93Last point marked on top offirst with right buttoncurve12476 10512118 93Press Enter—the object isclosed automaticallystraightline1 13ES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 124! To close the shape using a different type of point, mark the last ontop of the first and press Enter.5 Digitize any additional boundaries in the same way.Note Boundaries must not overlap.6 Press Enter.7 Mark the entry and exit position by clicking outside the object boundary.Tip To minimize segments and gaps in your embroidery, place the entryand exit points opposite each other on the outside boundary. Thendefine one of the stitch angles so it is perpendicular to the line betweenthe entry and exit points.8 Define the stitch angles by marking two points for each angle.9 Press Enter.Note Fusion Fill™ objects generally stitch out in several segments,joined by travel runs. However, all segments and boundaries are part ofthe same object. See also Adding underlay by segment.Adding boundaries112stitch angle14 direction131 1314 15stitch angledirectionUse Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with a single stitchangle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with turning stitchangles. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 125ES Designer lets you add boundaries to Complex Fill and Fusion Fill™objects.Tip You can also create new objects from existing boundaries using theFilled Holes feature. Alternatively, you can use other objects to cut holes.See Filling holes in objects and Removing underlying stitching for details.To add boundaries1 Select the object to modify.2 Click the Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™ icon.Points display around the object outline.3 Digitize additional boundaries making sure they do not overlap. PressEnter each time.Tip Use the prompts in the prompt line to help you digitize. If you makea mistake, press Backspace to delete the last point. Press Esc to undoall new points. Press Esc again to exit digitizing mode.4 When you have digitized all additional boundaries, press Enter again.5 When prompted, enter a new entry point, exit point and stitch angle forthe object.Tip To use the current settings, press Enter to bypass each option.6 Press Enter.ES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 126Note To remove unwanted boundaries, select the object and select theReshape Object tool. Delete each control point on the unwantedboundary, and press Enter.Adjusting stitch angles using object propertiesYou can change the stitch angle of Complex Fill objects using objectproperties. By definition, Fusion Fill™ objects contain multiple stitch angles.However, they also have a property called the ‘nominal angle’. This has twofunctions. First, if a Fusion Fill™ object fails to stitch correctly—for instance,if the stitch angles are irreconcilable—it will revert to parallel stitching in thedirection of the nominal angle. Second, the nominal angle affects certainunderlay styles. See also Strengthening and stabilizing with automaticunderlays.Tip You can adjust the stitch angle of Complex Fill and Fusion Fill™ objectsinteractively using the Stitch Angles tool. See Adjusting stitch angles fordetails.To adjust stitch angles using object properties1 Select an object.2 Right-click the Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™ icon.Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with a single stitchangle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with turning stitchangles. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 127The Object Properties > Special dialog opens.3 In the Angle or Nominal Angle field, enter the required stitch angle andclick Apply.Note The ‘nominal angle’ in a Fusion Fill™ object only takes effect ifmultiple stitch angles are irreconcilable—it then reverts to parallelstitching in the direction of the nominal angle. The nominal angle alsoaffects certain underlay styles.Adjusting segment overlapsWhere segments within an object meet, the push-pull effect on the fabricduring stitching may cause gaps to appear. These gaps can be prevented byadding overlapping rows. An overlap of ‘1 row’ means no real overlap. Anoverlap of ‘2 rows’ means that the first segment is extended by the additionof one extra row of stitches. And so on. With Fusion Fill™ objects you canalso adjust the stitch angle where segments join. Normally, when you create

an overlap, it is formed by continuing the two sides of a segment in thedirection of their endpoints. This becomes a problem if either side is parallel,Adjust stitchangleAngle: 90° Angle: 0°Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with a single stitchangle. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with turning stitchangles. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 128or almost parallel, to the cover stitches — the overlap may becomedisproportionately wide. For this reason, you can adjust the ‘tapering angle’.To adjust segment overlaps1 Right-click the Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™ icon.The Object Properties > Special dialog opens.2 Adjust the number of overlapping rows where segments join.3 For Fusion Fill™ objects, you can also adjust the stitch angle wheresegments join. In the Overlap Taper Angle field, enter the requiredangle.Enter requirednumber of rowsoverlappingrowsEnter overlap taper angleES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1294 Click Apply.Adjusting travel marginsWhen dealing with complex shapes with multiple segments, you may wantto keep travel runs away from the boundary of the filled shape for variousreasons. If, for instance, you are using Jagged Edge effect, the travel mightbecome visible through the shortened stitches. For this reason, you canspecify a margin for the travel stitches. As you increase the travel margin,the travels are positioned more towards the center. Where the filled areabecomes very narrow, however, travel stitches do not necessarily remain atthe specified distance from the boundary.To adjust travel margins1 Select an object.2 Right-click the Fusion Fill™ icon.Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar) to digitize filled shapes with turning stitchangles. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Overlap taper angleset to minimumOverlap taper angle increasedto minimize overlapping areatravel run too close to edgeES 2006 Chapter 5 Digitizing Methods 130The Object Properties > Special dialog opens.3 Adjust the travel margin distance in the Distance field.The greater the distance, the more the travels are positioned towardsthe center of the shape.4 Click Apply.Adjust travel margin distanceTravel run closer tocenter of shapeES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 131

Chapter 6

Fill and Outline StitchesAll embroidery objects in ES Designer contain a defining set of settings or‘values’. The values stored with an object become its ‘properties’. All objects

have certain properties in common such as size and position. There areother, more specific properties of objects which depend on the object type.The most important property of all embroidery objects is the stitch type. Thesoftware uses object outlines and associated stitch type to generatestitches. Whenever you reshape, transform or scale an object, stitches areregenerated according to its stitch type and settings.Stitch types divide broadly into two categories—outline and fill. Satin fillsare generally suited to columns and borders. Tatami stitch is used to filllarger shapes with solid fields of stitching. Run/Triple Run stitch, Motif Run,Backstitch, and Stemstitch are considered both digitizing methods andstitch types. Both Zigzag and E Stitch are used as outline stitches. Zigzag isfrequently used for tacking down appliqués, while E Stitch is used as thecover stitch. Both can also be used for decorative effect. See also DigitizingMethods.This section explains how to apply fill and outline stitch types to yourembroidery objects, as well as how change stitch settings to obtain the bestresults.ES 2006 Chapter 6 Fill and Outline Stitches 132

Selecting stitch typesDifferent stitch types are suited to different objects. When you digitize anobject, it uses the current stitch type for the selected input method.However, you can change an object’s stitch type at any stage. You can alsopreset the stitch type by selecting it as ‘current’ before digitizing. SeeModifying current property settings for details. See also Correspondingobject and stitch types.Tip You can change between fill stitch types quickly using the buttons onthe Stitch Types toolbar, or using the keyboard to switch between fill andoutline stitching. See Selecting commands from toolbars and Switchingbetween fill and outline digitizing methods for details.To select a stitch type1 Select the object (or objects) whose stitch type you want to change.2 Select a stitch type icon.The new stitch type is applied to the object.Note You cannot select Run, Triple Run, Backstitch or Stemstitchstitch types from the Stitch Types toolbar. To use these stitch types youneed to change input methods. See Digitizing lines for details.

Creating fills with Satin stitchSatin stitch is well-suited to stitching narrow columns and shapes, where thelength of each stitch forms the width of the column. Satin stitches areUse Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) for narrow columns and shapes.Use Tatami (Stitch Types toolbar) for large, irregular shapes.Use Zigzag (Stitch Types toolbar) for long, narrow columns of slanted,side-by-side stitches in a zigzag pattern.Use E Stitch (Stitch Types toolbar) for a ‘comb’ effect with long, narrowcolumns.Use Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Satin stitch to new or selectednarrow columns and shapes. Right-click to adjust Satin settings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 133almost parallel, with every second stitch slightly slanted. Because there aregenerally no needle penetrations breaking up the fill, Satin stitch creates aglossy, high-quality effect. See also Corresponding object and stitch types.If a column is too wide, stitches may be loose and not cover the fabricproperly. Conversely, in very narrow columns, the stitch density can be toohigh, and the needle penetrations can damage the fabric. Adjust stitchdensity by setting a fixed spacing value, or let Auto Spacing calculate thespacing for you. Auto Spacing automatically adjusts the stitch spacingwherever the column changes width.Tip The Auto Split and Auto Jump features help you to control long Satin

stitches. See Splitting long stitches with Auto Split and Preserving longstitches with Auto Jump for details.Adjusting Satin stitch spacingStitch spacing is the distance in millimeters between two needlepenetrations on the same side of a column. Where a column is narrow,stitches are tight, thus requiring fewer stitches to cover the fabric. Where acolumn is very narrow, stitches need to be less dense because too manyneedle penetrations can damage the fabric. See also Adjusting stitchdensity.Change the stitch density in Satin fills by adjusting the stitch spacing settingin the Object Properties dialog. The larger the spacing between stitches,the lower the density. The smaller the spacing, the higher the density.Right-click Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Satin spacing.Satin spacing Satin spacingES 2006 Chapter 6 Fill and Outline Stitches 134Tip If you are using a digitizing tablet, you can quickly switch betweenpreset styles with different spacing settings. Each button on the puckaccesses the next preset style. For example, clicking button 1 accesses<PRESET_SATIN_1>.To adjust Satin stitch spacing1 Right-click the Satin icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Satin dialog opens.2 Deselect the Auto Spacing checkbox.Note If Auto Spacing is selected, the fixed stitch spacing setting is notused. See Applying Auto Spacing to Satin stitch for details.3 In the Stitch Spacing field, enter the spacing.! To increase stitch density, enter a smaller value.! To reduce the density for more open stitching, enter a larger value.4 If you want to control long Satin stitch, select the Auto Split checkboxand specify the Auto Split Length and Auto Split Minimum Stitchvalues.See Splitting long stitches with Auto Split and Preserving long stitcheswith Auto Jump for details.5 Click Apply.Deselect Auto SpacingAdjust stitch spacingStitch Spacing 1.0 mm Stitch Spacing 1.8 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 135Applying Auto Spacing to Satin stitchThe Auto Spacing option adjusts stitch spacing for Satin stitches accordingto column width. For varying width objects, Auto Spacing changes spacingto the best density for the width. See also Adjusting stitch density.To apply Auto Spacing to Satin stitch1 Right-click the Satin icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Satin dialog opens.2 Select the Auto Spacing checkbox.3 Adjust standard Auto Spacing in the Adjust field.The spacing is given as a percentage of the preset values:! To decrease stitch density, increase the percentage—e.g. to110-115%.! To increase stitch density, decrease the percentage—e.g. to90-85%.Right-click Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Auto Spacing settings.Select Auto Spacing andadjust spacing percentage>100%—fewer stitches 100%—no adjustment <100%—more stitchesES 2006 Chapter 6 Fill and Outline Stitches 136Tip 75% generally produces high quality embroidery. An increasedstitch count means the design will take longer and be more expensive

to stitch.4 Click Apply.Note For even more precise results, you can adjust Auto Spacingsettings. See Adjusting Auto Spacing settings for details.Adjusting Auto Spacing settingsAdjust Auto Spacing settings to get the exact results you want. You canspecify how rapidly spacing changes, and by how much, by changing thestitch length and spacing settings. You can also specify spacing offsets toautomatically adjust spacing for different thread types.Tip Take a note of the default settings before you start. You will usuallywant to save modified settings to a template. See Working with designtemplates for details.Warning If you want to restore the default settings and have not kept arecord of them, use the Revert utility in the Wilcom ES folder to revert tofactory settings.To adjust Auto Spacing settings1 Right-click the Satin icon.Right-click Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Auto Spacing settings.length 1spacing 1spacing 2length 2Fixed spacing Auto spacingES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 137The Object Properties > Fills > Satin dialog opens.2 Click Values in the Auto Spacing panel.3 Adjust stitch settings in the Stitch panel:! Length: These values define the increments by which spacing isadjusted.The smaller the distance between each length, the more rapidlystitching changes from open to dense. Each length value must begreater than the previous one.! Spacing: These values define the spacing corresponding to eachstitch length.4 Adjust spacing offsets for different thread types.Click to adjust Auto Spacing valuesSelect Auto SpacingAdjust stitchlength valuesAdjust spacingvaluesEnter spacingoffsets for eachthread typedefault spacing values custom spacing valuesES 2006 Chapter 6 Fill and Outline Stitches 138The offset set the compensatory amount by which stitch settings will beadjusted for different thread types.! Thread type A is average thread, and will generally use the defaultvalue, 0.01 mm.! Thread Type B is thicker than average and requires a larger offsetvalue—e.g. 0.03 mm—in order to slightly increase stitch spacing(decrease density).! Thread type C is thinner than average and requires a negativevalue—e.g. -0.03 mm—to decrease stitch spacing (increasedensity).! Thread Type D is very thin and requires an even greater negativevalue—e.g. -0.06 mm—to decrease stitch spacing.Note You assign the thread type in the Add Thread dialog. Stitchspacing of the assigned thread type is automatically adjusted accordingto the values set here. See Adding your own colors to thread charts for

details.5 Click OK in the Auto Spacing dialog.6 Click Apply.Tip If you change your mind, click Reset to revert to the factory defaultsettings.Adjusting Satin stitch countTriple Satin is often used for folkdesigns to mimic handmadeembroidery that uses thicker thread.If you require thicker stitches, set theSatin stitch to repeat itself multipletimes. You set the number ofrepetitions of each stitch in the SatinCount field. Every odd (forward)stitch of a Triple Satin column can bestitched up to 15 times.To adjust Satin stitch count1 Right-click the Satin icon.Right-click Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust the Satin stitch count.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 139The Object Properties > Fills > Satin dialog opens.2 Enter the number of repetitions in the Satin Count field.Warning Using a value higher than 10 may cause thread breaks,depending on the design, fabric, or thread tension.3 Click Apply.Tip When you increase the Satin stitch count, you should also increasethe stitch spacing to avoid bunching of stitches and thread breaks. SeeAdjusting Satin stitch spacing for details.

Creating fills with Tatami stitchTatami stitch consists of rows of run stitches and is suitable for filling large,irregular shapes. Stitches are laid in rows going back and forth across theshape. Stitch offsets in each row are used to eliminate horizontal split lines.See also Corresponding object and stitch types.Enter number of repetitionsClick Tatami (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Tatami stitch to new or selectedlarge, irregular shapes. Right-click to adjust Tatami settings.ES 2006 Chapter 6 Fill and Outline Stitches 140You can control stitch density in Tatami objects by adjusting the backstitchtype, stitch length, and row spacing. With Tatami fills you can specify howeach row is offset in order to control the patterns formed by needlepenetrations. See Creating textures with Tatami offsets for details.Adjusting Tatami stitch spacing and lengthTatami stitch density is determined by the distance between each row ofstitches. The spacing setting is the distance between two forward rows.Specify the optimum and minimum stitch lengths to be generated for Tatamiobjects. The stitch length varies slightly in Tatami fills to ensure that smallstitches are not generated at the edges of the shape. See also Adjustingstitch density.Tip Sometimes you may want to increase row spacing to create openstitching. This is often useful for backgrounds. However, this also meansthat travel runs, spacing variations and overlapping rows between segmentsare visible and can spoil the effect. The Trapunto effect automatically movesunderlying travel runs to the edges of an object so that they can’t be seen.See Creating open stitching with Trapunto for details.To adjust Tatami stitch spacing and length1 Right-click the Tatami icon.Right-click Tatami (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Tatami spacing and length.row spacing

row directionstitch lengthoffset fractionES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 141The Object Properties > Fills > Tatami dialog opens.2 In the Stitch Spacing field, enter the new spacing value.This value is the distance between each forward row of stitching.! To increase the density, enter a smaller value.! To decrease the density, enter a larger value.3 Enter a stitch length in the Length field.4 In the Min Stitch Length field, enter the length of the shortest stitch tobe generated.5 Click Apply.Adjust stitch valuesSpacing: 0.4 mm Spacing: 0.6 mm Spacing: 0.8 mmLength: 4.5 mmMinimum Stitch: 0.4 mmLength: 2 mmMinimum Stitch: 0.4 mmLength: 1 mmMinimum Stitch: 0.4 mmLength: 4 mmMinimum Stitch: 0.4 mmLength: 4 mmMinimum Stitch: 0.8 mmLength: 4 mmMinimum Stitch: 1.2 mmES 2006 Chapter 6 Fill and Outline Stitches 142Selecting a Tatami backstitchTatami backstitch is the term used for every second row of stitches in aTatami fill. There are three types available—Standard, Borderline, andDiagonal.Standard backstitchThe rows are approximately parallel, with every backstitch row slightlyshorter than the forward row. Because the rows are different lengths, thereare fewer small stitches at the edge of the shape, reducing possible damageto the fabric. Standard backstitch is suitable for high density fills.Borderline backstitchThe rows are approximately parallel. With lower density fills, borderlinebackstitch creates a smooth, well-defined edge. Borderline backstitch is alsocalled Trapunto style. See Creating open stitching with Trapunto for details.Right-click Tatami (Stitch Types toolbar) to select a Tatami backstitch.Click to apply Standard backstitch.Click to apply Borderline backstitch.Click to apply Diagonal backstitch.Standard backstitch Borderline backstitch Diagonal backstitchES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 143Note Borderline backstitches may not follow the outline of the shape if thestitch spacing is less than the minimum stitch length. Where the stitch rowsare perpendicular to the boundary, connecting stitches are adjusted to belonger than the minimum stitch..

Diagonal backstitchThe backward rows are diagonal, directly connecting the forward rows.Diagonal backstitch is suitable for turning shapes, and gives good resultswith Jagged Edge. See Creating jagged edges for details.To select a Tatami backstitch1 Right-click the Tatami icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Tatami dialog opens.2 Select a backstitch type in the Backstitch panel.3 Click Apply.

Creating outlines with Zigzag stitchZigzag stitch is similar to Satin in that the needle penetrates each side ofthe column. But while Satin gives a straight line followed by a diagonal,Zigzag produces two diagonal lines, thereby producing a more open stitch.Zigzag is frequently used for tacking down appliqués, while E Stitch is usedminimum stitchstitch spacingconnecting stitchesconnecting stitches follow the boundaryare adjustedSelect backstitch typeClick Zigzag (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Zigzag stitch to new or selectedobjects. Right-click to adjust Zigzag settings.ES 2006 Chapter 6 Fill and Outline Stitches 144as the cover stitch. It can also be used for decorative effect or where fewerstitches are required. See also Corresponding object and stitch types.Tip Zigzag and Double Zigzag stitches are frequently used as underlays.See Adjusting Center Run and Edge Run underlay settings for details.To create outlines with Zigzag stitch1 Right-click the Zigzag icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Zigzag dialog opens.2 Enter a spacing value in the Stitch Spacing field.This value is the distance in millimeters between two needlepenetrations on the same side of the column.3 Click Apply.

Creating outlines with E StitchAdjust stitch spacingstitch spacing: 2.0 mm stitch spacing: 3.0 mm stitch spacing: 4.5 mmClick E Stitch (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply E Stitch stitch to new or selectedobjects. Right-click to adjust E Stitch settings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 145E Stitch, sometimes referred to as ‘blanket stitch’, produces long, narrowcolumns with a ‘comb’ effect. It is often used to stitch borders aroundappliqués. The needle penetrates both sides of the column, and thenpenetrates the second side again, laying the thread along the side.E stitches are usually more open than Satin or Zigzag stitches. See alsoCorresponding object and stitch types.To create outlines with E Stitch1 Right-click the E Stitch icon.The Object Properties > Fills > E Stitch dialog opens.2 In the Stitch Spacing field, enter the spacing value.This value is the distance in millimeters between each perpendicularstitch.Adjust stitch spacingEnter # run stitchesStitch Spacing: 1.0 mm Stitch Spacing: 2.0 mm Stitch Spacing: 3.5 mmES 2006 Chapter 6 Fill and Outline Stitches 1463 In the Number of Runs field, enter the number of run stitches betweeneach E Stitch.4 Click Apply.

Creating decorative outlinesDigitizing methods divide broadly into two categories—outline and fill. Runand Manual digitizing methods are used to digitize outlines or individualstitches. Run stitch, Triple Run, Motif Run, Backstitch, and Stemstitch areconsidered both digitizing methods and stitch types. See also Digitizing linesand Creating motif runs.For thicker, decorative lines, use Backstitch or Stemstitch. Backstitch is anolder-style, adaptable stitch which can be used for delicate outlines. Thisstitch follows intricate curves well. Stemstitch is thicker and can be used to

mimic hand-sewn embroidery. It is used for stems and vines with otherdecorative stitches, or as an outline for Satin or Motif fills.1 run E Stitch spacing E Stitch spacing3 runsUse Backstitch (Input toolbar) to place a row of backstitches along a digitizedline. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Use Stemstitch (Input toolbar) to place a row of stemstitches along adigitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Backstitch Stemstitch Stemstitch withMotif FillES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 147Tip ES Designer lets you convert between Run, Triple Run, Motif Run,Backstitch, Stemstitch and Input C objects. See Converting between runobjects for details.Adjusting Backstitch settingsAdjust Backstitch settings to get the exact results you want. You can specifythe exact stitch length, chord gap, thickness and overlap values as well asthe number of strokes.To set Backstitch settings1 Right-click the Backstitch icon.The Object Properties > Outlines > Backstitch dialog opens.Use Backstitch (Input toolbar) to place a row of backstitches along a digitizedline. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.Adjust backstitch valuesES 2006 Chapter 6 Fill and Outline Stitches 1482 Enter minimum and maximum run lengths in the Length and MinLength fields.3 Adjust the Chord Gap setting as required. See Setting variable runstitch lengths for details.4 Adjust stitch thickness in the Thickness field.Needle penetrations are spaced more widely for thicker stitches.5 Adjust the backstitch overlap percentage in the Overlap field.Run Length: 1.5 mm Run Length: 2.5 mm Run Length: 4.5 mmStitch Thickness: 0.30 mm Stitch Thickness: 0.50 mm Stitch Thickness: 0.70 mmOverlap: 10% Overlap: 50% Overlap: 90%ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1496 Select the number of strokes—3 or 5.7 Click Apply.8 Digitize Backstitch outlines as you would a Run stitch outline. SeeCreating stitch runs for details.Adjusting Stemstitch settingsAdjust Stemstitch settings to get the exact results you want. You can specifythe exact stitch and line thickness, spacing and overlap values as well as thenumber of strokes.To adjust Stemstitch settings1 Right-click the Stemstitch icon.Strokes: 3 Strokes: 5Use Stemstitch (Input toolbar) to place a row of stemstitches along adigitized line. Right-click to adjust settings for new or selected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 6 Fill and Outline Stitches 150The Object Properties > Outlines > Stemstitch dialog opens.2 Adjust the line thickness in the Thickness field.3 Adjust stitch spacing in the Spacing field.4 Enter a stitch angle in the Angle field.Adjust stemstitch valuesSelect type and adjust thicknessLine Thickness: 1.0 mm Line Thickness: 1.5 mmSpacing: 1.2 m Spacing: 0.8 mmAngle: 90° Angle: 45°ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1515 Select either Single or Triple.

Note For Triple only, you can also adjust stitch thickness in the StitchThickness field. Needle penetrations are spaced more widely for thickerstitches.6 Click Apply.7 Digitize Stemstitch outlines as you would a Run stitch outline. SeeCreating stitch runs for details.Type: Triple Type: SingleES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 152

Chapter 7

Colorways and Thread ChartsWhen digitizing, you select thread colors for each object you create from thecolor palette. This contains a selection of thread colors tailored for eachdesign or color scheme. The particular ‘colorway’ represents the actualthread colors in which a design will be stitched. In fact you can definemultiple color schemes and switch between them. This has importantimplications for sales presentations as well as production. You can also printmultiple colorways, design backgrounds, and icons of color blocks togetherwith the production worksheet.For each colorway you define, you can select colors from commercial threadcharts or define your own. Search for particular threads by specific code.Automatic thread color helps you locate thread colors based on closestmatch across one or several thread charts. You can also match thread colorsfrom imported graphics—vector or bitmap.This section describes how to select colors from the color palette as well ashow to change colorways. It also explains how to define, modify and deletecolorways. There is also an explanation of how to define your own threadcolors and charts.

Changing thread colorsNew objects are digitized using the selected color in the color palette. Youcan change the color before or after digitizing. If the color you want is notES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 153available in the color palette, you may need to add it to the colorway. SeeModifying colorways for details.Note Color change machine functions are automatically inserted when youassign a color.Selecting colorsWhen you digitize a new object, it automatically takes the color selected inthe color palette. This is the ‘current’ color. Change the color of one or moreselected objects in your design at any time.Tip If the color palette itself does not appear, you need to select it from theToolbars dialog. See Showing or hiding toolbars for details.To select a color! Deselect all objects, and then select a color from the palette.This color becomes current for all new objects.! To change the color of selected objects, simply select a new color fromthe palette.Note While the selected object/s change color, the ‘current’ color doesnot change.Edit backgroundSelect colorChange colorwayEdit colorwaysAdd color to paletteCompact paletteSplit palette colorEdit color paletteobject selected color changed

ES 2006 Chapter 7 Colorways and Thread Charts 154Recoloring consecutive objectsYou can change the color of consecutive objects of the same color at thesame time. Consecutive objects follow each other in the stitching sequence.See also Selecting and viewing objects with the Color-Object List.To recolor consecutive objects1 Select the first object in the sequence to recolor.2 Select Machine > Set Color.The Set Color dialog opens.3 Select the All consecutive objects of the same color option.Note If you selected more than one object, this option is not available.4 Select a color from the list.Only colors in the colorway are available.Select Set Color (Machine menu) to change the color of consecutive objects.blue bluegreenChange color ofconsecutive objectsSelect colorES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1555 Click OK.

Working with colorwaysES Designer lets you define multiple color schemes, or ‘colorways’, for theone design. Change them to preview an existing design in different colorson different fabrics.When you start a design, Colorway 1 appears as the default color palette.Colorways are saved automatically with the design when saving in EMBformat. You can save all your colorways as an EMT template file for use infuture designs. Colorways cannot, however, be saved with stitch files. Seealso Viewing colorways and Working with design templates.Note Certain properties are included as part of the colorwaydefinition—background color or fabric, unique number, as well as displaycolors for borer symbols, unsewn stitches, selected objects, object outlinesand the grid.As dark-colored threads cover light-colored fabrics better than vice versa,different densities may be required when you change from one colorway toanother. For example, a black design on a white shirt may have beendigitized with slightly open Tatami to save on stitches. If the colorway ischanged to white on black, the Tatami density may need adjusting. SeeAdjusting stitch density for details.redredgreenES 2006 Chapter 7 Colorways and Thread Charts 156Note Colorways are not intended to compensate for the different densities.Rather, different styles should be used, or separate designs—one for darkthreads on light fabric, and one for light threads on dark fabric.Setting up color palettesWhen you create a new design, it includes a single default colorway called‘Colorway 1’. This contains 15 default colors, unassigned to any threadchart. The Color Palette Editor displays the same default colors. Add extracolor slots as required.To set up a color palette1 Open a new design.The default color palette provides 12 colors.Tip If you using artwork as a backdrop, you can match image colorsdirectly to the nearest matching threads in selected thread charts. SeeMatching image colors to threads for details.2 Click the Add Color To Palette icon to add further color slots as

required.3 Click the Color Palette Editor icon.The Color Palette Editor dialog opens displaying the same defaultcolors.4 Click the Thread Charts button.Use Add Color To Palette (Color toolbar) to add a new color slot to thepalette. This can be edited by means of the Color Palette Editor.Use Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to assign thread colors to slots in theColor Palette.Use Compact Palette (Color toolbar) to remove all unused colors frompalette. Unused slots appear gray.Click to add color slotsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 157The Active Thread Charts dialog opens.5 Select the thread chart/s you want to use and click OK.All color definitions from the selected chart/s are transferred to the ColorPalette Editor.6 Select a color slot in the Color Palette Editor and match it to a suitablethread by one of the following means:! Simply click the Match button at the top of the color list to find thenearest equivalent thread color in the selected charts.! Enter an exact color code in the Find Code field.! Click-and-drag the selection handle and scroll down the color list tolocate a color you want to use.! Click the arrow buttons on top and at the bottom of the color list.Select treadchart/s to useClick to selectthread chart/sSearch color list manuallyfor suitable colorsClick Match to matchselected colorEnter exact colorcode if knownDefaultcolorsES 2006 Chapter 7 Colorways and Thread Charts 158Note The current selection in the Color Palette Editor is not linked tothe current selection in the Color Palette itself.7 Select the color in the list by clicking the color or the code.The color is assigned to the selected color slot, ready for use.8 Click Assign.The selected thread is assigned to the color slot and the Color PaletteEditor selection is advanced by one slot.Tip Once all colors are assigned to objects, you can click the CompactPalette icon to display only those colors used in the design. See alsoNaming design elements via the Color Palette Editor.Note The Compact Palette tool is disabled for machine formats that useneedle addressing—i.e. that have Color Change set as Needle No in theMachine Format Values dialog. See also Setting color change functions.Adding and deleting colorwaysIt is often difficult to imagine your designs stitched out on different fabriccolors and textures, using different combinations of thread colors. When youcreate a new design, the design contains a single default colorway called‘Colorway 1’. You can define up to 100 colorways for each design.To add or delete a colorway1 Create a new design or open an existing one.2 Click the Multi-Colorway Box icon.The Multi-Colorway Box dialog opens.Use Multi-Colorway Box (Color toolbar) to open or close the modeless

Multi-Colorway Box dialog which allows you add and edit colorways.Click to add newcolorwaysColorway 1

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1593 Click New and enter a New Colorway name.Tip By default, the Based on Colorway field contains the currentcolorway. Select from the dropdown list to change colorways. If youwant to base the new colorway on default settings, leave the field blank.4 Edit the colors and background of the new colorway using the ColorPalette Editor. See Modifying colorways for details.5 Select a colorway in the list to view.This has the same effect as selecting the colorway from the dropdownlist on the Color toolbar.6 To delete a colorway, select it and click Delete.You are prompted to confirm the deletion.7 Click OK.Modifying colorwaysYou can modify a colorway by adding or changing colors. New colors can beselected from any of the available thread charts. Any modifications to threadEnter new colorway nameSelect colorway to base onMy ColorwayColorway 1

Click to delete colorwayClick to choosecolorwayColorway 1My Colorway

Use Multi-Colorway Box (Color toolbar) to open or close the modelessMulti-Colorway Box dialog which allows you add and edit colorways.Use Add Color To Palette (Color toolbar) to add a new color slot to thepalette. This can be edited by means of the Color Palette Editor.Use Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to assign thread colors to slots in theColor Palette.Use Compact Palette (Color toolbar) to remove all unused colors frompalette. Unused slots appear gray.ES 2006 Chapter 7 Colorways and Thread Charts 160colors only affect the selected colorway. All others remain unchanged. Themodified colorway can be saved with the design you are working with and/orthe current template.Note The default settings are stored as Colorway 1. If you change thebackground in Colorway 1 and save your template, it will always display likethis at start up. All defined colorways are saved in the template.To modify a colorway1 With a design open, click the Multi-Colorway Box icon.The Multi-Colorway Box dialog opens.2 Select the colorway you want to edit.3 To edit the name, click the field, key in a new name, and press Enter.4 To add further color slots, click the Add Color To Palette icon.5 To change the colorway background and display colors, click BKG.The Display dialog opens. Background colors and fabrics are treated aspart of the colorway rather than design window settings. In addition,display colors for borer holes, unsewn and selected stitches, objectoutlines and grid are part of the colorway definition. See Viewingcolorways, backgrounds and display colors for details.6 To modify the thread colors of the selected colorway, click the ColorPalette Editor icon.Click to change background of colorwaySelect colorwayto editColorway 1My Colorway

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 161The Color Palette Editor dialog opens displaying the current colorway.7 Assign colors from the current thread chart to selected color slots. SeeSetting up color palettes for details.Tip Once all colors are assigned to objects, you can click the CompactPalette icon to display only those colors used in the design. See alsoNaming design elements via the Color Palette Editor.Modifying thread colorsChange the code, description, brand, thickness or display color of existingthreads by means of the Color Palette Editor.To modify a thread color1 Click the Color Palette Editor icon.Search color list manuallyfor suitable colorsClick to assign color toselected color slotEnter exact color code if knownClick to locate selected colorEnter descriptive name forselected color1 - Clouds

Use Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to modify threads in existing charts.ES 2006 Chapter 7 Colorways and Thread Charts 162The Color Palette Editor dialog opens.2 Import threads from the thread chart of your choice. See Setting upcolor palettes for details.3 Select the color slot you want to edit and click the Edit Thread button.The Edit Thread dialog opens.4 Edit thread details as required. See Adding your own colors to threadcharts for details.5 Click OK.

Naming design elements via the Color Palette EditorYou can assign names to blocks of sequential, same-color objects, known as‘elements’. Element names appear on the production worksheet. The Usagefield in the Color Palette Editor shows a list of selected color blocks whichcorrespond to design elements. By default, the number in the stop sequenceis displayed. However, each color block can be given a descriptive name foreasy identification.Tip You can also name design elements via the Design Properties dialog.See Naming design elements via Design Properties for details.Click to editselected threadClick to assignnew color to slotClick to selector mix colorEdit threaddetailsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 163To name design elements via the Color Palette Editor1 Use the Color Palette Editor to set up a new palette or edit an existingcolorway. See Setting up color palettes for details.The Color Palette Editor dialog opens displaying the current colorway.2 Select a color slot.3 To view the color, click Locate and hold.Tip When more than one element appears in the Usage list, you canselect and locate them singly or as a group.4 To name the design element, double-click the Usage field and key in adescriptive title—e.g. ‘Clouds’.5 To check the naming of all design elements, select File > DesignProperties.

The Design Properties > Information dialog opens.6 Select the Stop Sequence tab to view the color sequence and stitchcounts for each design ‘element’.The data in this tab is extracted from the design and, except forElement, cannot be modified.Tip You can show the stitch count for each element individually or as acumulative count. See Setting other options for details.1 - Clouds Enter descriptivename for selectedcolorSelect color slotClick and hold to locate selected colorClick to editdesign elementsES 2006 Chapter 7 Colorways and Thread Charts 1647 To edit an Element name, simply click the field, key in a new name, andpress Enter.Tip The information on this tab may be included in total or in part onthe production worksheet. See Customizing production worksheetinformation for details.

Splitting color blocksA color block or ‘element’ corresponds to a color stop in the design. The colorblock may be comprised of a single item—e.g. ‘ropes’—or more—e.g. ‘ropesand birds’. While with one colorway you may want to assign the same threadcolor to both items, with another you may want to assign different colors toeach. The Split Palette Color tool lets you create a new color slot with thesame thread specification as the selected slot. Any selected objects areassigned to the new palette slot.Note The design needs to contain at least two colorways and two objects.The button is disabled when objects of different colors are selected.To split a color block1 With a design open, click the Multi-Colorway Box icon.The Multi-Colorway Box dialog opens.2 Select the colorway you want to modify.3 Select the object(s) whose color needs to change—they must beassigned to the same color slot.Use Multi-Colorway Box (Color toolbar) to open or close the modelessMulti-Colorway Box dialog which allows you add and edit colorways.Use Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to assign thread colors to slots in theColor Palette.Use Split Palette Color (Color toolbar) to create a new color slot with thesame thread specification as the selected slot.Select colorwayto editES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 165The Split Palette Color button is activated.4 Click the Split Palette Color icon.A new color slot of the same color is added to the palette and allcolorways. Selected objects are assigned to the new palette position.5 Assign a new thread color to the new color slot in the selected colorway.See Setting up color palettes for details.The colors of the other colorways remain unaffected.Select objectsto changeNew color slot added to all colorwaysbased on selected color (#2)New color assigned to slotin selected colorwayES 2006 Chapter 7 Colorways and Thread Charts 166Note By default, the new color slot is placed at the end of the ColorPalette. This, however, does not affect the stitching sequence.

Matching image colors to threadsYou can manually match colors from an inserted bitmap or vector image tothread colors in a selected chart. But the quicker way is by using automaticcolor matching.To match image colors to threads1 Right-click the image.2 Select Match Bitmap Color from the popup menu.Right-click the image and select the Match Bitmap Color command to match imagecolors to actual threads.Consecutiveblocks of samecolor remainseparateES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 167All colors used in the image appear in the Match Bitmap Color dialog.3 Select the thread chart/s to include in the search from the ThreadCharts list.Note To automatically match the image colors to available threads,simply click OK. The system automatically assigns thread colors fromthe selected chart/s to the current colorway.4 To make your own color selections, first select the color to match.5 Click Match.The system searches for the closest match across all selected charts anddisplays them in the thread color list below.6 Select a thread and assign to the color palette by double-clicking orclicking Assign.7 Repeat until all the colors you intend to use in the design have beenmatched.Note Each search negates the previous results.8 Click OK.The selected thread colors are assigned to the current colorway. If thenumber of available thread colors is less than the number of colors inthe image, the system will increase the number of slots in the colorpalette accordingly.Note The maximum number of new thread colors which can be addedto the color palette from a bitmap is 128.Select threadchartSelect colorto matchMatchedcolors listedClick toassignClick tomatchES 2006 Chapter 7 Colorways and Thread Charts 168

Customizing thread chartsThread charts are lists of pre-defined thread colors. They may be based oncommercially available thread charts, or charts you define yourself. Whenyou create a thread chart, you are creating a store of colors to use in futureuse. You may use pre-defined thread colors from existing charts or defineyour own. You may also want to update existing thread charts by modifyingthread details or removing threads.Creating new thread chartsES Designer lets you define your own thread charts. When you create athread chart, you are creating a store of colors to use in future use.To create a new thread chart1 Click the Color Palette Editor icon.

The Color Palette Editor dialog opens displaying the current colorway.2 Click the Thread Charts button.The Active Thread Charts dialog opens.3 Click Modify.The Modify Thread Chart dialog opens displaying the current threadchart.Use Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to create new thread charts.Click to selectthread chart/sClick to modifythread chartsClick to create new chartES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1694 Click New.The New Thread Chart dialog opens.5 Enter a name for the chart and click OK.You return to the Modify Thread Chart dialog. The new chart is created,ready for you to add thread colors.6 Click Add to add your own colors. See Adding your own colors to threadcharts for details.7 Click Copy From to add colors from an existing chart. See Copying colorsbetween charts for details.8 Click Close to finish.The new chart is created and ready for use.Modifying existing thread chartsUse the Modify Thread Chart dialog to rename existing thread charts andremove them entirely from the system. Select names that will help youremember the charts you need or to help you sort frequently-used charts tothe top of the list.A-My Thread Chart Enter new threadchart nameClick to add yourown threadsClick to copythreads fromother chartUse Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to modify existing charts.ES 2006 Chapter 7 Colorways and Thread Charts 170Warning Be careful when deleting thread charts. If you delete the wrongchart you will need to reinstall Wilcom ES to restore it.To modify existing thread charts1 Open the Active Thread Charts dialog. See Creating new thread chartsfor details.2 Select a thread chart and click Modify.The Modify Thread Chart dialog opens displaying the current threadchart.3 From the Name list, select the chart to modify.4 Click Delete to remove the entire chart.5 Click Rename to change names.The Rename Thread Chart dialog opens.6 Enter the new name for the thread chart and click OK.Modifying threads in existing chartsSelectthread chartClick to modifyselected thread chartClick to rename Click to deleteA-My Royal Chart Enter new threadchart nameUse Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to modify existing charts.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 171

Remove obsolete thread colors from a thread chart using the ModifyThread Chart dialog. Change the code, description, brand, thickness ordisplay color of existing threads.To modify threads in existing charts1 Open the Active Thread Charts dialog. See Creating new thread chartsfor details.2 Select the required thread chart and click Modify.The Modify Thread Chart dialog opens displaying the current threadchart.3 From the Name list, select the chart to modify.4 In the Threads list, select the thread to modify.5 Click Remove to remove the selected thread from the chart.Tip To delete all the threads from the thread chart, click Clear All.6 Click Edit to change thread details.Selectthread chartSelect colorto modify Click to removeselected thread colorClick to remove ALLcolors from chartClick to edit selectedthread detailsES 2006 Chapter 7 Colorways and Thread Charts 172The Edit Thread dialog opens.7 Edit thread details as required. See Adding your own colors to threadcharts for details.8 Click OK.Copying colors between chartsYou can copy colors between different thread charts to create your owncharts from existing colors.To copy colors between charts1 Open the Modify Thread Chart dialog. See Creating new thread chartsfor details.2 Create a new chart or open an existing one from the Name list.3 Click Copy From.Click to selector mix colorEdit threaddetailsUse Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to modify existing charts.Click to createnew chartSelectexisting chartClick to copythreads fromother chartES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 173The Copy From dialog opens.4 Select the source thread chart from the Name list.5 Select the color/s you want to copy.Tip Use Ctrl or Shift keys to copy a group or range of colors.6 Click OK.All colors are copied to the new thread chart.Adding your own colors to thread chartsYou can add colors to thread charts using colors from other charts or colorsyou mix yourself.Selectthread chartSelect colorto copy

Use Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to modify existing charts.ES 2006 Chapter 7 Colorways and Thread Charts 174To add your own colors to a thread chart1 Open the Modify Thread Chart dialog. See Creating new thread chartsfor details.2 Create a new chart or open an existing one from the Name list.3 Click Add to add your own colors.The Add Thread dialog opens.4 Enter code, brand, and description details for the new thread color.Code is the identification number of a thread color in a brand.5 Select the appropriate thread thickness.! Thickness A: normal embroidery thread (thickness 120/2, or 40).! Thickness B: thicker than normal.! Thickness C: finer than normal.! Thickness D: very fine.Note This setting determines the Auto Spacing setting used with thethread. See also Applying Auto Spacing to Satin stitch.6 Mix the thread display color. See Mixing your own thread colors fordetails.Selectexisting chartClick to addown colors tothread chartClick to createnew chartEnter code,brand, anddescription detailsClick to selector mix colorSelect threadthickness1234My BrandDeep Purple

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1757 Click OK.The new color appears in the Threads list.Mixing your own thread colorsYou can change the color that displays for a particular thread, or create newthread colors using the Color dialog.To mix your own thread colors1 Add your own colors to a thread chart or modify threads in an existingchart. See Adding your own colors to thread charts or Modifying threadsin existing charts for details.2 Click Mix.The Color dialog opens.3 From the Basic colors palette, select a color that approximates the oneyou require.4 To further refine your color choice, drag the crosshairs on the colorspectrum.5 To adjust color brightness, drag the arrow on the slider bar.Alternatively, set the exact HLS or RGB values you require.6 Click Add to Custom Colors to add mixed color to Custom Colors palettefor future use.Use Color Palette Editor (Color toolbar) to modify existing charts.Drag crosshairs toadjust colorDrag arrow toadjust brightnessClick toselect color

Click to add selectedcolor to Custom ColorsEnter exact valuesif knownES 2006 Chapter 7 Colorways and Thread Charts 1767 Click OK.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 177

Chapter 8

Connecting Embroidery ObjectsConnectors link objects in a design.They can be run stitches or jumps. Youcan use automatic settings to generateconnectors, trims and tie-offs, or addthem manually. Travel runs aretypically used to connect segmentswithin filled objects. Adjust travel runlength to reduce stitch count.Warning For Schiffli work, you are advised to add connectors manuallyrather than rely on the automatic settings. Automatic connectors are turnedoff in the Schiffli template. See Adding connectors manually for details.This section describes how to add connectors, tie-offs and trims to yourdesigns. It also describes adjusting settings for automatic connectors,including the stitch length for travel runs. There is also a topic on hidingtravel runs using the Trapunto effect.Note You can set separate connector settings for Auto Start and End. SeeSetting automatic start and end points for details.

Types of connectorsThe type of connector you use depends on whether you want it to be visiblein the final design. The default connector setting in ES Designer is for jumps.JumpsJumps move the frame from one part of the design to another withoutneedle penetrations. You can use automatic jumps as connectors betweenembroidery objects. The connecting thread generally needs to be tied-offES 2006 Chapter 8 Connecting Embroidery Objects 178and trimmed. The default connector jump length is the same as that set forAuto Jump.Tip You can also digitize jumps manually using the Penetrations functionor with Manual stitch. See Adding jumps with penetrations off and Digitizingindividual stitches for details.RunsTravel runs are typically used to connect segments of complex shapes. Theycan also connect adjacent objects. Because runs are not trimmed, they maybe visible in the final embroidery. For this reason, they are less commonlyused as connectors between objects than jumps. If objects are adjacent andconnectors will be hidden, they can be used. You can change the stitchlength of travel runs to ensure they do not protrude from the cover stitching.You may also adjust the travel run length to reduce the stitch count. Seealso Adjusting travel run stitch length.Note While you can control the properties of run connectors betweenobjects, you generally cannot control connectors within objects. Letteringand motif run objects are the exception.Tie-insTie-in stitches are inserted at the start of objects to prevent stitches fromunraveling. They are inserted inside the shape on the second stitch. Yougenerally use them when the previous connector is trimmed.Tie-offs

Tie-offs are generally placed before trims to prevent stitches fromunraveling. You can adjust connector settings to automatically add tie-offsunder certain conditions, or add them manually. You can also include trimfunctions so machines with trimmers cut the thread automatically.TrimsIf you are using a machine with an automatic trimmer, the trim functioncauses the thread to be cut after a tie-off. In the software, trims arerepresented by a triangle with a small circle at the point where stitchingES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 179starts again. The trimmed connector appears as a dotted line. You canadjust connector settings to automatically add trims, or add them yourself.

Using automatic connectorsES Designer lets you generate automatic connectors in your design basedon settings in the Object Properties > Connectors dialog. You can changethe connector settings for the whole design or selected objects.Tip If you prefer to add tie-offs and trims as you digitize, you can turn offautomatic connectors altogether. For Schiffli work, you are advised to addconnectors manually rather than rely on the automatic settings. Automaticconnectors are turned off in the Schiffli template. See Adding connectorsmanually for details.Note The Branching feature lets you digitize like-objects—e.g. the fingersof a hand—without having to think about the most efficient stitchingsequence and joins. See Automatic branching for details.Using jumps as connectorsYou can use automatic jumps as connectors between embroidery objects.Jumps move the frame from one part of the design to another withouttrimstitching startsconnectorUse Object Properties (Standard toolbar) to toggle the Object Propertiesdialog on/off. Use it to set jumps as connectors.ES 2006 Chapter 8 Connecting Embroidery Objects 180needle penetrations. You generally need to tie-off and trim the connectingthread.You can also digitize jumps manually using the Penetrations function. SeeAdding jumps with penetrations off for details.To use jumps as connectors1 Click the Object Properties icon.The Object Properties dialog opens.2 Select the Connectors tab.3 Select a connector method.! After Object: allows you to adjust settings of connectorsimmediately following the current object.! Inside Object: allows you to adjust settings of connectors joiningletters within a lettering object, and motifs within motif runs. Thissetting also applies to disconnected parts of branched objects.Select Jump andenter distanceSelect connector methodAdjust TrimAfter settingsAdjust tie-in /tie-off settingsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 181Note This option does not apply to segments within an object. See alsoAdjusting travel run stitch length.4 Select Jump and enter a distance for each frame movement.5 In the Trim After panel, adjust the trim settings. See Adjustingautomatic trim after settings for details.

6 Select Tie In from the list to adjust tie-in settings. See Adjustingautomatic tie-in settings for details.7 Select Tie Off from the list to adjust tie-off settings. See Adjustingautomatic tie-off settings for details.8 Click Apply.Using runs as connectorsYou can use runs of single stitches to connect objects in a design. Becauseruns cannot be trimmed, they are visible on the final embroidery, unlessanother object is digitized to cover them. For this reason, runs are lesscommonly used as connectors than jumps.To use runs as connectors1 Click the Object Properties icon.The Object Properties dialog opens.Use Object Properties (Standard toolbar) to toggle the Object Propertiesdialog on/off. Use it to set runs as connectors.RunconnectorsJumpconnectorsES 2006 Chapter 8 Connecting Embroidery Objects 1822 Select the Connectors tab.3 Select a connector method.! After Object: allows you to adjust settings of connectorsimmediately following the current object.! Inside Object: allows you to adjust settings of connectors joiningletters within a lettering object, and motifs within motif runs. Thissetting also applies to disconnected parts of branched objects.Note This option does not apply to segments within an object. See alsoAdjusting travel run stitch length.4 Select Run and enter a length for the connecting run stitches.The Tie Off and Trim After options are disabled as they do not apply totravel runs.5 Select Tie In from the list to adjust tie-in settings. See Adjustingautomatic tie-in settings for details.6 Click Apply.Adjusting automatic tie-in settingsSelect Run andadjust stitch lengthAdjust tie-insettingsSelect connector methodUse Object Properties (Standard toolbar) to toggle the Object Propertiesdialog on/off.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 183Tie-in stitches are inserted at thestart of objects to prevent stitchesfrom unraveling. They are insertedinside the shape on the secondstitch. You generally use them whenthe previous connector is trimmed.To adjust tie-in settings1 Click the Object Properties icon.The Object Properties dialog opens.2 Select the Connectors tab.3 Select Tie In from the list and select a tie-in option:! Off: no tie-ins are inserted.! Always tie in: tie-ins are inserted before the object.! Tie In If: tie-ins are created if certain conditions are met. When youselect this option, the condition checkboxes become available.4 If you selected Tie In If, set the conditions:

! After Trim/Color Change: tie-ins are inserted after trims and colorchanges.! Previous Connector: tie-ins are inserted when the previousconnector exceeds the length you specify.5 Set the tie-in values:! Length: determines length of tie-in stitches.! Number: determines number of tie-in stitches to generate.6 Click Apply.Tie-in with fourstitchesAdjust tie-insettingsES 2006 Chapter 8 Connecting Embroidery Objects 184Adjusting automatic tie-off settingsWith trims, stitches need to be tied off so the thread can be trimmed withoutunraveling. Select between two automatic tie-off methods.Method 1 is generally more visually pleasing on smaller objects and Satincolumns. With this method, however, stitches sew on top of each other withthe consequent risk of thread breakage. On larger areas, the saferalternative is Method 2.Tip For narrow shapes or columns—e.g. small lettering—use only onetie-off stitch. You may also decrease the stitch length.To adjust tie-off settings1 Click the Object Properties icon.The Object Properties dialog opens.2 Select the Connectors tab.3 In the Tie Off panel, select a tie-off option:Use Object Properties (Standard toolbar) to toggle the Object Propertiesdialog on/off.Method 1 with fourstitchesMethod 2 withtwo stitchesMethod 2 with fourstitchesAdjust tie-offsettingsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 185! Off: no tie-off is inserted. By selecting this option, you need to addtie-off functions manually. See Adding tie-offs for details.! Always Tie Off: a tie-off is inserted after the object.! Tie Off If: a tie-off is created if certain conditions are met. Whenyou select this option, the condition checkboxes become available.4 If you selected Tie Off If, set the conditions:! Before Trim/Color Change: a tie-off is inserted before a trim orcolor change.! Always Tie Off Last: a tie-off is inserted if the object is the last onein the design.! Next Connector Longer Than: a tie-off is inserted if the nextconnector exceeds the specified length.5 Select a tie-off method:! Method 1 inserts tie-off stitches along the last stitch. This hides welland prevents stitches from bulging. It is suitable for Satin columnsand lettering objects.! Method 2 inserts tie-off stitches between the last two stitches. Thisis suitable for larger Tatami-filled shapes.6 Set the tie-off values:! Length: determines length of tie-off stitches.! Number: determines number of tie-off stitches to generate.7 Click Apply.

Adjusting automatic trim after settingsYou can choose to turn off automatic trimming, to always trim connectingstitches, or to trim only when the connecting stitch is longer than a specifiedvalue.To adjust automatic trim settings1 Click the Object Properties icon.The Object Properties dialog opens.Use Object Properties (Standard toolbar) to toggle the Object Propertiesdialog on/off.ES 2006 Chapter 8 Connecting Embroidery Objects 1862 Select the Connectors tab.3 In the Trim After panel, select a trim option:! Off: no trims are inserted. This feature is useful if trimming causesyour machine to slow down, or the needle to lose the thread. You caneither add trim functions yourself, or trim the final embroidery byhand.! Always Trim: trims are inserted after the object.! Trim If Next Connector Is Longer Than: trims are inserted if thenext connector exceeds the length you specify.Tip Usually, connectors shorter than 3 mm are not visible on the finalembroidery. You may sometimes require a smaller value—e.g. if thethread color contrasts with the background color.4 Click Apply.

Adding connectors manuallyYou can add tie-offs and trims in a design yourself, using the Tie Off, Trimand Empty Stitch tools. This method is less efficient than using automaticconnectors and it is not recommended, but gives you more control over thefinal design. Some machine formats are unable to read functions thatappear on a normal stitch. For these machines, you need to add trim, tie-offand other machine functions to an Empty Stitch or Empty Jump. You mayalso need to add one or more empty stitches or empty jumps to either sideof a function for the machine to read it correctly.Note If you want to add all the tie-offs and trims yourself, turn offautomatic features in the Object Properties > Connectors dialog. SeeUsing automatic connectors for details.Adding tie-offsAdjust trim aftersettingsClick Tie Off (Pointer toolbar) to insert a tie-off.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 187You can add tie-offs in your design using the Tie Off tool. This provides asemi-automated technique for adding tie-offs as an alternative to digitizingthem with manual stitches. Tie-offs are usually added before a trim at theend of an object.Tip You can also insert machine functions manually using the InsertMachine Function dialog. See Inserting machine functions manually fordetails.To add a tie-off1 Travel to the object you want to tie-off. See Traveling by object fordetails.2 Click the Tie-off icon.A Tie-off function is inserted.The default number of tie-off stitches is two. This means the needlebacktracks twice and returns at the insertion point. Adjust this value inthe Object Properties > Connectors dialog. See Adjusting automatictie-off settings for details.Note Generally you will follow a tie-off with a trim. See Adding trims fordetails.

Adding trimsYou can add trims in your design, using the Trim tool. When you add a trimin this way, the trim function is added to the current stitch. Some machinesTie-offfunction startTie-off function inserted, needlebacktracks and returnsTie-offfunction endClick Trim (Pointer toolbar) to insert a trim.ES 2006 Chapter 8 Connecting Embroidery Objects 188require empty stitches or empty jumps on either side of the trim. If this isthe case for the machine you want to stitch to, you will need to insert them.Tip Make sure that all stitches you trim have been tied in and tied off,otherwise the stitches will not be secured.To add a trim1 Travel to the needle position where you want to trim the thread. SeeTraveling by stitches for details.2 Click the Trim icon.A trim function is inserted at the current needle position.Tip You can also insert machine functions manually using the InsertMachine Function dialog. See Inserting machine functions manually fordetails.Adding empty stitches and empty jumpsEmpty stitch is a tight (zero length) lockstitch, used together with, or as analternative to, tie-in and tie-off stitches. Use empty stitches instead oftie-ins or tie-offs for objects filled with light density stitching where standardtie-ins and tie-offs may be visible. Also, use empty stitches or empty jumpswhen required by the selected machine format.Tip You can also insert machine functions manually using the InsertMachine Function dialog. See Inserting machine functions manually fordetails.trim symboltie-in symbolClick Empty Function (Pointer toolbar) to insert an empty stitch. Right-clickto insert an empty jump.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 189To add empty stitches and empty jumps1 Travel to the needle position where you want to trim the thread. SeeTraveling by stitches for details.2 Click the Empty Function icon to insert an empty stitch.3 Right-click Empty Function to insert an empty jump.Adding jumps with penetrations offYou can create jump connectors manually in a design by digitizing withpenetrations off. The Penetrations tool (formerly known as Needles In)prevents the needle from penetrating the fabric, forcing the machine tomove across the design in a series of jumps. You can use Penetrations withany input method.To add a jump with penetrations off1 Select an input method.2 Deselect Penetrations.3 Digitize the connector (or row of jumps) in the usual way for the selectedinput method.The jumps are saved together as an embroidery object.

Adjusting travel run stitch lengthDeselect Penetrations (Generate toolbar) to create jumps with needles orborers out.Use Object Properties (Standard toolbar) to toggle the Object Propertiesdialog on/off. Use it to set the travel run stitch length.

Penetrations off—jump stitches Satin Jumps TatamiES 2006 Chapter 8 Connecting Embroidery Objects 190Travel runs are usually used to connect segments within filled objects. Theyare usually covered by fill stitches when the object is stitched out. You canadjust the travel run length to reduce the stitch count.To adjust travel run stitch length1 Click the Object Properties icon.The Object Properties dialog opens.2 Select the Special tab and Travel Run from the list.3 Enter a value in the Length field as required.Tip Increase stitch length to reduce the stitch count. Travel Runautomatically varies the stitch length on tight curves.4 Click Apply.Adjust travel run lengthTravel Run length: 1mm Travel Run length: 3mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 191

Chapter 9

Improving Stitch QualityES Designer provides many techniques for achieving smooth, evenplacement of stitches, and eliminating gaps in your designs.Strengthen and stabilize designs with automatic underlay. Compensate forfabric stretch with pull compensation. Reduce stitch bunching with stitchshortening and fractional spacing. Adjust stitch density for more efficientproduction and remove small stitches automatically. Control corner stitchingwith Smart Corners and fine-tune handling of long stitches with Auto Splitand Auto Jump. Set automatic start and end points. These features are allobject properties and can be applied, removed or modified at will.This section describes how to improve stitch quality with automatic underlayand pull compensation. It also covers stitch shortening and fractionalspacing together with adjusting stitch density and automatic removal ofsmall stitches. Auto Split and Auto Jump are described as well as settingautomatic start and end points.

Strengthening and stabilizing with automatic underlaysEmbroidery appearance and quality depends a lot on underlay which servesas a foundation for the cover stitching. Without an underlay, embroidery liesflat on the underlying fabric which can often show through. New digitizersmight be tempted to increase stitch density but it is much more effective toapply an underlay. Although it increases the stitch count, underlay helps toES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 192stabilize fabrics and reduce puckering and pulling especially on largerdesigns. It also provides ‘loft’, raising cover stitches and preventing themfrom sinking into soft fabrics. It can also prepare a napped fabric byflattening it.Larger areas and stretchy fabrics such as knits and pique generally needmore underlay than smaller areas and firm fabrics such as drill or leather.ES Designer lets you set values to suit different fabrics, lettering appearanceand size. Underlay settings are stored with each object in the same way asother object properties. They are regenerated whenever the object is scaledor transformed.Applying automatic underlaysYou can generate automatic underlay stitching from scratch or apply it toexisting objects. The type of underlay you choose is determined by thepurpose it is to serve. Any combination of underlay types can be applied inorder to achieve the desired purpose.

To apply automatic underlays! Click the Auto Underlay icon with or without objects selected.With no objects selected, underlay stitches are automatically generatedfor all new objects. For both new or selected objects, automaticallygenerated underlay stitches are based on current properties.! Click again to turn off the effect.Selecting underlaysUse Auto Underlay (Stitch Types toolbar) to strengthen and stabilizeembroidery designs with automatic underlays. Right-click to adjust underlaysettings.with underlay without underlayRight-click Auto Underlay (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust underlay settings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 193ES Designer provides a selection of underlay types to choose from. Use asingle layer of underlay, or for more support, combine two underlay types.The Auto Underlay feature lets you see both underlay settings at the sametime.To select underlays1 Right-click the Auto Underlay icon.The Object Properties > Underlay dialog opens.2 Select the First Underlay checkbox.3 From the first Type field, select the first underlay type.4 Select the Second Underlay checkbox as required.5 From the second Type field, select the second underlay type.6 Adjust settings as required and click Apply.Adjusted settings are applied to any selected objects. Otherwise, newsettings become current.Center Run andEdge Run underlaysused togetherAdjust 2ndunderlay settingsAdjust 1stunderlay settingsSelect 1stunderlaySelect 1stunderlay typeAdjust 1stunderlay marginsSelect 2ndunderlaySelect 1stunderlay typeAdjust 2ndunderlay marginsES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 194Adjusting Center Run and Edge Run underlay settingsCenter Run places a row of stitches along the center of a column. It is usedto stabilize narrow columns—e.g. 2-3 mm wide. Edge Run places stitchesaround the edge of an object. Use Edge Run together with the Zigzag orTatami underlays when digitizing large shapes.Note You cannot use Center Run with Complex Fill objects.Adjust the stitch length for Center Run and Edge Run underlays to ensurethe underlay stitches follow the shape of curves and are not visible in thefinal embroidery. Set a specific run stitch length, or use a variable stitchlength calculated by ES Designer. If you use a variable length, enter a chordgap value to control how closely the stitches follow the digitized lines. Thechord gap is the distance between the digitized curve and the underlaystitch. See also Setting variable run stitch lengths.Note Stitch settings for Center and Edge Run underlays are stored

separately from and do not affect Run and Triple Run objects.To adjust Center Run and Edge Run underlay settings1 Right-click the Auto Underlay icon.Right-click Auto Underlay (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Center Run andEdge Run underlay settings.Center Run underlay Edge Run underlayES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 195The Object Properties > Underlay dialog opens.2 Select the first and second (as required) Underlay checkbox and selectCenter Run or Edge Run as the First or Second underlay type.3 Enter the required length values for each underlay type:! Length: Sets the maximum length of each stitch.! Vary Run Length: If enabled, specify minimum stitch length andChord Gap values as required. See Setting variable run stitchlengths for details.4 Click Apply.Adjusting Zigzag and Double Zigzag underlay settingsAdjust fixed orvariable run lengthAdjust fixed orvariable run lengthSelect 1stunderlaySelect Center Run(or Edge Run)Select 2ndunderlaySelect Edge Run(or Center Run)Adjust underlaymarginsEdge Run and Center Run underlaywith 2.5 mm stitch lengthEdge Run and Center Run underlaywith variable run lengthRight-click Auto Underlay (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Zigzag and DoubleZigzag underlay settings.ES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 196Use Zigzag and Double Zigzag underlay stitching to support wide columns.You can combine Zigzag or Double Zigzag with Center Run or Edge Rununderlays. These underlays are best used under Satin cover stitching.You can set spacing and stitch length properties for Zigzag and DoubleZigzag underlay.Note Zigzag underlay stitch settings are stored separately from, and do notaffect, zigzag cover stitch settings.To adjust Zigzag and Double Zigzag underlay settings1 Right-click the Auto Underlay icon.The Object Properties > Underlay dialog opens.2 Select the first and second (if required) Underlay checkbox and selectZigzag or Double Zigzag as the First or Second underlay type.3 Enter the required spacing and length for each underlay type:! Spacing: Sets the required distance between two needlepenetrations on the same side of the column.Zigzag underlay Double Zigzag underlayAdjust spacingand lengthAdjust spacingand lengthSelect 1stunderlaySelect Zigzag (orDouble Zigzag)Select 2nd

underlaySelect DoubleZigzag (or Zigzag)Adjust underlaymarginsAdjust underlaymarginsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 197! Length: Sets the maximum length of each stitch.4 Click Apply.Adjusting Tatami underlay settingsTatami underlay is used to stabilize large, filled shapes. It resembles anextremely open Tatami fill stitch, where rows of stitches are placed acrossthe object to create the underlay. Tatami underlay is often used togetherwith Edge Run, especially for Complex Fill objects under Tatami coverstitching.Change stitch spacing and length settings for Tatami underlay in the sameway as for Tatami fill stitches. Select the backstitch type you require and,for Complex Fill objects, set the angle of the underlay stitches.Note Tatami underlay stitch settings are stored separately from, and do notaffect, Tatami cover stitch settings.To adjust Tatami underlay settings1 Right-click the Auto Underlay icon.Spacing: 3.0 mm Spacing: 4.0 mmRight-click Auto Underlay (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Tatami underlaysettings.Tatami stitch withEdge Run andTatami underlaydirection of coverstitchingdirection of underlayES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 198The Object Properties > Underlay dialog opens.2 Select first or second Underlay checkbox as required and selectTatami.3 Adjust spacing and length settings as required:! Spacing: Sets the distance between each row of stitching.! Length: Sets the maximum length of each stitch.4 For Complex Fill objects, you can also set the stitch angle for Tatamiunderlays.5 Select a backstitch. See Selecting a Tatami backstitch for details.6 Click Apply.Adjust Tatamiunderlay valuesSelect 1stunderlaySelect TatamiAdjust underlaymarginsSpacing: 2mmSpacing: 3mmAngle: 135ºAngle: 45ºES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 199Setting underlay marginsThe underlay margin is the distance between an object outline and the edgeof the underlay. Increase this margin to prevent underlay stitches fromextending outside the cover stitches.For Complex Fill objects, you can enter a single margin value which is usedfor all edges in the shape. For objects created with the Input A, Input B,Input C or Lettering tools, you can set three different margins—one for the

sides of the column and one for each end.Note Margin values do not apply for Center Run underlays.To set underlay margins1 Right-click the Auto Underlay icon.The Object Properties > Underlay dialog opens.2 In the Margins panels, set the required margins.Right-click Auto Underlay (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust underlay margins.underlay marginSelect 1stunderlaySelect 2ndunderlaySet underlaymarginsSet underlaymarginsSelect requiredunderlay typeSelect requiredunderlay typeES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 200! For Input A, Input B, Input C and Lettering objects, enter margins inthe 1:, 2: and 3: fields, using the diagram as a guide.! For Complex Fill objects, enter a margin in the 1: field only. Valuesin the other fields will be ignored.Tip If you are joining two columns, use a negative value at the joiningend. The underlay will extend outside the cover stitching, allowing forsmooth joining of the columns.3 Click Apply.Adding underlay by segmentNormally underlay is applied to all segments before the cover stitches aresewn. With Fusion Fill™ objects, however, underlay can be applied bysegment. This means that underlay and cover stitch are stitched segmentby segment.Mgn 1: 0.8 mm, Mgn 2: 0.2 mm,Mgn 3: 0.4 mmAll margins: 0.1 mmtwo columns joinedRight-click Auto Underlay (Stitch Types toolbar) to add underlay by segment.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 201To add underlay by segment1 Right-click the Auto Underlay icon.The Object Properties > Underlay dialog opens.2 Select first and second underlays as required.3 Select By Segment for either first or second underlay.Note If you select By Segment for the first underlay, it is selected bydefault for the second as well.4 Click Apply.

Compensating for fabric stretchEmbroidery stitches tend to pull fabric inwards where the needle penetrates.This can cause fabric to pucker, and gaps to appear in the embroidery.Experienced digitizers can manually compensate for pull by overlappingobjects as they digitize. Automatic pull compensation, however, countersthe pull effect by ‘overstitching’ outlines of filled shapes on the sides wherethe needle penetrates. See also Adjusting stitch density.Adjust the amount of overstitching you need by varying the pullcompensation setting in the Object Properties dialog. This is handy if youwant to stitch a design on fabrics with varying degrees of stretch.Tip Applying underlay stitching, and using appropriate backing and toppingwhen stitching out can also reduce the push-pull effect.Select By

SegmentOr select BySegment for the2nd underlay onlyPull compensationDigitized outlineCalculated outlineES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 202Applying automatic pull compensationApply automatic pull compensation to objects in your design, either beforeor after you digitize.To apply automatic pull compensation! Click the Pull Compensation icon with or without objects selected.With no objects selected, pull compensation is applied to all new objects.For both new or selected objects, pull compensation is based on currentproperties.! Click again to turn off the effect.Adjusting pull compensation settingsAppropriate pull compensation settings vary with the type offabric—stretchy, pile, etc—hooping method—tight or loosely hooped—andsize of embroidery object—wide or narrow columns. Use the following tableas a guideline.Use Pull Compensation (Stitch Types toolbar) to automatically compensatefor fabric stretch. Right-click to adjust pull compensation settings.Pull Compensation OFF Pull Compensation ONRight-click Pull Compensation (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust pullcompensation settings.Fabric Pull compensation (mm)drills, cotton 0.20T-shirt 0.35fleece, jumper 0.40lettering 0.2 - 0.3ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 203To adjust pull compensation settings1 Right-click the Pull Compensation icon.The Object Properties > Pull Comp dialog opens.2 Select the Pull Compensation checkbox.3 Enter the amount (in millimeters) by which you want to overstitch.4 Click Apply.Adjusting column widthThe Column Width setting adjusts the width of columnar shapes, allowingyou to change the column width at every point by a constant amount in thedirection of stitching. The purpose is to ‘fatten’ or ‘thin’ a column, forexample, in order to create ‘bold’ lettering. See also Making bold lettering.Tip Reduce column width if you need to allow the underlay to extendoutside the object boundary.Select Pull Compensationand enter overstitchallowancePull Compensation: 0.3 mm Pull Compensation: 0.6 mmRight-click Pull Compensation (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust column widthsetting.ES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 204To adjust column width1 Right-click the Pull Compensation icon.The Object Properties > Pull Comp dialog opens.2 Select the Column Width checkbox.3 Enter the amount (mm) by which you want to adjust column widths.4 Click Apply.

Reversing stitch direction

Stitching direction can affect embroidery quality because of the push-pulleffect. This is especially visible with Input C objects. Reverse Curve letsyou control the push-pull effect by reversing the stitch direction. This in turnaffects the stitching direction of Jagged Edge, Contour Stitch and E Stitchobjects. It can also affect Contour stitching, Tatami offsets, Flexi Splitpattern orientation, and Motif Run orientation.Note Only closed vector and embroidery objects such as Input C can bereversed. The effect on vector objects will not be visible, convert them toembroidery objects first.Select Column Widthand enter column widthadjustmentcolumn width: -1 no adjustment column width: +1Use Reverse Curves (Image menu) to reverse stitch direction in vector or closedembroidery objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 205To reverse stitch direction1 Select a closed embroidery object.2 Select Image > Reverse Curves.The stitch direction is reversed.

Creating smooth joinsThe Continuous Input feature provides a simple and efficient way ofdigitizing a single Input A object comprised of separately stitched sections.You can also create two smoothly joined objects with different cover stitchparameters in each.Note Continuous Input applies only to Input A. The objects so created canbe deleted or edited using standard reshape tools.To create smooth joins1 Select Special > Options and click the General tab.2 Select a continuous input style.! Normal: Use this for non-continuous input.Use Input A (Input toolbar) together with Continuous Input to create singleobjects comprising separately stitched sections.Reverse CurveappliedInput C object withJagged EdgeSelect a continuousinput styleES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 206! Continuous Replace: Use this to continue digitizing the sameobject after each Enter keypress. Any properties you change duringdigitizing will affect the entire object, not just the section you areworking on.! Continuous Add: Use this to join objects of different size wheredifferent stitch types are used—e.g. a narrow section of Satin stitchjoining to a larger section of Tatami.3 Click OK.4 Digitize the Input A object. See Digitizing columns of varying width fordetails.When you press Enter, the digitized object fills with stitches. The inputtool is still active.5 If you are using Continuous Add mode, you can select another stitchtype at this point.Tip To stop the screen scrolling while moving the mouse, hold downShift and click the stitch type button you require.6 Recommence digitizing where you left off and press Enter when you havefinished.The new section fills with stitches and joins to the previous one. If youare using Continuous Add mode, the new section actually comprises a

new object. This means that, while the two sections (objects) aresmoothly joined, they can have quite different property settings.7 To start a new object without joining to the previous object, click theInput A icon again.Second section‘smooth joined’ tofirst—two sectionsbecome a singleFirst section created objectFirst section createdSecond section‘smooth joined’ tofirst—two sectionsbecome separateobjectsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 207

Reducing stitch bunching with stitch shorteningStandard stitch spacing is calculated at the outside edge of a shape. Withsharp curves, spacing which provides adequate coverage on the outsideedge may cause bunching along the inside edge. This may cause threadbreakage when stitching out. The longer the stitches, the worse theproblem.Stitch shortening reduces the length of some stitches in sharp turns so thatthe needle penetrations are distributed evenly, creating smoother stitching.Tip Fractional spacing provides another way of reducing stitch bunching.See Reducing stitch bunching with fractional spacing for details.Applying stitch shorteningApply stitch shortening to sharp corners to decrease stitch density on theinside edge.To apply stitch shortening! Click the Shortening icon with or without objects selected.shortened stitchesUse Shortening (Stitch Types toolbar) to reduce stitch bunching in tightcurves by shortening some stitches on the inside edge. Right-click to adjuststitch shortening settings.ES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 208With no objects selected, stitch shortening is applied to all new objects.For both new or selected objects, stitch shortening is based on currentproperties.! Click again to turn off the effect.Adjusting stitch shortening settingsDefault shortening settings are set to suit most designs. However, advancedusers can adjust the way ES Designer shortens stitches by setting preciseshortening settings.Note Only change these settings if you understand how stitch shorteningis calculated.To adjust stitch shortening settings1 Right-click the Shortening icon.The Object Properties > Shortening dialog opens.Right-click Shortening (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust stitch shorteningsettings.Select ShorteningAccess furthersettingsAdjust shorteningsettingsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 2092 In the If Spacing < field, enter the minimum spacing permittedbetween stitches (as % of nominal spacing) before automaticshortening takes effect.

3 In the Max No Of Short Stitches field, enter the maximum number ofconsecutive short stitches to allow, up to a limit of five.A higher number allows smoother distribution of the needle penetrationsin tight curves, and reduces stitch bunching.4 Click the Values button.The Shortening dialog opens.If spacing < 90% If spacing < 40%Max no. of short stitches: 1 Max no. of short stitches: 5Define length of shortstitches relative tooriginal stitch lengthRandomizeshortening patternES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 2105 In the Shorten Stitch Length to (%) panel, define the individuallengths of consecutive short stitches, as a percentage of the original.Note A value of 80% means that the stitch is shortened to 80% of theoriginal length, not by 80%. The smaller the percentage, the shorter thestitch.If you allow three short stitches, you need only fill in the first three rows.If you allow five short stitches, fill in all five rows.If only one short stitch is generated between normal stitches, the valuein Row 1 will apply. If two consecutive short stitches are generated, thevalues in Row 2 will apply to 1st and 2nd stitch respectively. And so onup the scale.Tip For best results use a jagged pattern between consecutive stitches.Max no. of short stitches: 1Shorten stitch length to: 80%Max no. of short stitches: 1Shorten stitch length to: 50%Max no. of short stitches: 5Shorten stitch length to: 50%Row 1: 80Row 2: 85 70Row 3: 70 90 70Row 4: 70 90 80 70Row 5: 70 85 65 85 70Max no. of short stitches: 5Shorten stitch length to: 50%Row 1: 90Row 2: 70 60Row 3: 55 85 55Row 4: 55 85 75 55Row 5: 55 70 45 70 55ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 2116 Select the Randomize checkbox to randomize the shortening patternvalues. This will eliminate unwanted lines appearing in regular curves.7 Click Apply.

Reducing stitch bunching with fractional spacingStandard stitch spacing is calculated at the outside edge of a shape. Withsharp curves, spacing which provides adequate coverage on the outsideedge may cause bunching along the inside edge. This may cause threadbreakage when stitching out. The longer the stitches, the worse theproblem.With Fractional Spacing, ES Designer calculates spacing settings from aspecified point called the offset fraction. This lies between the outside andinside edges of the shape. You can change the offset fraction to adjust stitchspacing at inside and outside edges.Tip Stitch shortening provides another way of reducing stitch bunching. SeeReducing stitch bunching with stitch shortening for details.Randomize ON Randomize OFF0.000.66

0.331.00offset fraction:outside edgeES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 212Applying fractional spacingApply fractional spacing to curved shapes to even out the stitch densityalong the outside and inside edges. Fractional spacing is particularly usefulfor columns of Satin stitches with sharp turns.Tip For best results, combine stitch shortening and fractional spacingeffects.To apply fractional spacing! Click the Fractional Spacing icon with or without objects selected.With no objects selected, fractional spacing is applied to all new objects.For both new or selected objects, fractional spacing is based on currentproperties. See Adjusting fractional spacing settings for details.! Click again to turn off the effect.Adjusting fractional spacing settingsFractional stitch spacing calculates the spacing at some point between theoutside and inside edges of the shape. This point is called the offset fraction.The offset fraction is entered as a fraction of the column width, where theoutside edge is 0.00, and the inside edge is 1.00.To adjust fractional spacing settings1 Right-click the Fractional Spacing icon.Use Fractional Spacing (Stitch Types toolbar) to reduce stitch bunching intight curves by adjusting the point at which stitch spacing is calculated.Right-click to adjust fractional spacing settings.Fractional Spacing OFF Fractional Spacing ONRight-click Fractional Spacing (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust fractionalspacing settings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 213The Object Properties > Smart Corners dialog opens.2 Select the Fractional Spacing checkbox.3 In the Offset Fraction field, enter the offset fraction value as a fractionof the column width, where the outside edge is 0.00, and the insideedge is 1.00.Tip An offset fraction of 0.33 generates fewer stitches than standardspacing, reducing bunching along the inside edge. An offset fraction of0.66 eliminates bunching on the inside edge, but may produceinsufficient stitches to cover the fabric.4 Click Apply.

Controlling corner stitchingSharp points in a shape may cause a bunching of stitches and needlepenetrations which can create a hard spot in the embroidery and maydamage the fabric or needle. Smart Corners helps you control sharp cornersin Input A and Input C objects. There are two types—Mitre Corners andCap Corners. Specify the corner angle at which either will be automaticallyinvoked. Mitre Corners create a sharp line at the intersection of the twoSelect Fractional Spacingand enter offset fraction asfraction of column widthoffset fraction 0.00 offset fraction 0.33 offset fraction 0.6659 stitches 49 stitches 43 stitchesES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 214columns. Use them primarily for corner angles of 75° to 90°. Cap Cornersare suitable for very sharp corners as they generate fewer stitches.Applying Smart CornersApply Smart Corners to reduce the number of stitches and the risk ofbunched, distorted embroidery, in sharp corners.

To apply Smart Corners! Click the Smart Corners icon with or without objects selected.With no objects selected, Smart Corners are automatically generated forall new objects. For both new or selected objects, Smart Corners arebased on current properties. See Adjusting Smart Corners settings fordetails.Note You can also apply Smart Corners in Input C objects in conjunctionwith sharp corner rounding. See Rounding sharp corners for details.! Click again to turn off the effect.Use Smart Corners (Stitch Types toolbar) to control the stitching out of sharpcorners in Input A and Input C objects. Right-click to adjust settings.Smart Corners OFF Mitre Corners Cap CornersSmart Corners OFF Mitre Corner Cap CornerES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 215Adjusting Smart Corners settingsYou can set the angles at which Mitre Corners and Cap Corners will beapplied, and specify the overlap and stitch length allowances.Note You can use Mitre Corner and Cap Corner options together. Forexample, you may wish a corner with an angle less than 75° to be mitred,but sharp corners of less than 45° to be capped.To adjust Smart Corners settings1 Right-click the Smart Corners icon.The Object Properties > Smart Corners dialog opens.2 Select the Smart Corners checkbox.3 In the Mitre Corner panel adjust the following settings:Right-click Smart Corners (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Smart Cornerssettings.Adjust Mitre CornersettingsSelect Cap Cornerand adjust settingsSelect Smart CornersES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 216! Mitre below Angle: the angle below which to apply Mitre Corner.Any corners less than this angle are mitred.For example, set ES Designer to automatically mitre corners with anangle of less than 75°, but stitch wider angles using normal fill stitchvalues.! Mitre Overlap: the distance by which the stitches are allowed tooverlap in the center of the corner.4 In the Cap Corner panel adjust the following settings:! Cap below Angle: the angle below which to apply capped corners.Any corners less than this angle are capped.If Mitre Corners are also selected, then the cap angle is usuallysmaller than the mitre angle.mitre belowangle: 75°mitre belowangle: 45°mitre overlap:0.5 mmmitre overlap:1.5 mmcap belowangle: 45°cap belowangle: 75°ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 217! Capping overlap: the number of overlapping rows to allow wherethe sections of the cap join.! Max Capping stitch length: the maximum length of cap stitches.

Cap Corners with stitches exceeding this length will become MitreCorners. This prevents long and short stitches appearing next toeach other.5 Click Apply.Rounding sharp cornersES Designer applies rounding to sharp corners by default. Round SharpCorners is available for Input C objects to give you the option of sharp orround corner points. The option is only available in conjunction with theSmart Corners effect, and is typically used with the Cap Corner option. Seealso Applying Smart Corners.To round sharp corners1 Right-click the Input C icon.The Object Properties > Special > Input C dialog opens.2 Select the Round Sharp Corners checkbox.This checkbox is only enabled when Smart Corners is turned on in theObject Properties dialog. See Controlling corner stitching for details.cappingoverlap: 1cappingoverlap: 3Right-click Input C (Input toolbar) to set sharp corner rounding.Select RoundSharp CornersES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 2183 Click Apply.

Adjusting stitch densityYou may want to change stitch density in order to stitch on a different fabricor with a different thread. Alternatively, you may want to make productioncheaper by reducing the overall stitch count. The Process feature lets youchange the density of all stitch types (except Manual) across the whole orselected parts of a design. It also lets you adjust the density of selectedstitch types. You can even use the feature to scale a design. See alsoAdjusting Auto Spacing settings and Removing small stitches automatically.Adjusting overall stitch densityThe Process tool lets you adjust the overall stitch density across the wholeor selected parts of a design in order to achieve a target number of stitches.You can adjust density as a percentage to avoid calculating the absolutestitch spacing and length values for each stitch type.Sharp corner Rounded cornersUse Process (Generate toolbar) to adjust stitch density of and/or scale thewhole or selected parts of a design.100%: 5195 stitches 20%: 987 stitchesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 219Tip If a design was originally created in ES Designer, or was converted intoobjects, the changes you make through the Process dialog will change theproperties of the selected objects. You can check any changes via theObject Properties dialog.To adjust overall stitch density1 Select the design or objects you want to process.2 Click the Process icon.The Process dialog opens.3 In the Stitch Values panel, enter the number of Target Stitches eitheras a percentage or absolute value.This value sets how much the density of each stitch type needs tochange to achieve the target stitch count. The spacing and lengthsettings for each stitch type automatically adjust according to the newoverall density setting.4 In the Pull Compensation field, enter the amount by which tooverstitch (or understitch) in order to compensate for fabric pull.

If the design was originally created in ES Designer, or has beenconverted to EMB format, enter a pull compensation value which will beapplied to all objects in the design. See also Compensating for fabricstretch.Enter targetstitch countAdjust PullCompensationES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 2205 In the Dimensions panel, adjust the Width and Height values to scalethe selected objects as required.Enter the new sizes as an absolute value or as a percentage of thecurrent size. The default 100% for stitch spacing and length adjustsautomatically to reflect the new density. See Scaling objects by an exactamount for details.6 Click Apply.Stitches for Tatami, Satin, Run, and Program Split objects areregenerated using the new settings.Note Like the Object Properties dialog, the Process dialog lets youspecify design dimensions precisely.Adjusting stitch density of certain stitch typesThe Process tool lets you adjust the density of one or more stitch typesacross the whole or selected parts of a design. You do not have to selectobjects individually, and you can change density as a percentage. Even if theselection includes objects created with different stitch types, you canchange the density of only one type. For example, you can select the wholedesign, then change the density of all Satin objects. The changes arereflected in the properties of the individual objects.Adjust width andheight settings toscale100%: 5195 stitches 20%: 987 stitchesUse Process (Generate toolbar) to change the density of selected stitchtypes in a design.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 221To adjust the density of certain stitch types1 Select the design or objects you want to process.2 Click the Process icon.The Process dialog opens.3 In the Stitch Values panel, adjust the density for each stitch type asrequired.You can select the new spacing or length as a percentage of theoriginal—from 10% to 1000%—or as an absolute value (in millimeters).Note If you do not want to change the density of a certain stitch type,leave it as 100%.4 Select the checkbox if you want to use Auto Spacing for Satin stitching.If the checkbox is cleared, Auto Spacing will be removed from all Satinelements of the design which will change to fixed spacing. If thecheckbox is dimmed, the original Auto Spacing values are retained. Seealso Applying Auto Spacing to Satin stitch.5 In the Pull Compensation field, enter the amount by which tooverstitch (or understitch) in order to compensate for fabric pull.Adjust PullCompensationAdjust stitchdensitiesSelect AutoSpacingES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 222If the design was originally created in ES Designer, or has beenconverted to EMB format, enter a pull compensation value which will be

applied to all objects in the design. See also Compensating for fabricstretch.6 Click Apply.Note Like the Object Properties dialog, the Process dialog lets youspecify design dimensions precisely.

Removing small stitches automaticallyVery small stitches can damage the fabric and cause thread or needlebreakage. Before you stitch out a design, you can remove unwanted smallstitches automatically. See also Filtering stitches by stitch length.Tip For small stitches to be removed automatically whenever you outputthe design, select the Run Small Stitch Filter on Output checkbox in theOptions dialog. See Setting other options for details.To remove small stitches automatically1 Select Stitch > Small Stitches.Program Split stitch spacingreduced (density increased)Tatami stitch spacing reduced(density increased)Tatami stitchesProgram SplitUse Small Stitches (Stitch menu) to remove unwanted small stitches automatically.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 223The Small Stitches dialog opens.2 Enter the minimum stitch length you want to keep.3 Click Ok.All stitches shorter than the specified length will be removed from thedesign.Tip If the new value is smaller than the previous value, regeneratestitches for the object before you stitch out. Check the Status bar forthe new stitch count.

Setting automatic start and end pointsBefore stitching, some embroidery machines require you to position thestarting needle exactly above the first needle penetration point. Use AutoStart and End to connect the first and last stitches in the design. Thismakes it easy to position the needle before stitching, and reduces thechance of the needle hitting the side of the frame.To set automatic start and end points1 Select Stitch > Auto Start and End.Enter minimum stitchlength to keepUse Auto Start and End (Generate toolbar) to toggle the Auto Start and Endfunction on/off according to the current settings. Right-click to open the AutoStart and End dialog.ES 2006 Chapter 9 Improving Stitch Quality 224The Auto Start and End dialog opens.2 Select the Use Auto Start and End checkbox to connect the first andlast stitches in the design.3 Select the Maintain Automatically checkbox to maintain the designcenter after modifying the design.4 Select a centering method.! Auto Start and End: by default, connecting stitches are createdfrom the start and end points to the center of the design. Select oneof the nine preset end points.! Return to Start Point: creates a connecting stitch from the endpoint to the start point.! Digitize Auto Start/End Point: creates connecting stitches fromthe start and end points to a point you define. If you select this, youare prompted to select the point after you click OK. Click theSeparately checkbox to enter separate start and end points.

Select Use AutoStart and EndSelect centeringmethodSpecify how tomatch connectingstitchesSpecify theconnector typeSelect preset endpointClick to enterseparate start andend pointsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 2255 Select to match connecting stitches on the Horizontal plane, Verticalplane or both in the Match On panel.6 Select the type and length of the connecting stitches in the Connectorspanel. See Connecting Embroidery Objects for details.7 Click OK.Connecting stitches will be inserted as required before the first and afterthe last stitch of the design.Match on vertical Match on horizontal Match on bothES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 226

PART IIIDIGITIZING WITH

ARTWORKThere are two broad categories of artwork file, both of which can beimported into ES Designer for use as digitizing backdrops—vector andbitmap. To create good quality embroidery, you need to choose or createsuitable artwork of either format. See Digitizing with Vector Images fordetails.Digitizing with vector drawingsThis section describes how to create drawing objects using the drawing toolsas well as how to import them from third-party applications. It also explainshow to merge, trim and split overlapping drawing or embroidery objectsusing the Shaping tools. See Digitizing with Vector Images for details.Digitizing with bitmap imagesThis section describes how to choose suitable artwork for digitizing purposesas well as how to scan it into ES Designer and edit it before use. It alsodescribes how to insert and save bitmap images into ES Designer, as wellas how to show and hide them as you digitize. See Preparing Images forAutomatic Digitizing for details.ES 2006 Digitizing with Artwork 227Preparing images for automatic digitizingThis section describes how to prepare images for automatic digitizing. Itexplains how to crop images for digitizing as well as how to prepare bothoutlined and non-outlined images. See Preparing Images for AutomaticDigitizing for details.Automatic digitizingThis section describes how to automatically convert bitmap images toembroidery objects and complete designs, as well as how to create

embroidery from grayscale images. See Automatic Digitizing for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 228

Chapter 10

Digitizing with Vector ImagesES Designer provides tools to draw shapes and outlines directly on screen.Alternatively, insert or paste vector images created in third-party graphicspackages for use as digitizing backdrops. Scale and transform them in thesame way as embroidery objects. You can also select colors for vector objectoutlines and fills. When working with overlapping vector or embroideryobjects, merge, trim or split them using the Shaping tools.Tip Vector images have the advantage over bitmap images that they canbe converted directly to embroidery objects using a variety of inputmethods. This allows you to concentrate on design shapes without havingto think about stitch properties and sequence. See also Converting betweenobject types.This section describes how to create vector objects using the drawing toolsas well as how to import them from third-party applications. It also explainshow to merge, trim and split overlapping vector or embroidery objects usingthe Shaping tools.

Creating vector outlinesES Designer drawing tools let you ‘draft’ shapes and outlines on screen.Vector objects can then be converted to embroidery objects with theES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 229application of manual input methods and stitch types. See Converting vectorobjects to embroidery for details.Tip ES Designer lets you select colors for vector object outlines and fills.These can be different to the corresponding embroidery objects. SeeColoring vector objects for details.Drawing straight linesDraw straight lines in your design using theLine drawing tool.Note You can convert line vector objects toembroidery objects using an outline inputmethod—e.g. Run, Triple Run, orMotif Run—or Input C. See Converting vectorobjects to embroidery for details.To draw straight lines1 Click the Line icon.2 Click the start point of the line.3 Click the end point.Tip To constrain the line vertically, horizontally or in 15° angles, pressCtrl as you mark the end point.Drawing open shapesDraw lines of any shape using the Polyline tool. Enterreference points to create the shape you want.Use Line (Image toolbar) to create straight line vector objects.Use Polyline (Image toolbar) to create open-ended vector objects.ES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 230Note You can convert polyline vector objects to embroidery objects usingInput C or an outline input method—e.g. Run, Triple Run, Motif Run,Backstitch, or Stemstitch. See Converting vector objects to embroidery fordetails.To draw open shapes1 Click the Polyline icon.2 Mark reference points to draw the shape of the line.

! Click to enter a corner point.! Right-click to enter a curve point.3 Press Enter.Tip ES Designer lets you select colors for vector object outlines and fills.These can be different to the corresponding embroidery objects. SeeColoring vector objects for details.Drawing polygonsDraw closed shapes using the Polygon tool. Enterreference points to create the shape you want.Note You can convert polygon vector objects toembroidery objects using Input C, Complex Fill, FusionFill™, or an outline input method—e.g. Run, Triple Run,Motif Run, Backstitch, or Stemstitch. See Convertingvector objects to embroidery for details.To draw polygons1 Click the Polygon icon.2 Digitize the shape by marking reference points on screen.corner pointcurve pointUse Polygon (Image toolbar) to create closed vector objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 231! Click to enter a corner point.! Right-click to enter a curve point.Tip To constrain the line between two points to 15° increments, pressCtrl as you mark the second point.3 Press Enter to close the shape.Tip ES Designer lets you select colors for vector object outlines and fills.These can be different to the corresponding embroidery objects. SeeColoring vector objects for details.Drawing rectangles and squaresDraw rectangles and squares using theRectangle tool.Note You can convert rectangle vectorobjects to embroidery objects using Input C,Complex Fill, Fusion Fill™, or an outline inputmethod—e.g. Run, Triple Run, Motif Run,Backstitch, or Stemstitch. See Converting vector objects to embroidery fordetails.To draw rectangles and squares1 Click the Rectangle icon.2 Click to mark the corner of the rectangle.An outline attaches to the mouse pointer.corner pointcurve pointUse Rectangle (Image toolbar) to create rectangular or square vectorobjects.ES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 2323 Move the pointer until the outline is the size and shape you require, thenclick again.Note To draw a square, hold down Ctrl as you move the pointer.Drawing circles and ellipsesDraw circles and ellipses using the Ellipse tool.Note You can convert ellipse vector objects to embroidery objects usingInput C, Complex Fill, Fusion Fill™, or an outline input method—e.g. Run,Triple Run, Motif Run, Backstitch, or Stemstitch. See Converting vectorobjects to embroidery for details.To draw circles and ellipses1 Click the Ellipse icon.

2 Click to mark the center of the circle or ellipse.The outline of a circle attaches to the mouse pointer.3 Move the pointer until the outline is the diameter you require, then clickagain.! To draw a perfect circle, press Enter.Click to entercorner pointDrag pointer,click againUse Ellipse (Image toolbar) to create circular or elliptical vector objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 233! To draw an ellipse, move the pointer again, then mark a secondradius point when the outline is the required size. Press Enter.Tip ES Designer lets you select colors for vector object outlines and fills.These can be different to the corresponding embroidery objects. SeeColoring vector objects for details.

Importing and exporting vector imagesYou can insert or paste vector images created in third-party drawingpackages for use as digitizing backdrops. You can then convert these toembroidery objects using a variety of input methods or with the Point &Stitch tools. See also Converting vector objects to embroidery and Digitizingshapes with Point & Stitch.Note The Auto Trace feature lets you convert scanned artwork to vectorobjects. See Converting bitmaps to outlines with Auto Trace for details.Inserting vector imagesImages from third-party applications can be inserted into ES Designer in avariety of native and interchange vector formats. You can choose to removeoverlapping objects in vector images by ‘flattening’ them. This eliminatesoverlapping areas of stitching when vector objects are converted toembroidery objects. You can also import vector images (not DXF) asbitmaps. See also Supported image formats.Tip You can also paste vectors directly into ES Designer through theWindows clipboard. See Pasting vector images for details.Click to entercenter pointPress Enter for circleORDrag pointer Mark a point for ellipseUse Insert File (Image menu) to insert a vector image for use as a backdrop.ES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 234To insert a vector image1 Create a new file in ES Designer or open the design file into which youwant to insert the vector image.2 Select Image > Insert File.The Open dialog opens.3 From the Look In list, select the folder where you keep your vector files.4 From the Files of Type list, select a suitable vector image format andselect the file you want to insert.5 If you are working with DXF files:! Click Options.The DXF File Options dialog opens.! Select Inches or Millimeters from the Units of Measurement listand click OK.If this information is not specified, the vector image may not displayat the correct size.Select toremoveoverlappingobjectsSelect to

insert asbitmap ratherthan vectorES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 2356 Select the As Bitmap checkbox to insert the vector image as a bitmapimage.Note DXF files cannot be imported as bitmaps.7 Select the Flatten checkbox to remove any overlapping areas from thevector image.Note If a vector image is imported as a bitmap, it is flattenedautomatically.8 Select the Preview checkbox to see a preview of the vector image.9 Click Open to insert the vector image into the design window.Note To work with individual vector objects, you need to ungroup themfirst. See Grouping and ungrouping objects for details.Exporting vector imagesYou can export vector images and embroidery designs from ES Designer invarious vector formats for use in third party programs. This can be useful,for example, for screen printing. See Supported image formats for details.imported as bitmap image—individualobjects cannot be selectedimported as vectorimage—individual objects can beselectedvector objects ‘flattened’ vector objects not ‘flattened’hidden areasremovedhidden areaspreservedES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 236To export a vector image1 Select the vector image or embroidery design.2 Select File > Export As.The Save Image As dialog opens.3 Select a folder in the Save In field.4 Select a format from the Save as type list.5 Enter a new file name in the File name field and click Save.Pasting vector imagesYou can insert a vector image into ES Designer by copying it from anotherembroidery design or graphics application, and pasting it into your design.To paste a vector image1 Select the vector image or embroidery design you want to copy andpaste.2 Copy it to the Windows clipboard.Select folderSelect requiredformatEnter file nameUse Paste Drawing > As Vector (Edit menu) to paste a vector image for use as adigitizing backdrop.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 2373 Create a new file in ES Designer or open the design file into which youwant to insert the vector image.4 Select Edit > Paste Vector > As Vector.The vector image is pasted into the design.Note You cannot flatten vectors using Paste.

Manipulating vector imagesVector images may consist of grouped vector objects. You can ungroupthese to work with them individually. ES Designer lets you removeunnecessary reshape nodes by applying ‘smoothing’ to individual ungrouped

objects. You can select colors for outlines as well as fills. The Make ComplexShape feature lets you combine any number of vector curves into a single‘complex shape’—i.e. a shape with holes in it. You can also show or hidevector images in the design.Tip You can scale and transform vector images in the same way asembroidery objects. Unlike bitmap images, any changes you make to vectorobjects are updated and saved with the design file. See also Arranging andTransforming Objects.Smoothing vector objectsWhen you insert a vector image into a design, reshape nodes—the same asfor embroidery objects—are added to the outline. On shapes where theangle changes constantly, the software may insert hundreds of reshapeUse Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) in combination with Image > SmoothVector Curves to remove unnecessary reshape nodes from vector imageobjects.ES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 238nodes, making reshaping difficult. To remove unnecessary reshape nodes,ungroup the vector image, and apply ‘smoothing’ to the vector objects.To smooth a vector object1 Select the vector object (or objects) to smooth.Note You can only smooth vector objects that have been ungroupedand selected. However, you can select multiple objects.2 Click the Reshape Object icon.Reshape nodes display around the vector image object.3 Select Image > Smooth Vector Curves.The Smooth Vector Curves dialog opens.4 In the Precision field, enter the smoothing precision value.This value controls how closely the smoothed outline follows the original.The larger the precision value, the fewer the reshape nodes.5 Click OK.Coloring vector objectsVector images may be composed of outlines only. ES Designer lets youselect colors for outlines as well as fills. These can be different to thewithoutsmoothingPrecision:0.5 mmPrecision:0.1 mmEnter smoothingprecision valueUse Object Properties (Standard toolbar) to toggle the Object Propertiesdialog on/off. Use it to select colors for vector outlines and fills.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 239embroidery objects you may create. Coloring makes vector objects easier tointerpret. For example, a solid fill color might suggest Satin or Tatami, whilea fill pattern may be interpreted as Motif Fill or Program Split.Tip Colored vector outlines are also important for appliqué cutting. Ifappliqué objects are digitized in ES Designer, they can be ungrouped,duplicated, and sent to the laser or other type of cutter. Some can cutseveral layers of fabric at the same time. The cutting depth is controlled byobject colors. These can be set within ES Designer without having to exportthe shapes to a graphics package. See also Cutting appliqué shapes.To color a vector object1 Insert a vector image into the design file. See Inserting vector imagesfor details.2 Ungroup the vector objects as necessary.3 Select a vector object, right-click and select Properties from the popupmenu.The Object Properties > Special > Vector dialog opens.

4 To change the outline color of the selected object, adjust the settings inthe Line panel:! Select an outline style from the Style list.! Select an outline width from the Width field.inserted vectorimageES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 240! Click Color and select an outline color from the Color dialog.5 To fill the selected object with a solid color, select the Solid Fill icon andclick the Color button to access the Color dialog.6 To fill the selected object with a pattern fill, select the Pattern Fill iconand adjust the settings:! Select a pattern style from the dropdown list.! Select a foreground color via the Front button.! Make the background transparent as required or choose a color viathe Back button.Select outline styleSelect outline widthSelect outline colorNo fill currentlyselectedSelect solid fillClick tochoose colorSelect pattern fillSelect pattern styleSelect colors for patternforeground andbackgroundES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 2417 To fill the selected object with a bitmap—e.g. a fabric texture—select theBitmap Fill icon and click the Load button to insert an image file via theOpen dialog.8 Click Apply.Note To view the changes in the production worksheet, select File >Print Preview. Then click Options and select the Drawings checkbox.Combining vector curves into complex shapesThe Make Complex Shape feature lets you combine any number of vectorcurves into a single ‘complex shape’—i.e. a shape with holes in it. This canthen be converted directly to an embroidery object. See also Shaping vectorand embroidery objects.Tip You can convert complex vector shapes directly to embroidery using anumber of different input methods. See Converting between object types fordetails. See also Digitizing fills with Point & Stitch.To combine vector curves in complex shapes1 Insert a vector image or create one using the drawing tools.Select bitmap fillClick to loadimage fileES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 2422 Select the objects you want to combine.Tip Ungroup any imported vector object in order to select the requiredcomponent objects.3 Select Image > Make Complex Shape or press Shift+H.The selected objects become a single Complex Shape vector object.4 You can use the Offset Object feature to digitize the complex shape.See Creating outlines and filling holes for details.Tip You can select any number of curves. Different selections createdifferent complex shapes.complex shape objectcreated and colored Input C applied Run applied Motif Run applied

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 243Tip By copying the original vector objects, you can also create bordersand filled holes. See also Creating outlines and filling holes.Creating overlapped complex shapesIf vector objects are overlapping, Make Complex Shape selects the largestarea and clips off the remaining shape. Depending on the shapes you use,you can create combined or clipped shapes. See also Shaping vector andembroidery objects.To create overlapped complex shapes1 Insert a vector image or create one using the drawing tools.2 Decide how you want to combine the shapes.! If you want to combine the overlapping shapes, draw a box aroundthem and select all objects.ES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 244! If you want to clip the overlapping shapes, simply select them.3 Select Image > Make Complex Shape.The selected objects become a single vector object. Make ComplexShape selects the largest area and clips off the remaining shape. Seealso Trimming vector and embroidery objects.

Shaping vector and embroidery objectsWhen working with overlapping vector or embroidery objects, you canmerge, trim or split them using the Shaping tools. All ‘shaped’ embroideryobjects convert to Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™. Vector objects remain asvector objects unless combined with embroidery objects. You have theoption of preserving the source objects of shaping operations. You also havethe option of adding overlaps to objects resulting from Flatten or Divideoperations.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 245Shaping tools summary tableSource Apply Tool Result DescriptionWeldSelected objects are combined into asingle object. The resulting objecttakes the properties—stitch color andtype, etc—of the topmost object.FlattenOnly areas unique to each selectedobject are retained. All overlappingareas are removed.IntersectOnly areas common to all selectedobjects are retained. Allnon-overlapping areas are removed.ExcludeAreas where pairs of selected objectsoverlap are removed, starting from thetopmost object.ES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 246Tip The Make Complex Shape feature lets you combine any number ofvector curves into a single ‘complex shape’. This can then be converted toan embroidery object. See Combining vector curves into complex shapes fordetails.Merging vector and embroidery objectsFront-BackThe topmost object is retained, but allof the areas overlapping with otherselected objects are removed.Back-FrontThe bottommost object is retained, but

all of the areas overlapping with otherselected objects are removed.DivideThe objects are split whereveroverlaps occur and all hidden areasare removed.CombineAreas where pairs of selected objectsoverlap are removed, starting from thetopmost object. All resulting objectsshare the properties—stitch color andtype, etc—of the topmost object.Source Apply Tool Result DescriptionUse Weld (Shaping toolbar) to merge overlapping objects into a single‘flattened’ object.Use Combine (Shaping toolbar) to merge the properties of overlappingobjects and trim overlapping areas.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 247Merge selected objects using the Weld or Combine tools.To merge vector and embroidery objects! Select the vector or embroidery objects to shape.! Click Weld to merge overlapping objects into a single ‘flattened’ object.Tip Make symmetrical shapes by digitizing one half, duplicating andreflecting, then welding the duplicate shapes.WeldCombineWeld applied(petals only)WeldappliedES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 248! Click Combine to convert embroidery objects into multiple objectssharing the properties—stitch color and type, etc—of the topmostselected object.If drawing tools are used as the input method, Combine converts vectorobjects to a single complex shape.If overlapping areas comprise an even number, all are removed whenCombine is applied. If the overlapping areas comprise an odd number,the topmost area remains. Compare this with the behavior of theExclude tool. See Trimming vector and embroidery objects for details.Tip Cut objects in half by drawing a line through them and applyingDivide. Apply Combine to create closed objects or Weld to fuse twoobjects.Combine applied(petals only)Combine applied(petals only)Weld + Run +Combine applied toresulting objectsWeld + Runapplied toresulting objectsDivideappliedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 249Trimming vector and embroidery objectsTrim selected objects using the Intersect, Exclude, Front-Back orBack-Front tools.Note Use the Remove Overlaps feature to maintain shapes but removethe underlying layer of stitching. See Removing underlying stitching fordetails.

To trim vector and embroidery objects! Select the vector or embroidery objects to shape.! Click Intersect to trim overlapping areas so that only those intersectedby all selected objects remain.Use Intersect (Shaping toolbar) to trim overlapping areas so that only thoseintersected by all selected objects remain.Use Exclude (Shaping toolbar) to trim overlapping objects and preserve theirindividual properties.Use Front-Back (Shaping toolbar) to trim overlapping objects so that onlynon-overlapped areas of the topmost object remain.Use Back-Front (Shaping toolbar) to trim overlapping objects so that onlynon-overlapped areas of the bottommost object remain.Intersect used Exclude used Front-Back used Back-Front usedIntersectappliedES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 250! Click Exclude to trim overlapping objects and preserve their individualproperties. The result is similar to Combine except that objectproperties are not merged.If overlapping areas comprise an even number, all are removed whenExclude is applied. If the overlapping areas comprise an odd number,the bottommost area remains. Compare this with the behavior of theCombine tool. See Merging vector and embroidery objects for details.Tip Use Exclude to cut holes in Complex Fill objects.! Use Front-Back to trim overlapping objects so that only non-overlappedareas of the topmost object remain.Tip Use Image > Make Complex Shape or press Shift+H to trimoverlapping shapes in unfilled vector objects.! Use Back-Front to trim overlapping objects so that only non-overlappedareas of the bottommost object remain.Exclude applied(petals only)Front-BackappliedBack-FrontappliedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 251Splitting vector and embroidery objectsSplit selected objects using the Flatten or Divide tools. These toolspreserve the outlines of the original shapes.To split vector and embroidery objects! Select the vector or embroidery objects to shape.! Click Flatten to trim all overlaps while retaining the original objects.Use Flatten (Shaping toolbar) to trim all overlaps while retaining the originalobjects.Use Divide (Shaping toolbar) to split selected objects into separate adjoiningobjects wherever they intersect with other selected objects.Flatten DivideFlattenappliedES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 252! Click Divide to split selected objects into separate adjoining objects. Alloverlapped areas become discrete objects.Preserving original objectsThe Keep Source Objects is a toggle which affects the behavior of all theother shaping tools. While it is active, all selected source objects of allshaping operations are preserved. The resultant objects are inserted afterthe last source object in the stitching sequence.To preserve original objects1 Select the source objects.

2 Click the Keep Source Objects icon.Use Keep Source Objects (Shaping toolbar) to keep the source objects aftershaping.Divide applied(petals only)ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 2533 Apply a shaping operation to the selected objects.All source objects of the shaping operation are preserved. The resultantobjects are inserted after the last source object in the stitchingsequence.Overlapping shaped objectsThe Overlap feature allows you to add overlaps to the objects resulting fromFlatten or Divide shaping operations.To overlap shaped objects1 Select the source objects.2 Adjust the overlap amount using the Overlap control on the Shapingtoolbar.Use Overlap (Shaping toolbar) to adjust the overlaps of objectsresulting from Flatten or Divide shaping operations.Use Flatten (Shaping toolbar) to trim all overlaps while retaining the originalobjects.Use Divide (Shaping toolbar) to split selected objects into separate adjoiningobjects wherever they intersect with other selected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 10 Digitizing with Vector Images 254Note The Overlap range is from 0.00 to 5.00 mm with increments of0.01 mm. The default overlap is 0.50 mm.3 Click Flatten or Divide to apply shaping to the selected objects.The border of the uppermost object—the last one in the stitchingorder—is left unchanged. The border of the next object is extendedwhere it touches the uppermost fragment by the specified amount.The border of a third object in the stitching order is extended where ittouches the other two layers of objects. And so on.Source objects Flatten: 0.00 mm Flatten: 2.00 mmSource objects Flatten: 0.00 mm Flatten: 2.00 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 255

Chapter 11

Digitizing with Bitmap ImagesArtwork can be inserted, pasted or scanned into ES Designer for use asdigitizing templates or ‘backdrops’.Backdrops can help you to:! Digitize shapes manually.You trace shapes and lines over the artwork using the appropriate inputmethods. Using a bitmap image in this way is like using an enlargementdrawing and digitizer tablet, except that everything is done on-screen.See Digitizing Methods for details.! Digitize shapes automatically with Point & Stitch.The Point & Stitch tools provide everything necessary to digitize shapesin bitmap images and vector images automatically without using manualinput methods. See Digitizing shapes with Point & Stitch for details.! Digitize complete images automatically with Smart Design.Smart Design automatically converts bitmap images to fully digitizedembroidery. See Automatic Digitizing for details.! Digitize photographs with Photo Flash.Photo Flash lets you create embroidery designs directly fromphotographs and other grayscale bitmap images. See Creatingembroidery from photographs for details.ES 2006 Chapter 11 Digitizing with Bitmap Images 256

From within ES Designer you can open images in MS Paint, CorelPHOTO-PAINT®, or Paint Shop Pro™. Images updated in this way areautomatically re-imported into ES Designer.Tip Textured backgrounds can also be imported to show what a design willlook like on real fabric. Almost any artwork can be used — photographs,magazine pictures, clipart images, and even fabric samples. See alsoChanging background colors and fabrics.This section describes how to choose suitable artwork for digitizing purposesas well as how to scan it into ES Designer and edit it before use. It alsodescribes how to insert and save bitmap images into ES Designer, as wellas how to show and hide them as you digitize.

Choosing suitable artworkFor both manual and automatic digitizing purposes, ‘clean’ images,sometimes referred to as ‘cartoons’, work best. Such images have a limitednumber of solid colors which in turn have well-defined outlines. Ideally, theyare:! well defined, where each shape is made up of pixels of the same color! clearly ‘blocked’, where each shape is a stitchable size, at least 1 sq mm! saved at a color depth of at least 256 colors (8 bit), or preferably millionsof colors (16 bit). (Images are automatically reduced to 256 colors orless when loaded into ES Designer.)ES Designer automatic digitizing techniques — Smart Design and Point &Stitch — produce best results with images of the type found in clipartlibraries or created from scratch in a graphics package. Automatic digitizingcan work with images from other sources but they require somepreparation. This is because most commonly available images are not madeclean image with well-definedoutlinesclean image with well-definedcolor blockscomplex image, needs editing toremove background and improveoutlinesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 257up of solid colors. Scanners introduce noise, while graphics packagesperform ‘dithering’ and ‘anti-aliasing’ to improve image print quality.Automatic digitizing works least effectively with photographic images whichmay contain many dithered colors and complex forms. With photographs,however, you can pick out shapes that you want to embroider, leaving outunnecessary detail. Alternatively, Photo Flash is available to createembroidery designs from scanned grayscale photographs.Scanned imagesImages scanned from hardcopy drawings orexisting embroidery typically contain a lot ofintroduced ‘noise’. While they can be used asinput to automatic digitizing, once again, bestresults are achieved with relatively clean imagesconsisting of solid color blocks. Typically, logosand simple drawings scanned from businesscards, letterheads, books, magazines, cards allfall into this category.Noisy images typically need to be prepared byreducing the color count and sharpening theoutlines. See Image preparation techniques fordetails.Dithered imagesDithering is a software technique which combines existing colors in acheckerboard arrangement of pixels. It is typically used to simulate colorsthat are missing from an image palette.

image containing a lot ofscanner ‘noise’dithered color blocksES 2006 Chapter 11 Digitizing with Bitmap Images 258Like noisy images, dithered images need to be color-reduced before use. Beaware, however, that while the software is able to process dithered colorswithin a defined outline, it does not work so well with non-outlined images.See Image preparation techniques for details.Anti-aliased imagesAnti-aliasing is a software technique similarto dithering which is used to soften hardoutlines where color blocks intersect. Itproduces smoother outlines by ‘blurring’ thepixels where colors join.Where anti-aliasing is deliberately used toblur outlines, these need to be ‘sharpened’before use with automatic digitizing. SeeImage preparation techniques for details.

Scanning artwork into ES DesignerIf you have existing artwork, you can scan it with a TWAIN-compatiblescanner using the ES Designer scanning function. It is important to scanyour artwork properly if you intend to use one of the automatic digitizingtechniques; the scanned image quality will affect the quality of the finalembroidered design.Tip There are many graphics packages which can help you improve yourscanned images. At one end of the spectrum there is the simple MS Paintprogram. This comes free with Windows but can handle few formats or colorconversions. At the other end, there are professional tools such as CorelPHOTO-PAINT®. Such programs can do almost anything but may be tooexpensive for occasional use. A compromise is Paint Shop Pro™ which hasmany of the features of the high-end tools but at a much lower cost. Seealso Editing bitmaps in third-party applications.Preparing artwork for scanningWith embroidery design, less is more. You do not need every detail in animage to create a design. You use the ‘structure’ of the image rather thanthe fine details of texture and color.To simplify artwork, you can cover it with tracing paper and draw only theessential shapes and lines which will be filled with stitches. When scanning,take away the original artwork and put white paper behind the tracing paper.anti-aliased outlinesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 259Shiny surfaces, such as glossy photographs, may not scan well. Cover themwith tracing paper. If the artwork has very light colors, highlight outlineswith a fine black felt-tip pen.Scanning resolutionMost scanners require you to enter scanning resolution information.Resolution determines the number of dots per inch (dpi) used to create animage. Generally speaking, the smaller the source image and/or more detailit contains, the higher the resolution needs to be. Use the following table asa guide.Color modeMost scanners also require you to enter color mode information. First decidewhether your image is line art (black and white drawing), sketch, colorpicture, or black and white or color photograph, then choose an appropriatemode. Black and white mode produces the smallest files. Color photographand grayscale modes generate 256 color images and produce similar sizedfiles. ‘RGB’, ‘True Color’ or ‘millions of colors’ modes generate 16.7 millioncolors and produce the biggest files. Use the table below to decide which

mode is suitable for use with your image.Type of artwork Scanning resolutionBusiness cards, letter heads 150 - 300 dpiHand sketches 150 - 300 dpiPhotos and images 150 - 300 dpiCommercial art, line drawing 72 - 150 dpiSource image Example Description Recommendedcolor mode *No. of colors inscanned imageLine art Two colors —usually black andwhiteBlack/whitedrawingLine art22* Different scanning software uses different terms for the same mode.ES 2006 Chapter 11 Digitizing with Bitmap Images 260Scanning tips! Do not scan line art images in grayscale mode; grayscale scanningproduces fuzzy edges.! Scan color images in RGB mode (millions of colors) rather than 256 colormode. You may not notice any difference on screen. In fact the 256 colorimage may look better than the RGB image. However, ES DesignerDrawing/sketch Sketch or drawingwith shades ofgrayGrayscaleLine art2562Black & whitephotographShades of gray Black/white photoGrayscale256256Color photograph Many colors Color RGBColor photo16 million256Color picture Two colors ormoreColor RGBMillions of colorsColor drawing16 million16 million2 - 256Source image Example Description Recommendedcolor mode *No. of colors inscanned image* Different scanning software uses different terms for the same mode.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 261converts all images to 256 colors or less upon loading. It uses the extrainformation to produce a better image than if it was originally scannedat 256 colors.! Do not scan color images in CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black)mode as this is only used for images that will be printed; the colors may

be different from RGB colors.! If the image needs to be rotated, do so while scanning. Rotatingafterwards may distort the image.SharpeningSome scanning software lets you apply what is called ‘sharpening’ as youscan. Sharpening compensates for the slight blurring in a scanned image bylooking for any differences between colors in the image. Sharpeningaccentuates these differences which makes the image edges more defined.It does not increase the image details; it just makes them more obvious. Ingeneral, use sharpening with images that have well-defined outlines. Do notuse it with non-outlined images.Scanning bitmap imagesscanned in 256 colormodescanned in RGB color mode(millions of colors)Use Scan (File menu) to scan an image into ES Designer.scanned withsharpeningscanned withoutsharpeningES 2006 Chapter 11 Digitizing with Bitmap Images 262You can scan images directly into ES Designer for use as digitizingbackdrops. You can also scan in your own textured background to see whata design will look like on real fabric. Fabrics can be scanned to provide full,centered, backgrounds to your design, or as small samples which can betiled to fill the screen. See also Changing background colors and fabrics.The scanning feature in ES Designer allows you to use mostTWAIN-compatible scanners. You can use any scanning software providedthat it can save the image in one of the compatible formats.To scan bitmap images1 Set up your scanner. See Setting up scanners for details.2 Prepare the artwork for scanning. See Preparing artwork for scanning fordetails.3 Create a new file or open a design you want to insert the image into.4 Select File > Scan.Your scanning program will open.5 Choose a scanning mode and resolution. See Scanning resolution andColor mode for details.Tip If you are scanning a fabric background, set the scan to 256 colors,100% and 72 dpi (dots per inch). These settings will give a small filewhich will display well on your screen without taking up too much diskspace or memory.6 Preview the image in the scanning program.7 Select the area to be scanned and scan the image.8 Save the scanned image in a compatible format image file to the Designfolder.9 Scan the artwork.Note Scanned images can be saved separately from the design file. SeeSaving bitmap images as separate files for details.

Inserting and saving bitmap imagesBitmap images can be inserted, pasted or scanned into ES Designer for useas digitizing backdrops. For both manual and automatic digitizing purposes,‘clean’ images, sometimes referred to as ‘cartoons’, work best. Scannersintroduce noise, while graphics packages perform ‘dithering’ andES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 263‘anti-aliasing’ to improve image print quality. See also Image preparationtechniques.Inserting bitmap images

You can insert bitmap images of various formats for use as digitizingbackdrops. See Supported image formats for details.Note You can also insert vector image files. See Inserting vector images fordetails.To insert bitmap images1 Select Image > Insert File.The Open dialog opens.2 Select a folder from the Look In list.Use Insert File (Image menu) to insert an image for use as a backdrop.partially digitizedbitmaporiginal bitmapSelect folderSelect requiredformatSelect fileES 2006 Chapter 11 Digitizing with Bitmap Images 2643 Select a file type from the Files of Type list (e.g. BMP).4 Select the file you want to insert.Tip Select the Preview checkbox to preview the selected file.5 Click Open.Pasting bitmap imagesYou can insert a bitmap image into ES Designer by copying it from anotherembroidery design or graphics application, and pasting it directly into yourdesign.To paste bitmap images1 Select the image you want to copy and paste.2 Copy it to the Windows clipboard.3 Create a new file in ES Designer or open the design file into which youwant to insert the image.4 Select Edit > Paste Vector > As Bitmap.The image is pasted into the design.Saving bitmap images as separate filesWhen you save a design containing a backdrop, a reference to the image fileis saved together with information on its position in the design. When youre-open the design, the image file is re-inserted. If you scale or transform abackdrop, you need to save it as a separate file or the changes will be lost.Note Images that are scanned from within ES Designer must be saved thisway or will be lost when the design is closed.To save bitmap images as separate files1 Select the backdrop.2 Select File > Save Bitmap As.Save Image As dialog opens.Use Paste Vector > As Bitmap (Edit menu) to insert an image for use as a backdrop.Use Save Bitmap As (File menu) to save an image as a separate file.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 2653 In the Save In field, select a folder, then select a format from the Filesof Type list.4 Enter a new file name and click Save.When you save the design, the reference is updated to use the newimage file.

Editing bitmap imagesES Designer allows you to crop bitmap images prior to use. From withinES Designer you can also open images directly in third-party graphicspackages. Images updated in this way are automatically re-imported intoES Designer. Within ES Designer you can set general properties such as sizeand position. You can also scale and transform bitmap images although itmay be best to do this during scanning. Scaling after scanning can distortthe image. However, ES Designer allows you to smooth an image before and

after scaling or transforming, making it easy to digitize. See also Arrangingand Transforming Objects.Tip If you scale or transform a backdrop, you need to save it as a separatefile or the changes will be lost. See Saving bitmap images as separate filesfor details.Cropping images for digitizingBefore using bitmap images for design purposes, crop them to removeunnecessary detail and save processing time.Use Crop Bitmap (Image menu) to crop a rectangular image.Use Crop Bitmap with Polygon (Image menu) to crop a free form image.ES 2006 Chapter 11 Digitizing with Bitmap Images 266To crop images for digitizing1 Select the image. See also Inserting bitmap images.2 Select a cropping tool.! Select Image > Crop Bitmap to crop the image in rectangularform.Click-and-drag a cropping rectangle around the part of the imageyou require.! Select Image > Crop Bitmap With Polygon to crop the image infree form.Mark points to create a cropping shape around the part of the imageyou require and press Enter.Tip Use the prompt line to guide you.Crop bitmap Crop bitmap with polygonES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 267ES Designer crops the area inside the cropping rectangle or polygonselection. This process may take some time.Editing bitmaps in third-party applicationsSometimes you need to edit bitmap images directly in a third-party graphicspackage. You would normally do this in order to eliminate backgrounds,flood-fill solid areas with color, add or reinforce outlines, or close gaps. Fromwithin ES Designer you can open images directly in MS Paint, CorelPHOTO-PAINT®, or Paint Shop Pro™. Images updated in this way areautomatically re-imported into ES Designer.To edit bitmaps in a third-party application1 Select the image. See also Inserting bitmap images.2 Select Image > Edit Bitmap Using and select a graphics package.The image opens in the graphics package.Use Edit Bitmap Using (Image menu) to edit images in a graphics package.Bitmap cropped inrectangular formBitmap cropped alongmarked pointsbackground may becleaned and eyesaddedES 2006 Chapter 11 Digitizing with Bitmap Images 2683 Edit the image and save.Note If you return to ES Designer before closing the image in thegraphics package, it appears in ES Designer overlaid with stripes.Return to the graphics package and select either File > Close or File >Exit & Return <Filename>. In ES Designer, the stripes will disappear.Smoothing bitmap imagesWhen you scale or transform backdrops, the quality is sometimesreduced—e.g. thin straight lines become jagged or distorted. By smoothingan image before and after scaling and transforming, you can preserve itsquality, making it easy to digitize.To smooth a bitmap image1 Select the image and double-click. See also Inserting bitmap images.

background cleaned eyes addedfile still open in thegraphics packageES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 269The Object Properties > Special dialog opens.2 Select the required smoothing option, depending on whether themajority of lines in the image are light or dark.! None: turned off.! Dark lines: dark lines on the image are smoothed.! Light lines: light lines on the image are smoothed.3 If required, set the scaling or transforming options in the General tab.You can scale and transform objects both here and on-screen.4 Click Apply.Note Scaling and transforming takes longer than usual when smoothingis applied.Select requiredsmoothing optionno smoothing light lines smoothed dark lines smoothedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 270

Chapter 12

Preparing Images for AutomaticDigitizingES Designer supports the automatic and semi-automatic digitizing of bothbitmap images and vector images. The quality of the resulting designsgreatly depends on the type and quality of the original artwork. Generallyspeaking, vector images preserve the picture quality when resized, whereasbitmap images cause problems of pixilation and image degradation whenenlarged or scaled down. In order to make bitmap images more suitable forautomatic digitizing, ES Designer provides image processing capabilitiesand links to graphics packages.This section describes how to prepare images for automatic digitizing. Itexplains how to crop images for digitizing as well as how to prepare bothoutlined and non-outlined images.

Image preparation techniquesBefore applying automatic digitizing, you frequently need to improve or‘clean up’ artwork. To work effectively, both Smart Design and Point & Stitchrequire solid color images as input. You can improve artwork both withbitmap editing tools in graphics packages and/or the image processing toolsprovided in ES Designer. In fact, the software will not let you apply SmartDesign until the image has been suitably processed.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 271Outlined vs non-outlined imagesBefore preparing your image you need to know what type you are using. Forthe purposes of automatic digitizing, there are two categories—outlined andnon-outlined. Outlined images ideally have a solid black outline around eachcolored area. Non-outlined images ideally consist of solid areas of color.Outlined and non-outlined images require different methods of preparation.Image clean upIn practice, cleaning up scanned images may involve any one or acombination of the following techniques:! reducing the number of colors! adding or emphasizing outlines

! removing noise, dithering or anti-aliasing! eliminating unnecessary detail! cropping sections! eliminating backgrounds.See also Choosing suitable artwork.Color reductionSometimes an image looks clean but extra colors have been introducedduring scanning or in a graphics package. Color reduction means reducingthe actual number of image colors in order to eliminate unnecessary detailand reduce each block to a single color. Color reduction also cleans theimage, removing noise and anti-aliasing if present. This in turn helpsminimize the number of trims and color changes required in the resultingembroidery design. Reduce colors in a non-outlined image using the ReduceColors tool and in an outlined image using the Sharpen Edges tool.Color reduction should only be applied if the loss of detail does not affect theimage shapes. Before color reduction, the colored areas in the image belowimage with outlines image without outlinesES 2006 Chapter 12 Preparing Images for Automatic Digitizing 272include many colors. After reduction, each area is reduced to a single color.The detail is preserved.If you are scanning images, make sure you scan them correctly for bestresults. See Scanning artwork into ES Designer for details.Be aware that the Reduce Colors tool is good at removing noise andanti-aliasing but not so good at processing dithering in non-outlined images.By contrast, the Sharpen Edges tool is excellent at processing ditheredimage before color reduction image after color reductionimage scanned in RGBcolor mode, then colorsreduced to 6image scanned in 256color mode, then colorsreduced to 6ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 273colors as it averages all pixels within a defined outline. See also Choosingsuitable artwork.Outline sharpeningOutline sharpening means more clearly defining the outlines borderingdistinct color blocks or shapes in the artwork. These may have beenindistinct in the original or made so by the scanning process. Outlinesharpening is important for automatic digitizing because it makes it easierfor the software to identify the distinct areas which become embroideryobjects in the resulting design.Note Outline sharpening only works on images with black or dark outlines.Some images have solid outlines but they may be indistinct or incomplete.These need to be rectified with the ES Designer image preparation tools ora graphics package. See Editing bitmaps in third-party applications fordetails.Sharpen Outline tool used with outlinedimage—dithered color blocks cleaned,edges sharpReduce Colors tool used with non-outlinedimage—dithered color blocks notcompletely cleaned, edges fuzzyimage before outlinesharpeningimage after outlinesharpeningES 2006 Chapter 12 Preparing Images for Automatic Digitizing 274Noise filteringNoise filtering means restoring the solid color blocks of the original artworkin scanned images. This is achieved by merging different shades into one

solid color. Noise filtering is important for automatic digitizing because itmakes it easier for the software to identify solid color blocks which becomeembroidery objects in the resulting design. It also cleans up blurred ormottled areas of color.Image preparation toolsUse the artwork preparation tools to prepare images for automaticdigitizing. Your choice of tool depends on the artwork. There are three tools:image before noisefiltering, mottledcolorimage after noisefiltering, single colorsTool Purpose CapabilitiesEdit Image Link to a graphicspackage—e.g. Paint ShopPro™—for editing an imageoutside ES Designer.Lets you crop, sharpen, re-color, add outlines,remove noise from an image.Reduce Colors Prepare any non-outlinedimage.Lets you reduce colors to a specified number. Itautomatically:• reduces each block to a single color• removes anti-aliasing, noise and dithering• removes colors smaller than specified area.Sharpen Edges Prepare outlined images. Lets you adjust lightness or darkness of outlines. Itautomatically:• blends each outlined block into a single color• removes anti-aliasing, noise and dithering• sharpens outlines.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 275Note Even if your artwork looks ready to stitch when inserted into thesoftware, it will need to be image-processed before conversion. Thesoftware will not let you apply automatic digitizing techniques withoutpreliminary image-processing.Using image preparation toolsIt is important to use the correct preparation tools for your artwork. Theexample below shows an image with indistinct outlines. If the SharpenEdges tool is used, outlines can be made darker and more distinct,improving stitching. By contrast, using the Reduce Colors tool beforestitching produces a poorly stitched design.Reduce Colorsused—outlines notsharpened, poorstitchingimage withindistinctoutlinesimage with solidoutlinesSharpen Edgesused—improvedstitchingES 2006 Chapter 12 Preparing Images for Automatic Digitizing 276Before using the Sharpen Edges tool, make sure that the image containssolid outlines. If there are gaps, separate color areas will be blended intoone.If you need to add outlines, close gaps, or reinforce an outline, you mayneed to draw it in by hand before scanning. Or you might add it in a graphicspackage after scanning. See Editing bitmaps in third-party applications fordetails.

Tip Try darkening the outlines using the Outline Appearance slider. SeePreparing outlined images for details.Image preparation summaryimage partially outlined, some image colors blendedareas not closedSharpen Edgesusedimage outline completed ingraphics packageoutlines sharpenedSharpen EdgesusedAction Outlined image Non-outlined image PhotographScan artwork • Scan in RGB mode• Use sharpening• Scan in RGB mode• No sharpeningScan in RGB modeScan line vector Scan in two color mode - -Touching up in graphicspackage• Crop• Add or edit outlines• Edit colors• Remove noise• Crop• Edit image shapes• Edit colors• Remove noise• Crop• Convert to grayscale• Remove background• Lighten or darken• Adjust contrastES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 277

Preparing non-outlined imagesUse the Reduce Colors tool to prepare non-outlined images for automaticdigitizing. The tool automatically reduces color blocks in bitmap images to asingle color, removing anti-aliasing and noise. You can let the softwarereduce the color count automatically or specify a precise number. The latteris useful if you want to match design colors to an exact number of threadcolors.Tip Depending on the quality of the scanned image, you may need to touchit up manually before processing in ES Designer. You would normally do thisin order to eliminate backgrounds, or flood-fill solid areas with color. SeeEditing bitmaps in third-party applications for details.To prepare non-outlined images1 Select Image > Insert File to load an image.Use Sharpen Edgestool in ES DesignerSharpen outlines andremove noise- -Use Reduce Colors toolin ES Designer- Reduce colors andremove noise-Digitize • Manual• Point & Stitch• Smart Design

• Manual• Point & Stitch• Smart DesignPhoto FlashUse Reduce Colors (Image toolbar) to reduce the number of colors andremove image ‘noise’ in non-outlined images.Action Outlined image Non-outlined image PhotographES 2006 Chapter 12 Preparing Images for Automatic Digitizing 2782 Select the image.3 Click the Reduce Colors icon.The Reduce Colors dialog opens.The image appears in the preview panel. The Color Count field showsthe number of image colors.4 Click Zoom In to view the image more closely.5 Set the color reduction options you require:image scanned in RGB colormode—converted to 256 colorsupon loadingSet colorreduction optionsZoom in and out ofimage previewSet noise filteringoptionsSave Image afterprocessingES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 279! Select the By Number option to enter the number you require.ES Designer suggests a number and shows how the image will look.You can accept this number or change it.! Select the Automatic Selection option if you want the software toreduce the color count automatically.The slider increases or decreases the effect—moving the slidertowards 100% gives you more colors, moving the other way givesyou fewer.6 Check how many colors are in the image.This is indicated by Color Count. If there appear to be too many, theimage probably contains noise.7 Set the noise filtering options you require.! Minimum color area: This defines the smallest area recognized inthe conversion. The default is 0.5 by 0.5 square mm (about eightpixels). Increase this value if your image has a lot of ‘out-of-color’pixels. The minimum color area should not exceed 1/16 of the totalarea.reduced to 13 colors reduced to 6 colors reduced to 3 colorsES 2006 Chapter 12 Preparing Images for Automatic Digitizing 280! Minimum line length: This defines the smallest line lengthrecognized as an object. The default is 2 mm. The minimum linelength should not exceed 25% of the smallest dimension.8 Click Save Image As to save changes.9 Click OK to apply the changes.

Preparing outlined imagesUse the Sharpen Edges tool to prepare outlined images for automaticdigitizing. The tool automatically sharpens outlines and reduces noise. Areasenclosed by a black outline are reduced to a single color. Outline sharpeningmakes it easier for the software to recognize distinct areas in the artwork.These areas then become the embroidery objects of the finished design. Useit particularly if the outlines are blurry, fuzzy or indistinct.Tip Depending on the quality of the scanned image, you may need to touchit up manually before processing in ES Designer. You would normally do this

in order to eliminate backgrounds, flood-fill solid areas with color, add orreinforce outlines, or close gaps. See Editing bitmaps in third-partyapplications for details.To prepare outlined images1 Select Image > Insert File to load an image.Min. color area: 0.5 sq mmMin. line length: 2 mmMin. Color area: 1 sq mmMin. line length: 5 mmMin. color area: 5 sq mmMin. line length: 9 mmUse Sharpen Edges (Image toolbar) to sharpen outlines and reduce noise inoutlined images.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 2812 Select the image.3 Click the Sharpen Edges icon.The Sharpen Outlines dialog opens.The image appears in the preview panel. The Color Count field showsthe number of image colors.4 Click Zoom In to view the image more closely.5 Set the outline contrast tolerance by dragging the slider control.zoomedareaSet outlineappearance Click to seecolored areasZoom in and outof image previewSave image afterprocessingES 2006 Chapter 12 Preparing Images for Automatic Digitizing 282This produces a black and white preview of the detected outlines.6 Set the Noise reduction options you require.! Minimum color area: This defines the smallest area recognized inthe conversion. The default is 0.5 by 0.5 square mm (about eightpixels). Increase this value if your image has a lot of ‘out-of-color’pixels. The minimum color area should not exceed 1/16 of the totalarea.! Minimum line length: This defines the smallest line lengthrecognized as an object. The default is 2 mm. The minimum linelength should not exceed 25% of the smallest dimension.Tip Move the slider to the right until there is too much black, then moveit slowly back to the left. Stop when the image shows all the outlines youneed.7 Click Show Color Areas to see the updated image.Set outlineappearanceOutlines not sharpened Slider control moved to left Slider control moved to rightES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 2838 Click Save Image As to save changes.9 Click OK to apply the changes.Outlines sharpenedand noise reducedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 284

Chapter 13

Automatic DigitizingES Designer provides a variety of complementary tools and techniques forautomatically digitizing suitably prepared artwork.! The Auto Trace feature lets you convert scanned artwork to vector

objects. You can then convert these to embroidery objects using avariety of input methods.! The Point & Stitch tools provide everything necessary to digitize shapesin bitmap images automatically without using manual input methods.! The Smart Design feature automatic digitizing is intended for peopleworking at all levels of the embroidery industry. Smart Designautomatically converts bitmap images to fully digitized embroidery.! Photo Flash lets you create embroidery designs directly fromphotographs and other grayscale bitmap images. The effect resemblesthe output of a line printer.This section describes how to automatically convert bitmap images toembroidery objects and complete designs, as well as how to createembroidery from grayscale images.

Converting bitmaps to outlines with Auto Trace0

Vector imageConverted toComplex FillConverted toRunConverted toInput CUse Auto Trace (Image toolbar) to convert artwork to vector objects forconversion to embroidery objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 285Use Auto Trace to create vector outlines from bitmap images. You can thenconvert these to embroidery objects using a variety of input methods. AutoTrace can find holes in shapes—both inside and outside boundaries aredetected. See also Converting vector objects to embroidery.Note Even if your artwork looks ready to stitch when inserted into thesoftware, it will need to be image-processed before conversion. SeePreparing Images for Automatic Digitizing for details.To convert a bitmap to outlines with Auto Trace1 Scan or insert a bitmap image. See Scanning artwork into ES Designeror Inserting bitmap images for details.2 Select the image and process it. See Image preparation techniques fordetails.3 Click the Auto Trace icon.ES Designer will prompt you to click an image to select a single-coloredarea.4 Click the shape you want to digitize.5 Press Enter.The vector object is created and selected.6 Select an input method then follow the prompts to enter start, end andangle.At this point you can convert the created vector object directly into anembroidery object. See also Converting vector objects to embroidery.

Digitizing shapes with Point & StitchClick object Press Enter Select input methodUse Turning Satin (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize narrow column shapes.ES 2006 Chapter 13 Automatic Digitizing 286The Point & Stitch tools provide everything necessary to digitize shapes inbitmap images automatically without using manual input methods. Thesetools are useful for quickly creating embroidery objects from scannedimages that do not require particular artistic effects or embroidery-specificknowledge. This in turn frees you to spend more time on the artistic orinherently complicated areas of your designs.Note If you use a bitmap image as input, it will need to be image-processedbefore conversion. The software will not let you apply automatic digitizingtechniques without preliminary image-processing. See Preparing Images for

Automatic Digitizing for details.Matching palette colors to an imageUse the Match to Palette tool to find the nearest match between a selectedimage color block and a palette color. If Match to Palette is not selected,the color block is digitized in the current palette color.Use Tatami Fill (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize large areas, preserving anyholes.Use Tatami Fill without Holes (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize large areas,ignoring any holes.Use Pickout Run (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize centerlines.Use Outline Run (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize boundaries of shapes.Use Match to Palette (Point & Stitch toolbar) to find the nearest matchbetween the selected image color and the color palette.Bitmap imageEmbroidery design digitizedwith Point & Stitch toolsUse Match to Palette (Point & Stitch toolbar) to find the nearest matchbetween the selected image color and the color palette.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 287Note If your artwork contains colors which are very different to those in thecolorway, you can use the Match Bitmap Color function to first add thosecolors. See Matching image colors to threads for details.To match palette colors to an image1 Select the artwork:! Scan or insert a bitmap image. See Scanning artwork intoES Designer or Inserting bitmap images for details.! Insert or create a vector image. See Inserting vector images orCreating vector outlines for details.Note If you use a bitmap image as input, it will need to beimage-processed before conversion. See Preparing Images forAutomatic Digitizing for details.2 Click the Match to Palette icon.3 Select a Point & Stitch digitizing method.4 Click the shape you want to digitize.The object is digitized in the nearest palette color.Note If Match to Palette is not selected, the object is digitized in thecurrent palette color.Digitizing fills with Point & StitchMatched t Original image o palette Digitized in current colorUse Turning Satin (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize narrow column shapes.ES 2006 Chapter 13 Automatic Digitizing 288Point & Stitch can be used to create ‘closed’ Tatami fill objects, as well asobjects with turning Satin fills. Use Tatami Fill to digitize large areas in yourartwork with Tatami stitch, preserving any holes within them. If you areusing a vector image, it must include a fill color. If you want holes ignored,use the Tatami Fill without Holes tool. Use Turning Satin to digitizenarrow column shapes with Satin stitch. Current properties are applied. Youcan modify these as required before or after using the tools.To digitize fills with Point & Stitch1 Select the artwork:! Scan or insert a bitmap image. See Scanning artwork intoES Designer or Inserting bitmap images for details.! Insert or create a vector image. See Inserting vector images orCreating vector outlines for details.Note If you are using a bitmap image as input, it will need to beimage-processed before conversion. See Preparing Images forAutomatic Digitizing for details.2 Select a thread color from the color toolbar.Alternatively, use the Match to Palette tool to find the nearest matching

thread color. See Matching palette colors to an image for details.3 Select the required Point & Stitch fill input method.4 Click the shape you want to digitize.Use Tatami Fill (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize large areas, preserving anyholes.Use Tatami Fill without Holes (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize large areas,ignoring any holes.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 289The shape is immediately filled with stitches.Note Stitches are generated according to current stitch settings. Jumpsmay occur if stitch length exceeds the default setting. These can bemodifiedDigitizing outlines with Point & StitchUse Point & Stitch to digitize boundaries and details with run stitching. UsePickout Run to digitize centerlines in your artwork with run stitches. UseOutline Run to digitize boundaries of shapes with run stitching. Currentproperties are applied. You can modify these as required before or afterusing the tools.To digitize outlines with Point & Stitch1 Select the artwork:! Scan or insert a bitmap image. See Scanning artwork intoES Designer or Inserting bitmap images for details.! Insert or create a vector image. See Inserting vector images orCreating vector outlines for details.Tatami Fill—hole inapple ignoredOriginal artwork Turning Satin—leaf andstem filled with turningstitchesTatami Fill withoutHoles—hole in applepreservedUse Pickout Run (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize centerlines.Use Outline Run (Point & Stitch toolbar) to digitize boundaries of shapes.ES 2006 Chapter 13 Automatic Digitizing 290Note If you are using a bitmap image as input, it will need to beimage-processed before conversion. See Preparing Images forAutomatic Digitizing for details.2 Select a thread color from the color toolbar.Alternatively, use the Match to Palette tool to find the nearest matchingthread color. See Matching palette colors to an image for details.3 Select the required Point & Stitch outline input method.4 Click the centerline or outline you want to digitize.The line is traced with Run stitches.Note Stitches are generated according to current stitch settings. Thesecan be modified.

Digitizing designs with Smart DesignSmart Design automatically converts bitmap images to fully digitizedembroidery. With Smart Design, novice embroiderers can create simpledesigns quickly and easily. Similarly, experienced embroiderers can improveproductivity when working with simple designs. Sales people can estimatestitches quickly and accurately for price quotations.An extension of Point & Stitch technology, Smart Design recognizes shapesin bitmap images and makes decisions about the most suitable inputmethods and stitch types to use. It also determines the stitching sequencebased on closest join. Artwork is effectively ‘batch processed’ to create themany embroidery objects that make up a design.Smart Design gives you some control over how an image is interpretedduring conversion. You can choose to omit selected colors as well as select

colors for stitching in front or behind. There are options to add image colorsto the color palette, or match them to the existing palette. You can chooseto ignore lines or shapes under a specified width. Once created, you canPickout linesdigitizedOutlinesdigitizedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 291always edit the final result using the available digitizing techniques. See alsoDigitizing Methods.Note Even if your artwork looks ready to stitch when inserted into thesoftware, it will need to be image-processed before conversion. Thesoftware will not let you apply automatic digitizing techniques withoutpreliminary image-processing. See Preparing Images for AutomaticDigitizing for details.Creating embroidery designs with Smart DesignIn essence, creating an embroidery design with Smart Design is simply amatter of selecting the image you want to convert, and clicking the SmartDesign tool. There are, however, many settings you can adjust to optimizethe conversion process for a particular image.Note Only one image may be selected at a time. The command is disabledif the selection contains anything other than an image. The display mode ofthe image—for example, ‘dimmed’—will not affect the embroidery objectcolors.To create embroidery designs with Smart Design1 Scan or load an image. See Scanning artwork into ES Designer fordetails.2 Select the image and process it. See Preparing Images for AutomaticDigitizing for details.Use Smart Design (Image toolbar) to create embroidery designs directlyfrom imported images.ES 2006 Chapter 13 Automatic Digitizing 2923 Select the image and click the Smart Design icon.The Smart Design dialog opens. Image colors are distributed amongthe Omit, Fill, and Details fields depending on how the softwareinterprets the source image.Note Image information is given in the top panel, including width andheight values as well as the number of image colors.4 Click-and-drag any colors you want to omit from automatic stitchprocessing into the Omit column.5 Similarly, click-and-drag or leave any colors you want to be treated asfilled areas in the Fill column.Note You can adjust stitching styles and other settings for fill colors.See Adjusting fill color settings for details.Click-and-dragcolors betweenfieldsSelect colorconversionmethodwhitebackgroundcolor omittedall colorsomitted exceptblackfill color pinkonly, the restomittedfill colors pinkand yellow, therest omitted

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 2936 Click-and-drag any colors you want to be treated as ‘details’—i.e. anyoutlines, borders or small areas you want to stitch out last—into theDetails column.Note You can adjust stitching styles for detail colors. See Adjustingdetail colors settings for details.7 Select a Thread Colors conversion method for image processing.! By default, image colors are matched to the nearest thread colors inthe current colorway.! Select the Add Colors to Palette option to add image colors to thepalette.8 Click OK.Smart Design converts the artwork to embroidery objects andgenerates stitches.Note Click Save to save the dialog settings to the template.Adjusting detail colors settingsSmart Design lets you adjust object recognition settings for the colors ofanything in the design you identify as a ‘detail’. A detail may be an outline,detail colorblack onlydetail colorgreen onlyimage colorsmatched to nearestthread colorsimage colors addedto paletteES 2006 Chapter 13 Automatic Digitizing 294a border, a pickout run, or a small area of the design you want to be stitchedout last.Tip If an image color is both a fill and a detail, you can either recolor thefill color in a graphics package, or omit the color for later editing.To adjust detail colors settings1 Select a processed image and click the Smart Design icon.The Smart Design dialog opens.2 Click-and-drag any colors you want to be treated as ‘details’—i.e. anyoutlines, borders or small areas you want to stitch out last—into theDetails column. See Creating embroidery designs with Smart Design fordetails.3 Select a stitching style for colors in the Details column.! Double Run: most suited for use with thin lines.! Input C: suited for use with thicker lines of constant width.! Satin: most suited for use with thicker lines or small shapes ofvarying width.4 Click OK.Smart Design converts the artwork to embroidery objects and generatesstitches.Adjusting fill color settingsSmart Design lets you adjust object recognition settings for fill colors,giving you control over stitch types, stitch angles, and sequencing settings.To adjust fill color settings1 Select a processed image and click the Smart Design icon.Choose a suitable linethickness for detailsDetails: black outlineswith Double RunDetails: black outlineswith SatinES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 295The Smart Design dialog opens.

2 Click-and-drag or leave any colors you want to be treated as filled areasin the Fill field. See Creating embroidery designs with Smart Design fordetails.3 Click Values.The Automatic Stitching Values dialog opens.4 Select the Detect lines in objects checkbox if you want areas definedup to maximum width set to be interpreted as ‘lines’.The sample below, for example, shows narrow linear shapes beinginterpreted as Satin Input C rather than Tatami Complex Fill objects.5 Adjust the maximum width for each object type.These rows determine the way in which graphic elements of specifiedthicknesses are to be interpreted.Adjust fill colorsettingsAdjust settingsfor automaticobjectsequencingAdjust max.widths foreach objecttypeAdjust settingsfor recognitionof Complex FillobjectsSelect style toapply to eachobject typeDetect Lines selected, Satinused—fills stitched inTatami, lines in SatinOriginal image Detect Lines not selected,default values used—mostobjects stitched in TatamiYellow and green in Detailswith Satin—larger areasalso stitched in SatinES 2006 Chapter 13 Automatic Digitizing 296Note A value entered in the Maximum Width field becomes theMinimum Width value for the next graphic element.6 Select a style to apply to each object—e.g. Run , Satin, Tatami, etc.7 Adjust settings for the recognition of Complex Fill objects in the ObjectOptions panel.8 Adjust settings for automatic object sequencing in the ObjectSequence panel. See Adjusting object sequencing settings for details.9 Click OK.Smart Design converts the artwork to embroidery objects andgenerates stitches.Adjusting object sequencing settingsSmart Design lets you adjust settings for the automatic object sequencingof recognized embroidery objects.Tatami stylesselectedSatin styles selectedwith Auto Splitstitch angle 90° stitch angle 0°ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 297To adjust object sequencing settings1 From the Smart Design dialog, access the Automatic StitchingValues dialog. See Adjusting fill color settings for details.2 Enter the length of the maximum travel run connector in the Maximumtravel path length field. You may enter a large value to avoid trims that

may cause production problems.3 Enter the minimum width of foreground objects to overlap backgroundobjects in the Stitch under objects below width field.4 Enter the minimum stitch length you want to keep in the Filter smallobjects below width field. See Removing small stitches automaticallyfor details.5 Click OK.Smart Design converts the artwork to embroidery objects andgenerates stitches.

Creating embroidery from photographsUse Photo Flash to create embroidery from photographs or other images,color or grayscale. Grayscale images are made up of different shades of grayAdjust settings forautomatic objectsequencingoriginal image below width: 1.5 mm below width: 4.0 mmUse Photo Flash (Insert menu) to create embroidery designs directly fromphotographs.ES 2006 Chapter 13 Automatic Digitizing 298pixels. Color images are automatically converted to grayscale when youapply Photo Flash.Photo Flash designs consist of rows of stitches of varying spacing settings.The effect resembles the output of a line printer. Adjust the angle of the rowsand/or the stitches themselves.Tip For best results, use images with well-defined subjects or constantlyvarying shades.To create embroidery from photographs1 Insert the bitmap image in your design and scale it to the required size.See Inserting bitmap images for details.2 With the bitmap still selected, select Insert > Photo Flash.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 299The Object Properties > Special > Photo Flash dialog opens.3 In the Resolution panel, select a resolution option—Coarse, Medium, orFine.Note The coarser the resolution the more spacing between rows.Select resolutionoptionSelect backgroundoptionEnter anglefine resolution medium resolution coarse resolutionES 2006 Chapter 13 Automatic Digitizing 3004 In the Row panel, enter a new angle as required.5 In the Background panel, select a background option:! Light: applies the maximum row width value to the lightest part ofthe image.! Dark: applies the maximum row width to the darkest part of theimage.Tip The option you select usually depends on whether the fabric is lightor dark. The Dark option produces a negative of the image.Row Angle: 0o Row Angle: 90o

Light background Dark backgroundES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 3016 Select the Fills tab and adjust the stitch spacing and skew angle asrequired.The Skew Angle determines the angle of the stitches. See AdjustingSatin stitch spacing for details.7 Click Apply.You are prompted to select the part of the image you want to convert.8 Click-and-drag a cropping rectangle around the part of the image you

require.ES Designer generates stitches for the area within the croppingrectangle. This process may take some time.Tip Use TrueView for a more accurate representation of the stitching.Adjust stitchvaluesSkew Angle: 0o Skew Angle: 45o

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 302

PART IVMODIFYING DESIGNSAfter digitzing a design, you can modify it as a whole, edit individual objectsor even individual stitches.Combining and resequencing objectsThis section describes how to combine objects and designs by copying andpasting, duplicating, and inserting techniques. It also describes how toresequence objects by cut and paste, by color, with the Color-Object List,and by number. Using Branching to sequence objects is also explained. SeeCombining objects and designs for details.Arranging and transforming objectsThis section describes how to position objects, how to lock and group, alignand space objects, as well as how to scale, rotate, skew, and mirror objects.See Arranging and Transforming Objects for details.Converting and reshaping objectsThis section describes how to reshape objects with control points, reshapecircle, star and ring objects. It also describes how to convert object types,adjust stitch angles, change entry and exit points, as well as keep or omitthe last stitch. See Converting and Reshaping Objects for details.ES 2006 Modifying Designs 303Editing stitches and machine functionsThis section deals with selecting and editing stitches, and convertingselected stitches to objects. It also includes instructions for inserting,checking, editing and clearing manually-inserted functions. It also describeshow to edit stitches and functions using the Stitch List. See Editing Stitchesand Machine Functions for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 304

Chapter 14

Combining and ResequencingObjectsES Designer provides techniques for combining and resequencing objects.You can add to designs by duplicating and copying objects. Combinedesigns. Split objects into smaller ones and remove overlaps betweenobjects.The stitching sequence naturally occurs in the order in which the design wasdigitized. The Color-Object List displays a sequential list of objects groupedby object and color. It provides an easy way to group, cut, copy and paste,and resequence selected objects and color blocks.Group objects together to apply a change to them all at once. Better still,apply Branching to join like-objects to form a single ‘branched object’.Objects are resequenced, connectors minimized, component objects

grouped, and stitches regenerated. Apply an underlay to all.This section describes how to combine objects and designs by copying andpasting, duplicating, and inserting techniques. It also describes how toresequence objects by cut-and-paste, by color, with the Color-Object List,and by number. Using Branching to sequence objects is also explained.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 305

Combining objects and designsYou can copy or cut a design or design objects to the Windows clipboard fortemporary storage. These can then be pasted any number of times to thesame or another design until replaced on the clipboard. You can also cut,copy and paste lettering objects within and between designs.Copying and pasting objectsYou can copy objects to create multiple, identical objects, or to insertobjects from other designs.Tip ES Designer lets you click-and-drag objects between designs. To copy,hold down the Ctrl key as you click-and-drag the object. To temporarilydeactivate Auto Scroll, hold down the Shift key.Note Cut-and-paste changes the stitching sequence in the design. SeeResequencing objects with cut-and-paste for details.To copy and paste objects1 Select the object (or objects) to copy.2 Click the Copy icon.The selected object is copied to the clipboard.3 Select a color palette option as required. See Setting insertedembroidery file options for details.Click Copy (Standard toolbar) to copy selected objects to the clipboard.Click Paste (Standard toolbar) to paste copied objects in the design.Petalscopied and pastedES 2006 Chapter 14 Combining and Resequencing Objects 306By default, when you insert a design, colors are matched to the currentcolor palette.4 Travel to the position in the stitching sequence at which you want topaste the object. See Viewing the stitching sequence for details.Alternatively, use the Color-Object List to locate the required position inthe stitching sequence. See Selecting and viewing objects with theColor-Object List for details.Tip You can paste between other objects in the sequence, or ‘nest’ thecopied object within an object. See Nesting objects for details.5 Click the Paste icon.The object is pasted in the design, according to the current pasteoptions. Alternatively, use the popup menu to override the current pasteoptions.Tip Change the default paste option as required. See Setting pasteposition options for details.Colors addedto paletteColors matchedto paletteES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 3076 Make sure that there is only one copy of an object at any one position.If an object is pasted twice into the same position, it will be stitchedtwice.Note The object remains on the clipboard and can be pasted repeatedlyuntil the next Copy or Cut command.Duplicating objectsObjects can be duplicated rather than copied. When an object is duplicated,it is not copied to the clipboard. This leaves the clipboard free for you to cutor copy other objects.

Tip The Mirror-Merge tools allow you to duplicate and transform selectedembroidery objects, and merge them into a single object. See Duplicatingand mirroring objects for details.To duplicate objects1 Select the object (or objects) to duplicate.2 Travel to the position in the stitching sequence at which you want toplace the object. See Viewing the stitching sequence for details.You can place the duplicate between other objects in the sequence, or‘nest’ it within an object. See Nesting objects for details.3 Select Edit > Duplicate.The duplicate object is placed directly on top of the original, in thespecified position in the stitching sequence.4 Move the duplicate object to the required position.Select Duplicate (Edit menu) to duplicate selected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 14 Combining and Resequencing Objects 308Cloning objectsThe Quick Clone feature lets you quickly duplicate selected objects byright-clicking, dragging and releasing at a new position.To clone objects1 Select an object or objects.2 Holding down the right mouse button, drag the object(s) to a newposition.A black outline of the object appears. The cursor icon includes a plussymbol.Tip For more precise positioning, hold down the Ctrl key whiledragging—movement is thereby constrained to X or Y axes.3 Release the mouse.A duplicate object(s) is created at the release point.Use Select Object (Pointer toolbar) to select and clone objects.Right-click objectDrag-and-dropObject duplicatedRight-click, hold down Ctrlkey, and drag-and-dropobjectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 309Tip Clone objects to another window by the same method. Totemporarily deactivate automatic scrolling, hold down the Shift keywhile dragging. An identical copy of the selection is created at the samecoordinates as the first window, no matter where the mouse is released.Deleting objectsVarious methods are available for deleting objects.To delete objects! Select the object (or objects) to delete, and do one of the following:! Press Delete.! Select Edit > Delete.! Right-click and select Delete from the popup menu.Nesting objectsES Designer lets you ‘nest’ one object inside another at an exact point of thestitching sequence. This feature is particularly useful with motifs and otherdesigns where long connectors may be generated. It also helps reduce theoverall numbers of objects, minimizing trims and tie-offs.Select Delete (Edit menu) to delete selected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 14 Combining and Resequencing Objects 310To nest objects1 Travel through the first object until the needle position marker ispositioned where you want to insert the second object. See Traveling bystitches for details.2 Insert the second object. To do this, either digitize the object, or copy

and paste, or cut-and-paste it.The second object is ‘nested’ in the stitching sequence of the first object.All required functions are automatically inserted for the second object.3 Move the copied object into the required position.Tip To view the connectors that are generated for the nested object,click the Show Connectors icon.Combining designsES Designer lets you insert one design intoanother. The two (or more) designs canthen be saved as a combined design. Whenyou insert a design in another, the twocolor palettes are combined. Colors withthe same RGB values are automaticallyidentified as having the same thread color.If you want to preserve these as separatecolors, you need to change one or otherbefore merging. See Modifying colorwaysfor details.To combine designs1 Open the first design.2 Travel to the position in the stitching sequence where you want to insertthe design. See Viewing the stitching sequence for details.Travel to insertionpoint and paste objectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 311You can insert a design between objects in the sequence, or ‘nest’ thedesign within an object. See Nesting objects for details.3 Select a color palette option as required. See Setting insertedembroidery file options for details.By default, when you insert a design, colors are matched to the currentcolor palette.4 Select Insert > Embroidery File.! To select a design from any available DOS drive, select DOS Disk.! To select a design from an embroidery disk, select EmbroideryDisk.The Open dialog opens.5 From the Look In list, select the folder where the design you want toinsert is stored, and select the required format from the Files of typelist.6 Select the design file to insert, and click Open.The design is inserted at the current needle position.7 Move the second design into the required position. See Positioningobjects for details.Tip To ensure that all the objects in the inserted design stay together,group the design while working with it. See Grouping and ungroupingobjects for details.8 Save the combined design under the original or different name.The designs you have inserted are now combined into one design.

Splitting objectsColors addedto paletteColors matchedto paletteUse Split Object (Edit menu) to split selected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 14 Combining and Resequencing Objects 312ES Designer lets you split embroidery objects into smaller objects. This isuseful, for example, when you want to split Manual objects up in order toconvert sections to outline objects with Stitch Processor. Use the SplitObject command to split embroidery objects created with the Input A,

Input B, and Input C tools together with Satin, Tatami, or Program Split asthe stitch type. Run objects may also be split but Complex Fill objectscannot. See also Shaping vector and embroidery objects.To split objects1 Select an object to split.2 Travel to the stitch where you want it to be split.You can travel to a stitch inside a Satin, Tatami, Run or Manual object.See Traveling by stitches for details.Note You cannot split an object at the first stitch.3 Select Edit > Split Object.The object is split into two objects at the needle position marker.Tip You can convert any split Manual objects to outline objects withStitch Processor. See Recognizing object/outlines after editing fordetails.

Resequencing embroidery objectsThe embroidery objects in a design form a stitching sequence. Initially,objects are stitched in the order in which they were created. You can changeSplit objectSplit objectdeletedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 313the position of a selected object by cutting it, then pasting it somewhere elsein the sequence, or by using the Resequence command. You can alsoresequence objects by color or using the Color-Object List.Resequencing objects with cut-and-pasteYou can resequence objects by cutting an object from the design and pastingit back at a different point in the sequence. This does not change thephysical location of the object. See also Nesting objects.To resequence objects with cut-and-paste1 Select the object (or objects) to resequence.2 Click the Cut icon.The selected object is removed from the design and moved to theclipboard.3 Travel to the position in the stitching sequence where you want to pastethe object. See Viewing the stitching sequence for details.You can paste between other objects in the sequence, or ‘nest’ the cutobject within another object. See Nesting objects for details.If you do not move the current needle position marker, the object ispasted at the end of the sequence.Click Cut (Standard toolbar) to cut a selected object or objects and placethem on the clipboard.Click Paste (Standard toolbar) to paste copied objects in the design.Completeddesign—centerstitched firstObject cut toclipboardES 2006 Chapter 14 Combining and Resequencing Objects 3144 Click the Paste icon.The object is pasted back in the design according to the current pasteoptions. See also Setting paste position options.Note The object remains on the clipboard and can be pasted repeatedlyuntil the next Copy or Cut command.Resequencing selected objectsYou can resequence objects by selecting them in the required stitchingorder.To resequence selected objects1 Select the first object in the range you want to resequence.2 Holding down Ctrl, select the subsequent objects to resequence.

Note Select each object in the order you want it to stitch out in.3 With the objects still selected, select Edit > Resequence > By Selects.The objects are resequenced in the order they were selected.Resequencing objects by colorThe Resequence By Color feature lets you resequence all objects by color.This reduces the number of color changes in a design.Cursor inserted Object pastedat end of designSelect Resequence By Selects (Edit menu) to resequence selected objects.Select Resequence By Color (Edit menu) to resequence objects by color.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 315Note This technique resequences all color blocks of the same color in thestitching sequence. If, for any reason, you want to maintain separate colorblocks, you should use the Color-Object List. See Resequencing colors andobjects with the Color-Object List for details.To resequence objects by color1 Select the objects to resequence.2 Select Edit > Resequence > By Color.The Sequence By Color dialog opens listing the colors used in theselected objects.3 Select a color and click Move Up or Move Down to change its position inthe sequence.4 Click OK.Resequencing colors and objects with the Color-Object ListThe Color-Object List provides an easy way to select objects in designs andaccess their properties. You can resequence color blocks and objects easilyby changing their position in the Color-Object List.Tip You can also use it to group and ungroup, lock and unlock, and showand hide objects. Use it also to cut, copy and paste, as well as branchobjects. See also Grouping and locking with the Color-Object List, Copyingand pasting objects, and Branching objects with the Color-Object List.Select colorblockUse buttons toresequenceUse Color-Object List (Standard toolbar) to resequence objects.ES 2006 Chapter 14 Combining and Resequencing Objects 316To resequence objects with the Color-Object List1 Click the Color-Object List icon.The Color-Object List opens.2 Select the color block or object to resequence.! To select a range of items, hold down Shift as you click.! To select multiple items, hold down Ctrl as you click.3 Click-and-drag selected objects to reposition them.Note You cannot move an object between colors in a manual colorchange. However, you can move an object between consecutivemembers of a grouped object.Tip You may need to select all—press Ctrl+A—then regeneratestitches—press G—to update the display.Click-and-drag objectto new positionDrop object into newpositionES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 317

Automatic branchingThe Branching feature lets you digitize like objects—e.g. the fingers of ahand, sections of a custom letter—without having to think about the mostefficient stitching sequence and joins. Branching is designed for use withshapes made up of objects that overlap—e.g. complicated letters, Asian

characters, etc. Apply Branching to join selected objects to form a single‘branched object’. Objects are resequenced, connectors minimized,component objects grouped, and stitches regenerated. All componentobjects are grouped and selectable as one. You can apply a single underlayto all.Properties of branched objectsBranching works with any combination of the following object types—Run,Input A, Input B, Input C, Complex Fill and Fusion Fill™. Objects with MotifRun and Motif Fill cannot be used. Branched objects preserve their originalproperties while sharing the color of the first object in the sequence.Note When dissimilar objects are selected and branched, any which cannotbe branched are omitted.Connections between branched objectsThe component objects of a branched object are connected by the ClosestJoin method used with custom alphabets. All objects are resequenced bothexternally (in relation to each other) and internally (by automaticsegmentation). See also Digitizing custom letters.Click Branching (Standard toolbar) to automatically branch selectedembroidery objects.Mixture of object types andcolorsColor shared but object typespreservedES 2006 Chapter 14 Combining and Resequencing Objects 318Editing branched objectsBranched objects remain editable. They can be reshaped. There is only oneentry and one exit point, but all component objects have individual reshapepoints. The object properties of a branched object can be accessed via theObject Properties dialog. Stitch types can also be re-assigned via thetoolbar.Applying branchingApply Branching to selected objects. These become a single branchedobject.To apply branching1 Select the objects.Note The function is only available if more than one object of anysuitable type is selected.Click Branching (Standard toolbar) to automatically branch selectedembroidery objects.Long connectorsbetween separateobjectsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 3192 Click the Branching icon.ES Designer will prompt you to digitize entry and exit points.3 Digitize entry and exit points, or press Enter twice to accept the defaults.Component objects are grouped and share the color of the first branchedobject. Objects are resequenced, connectors minimized, and stitchesregenerated.4 Travel through the branched object to check stitching.See Viewing the stitching sequence for details.Branching objects with the Color-Object ListThe Color-Object List provides an easy way to select objects in designs andaccess their properties. You can use it to branch like objects in a design.Tip Use the Color-Object List also to cut, copy and paste, group andungroup, lock and unlock, and show and hide objects, as well as resequenceobjects. See also Grouping and locking with the Color-Object List, Copyingand pasting objects, and Resequencing colors and objects with theColor-Object List.

To apply branching with the Color-Object List1 Click the Color-Object List icon.2 Select objects in the Color-Object List.Objects resequenced,connectors minimizedUse Color-Object List (Standard toolbar) to branch objects in a design.ES 2006 Chapter 14 Combining and Resequencing Objects 3203 Right-click and select Branching from the popup menu.Note The function is only available if more than one object of anysuitable type is selected.4 Digitize entry and exit points, or press Enter twice to accept the defaults.Component objects are grouped and share the color of the first branchedobject. Objects are resequenced, connectors minimized, and stitchesregenerated.Applying automatic underlay to branched objectsBecause Branching combines objects to form a single branched object, youcan apply an underlay (single or double) to all.Branch selectedobjectsLong connectorsjoin objectsRight-click Auto Underlay (Stitch Types toolbar) to select an underlay type toapply to branched objects.Selected objectsgrouped into singlebranched objectLong connectorseliminatedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 321To apply automatic underlay to branched objects1 Select the branched object.2 Right-click the Auto Underlay icon.The Object Properties > Underlay dialog opens.3 Select the First Underlay checkbox and select an underlay type.4 Click Apply.Underlay stitches are automatically generated for the branched object.Note If component objects are touching or overlapping, the underlay isfirst stitched out for the whole branched object followed by the coverstitch.Applying two-layer run stitching with branchingWith run stitching, digitizers frequently aim to have exactly two layers ofstitching on every segment while minimizing jumps and trims. Thistechnique effectively eliminates the need to have extra travel or jumpstitches to get from one part of the outline to another. It does so by usingthe stitches themselves as travel stitches wherever possible, providing ahigher quality result in the process.Select underlaytypeSelect FirstUnderlayWhole underlaystitched firstCover stitched afterunderlayES 2006 Chapter 14 Combining and Resequencing Objects 322To apply two-layer run stitching with branching1 Select the objects.2 Click Branching and digitize entry and exit points in the normal way.See Applying branching for details.Stitches are regenerated. Component objects are grouped andconnectors minimized—no jumps, no extra travels.

3 Travel through the branched object to check stitching. See Viewing thestitching sequence for details.Tip When the entry and exit point are the same, there are two layersof outline stitching. If they are different, the path between the entry andexit will have three layers. It is your choice whether to have the extratravel layer or a trim connection to the next object instead.One layer of runoutline stitchesCombination of oneand two layers of runstitches createdES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 323

Chapter 15

Arranging and TransformingObjectsYou can change the position, size and orientation of objects in a design bymoving, scaling and transforming them. Group objects together to applyuniversal changes, or lock them to avoid unintentional modification. Modifyobjects directly on-screen or using the Object Properties dialog. Accesscommonly used functions via the Color-Object List.Warning The scalability and stitching quality of a design ultimately dependon its original source – Native Design, Imported Outlines, ProcessedStitches, or Imported Stitches. Only EMB designs contain the completeset of design information required for 100% perfect scaling andtransformation. See also Embroidery design formats.This section describes how to position objects, how to lock and group, alignand space objects, as well as how to scale, rotate, skew, and mirror objects.

Positioning, aligning and distributing objectsPosition objects in your design using the mouse to drag them to a newposition, nudging them with the arrow keys or by specifying the X:Ycoordinates in the General Properties bar. ES Designer lets you alignobjects to position them relative to each other, or distribute them evenly inyour design.ES 2006 Chapter 15 Arranging and Transforming Objects 324Positioning objectsThe simplest way to move an object in your design is to click-and-drag it toa new position. Use the arrow keys to ‘nudge’ objects into position.Note If no objects are selected, using the arrow keys moves the currentneedle position.To position objects! Select the object/s to move and click-and-drag it to a new position.! For more accurate positioning, use the arrow keys to ‘nudge’ the objectinto the required position.! For even more accurate positioning, enter the X:Y coordinates in theGeneral Properties bar.The object is centered above the coordinates you set.Tip Zoom in to make small adjustments. The distance the object movesdepends on the current zoom factor. The greater the zoom factor, thesmaller the distance moved.Aligning objectsUse cross-hair cursorto center objectEnter exactcoordinatesUse Align Left (Arrange toolbar) to left-align selected objects.

Use Align Vertical Centers (Arrange toolbar) to align selected objectsthrough their vertical centers.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 325You can align selected objects in a design to the left, right, top, bottom orcenter of a specific object. The Arrange toolbar offers a set of buttons totrigger functions of the same name found in the Arrange menu. The toolsall become enabled when two or more objects are selected.To align objects1 Select the objects you want to align.2 Select the object you want to align with.3 Click an alignment tool or select Arrange > Align > ...Note Objects are aligned with the last object selected. When we selectall the objects in the design by using Ctrl+A all the objects are alignedwith the last object in the sequence.Distributing objects evenlyUse Align Right (Arrange toolbar) to right-align selected objects.Use Align Top (Arrange toolbar) to top-align selected objects.Use Align Horizontal Centers (Arrange toolbar) to align selected objectsthrough their horizontal centers.Use Align Bottom (Arrange toolbar) to bottom-align selected objects.Align centerAlign leftAlign bottom132Use Space Evenly Across (Arrange toolbar) to distribute selected objectsevenly across the screen.ES 2006 Chapter 15 Arranging and Transforming Objects 326You can automatically distribute selected objects with even spacing betweenthem, both vertically or horizontally. The Arrange toolbar offers a set ofbuttons to trigger functions of the same name found in the Arrange menu.The tools all become enabled when three or more objects are selected.To distribute objects evenly1 Select the objects you want to space.2 Click a spacing tool or select Arrange > Space Evenly > ...

Grouping and locking objectsES Designer lets you group objects together for group modifications.Ungroup whenever you need to work with the component objects. You canalso lock objects to prevent them from being moved or modified by accident.Grouping and ungrouping objectsYou can group selected objects, or an entire design, to keep them togetherfor moving, scaling and transforming actions. With grouped objects you canalso apply global changes, saving time and ensuring consistency. When youhave finished making changes to a group, you can ungroup and work withthe component objects.Note You need to ungroup before you can set properties for any individualobject in the group.Use Space Evenly Down (Arrange toolbar) to distribute selected objectsevenly down the screen.Click Group (Arrange toolbar) to group selected objects.Click Ungroup (Arrange toolbar) to ungroup selected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 327To group or ungroup objects! Select the objects and click the Group icon or press Ctrl+G.Selected objects are combined into a group. This can be selected,moved, resized and transformed as a single object.! To ungroup, select the grouped object and click the Ungroup icon orpress Ctrl+U.

Tip To select with a bounding outline, simply drag the outline over onecomponent object and the whole group will be selected. See alsoSelecting objects with a bounding box.Locking and unlocking objectsLock objects to prevent them from being moved or modified by accident. Forexample, locking backdrop images holds them in place as you digitize,transform or reshape the embroidery objects near them. Locked objects canbe unlocked for modification at any time.Select, move, resize, ortransform grouped objects asa single objectungrouped objectsare selectedClick Lock (Arrange toolbar) to lock selected objects.Click Unlock All (Arrange toolbar) to unlock all locked objects in a design.ES 2006 Chapter 15 Arranging and Transforming Objects 328To lock or unlock objects! Select the object/s to lock and click the Lock icon or press K.The selection handles disappear, indicating that the object can no longerbe selected or modified.! To unlock objects, click the Unlock All icon.All locked objects in the design are unlocked.Grouping and locking with the Color-Object ListThe Color-Object List provides an easy way to select objects in designs andaccess their properties. You can use it to group and ungroup, lock andunlock, and show and hide objects.Tip Use the Color-Object List also to cut, copy and paste, resequence, aswell as branch objects. See also Copying and pasting objects, Resequencingcolors and objects with the Color-Object List, and Branching objects with theColor-Object List.To group or lock with the Color-Object List1 Click the Color-Object List icon.The Color-Object List dialog opens.Use Color-Object List (Standard toolbar) to group and/or lock objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 3292 Click a node to open or close a color block and see its componentobjects.3 Select a color block or object/s and right-click to invoke the popupmenu.4 Group and/or lock selected color blocks and objects via the popup menu.

Scaling objectsYou can scale objects by dragging selection handles, specifying the exactdimensions in the General Properties bar, or by setting the distancebetween reference points on the design. As an object is scaled, the stitchcount changes to preserve the current stitch spacing.Note Only EMB designs contain the complete set of design informationrequired for 100% perfect scaling and transformation.Scaling objects using click-and-dragYou can change the height and width of an object, or scale it proportionallyusing selection handles. Scale objects individually, or select multiple objectsand scale them together.To scale objects using click-and-drag1 Select the object/s to scale.Eight selection handles appear around the object.2 Click-and-drag a selection handle to resize the object.Click to openor close nodeGroup/Lockobjects

ES 2006 Chapter 15 Arranging and Transforming Objects 330! To scale height and width proportionally, use a corner handle.Tip By default, objects scale proportionally. To scale freely in verticaland horizontal planes, hold down Ctrl as you drag.! To change the height, use the handles at the center-top orcenter-bottom.! To change the width, use the handles at the center-sides.Scale proportionally Scale freely in bothdirectionsCtrl + dragDragScale verticallyDragDragScale verticallyScale horizontally Scale horizontallyDragES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 331! To resize proportionally around a central anchor point, hold downShift as you drag.Scaling objects by an exact amountYou can scale artwork, selected objects or a whole design using theirproperties. With normal outline (EMB) files, this allows stitches to beregenerated while preserving the original stitch density. See also Adjustingstitch density.Warning If you scale a stitch design by more than 5%, changes to stitchdensity will affect the design quality. See also Embroidery design formats.To scale objects by an exact amount1 Select the object/s to scale.2 In the General Properties bar, either:! Enter exact height and width values.! Enter the new height and width as a percentage of the currentdimensions.Tip To preserve aspect ratio, copy the calculated percentage from onefield to the other.Scale proportionallyabout centerShift + dragScale horizontally inboth directionsShift + dragEnter dimensions as exactvalues or as a percentageClick ApplyES 2006 Chapter 15 Arranging and Transforming Objects 3323 Click the Apply button.Note After scaling, the new object size is reset to 100%.Scaling objects using reference pointsYou can scale an object or design by marking reference points andspecifying the required length of the line between them. For example, toresize a design to a specific width, select all objects, then mark thereference points across the width of the design.To scale objects using reference points1 Select the object/s to scale.2 Select Edit > Transform.The Transform dialog opens.3 Select the Size checkbox, and enter the required distance between thereference points.4 Click OK.vase scaledWidth: 120% Height: 140%

shadow scaledWidth: 140% Height: 120%Select Transform (Edit menu) to scale an object or design using reference points.Select SizecheckboxSpecify sizeES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 333You are prompted to enter the start and end points of the reference line.You will have already decided which two points in the object or designwill form the reference line.5 Click to mark the reference points on the design.The object is scaled so that the distance between the points is the valueyou entered in the dialog.Tip Press Ctrl to constrain the angle of the axis to 15° increments. PressEnter twice to use the default reference line.Making objects the same sizeYou can scale objects to the same size as a reference object. Resize theheight or width separately or both.To make objects the same size1 Select the object/s to resize.2 Select the object that is the size you require.Click to mark thereference pointsClick Make Same Width (Arrange toolbar) to scale an object or design to thesame width as a reference object.Click Make Same Height (Arrange toolbar) to scale an object or design to thesame height as a reference object.Click Make Same Width and Height (Arrange toolbar) to scale an object ordesign to the same size as a reference object.ES 2006 Chapter 15 Arranging and Transforming Objects 3343 Click a sizing tool or select Arrange > Make Same Size > ...Note Objects are resized according to the last object selected.

Rotating objectsYou can rotate objects directly on-screen or by setting an exact rotationangle.Rotating objects using click-and-dragWhen you select an object, selection handles display at its extremities. Ifyou click the object again, the handles change to rotation handles.To rotate objects using click-and-drag1 Select the object/s to rotate.2 Click the object a second time.Make same widthMake same heightMake same width and height23 1ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 335Rotation handles appear at the corners and an anchor point at thecenter.Note If you click too quickly, the Object Properties dialog opens.3 Drag the anchor point to any position required.4 Click a rotation handle, and drag it clockwise or anti-clockwise.An outline displays as you rotate.Rotating objects by an exact amountYou can rotate selected objects in 45° increments or by entering an exactvalue using the Transform toolbar.First click displaysselection handlesSecond click displaysrotation handles

anchorpointskew handlerotationhandleDrag a corner to rotateabout the anchor pointAnchor pointrepositionedDrag a corner to rotateabout the anchor pointClick Rotate 45 CW (Transform toolbar) to rotate selected objects by 45° ina clockwise direction.Click Rotate 45 CCW (Transform toolbar) to rotate selected objects by 45° ina counter-clockwise direction.Use Rotate (Transform toolbar) to rotate selected objects by an exactamount (in degrees).ES 2006 Chapter 15 Arranging and Transforming Objects 336To rotate objects by an exact amount1 Select the object/s to rotate.2 To rotate in 45° increments, click one of the Rotate 45 icons.3 To rotate by an exact amount, enter the angle in the Rotate field andpress Enter.Rotating objects by reference lineThe Transform Special tool lets you rotate selected objects with the aid ofreference points alone. It can be used both with embroidery and vectorobjects.Tip This technique is particularly useful to duplicate and rotate objectsaround an anchor point—e.g. the petals of a flower.To rotate objects by reference line1 Select the object/s to rotate.2 Select Edit > Transform Special.3 Follow the instruction in the prompt bar:! Click the first reference point. This will become the anchor point forthe rotation.Select Transform Special (Edit menu) to rotate an object using reference points.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 337! Click a second reference point. An outline attaches to the pointer.Tip Press Ctrl to constrain the angle of the axis to 15° increments.! Click the anchor point. The pointer then aligns itself with the secondreference point.! Click a guide point for the required rotation position. Use thecoordinates on the Status bar for exact alignment.Rotating objects by reference line and angleThe Transform tool provides another method for transforming selectedobjects using a combination of reference points and numeric values. Thisprovides a very accurate technique for rotating selected objects. It can beused with embroidery objects, vector images or bitmap images. Thetechnique is particularly useful when you want to align objects precisely witha common reference line.To rotate objects by reference line and angle1 Select the object/s to rotate.2 Decide which two points in the object or design will form the referenceline. This should be a significant line — e.g. one which must be perfectlyhorizontal or vertical in the final design.3 Select Edit > Transform.Move the pointerSelect Transform (Edit menu) to scale an object or design using reference points andspecified angle.ES 2006 Chapter 15 Arranging and Transforming Objects 338

The Transform dialog opens.4 Select the Angle checkbox, and enter the rotation angle of the referenceline.For example, to rotate the image so that it aligns with the horizontalaxis, enter a value of 0°.5 Click OK.6 Click to mark the start and end points of the reference line.Tip Press Ctrl to constrain the angle of the axis to 15° increments. PressEnter twice to use a horizontal reference line by default.

Skewing objectsYou can skew objects directly on-screen or by setting an exact skew angle.Skewing objects using click-and-dragYou can skew objects along the horizontal plane by clicking skew handlesand dragging to the required angle.Select Angle Enter absoluterotation angle indegreesSelect rotation angle —e.g. 0°reference line set to anglespecified in dialogDigitize reference line — alignwith base of objectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 339To skew objects using click-and-drag1 Select the object/s to skew.2 Click the object a second time.Rotation and skew handles appear around the object. Skew handles arediamond-shaped and appear at the center-top and bottom of the object.3 Drag the skew handles left or right.The object skews along the horizontal plane.Skewing objects by an exact amountYou can skew selected objects by entering an exact angle in the Skew field.To skew objects by an exact amount1 Select the object/s to skew.2 In the Skew field of the Transform toolbar, enter the skew angle yourequire.3 Press Enter.

Duplicating and mirroring objectsYou can mirror objects horizontally or vertically by means of the Transformtoolbar. You can also mirror around a defined axis using a reference line. TheUse Skew (Transform toolbar) to skew selected objects by an exactamount (in degrees).Drag skew handle leftor rightES 2006 Chapter 15 Arranging and Transforming Objects 340Mirror-Merge tool allows you to duplicate and transform selectedembroidery objects, as well as merge them into a single object.Mirroring objects horizontally and verticallyYou can mirror selected objects horizontally or vertically using theTransform toolbar.To mirror objects horizontally or vertically1 Select the object/s to mirror.2 Click one (or both) of the Mirror icons.Mirroring objects about a specified axisYou can mirror objects around a defined axis using a reference line. Usingthis method you mark the start and end points of the line around which theobject mirrors.

To mirror objects about a specified axis1 Select the object/s to mirror.Click Mirror Horizontally (Transform toolbar) to flip selected objects in thehorizontal plane.Click Mirror Vertically (Transform toolbar) to flip selected objects in thevertical plane.Select Transform (Edit menu) to mirror objects about a specified axis.mirrored in X & Y mirrored in Ymirrored in X starting objectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 3412 Select Edit > Transform.The Transform dialog opens.3 Select the Mirror checkbox.4 Click OK.5 Click to mark the reference points of the mirror axis.After the second click, the selected object is mirrored in the referenceline.Tip Press Ctrl to constrain the angle of the axis to 15° increments. Ifyou just want to mirror your selection around a horizontal axis, pressEnter twice. The mirror axis defaults to zero.Reflecting designs with Mirror-MergeSelect Mirrormirroredstarting objectUse Reflect (Mirror-Merge toolbar) to duplicate and mirror objects ordesigns.ES 2006 Chapter 15 Arranging and Transforming Objects 342Use the Mirror-Merge Reflect tool to duplicate and mirror designssimultaneously. You can use it to quickly create borders. You can also use itmerge duplicates into a perfectly symmetrical object such as a face or heart.To reflect designs with Mirror-Merge1 Select the object or design.2 Click the Reflect icon.The pointer attaches to the center point. As you move it around, theduplicate outlines move accordingly.Tip Press Shift to disable Auto-Scroll while using Mirror-Merge.3 Set the number of columns and rows you require.4 Move the reference line to position the duplicates.Set no. of rows Set no. of columnsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 3435 For more precise positioning, adjust spacing settings.Tip Tab from field to field to enter values. Press Enter to confirm.6 Click to mark the anchor point or press Enter to confirm.The design is duplicated and distributed around the center point.Note If the duplicates overlap the original, you are prompted to mergeobjects. Use this feature to merge duplicates into a perfectlysymmetrical object such as a face or heart.Creating wreaths with Mirror-MergeUse the Mirror-Merge Wreath tool to duplicate objects around a centerpoint. The Kaleidoscope tool works like Wreath but mirrors objects as well.Set precise row spacing Set precise column spacingUse Wreath (Mirror-Merge toolbar) to duplicate objects around a center point.Use Kaleidoscope (Mirror-Merge toolbar) to duplicate and mirror objectsaround a center point.object reflected reflected objects mergedES 2006 Chapter 15 Arranging and Transforming Objects 344Because objects are mirrored, Kaleidoscope works best with an evennumber.To create wreaths with Mirror-Merge1 Select the object or design.

2 Click the Wreath or Kaleidoscope icon.The pointer attaches to the center point. As you move it around, theduplicate outlines move accordingly.3 Enter the number of Wreath points.Note Enter an even number for a kaleidoscope effect.4 Move the reference line to position the duplicates.Tip Hold down Ctrl to constrain the reference line to 45o increments.six-point wreath eight-point kaleidoscope five-point wreathEnter no. of wreath pointsfive-point wreath six-point kaleidoscopeES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 3455 For more precise positioning, adjust the Distance and Angle settings.Distance and angle are measured from the center of the original to thecenter of the wreath or kaleidoscope.Tip Tab from field to field to enter values. Press Enter to confirm.6 Click to mark the anchor point or press Enter to confirm.The design is duplicated and distributed around the center point.Note If the duplicates overlap the original, you are prompted to mergeobjects.Duplicating designs with Mirror-MergeUse the Mirror-Merge Array tool to create multiple copies of designs, suchas badges, spaced in rows and columns for faster stitchouts. Mirror-MergeSet precise distance Set precise anglefive-point wreath six-point kaleidoscopeUse Array (Mirror-Merge toolbar) to duplicate objects or designs.ES 2006 Chapter 15 Arranging and Transforming Objects 346automatically sequences each color block to eliminate unnecessary machinecolor changes.To duplicate designs with mirror-merge1 Select the object or design.2 Click the Array icon.The pointer attaches to a reference line. As you move it around, theduplicate outlines move accordingly.Tip Press Shift to disable Auto-Scroll while using Mirror-Merge.3 Set the number of columns and rows you require.4 Move the reference line to position the duplicates.Set no. of rows Set no. of columnsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 3475 For more precise positioning, adjust spacing settings.Tip Tab from field to field to enter values. Press Enter to confirm.6 Click to mark the anchor point or press Enter to confirm.The design is duplicated and distributed around the reference lines.Note If the duplicates overlap the original, you are prompted to mergeobjects.Set precise row spacing Set precise column spacingES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 348

Chapter 16

Converting and ReshapingObjectsES Designer also lets you convert among vector and embroidery objects ofdifferent types at all stages of the design. For example, you can convertvector images directly to embroidery objects. Similarly, you can convertembroidery designs or objects to vector images. These can then beconverted to any kind of embroidery object. You can also convert betweenembroidery object types.

The reference points you mark when digitizing a shape become its ‘controlpoints’. These vary slightly with the object type. Use them to edit or‘transform’ objects—e.g. reshaping, scaling, letter spacing, changing entryand exit points. Modify stitch angles of selected objects. Add multiple stitchangles as required.Most control points can be added, deleted, moved or changed to corner orcurve points. Some control points have a specific function and cannot bedeleted, for example, the entry point.Key to control points= corner point= exit point= curve point= entry pointcorner point exit pointentry point= stitch angle pointsstitch anglelineES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 349Tip Before modifying any design, a good practice is to save a copy under anew name and keep the original in case you want to discard your changesand start again.This section describes how to reshape objects with control points, reshapecircle, star and ring objects. It also describes how to convert object types,adjust stitch angles, change entry and exit points, as well as keep or omitthe last stitch.

Converting between object typesES Designer lets you convert vector images directly to embroidery objectsusing a variety of input methods. Similarly, you can convert embroiderydesigns or objects to vector images. These can then be converted to anykind of embroidery object. You can also convert between different runobjects as well as Input C objects. This is useful when scaling designs—e.g.for creating thicker or thinner columns and borders, or converting betweenComplex Fill and Input A or Input B objects. See also Objectinterconversion.Tip You can also create embroidery objects with turning stitches byapplying stitch angles directly to vector objects. You can also add turningstitches to Complex Fill objects with the Stitch Angles tool. See Adding stitchangles in Stitch Angles mode for details.Converting vector objects to embroideryUse Convert > Stitch Angles (popup menu) to convert vector objects toFusion Fill™ objects.Use Convert > Complex Fill (popup menu) to convert vector objects toComplex Fill objects.Use Convert > Input C (popup menu) to convert vector objects to Input Cobjects.Use Convert > Fusion Fill™ (popup menu) to convert vector objects toFusion Fill™ objects.Use Convert > Auto Appliqué (popup menu) to convert vector objects toAppliqué objects.Use Convert > Run (popup menu) to convert vector objects to Run objects.ES 2006 Chapter 16 Converting and Reshaping Objects 350You can convert vector objects to embroidery objects using Complex Fill,Input C, or an outline input method. The resulting object takes the currentstitch type, color and object properties set for that input method. Vectorobjects can be converted to appliqué. You can even send them directly to alaser cutter. See also Cutting appliqué shapes.Tip You can also create embroidery objects with turning stitches byapplying stitch angles directly to vector objects. See Adding stitch angles inStitch Angles mode for details.

To convert vector objects to embroidery1 Select a thread color from the color palette.2 Select the vector object to convert.Note If you select Complex Fill as the input method, you can selectseveral vector objects to create an object with multiple boundaries.3 Select an input method from the Input toolbar.Alternatively, right-click and select Convert > from the popup menu.Tip Before you apply an input method, select the correct properties. ForComplex Fill and Input C, select a stitch type and set the desired effects,otherwise the last selected stitch types and properties are used.Use Convert > Triple Run (popup menu) to convert vector objects to TripleRun objects.Use Convert > Motif Run (popup menu) to convert vector objects to MotifRun objects.Use Convert > Backstitch (popup menu) to convert vector objects toBackstitch objects.Use Convert > Stemstitch (popup menu) to convert vector objects toStemstitch objects.Vector object Complex fill object Motif run object Fusion Fill objectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 351! For open shapes and outlines, select Run, Triple Run, Motif Run orInput C. You can apply these input methods to closed shapes as wellif you want to stitch their outlines.! For closed, filled shapes, use Complex Fill.Tip You can also create objects with turning stitches by adding stitchangles directly to vector objects. See Adjusting and adding stitch anglesin Reshape mode for details.4 Follow the instruction in the prompt bar:! For Complex Fill objects, enter stitch entry and exit points and thestitch angle points.! For Input C objects, enter width point1 and width point2.! For Auto Appliqué objects, enter stitch entry and exit points, andfollow other details as prompted. See Creating appliqué objects fordetails.! For other Run objects, enter the entry point. Motif Run is convertedautomatically.Tip Press Enter to accept defaults at each step. You can edit the resultsat any stage.5 Press Enter.Stitches are generated according to the current properties of theselected input method. For fill input methods, the current propertiesinclude the stitch type as well.Tip The Point & Stitch tools can also be used with vector images createdeither in a graphics package or with the ES Designer drawing tools. SeeDigitizing shapes with Point & Stitch for details.Converting embroidery objects to vector objectsUse Convert > Drawing (popup menu) to convert embroidery objects tovector objects.ES 2006 Chapter 16 Converting and Reshaping Objects 352You can convert embroidery designs or objects to vector images at any time.These can in turn be re-converted to any kind of embroidery object. See alsoPasting vector images.To convert an embroidery object to a vector object1 Select an embroidery object or design.2 Right-click it and select Convert > Drawing from the popup list.The selected embroidery objects are converted to vector objects.3 Convert selected vector objects to embroidery objects as required. SeeConverting vector objects to embroidery for details.Converting between run objects

run object vector object appliqué objectUse Run (Input toolbar or popup menu) to digitize and then convert to TripleRun or Input C.Use Triple Run (Input toolbar or popup menu) to digitize and then convert toRun or Input C.Use Motif Run (Input toolbar or popup menu) to digitize and then convert toRun or Input C.Use Convert > Backstitch (popup menu) to convert vector objects toBackstitch objects.Use Convert > Stemstitch (popup menu) to convert vector objects toStemstitch objects.Use Input C (Input toolbar or popup menu) to digitize and then convert toRun or Triple Run.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 353You can quickly inter-convert objects digitized with Run, Triple Run, MotifRun, Backstitch, Stemstitch, or Input C. This is useful for creating thicker orthinner columns and borders when scaling.Tip You can convert vector objects to embroidery objects (and vice versa)in the same way. See also Converting vector objects to embroidery.To convert between run objects1 Select a run object—e.g. Run, Triple Run, Motif Run, Stemstitch,Backstitch, or Input C.2 Click a run stitch icon.Alternatively, right-click and select Convert > from the popup menu3 Follow the instruction in the prompt bar:! Motif Run is converted automatically.! For Input C, enter width point1 and width point2.! For other run stitches, enter the entry point.Tip Press Enter to accept defaults at each step. You can edit the resultsat any stage.The object is converted.Run objectEnter width point1 and point2 Converted to Input C objectES 2006 Chapter 16 Converting and Reshaping Objects 354Note You can convert between any of these object types in the sameway.Converting Input A or B to Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™You can easily convert objects from Input A or Input B to Complex Fill orFusion Fill™. This is useful for editing. For example, as curved fill effects canonly be used with Complex Fill objects, you can add them to Input A or Bshapes by first converting to Complex Fill. Also when scaling designs, anInput A or B shape may become too big for Turning Satin. By converting toComplex Fill or Fusion Fill™, you can apply fixed or turning Tatami or someother fill stitch type. If the original object has overlapping areas, these areremoved. See also Object interconversion.Tip You can also convert Complex Fill objects to turning stitches using theStitch Angles tool. You can even convert vector objects to embroidery inthe same way. See Adding stitch angles in Stitch Angles mode andConverting vector objects to embroidery for details.To convert Input A or B to Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™1 Select the Input A or Input B object.2 Click the Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™ icon.Alternatively, right-click and select Convert > Complex Fill or FusionFill from the popup menu.3 Follow the instruction in the prompt line:Use Fusion Fill™ (Input toolbar or popup menu) to convert objects from InputA or B to Fusion Fill™.Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar or popup menu) to convert objects from InputA or B to Complex Fill.Converted to Complex Fill Motif fill applied Curve effect applied

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 355! For Complex Fill objects, enter angle points 1 and 2.! For Fusion Fill™ objects, enter more than one stitch angle line andpress Enter.Note If the Input A or B object stitch type is not applicable to ComplexFill—e.g. contour stitch—Satin will be substituted. If the underlay typeis not applicable—e.g. Center Run—Zigzag will be used.4 Adjust reshape nodes and add effects as required.Tip You can change an Auto Appliqué or vector object to a Complex Fillobject in the same way. You can also convert Complex Fill to FusionFill™.Converting Complex Fill to Auto AppliquéYou can convert objects from Complex Fill toAuto Appliqué with the Auto Appliqué tool.By adding entry, exit points and frame-outposition, the object is converted to anappliqué object. See also Cutting appliquéshapes.To convert Complex Fill to AutoAppliqué1 Select the Complex Fill object.2 Click the Auto Appliqué icon.Enter anglepointsPress EnterUse Auto Appliqué (Input toolbar or popup menu) to convert objects fromComplex Fill to Auto Appliqué.ES 2006 Chapter 16 Converting and Reshaping Objects 356Alternatively, right-click and select Convert > Auto Appliqué from thepopup menu.3 Follow the instruction in the prompt bar:! Click the outline to set the stitch entry and exit points or press Enterto accept the defaults.! Mark the frame-out position if you are prompted or press Enter touse the current frame-out values. See also Adjusting the defaultframe-out position.The object is converted to an appliqué object.Note You can convert a vector object to an Auto Appliqué object in thesame way.

Reshaping embroidery objectsThe Reshape Object tool is an important tool in ES Designer. Use it to add,delete, or move reshape nodes on the object outline. For some objects, youcan also change corner points to curves. ES Designer lets you select a rangeof reshape nodes in open and closed objects, making reshaping operationsquick and simple.Viewing control pointsFrame-out positionEntry and exit pointsComplex Fill objectUse Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape selected objects, edit stitchangles, and adjust entry/exit points.Use Show Reshape Nodes (Reshape toolbar) to toggle reshape nodedisplay when using the Reshape Object tool.Use Show Stitch Angles (Reshape toolbar) to toggle stitch angle displaywhen using the Reshape Object tool.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 357The Reshape Object tool is an important tool in ES Designer. It invokes itsown Reshape toolbar which allows you to selectively view reshape nodes,stitch angles, and entry/exit points. Use the Reshape Object tool whenever

you want to change object shapes by adding, deleting, or moving reshapenodes on the object outline. Edit stitch angles as well as entry and exitpoints in Reshape mode.To view control points! Select the object and click the Reshape Object icon.Control points appear around the object and the Reshape toolbarappears. By default, reshape nodes, stitch angles and entry/exit pointsdisplay together.Note When editing an Input A object in Reshape Mode, turning off theShow Reshape Nodes button also disables the Show Stitch Anglesbutton. When editing an Input C object or any outline object, the ShowStitch Angles button is always disabled.Use Show Start/End (Reshape toolbar) to toggle entry/exit point displaywhen using the Reshape Object tool.stitch anglepointcurve reshapenodeentry pointstitch anglepointstitch angle linecurve reshapenodecorner reshape node exit pointES 2006 Chapter 16 Converting and Reshaping Objects 358! Click icons on the Reshape toolbar to selectively display control pointsdepending on what you want to edit.! Use Show Reshape Nodes to toggle reshape node display. SeeReshaping objects with reshape nodes for details.! Use Show Stitch Angles to toggle stitch angle display. See Adjustingstitch angles for details.! Use Show Start/End to toggle entry/exit point display. See Changingentry and exit points for details.Tip The Show Reshape Nodes button can be toggled using the hotkeycombination Alt+N. The Show Stitch Angles button can be toggledusing the hotkey combination Alt+A.! To view the next or previous objects, press Tab or Shift+Tab keys.Note Pressing Tab or Shift+Tab also causes all changes to the object tobe accepted.Show Reshape Nodes Show Stitch Angles Show Entry/ExitShift + Tab TabES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 359Reshaping objects with reshape nodesChange object shapes with the Reshape Object tool. Use it to add, delete,or move reshape nodes on the object outline. For some objects, you can alsochange corner points to curves.Note The Reshape Object tool lets you modify shapes without affectingthe stitch angles and the entry and exit points.To reshape objects with reshape nodes1 Select the object to reshape.2 Click the Reshape Object icon.Control points appear around the object and the Reshape toolbarappears.3 Click Show Reshape Nodes to view only these control points.4 To add extra nodes on the outline:! Left-click to add a corner point.! Right-click to add a curve point.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape selected objects by meansof control points.

Use Show Reshape Nodes (Reshape toolbar) to toggle reshape nodedisplay when using the Reshape Object tool.Right-clickLeft-clickES 2006 Chapter 16 Converting and Reshaping Objects 3605 Select reshape nodes as required:! Click to select a single reshape nodes.! Use the Ctrl key to select multiple reshape nodes.! Click-and-drag a bounding box around a group of reshape nodes toselect.! Use the Shift key to select a range of reshape nodes. Left-clicking orright-clicking in closed shapes changes the direction of the selection.6 Adjust the position of selected reshape nodes by dragging them alongthe outline as required and press Enter.Tip Use the arrow keys to ‘nudge’ selected reshape nodes.Click to select—holddown Ctrl to selectmultiple nodesDrag bounding boxaround reshapenodes to selectORHold down Shift and right orleft-click to select range of nodesDrag reshapenodes Press EnterES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 3617 Press Delete to delete unwanted reshape nodes and press Enter.If the object only has two reshape nodes—or two pairs of reshape nodesas in the case of Input A objects—deleting one deletes the whole object.8 Press Spacebar to toggle between selected corner and curve reshapenodes and press Enter.Tip If you make a mistake, press Esc to remove the changes, press Escagain to exit Reshape mode.Note You can also adjust stitch angles as required, as well as changeentry and exit points. See Adjusting stitch angles and Adjustingentry/exit points and last stitches for details.

Reshaping circle, star and ring objectsFor objects created with the Circle/Star or Ring tools, you reshape usingthe existing control points only. You cannot add, change or delete controlpoints in these objects.Delete reshapenodes Press EnterSelect reshapenodes and pressspacebar Press EnterES 2006 Chapter 16 Converting and Reshaping Objects 362Reshaping circle/star objectsYou can change circle/star objects from circles to ovals using the ReshapeObject tool. The Show Stitch Angles icon is disabled. Circle/star objectshave two reshape nodes (used to change the radius and orientation of theobject), a center point (used to reposition it), and an entry point.Tip To scale a circle without changing it to an oval, select it with the SelectObject tool, and use the selection handles to scale it.To reshape circle/star objects1 Select the circle/star object.2 Click the Reshape Object icon.The Reshape toolbar appears.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape circle and star objects.Entry pointCenter point Reshape node

Stitch angle90°ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 3633 Click a reshape node on the circumference of the circle, and drag it toreshape the outline.! To reshape without changing the orientation, use the reshape nodeat the top of the object.! To reshape and spin the object around its center point, use thereshape node at the side.4 To move the circle, click the center point and drag it to a new position.5 Press Enter.Reshaping ring objectsYou can reshape the inner and outer boundaries of ring objects with theReshape Object tool. Reshaping rings is similar to reshaping circle/starobjects except that you reshape each boundary individually. Each boundaryhas two reshape nodes for changing radius and orientation, as well as acenter point for moving the boundary. The object has a single entry point.To reshape ring objects1 Select the ring object.2 Click the Reshape Object icon.Click-and-dragreshape nodePress EnterUse Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape ring objects.ES 2006 Chapter 16 Converting and Reshaping Objects 364The Reshape toolbar appears.3 Click a reshape node on either boundary, drag it to change the outline,and press Enter.! To reshape without changing the orientation, use the reshape nodeat the top of the boundary.! To reshape and spin the boundary around its center, use the reshapenode at the side.4 To offset the boundaries, select the center point of a boundary, drag itto a new position, and press Enter.Note The center points are generally on top of each other to begin with,and may not be visible.Entry pointCenter point may Reshape nodenot be visibleClick-and-drag Press Enterreshape nodePress EnterClick-and-dragcenter pointES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 365

Adjusting stitch anglesStitch angle adjustments depend on the type of object you are working with.With Complex Fill objects you can set a single stitch angle for the entireobject. You can add multiple stitch angles to objects with the Stitch Anglestool. You can also adjust stitch angles with the Reshape Object tool.Note You cannot change the stitch angle of Star, Ring and Input C objectsas the stitches automatically turn to follow the shape. You can, however,change the stitch angle of Circle objects by moving the entry point. SeeReshaping circle, star and ring objects for details.Adjusting and adding stitch angles in Reshape modeYou can adjust the stitch angle of embroidery objects interactively using theReshape Object tool. ES Designer also lets you add stitch angles toInput A, Input B or Fusion Fill™ objects while in Reshape Object mode.Input A objects thereby convert to Input B. See also Converting betweenobject types.

Tip You can also use the Reshape Object tool to add individual reshapenodes on either side of Input A and B objects, modifying the shape withoutaffecting the stitch angles. See Reshaping embroidery objects fordetails.You can change the stitch angle of Complex Fill objects using objectproperties. See Adjusting stitch angles using object properties for details.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to add stitch angles to selected InputA and B objects.Use Show Stitch Angles (Reshape toolbar) to toggle stitch angle displaywhen using the Reshape Object tool.ES 2006 Chapter 16 Converting and Reshaping Objects 366To adjust and add stitch angles in Reshape mode1 Select the object.2 Click the Reshape Object icon and click Show Stitch Angles to viewonly these control points.3 Click-and-drag stitch angle points to their required positions.4 Select and adjust the end points as required.Note You cannot add stitch angles to Complex Fill objects in Reshapemode. See Adding stitch angles in Stitch Angles mode for details.5 Holding down the Ctrl key, click the outline wherever you want to placea stitch angle line.Input A object Input B object Complex Fill objectInput A object Input B object Complex Fill objectInput B object with stitchangle addedFusion Fill object withstitch angle addedInput A objectconverted to Input BES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 367Tip Input A objects automatically convert to Input B as soon as you addor adjust a stitch angle. See Adding stitch angles in Stitch Angles modefor details.6 Press Enter.The stitch angles change accordingly.Tip You need to convert Input B objects to Input A in order to applySmart Corners. To do this, you need to edit the reshape nodes to createreshape node pairs. See Reshaping embroidery objects for details.Adding stitch angles in Stitch Angles modeModify the stitch angles of Complex Fill and Fusion Fill™ objects with theStitch Angles tool. You can also create objects with turning stitches byadding stitch angles directly to vector objects. Adding stitch angles toComplex Fill or vector objects converts them to Fusion Fill™. See alsoConverting between object types.To add stitch angles in Stitch Angles mode1 Select an object.2 Click the Stitch Angles icon.Use Stitch Angles (Pointer toolbar or popup menu) to add stitch angles toselected Complex Fill objects.Complex Fill object—onestitch angleComplex Fill convertedto Fusion Fill™ES 2006 Chapter 16 Converting and Reshaping Objects 368Alternatively, right-click and select Convert > Stitch Angles from thedropdown menu. You are prompted to enter stitch angles.3 Digitize stitch angles so that they intersect two sides of the object.Make sure that they do not intersect each other.4 Press Enter.The object is re-generated with the new angles.

Adjusting entry/exit points and last stitches

ES Designer lets you change the entry and exit points of individual objects.You can also keep or omit the last stitch in a column of stitches.Changing entry and exit pointsYou can change the entry and exit points of individual objects. Aim to placethe end point next to adjoining objects for smaller connecting stitches, or toreduce the number of travel runs.To change entry and exit points1 Select the object to change.2 Click the Reshape Object icon and click Show Start/End to view only theentry and exit points.Complex Fill object Stitch angles addedUse Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to adjust the entry and exit points ofselected objects.Use Show Start/End (Reshape toolbar) to toggle entry/exit point displaywhen using the Reshape Object tool.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 3693 Select the entry or exit point as required, and drag it to a differentposition on the object outline.Tip To view the next or previous objects, press Tab or Shift+Tab keys.Pressing these keys also causes all changes to the object to be accepted.4 Press Enter.Note In circle/star or ring objects, only the entry point appears. Incircle objects, the stitch angle is perpendicular to the line connecting theentry point to the circle center point. Thus, changing the stitch entrypoint changes its stitch angle.Keeping or omitting the last stitchIf you are digitizing adjoining columns, you can keep or omit the last stitchin the first column to achieve a smoother join or shorter connecting stitches.Note This feature only applies when the exit point is at the end of thecolumn—i.e. the default exit point. Moving the exit point using the ReshapeObject tool overrides the Keep Last Stitch/Omit Last Stitch command.exit pointentry point exit pointentry point exit pointentry pointClick Keep Last Stitch (Pointer toolbar) to keep the last stitch in a column.Right-click to omit the last stitch in a column.columns smoothlyjoinedcolumns withunwanted spaceES 2006 Chapter 16 Converting and Reshaping Objects 370To keep or omit the last stitch! To keep the last stitch, select the object and click the Keep LastStitch/Omit Last Stitch icon.! To omit the last stitch, select the object and right-click the Keep LastStitch/Omit Last Stitch icon.Tip Alternatively press Spacebar to omit the last stitch or Enter keep it.last stitches keptlast stitches omittedcolumnssmoothly joinedPress Enter—laststitch keptPress Spacebar—laststitch omittedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 371

Chapter 17

Editing Stitches and Machine

FunctionsES Designer automatically generates stitches from design outlines andproperties. This means you can scale, transform, and reshape nativedesigns without affecting stitch density or quality.However, ES Designer also lets you editindividual stitches. You simply select them likeany other object and move the needlepointposition as required. You may need to do this,for example, when working with ‘stitch’ fileswhich do not contain design outline data. SeeEmbroidery design formats for details.Like stitches, most machine functions areinserted automatically whenever you selectcommands or specify object properties. Theyare stored with the embroidery object andupdated whenever the object is modified. However, ES Designer also letsyou manually insert machine functions and modify them. This flexibilityallows you to adapt designs to almost any machine requirement.Warning Stitches or machine functions which are manually inserted intonon-manual objects—e.g. Input A, Complex Fill, etc—need to be maintainedmanually. If an object’s stitches are regenerated for any reason, stitch editsare lost. Machine functions may be moved to another point in the stitchsequence. For this reason, only insert functions manually if they cannot beadded automatically.This section deals with selecting and editing stitches, and convertingselected stitches to objects. It also includes instructions for inserting,checking, editing and clearing manually-inserted functions. It also describeshow to edit stitches and functions using the Stitch List.ES 2006 Chapter 17 Editing Stitches and Machine Functions 372

Selecting and deselecting stitchesThe Stitch Edit tool lets you select single stitches, several stitches, or arange of stitches by selecting their needle points, or dragging a boundingbox around them. You can select all stitches in a design, cancel allselections, or remove individual stitches from a selected group. Selectedstitches are highlighted in a different color. You can also select individualstitches in your design using the Stitch List.Selecting stitches by needle pointYou can select individual stitches in Stitch Edit mode by selecting theirneedle points.Tip Zoom in and display the needle points for easier selection.To select stitches by needle point1 Click the Stitch Edit icon.2 Click a needle point.The needle point changes color and the needle position marker movesto the selected stitch. All stitches after the needle position marker in thestitching sequence appear in black.! To select a range of stitches, hold down Shift as you select.! To select multiple stitches, hold down Ctrl as you select.Use Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to select individual stitches for editing.SelectedstitchHold downShift to selecta range ofstitchesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 373Selecting stitches with a bounding box

With the Stitch Edit tool activated, you can select stitches by dragging abounding box around them.To select stitches with a bounding box1 Click the Stitch Edit icon.2 Drag a bounding box around the stitches you want to select.Stitches are selected when you release the mouse button.Selecting stitches with the Stitch ListYou can view and select individual stitches in your design by means of theStitch List. See also Editing stitches and functions with Stitch List.To select stitches with the Stitch List1 Click the Stitch List icon.Use Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to select stitches with a bounding box.Use Stitch List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Stitch List display on and off. Useit to select individual stitches.boundingboxstitchesselectedES 2006 Chapter 17 Editing Stitches and Machine Functions 374The Stitch List opens. It shows stitch position coordinates and functioninformation—e.g. whether the stitch is a jump. It also shows the lengthof every stitch in the design.Tip To display the text in black, select Black Text from the popup menu(right-click). To display the text in the associated stitch color, selectMultiColored Text. To change the background color of the Stitch List,select Background Color and edit to suit stitch colors.2 Click a stitch in the Stitch List to select it.Stitches selected in the Stitch List are also selected in the design, andvice versa.! To select a range of stitches, hold down Shift as you select.! To select multiple stitches, hold down Ctrl as you select.Tip Right-click inside the Stitch List to access the popup menu options.For example, you can select to display the Stitch List in black and white,or open the Stitch Edit dialog. See Editing stitch coordinates with StitchList for details.Stitch List shows positioncoordinates, functioninformation, and individual stitchlengthsChange Stitch Listtext and backgroundcolorsselectedstitchesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 375Selecting a range of stitchesYou can select a range of stitches with Selects On activated. The SelectsOn tool adds stitches to the selection.To select a range of stitches with Selects On1 Click the Stitch Edit icon.2 With the Selects On tool off, travel through the design, stopping justbefore the first stitch to select.3 Click the Selects On icon.4 Click the last stitch in the range.The stitches between the needle marker and this stitch are selected.Note If the Stitch Edit tool is not selected, Selects On has no effect.Selecting stitches while traveling through a designUse Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to select individual stitches for editing.Click Selects On (Standard toolbar) to select a range of stitches.Stop before the first

stitchClick the last stitch inthe rangeUse Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to select individual stitches for editing.Click Selects On (Standard toolbar) to select a range of stitches as you travelthrough the design.ES 2006 Chapter 17 Editing Stitches and Machine Functions 376You can select a range of stitches by traveling by stitch with Selects Onactivated. The Selects On tool adds stitches to the selection as you travelthrough the stitching sequence.To select stitches while traveling through a design1 With the Selects On tool off, travel to the required stitch or select anindividual stitch.2 Click the Stitch Edit icon.3 Click the Selects On icon.Note If the Stitch Edit tool is not selected, Selects On has no effect.4 Travel through the design. See Traveling by stitches for details.As you travel, stitches are added to the selection.Note If a stitch is already selected, it is deselected when you travelthrough it.Deselecting stitchesYou can deselect individual stitches from a group of selected stitches orcancel all selections in the design.To deselect stitches! Deselect individual stitches using the following method.! Travel backwards by one stitch.Note The Stitch Edit and Selects On must be selected.! Deselect all stitches using any of the following methods.Travel to the firststitchTravel 10 Stitchestool usedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 377! Press Esc.! Deselect Selects On, then select another stitch.! Select Edit > Deselect All.

Editing stitchesYou can insert stitches in an object to fill gaps. You can move or deleteindividual or clusters of selected stitches.Warning If an object’s stitches are regenerated for any reason, all stitchediting functions are lost. Where possible, edit the object properties ratherthan individual stitches.Inserting stitchesYou can insert stitches in an object to fill gaps. Inserted stitches areconsidered part of the object (rather than independent objects). They will,however, be lost if the object’s stitches are regenerated. Where possible,edit the object properties rather than individual stitches. For example, toincrease stitch density, reduce spacing rather than insert stitches.Note Inserting stitches is different from creating stitches using the Manualinput method. Using the Manual tool you create a separate object, with itsown properties and connectors. See Digitizing individual stitches for details.To insert stitches1 Click the Stitch Edit icon.2 Zoom into the area you want to edit.3 Select a needlepoint.Use Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to insert stitches in an object.ES 2006 Chapter 17 Editing Stitches and Machine Functions 378The stitch changes color and the needle position marker moves to theselected stitch.

4 Move the mouse pointer where you want to insert the new stitch, andright-click.5 Move the mouse to where you want to insert the next stitch, andright-click.6 Continue right-clicking as required.Moving stitchesYou can move individual or groups of selected stitches.Warning If an object’s stitches are regenerated for any reason, all stitchediting functions are lost. Where possible, reshape the object rather thanmove individual stitches. See Converting and Reshaping Objects for details.To move stitches1 Click the Stitch Edit icon.2 Select stitches and drag them to a new position.Right-clickRight-clickUse Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to select individual stitches for moving.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 379The stitch shadow outline shows the new position.3 Press Enter.Deleting stitchesYou can delete individual or groups of selected stitches.Warning If an object’s stitches are regenerated for any reason, all stitchediting functions are lost. Where possible, edit the object properties ratherthan individual stitches. See Adjusting Satin stitch spacing, Adjusting Tatamistitch spacing and length and Adjusting stitch density for details.To delete stitches1 Click the Stitch Edit icon.2 Select a stitch or stitches.3 Press Delete.Drag selectedstitch to newpositionshadow outlineUse Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) to select individual stitches for deletion.SelectstitchesPressDeleteES 2006 Chapter 17 Editing Stitches and Machine Functions 380

Converting selected stitches to objectsNew or revised object outlines can be recognized after stitch edits have beenmade. This capability is particularly useful with stitch files which have beenopened without Object/Outline recognition. You may do this to preservethe original stitching in most of the design, while modifying a single sectionof it. You may also want to turn edited stitches into an embroidery object inorder to preserve the edits. See also Recognizing object/outlines afterediting.To convert selected stitches to objects1 Click the Stitch Edit icon and select the individual stitches you want toprocess.See Selecting and deselecting stitches for details.2 Select Edit > Recognize Object/Outline.The selected stitches are converted to objects.

Editing machine functionsMost machine functions are inserted automatically whenever you selectcommands or specify object properties. They are stored with theembroidery object and updated whenever the object is modified. However,ES Designer lets you insert machine functions manually. Depending on yourUse Stitch Edit (Pointer toolbar) together with Recognize Object/Outline to

turn selected stitches into an embroidery object.Stitches selectedObjects andoutlinescreatedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 381machine, different machine functions are available. The most common typesare described below. See your machine manual for further details.Warning When you insert stitches or machine functions manually, youmust maintain them manually. If an object’s stitches are regenerated forany reason, all stitch editing and machine functions are lost. For this reason,only insert manual functions if they cannot be added automatically.Machine function typesES Designer lets you manually insert color changes, thread trims, jumps,machine stops, needles in and out, and boring functions, depending on theselected machine format.Color Change functionsColor Change functions tell the machine to use the next thread color in thedesign. They are automatically inserted when you select a new color fromthe color palette. See Changing thread colors for details.You only need to insert manual color change functions if you cannot recolorusing the standard methods, for example, when using multiple colors withina single object. See Editing machine functions for details.Trim functionsTrim functions instruct machines with trimmers to cut connecting threadsbefore moving to the next object. You insert trims automatically by settingconnector values or using the Trim tool. See Adjusting automatic trim aftersettings and Adding trims for details.If you need additional trims, you can insert the functions manually. SeeEditing machine functions for details.Note If a machine does not have a trimmer, the Trim function is ignored.Depending on the machine format, the Trim function may be a code or asequence of jumps. See Setting trim functions for details.Stop functionsIf you want the embroidery machine to stop for any special reason duringstitching, you need to manually insert a Stop function in the stitchingsequence. See Editing machine functions for details.ES 2006 Chapter 17 Editing Stitches and Machine Functions 382Tip Because a Stop function may be inserted for various reasons, youshould record the purpose of the stop on the production worksheet to assistthe machine operator.Jump functionsJump functions cause frame movements without needle penetrations andare used to move smoothly from one part of a design to another. There arevarious methods for automatically entering Jump functions.! Apply Auto Jump to preserve long stitches. See Preserving long stitcheswith Auto Jump for details.! Digitize individual jumps by right-clicking the Manual icon. SeeDigitizing individual stitches for details.! Select jumps as connectors. See Using jumps as connectors for details.! Create jump connectors manually by digitizing with Penetrationsdeselected. See Adding jumps with penetrations off for details.If you need additional jumps, you can insert the functions manually. SeeEditing machine functions for details.Begin/End Jump functionsThe Begin/End Jump functions (formerly known as Needle Out/In) instructthe machine whether or not to use needle penetrations. You insert thesefunctions automatically using the Penetrations tool (formerly known as

Needles In). See Adding jumps with penetrations off for details.If you need additional Begin/End Jump functions, you can insert themmanually. See Editing machine functions for details.Note Remember to insert a End Jump function to instruct the machine toresume normal stitching.Borer In/Out functionsBorer In/Out functions are available for embroidery machines equipped witha borer. They instruct the machine when to use the boring knife or toolinstead of a needle. You insert these functions automatically using theBorers tool (formerly known as Borers In). See Digitizing boring holes fordetails.If you need additional Borer In or Out functions, you can insert themmanually. See Editing machine functions for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 383Sequin On/Off functionsSequin On and Sequin Off functions are available for embroidery machinesthat are equipped with a sequin dispenser. The Sequin On function generallyinstructs the machine to physically lower the sequin dispenser into positionfor sequins to be placed (fed and cut). These functions are automaticallyinserted when using the Sequin Mode tool. See Sequins and Boring fordetails.If you need additional Sequin On or Sequin Off functions, you can insertthem manually. See Editing machine functions for details.Some machines, notably Schiffli, use only explicit Drop Sequin functions.These instruct the machine to drop a sequin on the fabric for stitching.Schiffli machines, for example, do not require Sequin On/Off functions. Seethe ES Schiffli User Manual Supplement for details.Inserting machine functions manuallyYou can insert machine functions manually by means of the Insert Functiondialog. Depending on your machine’s requirements, you will either add thefunction to the current stitch, or insert it on an empty stitch or empty jump.For some machines you will also need to add empty stitches or empty jumpson either side of some functions. See your machine manual for details.Note The available functions and their options depend on the selectedmachine format. See also Selecting machine formats.To insert machine functions manually1 Travel to the position in the design where you want to insert a machinefunction. See Traveling by stitches for details.2 Select Machine > Insert Function.Use Insert Function (Machine menu) to insert machine functions manually in yourdesign.ES 2006 Chapter 17 Editing Stitches and Machine Functions 384The Insert Function dialog opens.Tip It is faster to digitize individual jumps—Jump(M)—by right-clickingwith the Manual input method selected. If you want the whole object toconsist of jumps, deselect the Penetrations icon. See Adding jumpswith penetrations off for details.3 From the Available Functions list, select the function you want toinsert.With some functions you can choose whether to insert on the currentstitch or on an empty stitch.4 If available, choose the insertion method:! Insert on Empty Stitch: inserts the selected function on an emptystitch.! Add to Current stitch: inserts the selected function on the currentstitch.Depending on your machine, you may need to insert additional emptystitches or empty jumps before or after the selected function. For

example, before a particular Stop function, you may want to insert anumber of empty jumps. See your machine manual for details.5 To insert additional empty stitches or empty jumps, select one or otherin the Component field.! Select Insert Before if you want the empty stitch/jump to precede theselected function.! Select Insert After if you want the empty stitch/jump to follow theselected function.Select from functionsavailable for selectedmachine formatES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 385To insert multiple empty stitches or jumps, click Add.The selected function, together with any additional empty stitches orjumps, appears in the Sequence panel.6 Click OK.The selected function, together with any additional empty stitches orjumps, is added at the current needle position.Tip The Stitch List provides an alternative means for inserting machinefunctions manually. See Editing stitch coordinates with Stitch List fordetails.Adding empty stitches/empty jumps to machine functionsYou can edit the encoding of machine functions by changing the number orsequence of empty stitches or empty jumps that appear around them. Somemachines require a specific number of empty stitches or empty jumps incombination with a function in order to interpret it correctly. You may needto edit functions if they were inserted incorrectly or the machine format haschanged.Additional emptystitches insertedbefore and afterselected functionAdditional empty jumpsinserted before and afterselected functionUse Edit Function (Machine menu) to add empty stitches/empty jumps to machinefunctions.ES 2006 Chapter 17 Editing Stitches and Machine Functions 386Note You generally only need to edit manually inserted machine functions.Functions added by ES Designer are automatically updated if the machineformat changes.To add empty stitches/empty jumps to machine functions1 Travel to the function you want to edit. See Traveling by machinefunction for details.When you reach the function, its name appears in the Prompt line.2 Select Machine > Edit Function.The Edit Function dialog opens.The Sequence panel shows the current format of the selected function.3 To insert additional empty stitches or empty jumps, select one or otherin the Component field.! Select Insert Before if you want the empty stitch/jump to precede theselected function.! Select Insert After if you want the empty stitch/jump to follow theselected function.4 To insert multiple empty stitches or jumps, click Add.5 To delete an empty stitch or empty jump from the sequence, select it,then click Remove.6 Click OK.Tip The Stitch List provides an alternative means for editing machinefunctions manually. See Editing machine functions with Stitch List for

details.Select empty stitch orempty jumpInsert emptystitch/jump before orafter the machinefunctionES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 387Clearing machine functionsManually inserted machine functions are not automatically removed orupdated when an object is modified. If a function is no longer required, itmust be manually cleared from the design. Both automatic andmanually-inserted functions can be removed.Tip Check the Prompt line for the function’s name to ensure you clear thecorrect one.To clear machine functions1 Travel to the function you want to remove. See Traveling by machinefunction for details.When you reach the function, its name appears in the Prompt line.2 Select Machine > Clear Function.The function is removed.Tip The Stitch List provides an alternative means for editing machinefunctions manually. See Editing machine functions with Stitch List fordetails.

Editing stitches and functions with Stitch ListYou can use the Stitch List to help locate stitches and machine functions forediting. The Stitch List displays stitch number, stitch coordinates, stitchlength, stitch function, stitch color. When you select a stitch in the list, it issimultaneously selected in your design.Editing stitch coordinates with Stitch ListUse the Stitch List to edit the coordinates, and therefore position, ofindividual stitches.Use Clear Function (Machine menu) to clear a manually inserted machine functionfrom your design.Use Stitch List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Stitch List display on/off. Use it toedit coordinates of individual stitches.ES 2006 Chapter 17 Editing Stitches and Machine Functions 388Note Changes to stitch coordinates are stitch edits and will be lost if theobject’s stitches are regenerated.To edit stitch coordinates with Stitch List1 Open the Stitch List. See Selecting stitches with the Stitch List fordetails.2 Double-click the stitch you want to edit.The Move Stitch dialog opens.3 Enter the new coordinates in the X and Y fields.Note The specified coordinates will change the location of the stitch endpoint.4 Click OK.The stitch is regenerated in the new position and the Stitch Listinformation is updated.Inserting machine functions with Stitch ListYou can use the Stitch List to access the Insert Function dialog. Thisprovides a convenient means for inserting machine functions manually intothe stitching sequence.Warning When you insert machine functions manually, you must maintainthem manually. For this reason, only insert manual functions if they cannotbe added automatically.Enter newcoordinates

Use Stitch List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Stitch List display on/off. Use it toinsert machine functions directly into the stitching sequence.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 389To insert machine functions with Stitch List1 Open the Stitch List. See Selecting stitches with the Stitch List fordetails.2 Locate the position in the stitching sequence where you want to insertthe machine function.3 Right-click the stitch in the Stitch List and select Insert Function fromthe popup menu.4 From the Available Functions list, select the function you want toinsert. See Inserting machine functions manually for details.5 Click OK.The name of the inserted function appears in the Prompt line.Editing machine functions with Stitch ListYou can use the Stitch List to access the Edit Function dialog. This providesa convenient means for editing existing machine functions. The Stitch Listalso lets you clear machine functions from the stitching sequence.Note You generally only need to edit manually inserted machine functions.Functions added by ES Designer are automatically updated if the machineformat changes.To edit machine functions with Stitch List1 Open the Stitch List. See Selecting stitches with the Stitch List fordetails.Insert machinefunctions directlyUse Stitch List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Stitch List display on/off. Use it toedit machine function encoding and to clear machine functions.ES 2006 Chapter 17 Editing Stitches and Machine Functions 3902 Locate the function you want to edit.3 Right-click any stitch in the Stitch List and select Edit Function from thepopup menu.The Edit Function dialog opens.4 Edit the function as required. See Editing machine functions for details.5 To remove the function altogether from the stitching sequence, selectClear Function from the popup menu.Filtering stitches by functionYou can apply a filter to the Stitch List so that only stitches associated withspecific functions appear in the list.To filter stitches by function1 Open the Stitch List. See Selecting stitches with the Stitch List fordetails.2 Right-click any stitch in the Stitch List and select Show Functions fromthe popup menu.Edit selectedmachine functionUse Stitch List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Stitch List display on/off. Use it todisplay stitches associated with specific functions.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 391The Show Functions dialog opens.3 Select the functions you want to show.Tip Click Select All to show all function types. To select multiple functiontypes, hold down Ctrl as you select. To select a range, click the first typein the range, then hold down Shift and click the last type in the range.4 Click OK.Only the selected functions are displayed in the list.Tip To display the text in the associated stitch color, selectMultiColored Text from the popup menu. To display the text in black,select Black Text.

5 To show all stitches again, right-click in the Stitch List and select ShowAll from the popup menu.Filtering stitches by stitch lengthYou can apply a filter to the Stitch List so that only stitches of a certainlength appear in the list. The main use of this feature is to find stitches whichcause production problems, such as short stitches (e.g. < 1.0 mm). See alsoRemoving small stitches automatically.Select functionsto showOnly selected functionsare displayedUse Stitch List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Stitch List display on/off. Use it todisplay only stitches of a certain length.ES 2006 Chapter 17 Editing Stitches and Machine Functions 392To filter stitches by stitch length1 Open the Stitch List. See Selecting stitches with the Stitch List fordetails.2 Right-click any stitch in the Stitch List and select Show Stitches fromthe popup menu.The Show Stitches dialog opens.3 Select the range of stitch lengths you want to show.! Radial corresponds to the actual stitch length.! Axial X,Y corresponds to the horizontal and vertical framemovements.See Adjusting Auto Jump settings for details.4 Click OK.Only the selected stitches are displayed in the list.Show specifiedstitchesSelect stitchrange to showOnly selected stitchesare displayedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 393Tip To display the text in the associated stitch color, selectMultiColored Text from the popup menu. To display the text in black,select Black Text.5 To show all stitches again, right-click in the Stitch List and select ShowAll from the popup menu.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 394

PART VADVANCED DIGITIZINGES Designer provides specialized productivity features as well as specialeffects and digitizing techniques.Object properties, styles and templatesThis section explains how to change the property settings in your design, aswell as how to apply, create and maintain styles and templates inES Designer. See Object Properties, Styles and Templates for details.Specialized digitizing techniquesThis section describes how to reinforce outlines. It also describes how todigitize circles, stars and rings. Creating smooth joins, as well as bordersand filled holes are covered. You can also find instructions for specialistdigitizing with appliqué, sequins and boring. See Specialized DigitizingTechniques for details.

Textured fillsThis section describes how to apply textures to fills, and how to adjust theirsettings to get the results you want. Details of Tatami offsets and partitionlines are explained, as well as how to create textures with Program Split andFlexi Split. Adding details with User Defined Split is also covered. SeeTextured Fills for details.ES 2006 Advanced Digitizing 395Artistic stitch effectsThis section describes how to create artistic effects with Jagged Edge,Accordion Spacing, and Color Blending, and how to adjust their settings toget the results you want. Creating contoured stitch effects with the Contourfeature is also covered, as well as how to create curved fills with FlorentineEffect and Liquid Effect. See Artistic Stitch Effects for details.Motif runs and fillsThis section describes how to insert motifs into your design, and how torotate, mirror and scale them. It explains how to manage motifs, includinghow to create your own motifs and motif sets. It also describes how tocreate both motif runs and motif fills, as well as how to apply 3D effects tomotif fills. See Motif Runs and Fills for details.Sequins and BoringThis section describes how to set up custom sequin palettes for the creationof sequin designs. It also describes how to create sequin runs and digitizeindividual sequins, as well as how to convert sequin artwork to Sequin Run.Scaling and reshaping sequin runs is also explained as well as digitizingboring holes. See Sequins and Boring for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 396

Chapter 18

Object Properties, Styles andTemplatesEvery object you create in ES Designer has a unique set of properties thatare stored with it whenever you save the design. These properties definegeneral characteristics such as size and position, as well asembroidery-specific characteristics such as stitch type and density. Thestitch properties determine how stitches will be regenerated when youreshape, transform or scale the object.Default property settingsDefault or starting property settings are the ones stored with the designtemplate. These are automatically applied to any newly created objects inthe design.Current property settingsCurrent property settings override the template defaults. Unless youdeliberately change them, these take the default values. You generallychange them to save time when digitizing. For example, you may presetTatami stitch spacing to use a specific density for all new Tatami objects youcreate.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 397Note When you close the design, the current settings are not automaticallysaved. You can save them as the new default settings of the currenttemplate or to another template altogether.Object propertiesEach object has its own unique set of properties stored with it. You can setthe properties of a selected object to be the current property settings. Youcan also apply current property settings to existing objects.Styles

A style is a group of property settings stored under a unique name. You cansave any combination of settings to a style. This makes it easy to applythese settings to selected embroidery and lettering objects. When you applya style to an object, the style settings replace its current properties. Anyproperties not specified in the style, retain their current settings.TemplatesTemplates are special files used to store styles and default property settings.Use templates when digitizing frequently-used design types to save timere-adjusting the current property settings.This section explains how to change the property settings in your design, aswell as how to apply, create and maintain styles and templates inES Designer.

Working with object propertiesWhen you create an embroidery object, you can simply accept the defaultsettings or apply new ones. Default property settings are stored with thedesign template. You can also define current settings to influence all theobjects you create in the current design. You can change an object’sproperties at any time without affecting those of any other object.Alternatively, you can make any changes to the selected object current forall new objects. Alternatively again, you can change all the current propertysettings in the Object Properties dialog with no objects selected at all. Youcan then apply current settings to any existing objects. You can also saveany modified settings to the current template as the new default propertysettings.Tip You can save any combination of settings to custom styles. See Workingwith styles for details.ES 2006 Chapter 18 Object Properties, Styles and Templates 398Changing properties of existing objectsYou can change an object’s properties at any time without affecting those ofany other object not currently selected. Nor do such changes affect thecurrent or default settings. Some properties can be modified on-screen—forexample, you can change the size properties by scaling the object with theselection handles. Other properties, such as stitch spacing or length, canonly be modified via the Object Properties dialog.If you select more than one object, the Object Properties dialog will onlydisplay tabs relevant to all selected objects. For example, if you select aComplex Fill object and an Input C object, neither of these tabs will displayas the settings do not apply to both. If selected objects have differentvalues for the same setting—e.g. stitch length—the field will be blank. If youenter a new value, it will apply to both objects.To change properties of an existing object1 Select an object and double-click.The Object Properties dialog opens.Tabs display at the top of the Object Properties dialog. These provideaccess to all possible object property settings.2 Select a tab to view the object properties and adjust as required.3 Click the FX button to access another set of tabs.4 When you are finished, click Apply.Select tabModify settingsas requiredClick to applysettingsClick to accessanother set of tabsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 399These settings are applied to the selected object. They do not affectcurrent settings or those newly created objects. See also Makingselected object properties current.

Tip Some properties, such as Auto Underlay, are applied by means oftoolbar buttons. When the button is selected, that tool’s settings arecurrent.Making selected object properties currentYou can make the properties of an existing object current for all newlycreated objects.Note Only the settings applicable to the selected object change. Othersettings retain their current values. For example, if you make the propertiesof a selected Input C object current, settings specific to Complex Fill will notchange.To make selected object properties current1 Select the object on which you want to base the current properties.2 Click the Make Properties Current icon.The properties of the selected object become the current ones. You cannow create new objects with these settings or apply them to existingobjects.Tip To check that the now current settings are as you intended, openthe Object Properties dialog.Modifying current property settingsWhenever you change the current property settings, these will automaticallyapply to any new objects you create. If you know which settings you requirebefore digitizing, you can preset them.Click Make Properties Current (Styles toolbar) to make the properties of aselected object current for the design.Use Object Properties (Standard toolbar) to toggle the Object Propertiesdialog on/off. Use it to set properties for the current design.ES 2006 Chapter 18 Object Properties, Styles and Templates 400Note Some object properties, such as Auto Underlay, are made currentby means of toolbar buttons. When the button is selected, that tool’ssettings are current.To modify current property settings1 With no objects selected, click the Object Properties icon.The Object Properties dialog opens.Tabs display at the top of the Object Properties dialog. These provideaccess to all possible object property settings.2 Select a tab to view the current settings and adjust as required.3 Click the FX button to access another set of tabs.4 When you are finished, click Apply.These settings are current for all newly created objects. You can applythem to existing objects by means of the Apply Properties Current tool.See Applying current settings to existing objects for details.Applying current settings to existing objectsSelect tabModify settingsas requiredClick to applysettingsClick to accessanother set of tabsUse Apply Current Properties (Styles toolbar) to apply current settings toselected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 401When you change the current property settings, these apply to all newobjects you create but not automatically to any existing objects. However,you can apply them to selected objects as required.To apply current settings to existing objects1 Select the object (or objects) whose properties you want to change.2 Click the Apply Current Properties icon.The current values are immediately updated.

Changing default property settingsYou can change default property settings at any time by saving the currentsettings in the Object Properties dialog to the current template. If thesettings you are saving are based on a selected object, only these valuesare updated in the template.Note All changes affect any new designs created using this template. If youonly want the changes to apply to the design you are working in, change thecurrent—not the default—properties. See Modifying current propertysettings for details.To change default property settings1 With or without any objects selected, click the Object Properties icon.Use Object Properties (Standard toolbar) to toggle the Object Propertiesdialog on/off. Use it to set change default property settings for the currenttemplate.ES 2006 Chapter 18 Object Properties, Styles and Templates 402The Object Properties dialog opens.2 Select the tab you want and change the settings as required.3 Click Save.The object properties are saved to the current template. These willapply to any new objects in any design based on this template.Tip You may wish to save your modified property settings to a customtemplate for certain specialist purposes. See Working with designtemplates for details.

Working with stylesA style is a group of property settings stored under a unique name. You cansave any combination of settings to your styles. This makes it easy to applythem to selected embroidery and lettering objects. When you apply a styleto an object, the style settings replace its current properties. Any propertiesnot specified in the style, retain their current settings.Styles are stored with the design template. The NORMAL template providesa selection of preset styles for you to use. You can modify these as requiredand save them back to the NORMAL template or to your own customtemplates. Each template may contain specific styles for different types ofembroidery. See also Working with design templates.Styles toolbarChange settingsas requiredClick to save totemplateES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 403Use the Styles toolbar to quickly apply styles in your design. This toolbarlets you:! apply current settings to selected objects! change current settings, and! apply styles to selected objects.The styles you select as ‘favorites’ are each assigned a tool icon on thetoolbar.Applying stylesWhen you select a style, the settings overwrite the current propertysettings. You can apply a style to current property settings before youdigitize, or to a selected object. See also Working with object properties.Tip If you are using a digitizing tablet, you can quickly switch betweenpreset styles. Each button on the puck accesses the next preset style withdifferent spacing settings. For example, clicking Button 1 accesses<PRESET_SATIN_1>.To apply styles1 Click the Apply Style icon.The Use Object Style dialog opens.

2 Select a style from the dropdown list, then click OK.! If an object is selected, the style settings are applied to it alone.! If no object is selected, the style settings become the currentproperty settings, and apply to any new objects you create.Click Apply Style (Styles toolbar) to apply a style from the template to new orselected objects.Use the Styles toolbar to apply favorite styles to new or selected objects.My Style Select styleES 2006 Chapter 18 Object Properties, Styles and Templates 404Any settings that are not specified in the style will remain unchanged.Tip To apply a favorite style, click the Favorite Style icon assigned toit. See also Assigning favorite styles.Defining new stylesDefine new styles for a template, either from scratch, or based on anexisting style or object. You can create styles in the Object Properties boxby specifying settings in any or all of the tabs. New styles are saved to thecurrent template.Note The stitch type, settings and effects you specify for the new style donot automatically change the current property settings. See also Applyingcurrent settings to existing objects.To define new styles1 To base the new style on an existing object, select it now. To base it onthe current settings, make sure no objects are selected.2 Select Stitch > Define Style.The Organize Styles dialog opens.3 Click New.Style 1, E stitch spacing0.75mmStyle 2, E stitch spacing1.25mmStyle 3, E stitch spacing1.75mmSelect Define Style (Stitch menu) to make the properties of a selected object currentfor the design.My Style Click to define new styleES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 405The New Object Style dialog opens.4 Enter a name in the Style Name field.5 To base the new style on an existing style, select it from the Based OnStyle dropdown list.Tip If you want the new style to be added to the Style toolbar, selectthe Add to Favorites checkbox.6 Click OK.The Object Properties dialog opens. If you selected a style to base thenew style on, those settings will display.7 Update the Object Properties tabs for the new style.Note You do not have to enter values in all fields, only those youspecifically wish to store.8 Click Apply and close the dialogs.The new style is saved to the current template.Assigning favorite stylesYou can assign up to ten favorite styles to tool icons on the Styles toolbar.To apply the style, you then simply select the tool.To assign favorite styles1 Select Stitch > Define Style.My StyleMy New Style

Enter name fornew styleSelect style tobase it on

Select Define Style (Stitch menu) to assign a favorite style.ES 2006 Chapter 18 Object Properties, Styles and Templates 406The Organize Styles dialog opens.2 Click Favorites.The Organize Favorites dialog opens.3 Click Add.The Add To Favorites dialog opens.4 Select a style from the list.5 Click OK.6 Change the order in which the favorites will appear on the Styles toolbarusing Move Up and Move Down.7 Click OK and then Close.The styles are assigned in the order they appear in the OrganizeFavorites box. The tool tip for each button shows the style name.Organize favorite stylesSelect styleMy StyleMy New Style

Click AddMy New Style Select styleES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 407Merging stylesYou can merge settings from one style to another. When you merge, thesettings from the second style overwrite the first.To merge styles1 Select Stitch > Define Style.The Organize Styles dialog opens.2 Select a style to merge to.3 Click Merge.The Merge With Style dialog opens.4 Select a style to merge from and click OK.5 Close the dialogs.The first selected style is updated and saved to the current template.Modifying stylesSelect Define Style (Stitch menu) to merge style settings.My StyleMy New Style

Click to merge stylesSelect styleMy Old Style Select styleSelect Define Style (Stitch menu) to modify a style.ES 2006 Chapter 18 Object Properties, Styles and Templates 408You can modify all styles, including the preset styles in the NORMALtemplate.Tip At some stage, you may want to revert to the original style settings inthe NORMAL template. See Reverting to the NORMAL template for details.To modify a style1 Select Stitch > Define Style.The Organize Styles dialog opens.2 Select a style and click Edit.The Object Properties dialog opens.3 Change the settings in the tabs as required. See Modifying currentproperty settings for details.4 Click Apply.A warning message asks you to confirm that you want to overwrite theexisting style settings.5 Close the dialogs.The modified style is updated and saved to the current template.Note Changes apply only to future uses of the style. Existing objectsbased on the style are not affected.Renaming styles

You can rename a style without affecting its settings.My StyleMy New Style

Click to edit styleSelect styleES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 409Tip At some stage, you may want to revert to the original style settings inthe NORMAL template. See Reverting to the NORMAL template for details.To rename a style1 Select Stitch > Define Style.The Organize Styles dialog opens.2 Select a style to rename.3 Click Rename.The Rename Object Style dialog opens.4 Enter a new style name and OK.5 Close the dialogs.The style is renamed.Deleting stylesYou can remove any unwanted styles from a template.Tip At some stage, you may want to revert to the original style settings inthe NORMAL template. See Reverting to the NORMAL template for details.My StyleMy New Style

Click to rename styleSelect styleMy Style 1 Enter new style nameES 2006 Chapter 18 Object Properties, Styles and Templates 410To delete styles1 Select Stitch > Define Style.The Organize Styles dialog opens.2 Select a style to delete and click Remove.A warning message asks you to confirm the deletion.3 Close the dialogs.The style is deleted from the current template and removed from the listof style names.Note To remove all styles from a template click Remove All.

Working with design templatesTemplates are special files used to store styles and default settings. Usetemplates when digitizing frequently-used design types so that you do nothave to set the current property settings every time. For example, atemplate may include standard objects and sample lettering. It may simplyhave preferred stitch settings, lettering font and size, and colors set ascurrent settings. Or it may have special density, pull compensation orunderlay settings to suit different fabrics.The NORMAL templateThe NORMAL template is the default template supplied with ES Designer. Itcontains current property settings as well as a selection of preset styles.These styles include variations on the current property settings. Forexample, <PRESET_SATIN_1> and <PRESET_SATIN_2> contains differentMy Style 1My New Style

Click to remove styleSelect styleES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 411stitch spacing settings for Satin stitches. You can view and modify thesettings for these styles at any time. See Modifying styles for details.Note If necessary, you can revert to the original NORMAL template aftermodifying it. See Reverting to the NORMAL template for details.Creating design templatesYou create templates from designs containing the required objects andproperty settings. Simply save the design, or elements of it, as a template.

Templates look the same as design files, but use the file extension EMT.Note You cannot overwrite templates by accident. Each time you create anew design from a template, ES Designer opens a duplicate. When you savethe design the first time, the Save As dialog opens so you can save thetemplate under a new name.To create a design template1 Start a new design or open an existing one.2 Adjust the property settings, styles, and effects as required.3 Add the objects and lettering you want to appear in the template.Tip You can enter lettering baselines on their own but it helps to includesample text. You can overtype the sample text when using the template.4 Select File > Save As.The Save As dialog opens.Select DesignTemplates (EMT)Enter template nameES 2006 Chapter 18 Object Properties, Styles and Templates 4125 Select Design Templates (EMT) from Save as type list.ES Designer automatically opens the ESWin\Template folder. Designtemplates must be saved here or they will not appear in the templatelist when you start a new design.6 Enter a name for the template in the File name field.7 Click Save.Using design templatesWhen you start a new design from the File > New menu, a list of theavailable templates appears in the New dialog. See Creating new designswith selected templates for details.Note The template list only appears when you start a design from the Filemenu. If you select the New tool on the Standard toolbar, the NORMALtemplate is applied by default. See also Creating new designs with theNORMAL template.Modifying design templatesYou can modify templates in the same way as a normal design.Note Changes apply only to future uses of the template. Existing designsbased on the template are not affected.To modify design templates1 Select File > Open.The Open dialog opens.2 Navigate to the ESWin\Template folder, then select Templates (EMT)from the Files of type list.The available template files display.3 Select the template you want to modify and click Open.4 Modify property settings, styles and other settings as required.5 Select File > Save As.The Save As dialog opens.6 From the Save as type list, select Templates (EMT).7 Enter the name of the template and click Save.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 413Tip To create a new template based on the modified one, type a newfile name and click Save.8 Click Yes to confirm.The modified template is ready for use.Saving current properties to a templateYou can easily save current property settings to the current template. Seealso Working with object properties.To save current properties to a template1 Access the Object Properties dialog.! To use the current property settings, deselect all objects, then click

the Object Properties icon.! To use the properties for a particular object, select the object, thendouble-click it.The Object Properties dialog opens.2 Change property settings as required. See Modifying current propertysettings for details.Use Object Properties (Standard toolbar) to change current properties.Select tabModify settingsas requiredClick to save tocurrent templateES 2006 Chapter 18 Object Properties, Styles and Templates 4143 Click Save.The modified settings are saved to the current template.Note Only the current property settings—not the objects or othersettings in the design—are saved to the template.Tip To save more than one set of property settings to the template, savethem as styles. See Defining new styles for details.Reverting to the NORMAL templateIf you modify the NORMAL template supplied with ES Designer, you canrevert to the original version. A factory copy is always maintained so thatthe NORMAL template can be restored.To revert to the NORMAL template1 Close ES Designer.2 Click the Windows Start button and select Programs > Wilcom ES>Revert.The Revert to Factory Template dialog opens.3 Select the Templates checkbox and click OK.The original settings for the NORMAL template are restored.Select TemplatesClick OKES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 415Deleting design templatesDelete templates in the same way as you would any other Windows file,using Windows Explorer. Templates are located in the ESWin\Templatefolder.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 416

Chapter 19

Specialized DigitizingTechniquesES Designer provides specialized digitizingfeatures to save time as you digitize, and forspecial effects and machine functions. There areinput tools for digitizing circles, stars, rings andappliqué objects, as well as methods for creatingrepeated or ‘backtracked’ duplicates, addingborders or filling holes. If your machine typesupports boring or sequining, you can useES Designer to digitize these effects as well.This section describes how to reinforce outlines. Italso describes how to digitize circles, stars andrings. Creating smooth joins, as well as bordersand filled holes are covered. You can also findinstructions for specialist digitizing with appliqué, sequins and boring.

Digitizing circles, stars and ringsES Designer provides special time-saving input tools for digitizing circles,stars, rings. Use the Ring and Circle tools to digitize circles or rings and theStar tool for smaller scale star effects. You can use any fill stitch type withcircles and ovals although Contour stitch only looks effective with long,narrow ovals.circle with Program Split star ring with ContourES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 417Digitizing circles and ovalsDigitize filled circles and ovals with a few clicks. You can use any fill stitchtype with circles and ovals although Contour stitch looks most effective withlong, narrow ovals.Tip To achieve a spiral contour fill effect for a circle, digitize the circle usinga different input method—e.g. Ring—leaving a small hole in the middle.To digitize circles and ovals1 Click the Circle/Star icon.2 Digitize the circle or oval.! Click to mark the center of the circle or oval. A circle outline attachesto the pointer.! Move the pointer until the outline is the required size, then click tomark the radius reference point.This point becomes the entry point for the whole object. The stitchangle will be perpendicular to the line connecting the center pointand the radius reference point.! To create a circle, press Enter.! To create an oval, click again to mark a second radius point, andpress Enter.Use Circle/Star (Input toolbar) to digitize filled circles and ovals.oval with Contourcircle withProgram Split190°

reference pointreferencepoint32centerES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 418Digitizing starsYou can digitize circles and ovals which use turning Zigzag stitches to createa ‘Star’ or ‘French dot’.Note Stars are only stitched using Zigzag. You cannot select a differentstitch type for this effect. See also Corresponding object and stitch types.To digitize stars1 Right-click the Circle/Star icon.2 Digitize the reference points for the star.! Click to mark the center of the star. A circle outline attaches to thepointer.! Move the pointer until the outline is the required size, then click tomark the radius reference point. This point becomes the entry pointfor the whole object.! To create a circular star, press Enter.! To create an oval star, click again to mark the second radius point,then press Enter.Digitizing ringsUse Circle/Star (Input toolbar) to digitize star shapes filled with Zigzagstitching.1

center2 reference pointUse Ring (Input toolbar) to digitize circle and oval-shaped rings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 419Create rings by digitizing circles and ovals within each other. Use differentcombinations of inner and outer boundary shapes to create different effects.You can digitize rings with a variety of fill stitch types. Contour stitch is wellsuited to rings, as it runs stitches around the ring in a spiral pattern. Seealso Corresponding stitch types, input methods, and effects.Tip Digitize the inner circle first to ensure that the stitches push outwards.To digitize rings1 Click the Ring icon.2 Digitize the inner boundary of the ring.! Click once to mark the center of the inner boundary. A circle outlineattaches to the pointer.! Move the pointer until the outline is the required size, and click tomark the radius reference point. This point becomes the entry pointfor the whole object.! Press Enter to create a circle, or click again to mark a second radiuspoint for an oval.The outline of the second boundary now attaches to the pointer.circle in oval oval in circle oval in ovalring with Satin ring with Contour ring with TatamiES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 4203 Digitize the outer boundary of the ring in the same way as the first, thenpress Enter.

Reinforcing outlinesUse Backtrack and Repeat to reinforce outlines while specifying thedirection of the stitching. Backtrack stitches in reverse direction to theoriginal. It is typically used to make run stitch outlines thicker withoutcreating unwanted connecting stitches. Repeat duplicates the original stitchdirection and is typically used with closed shapes.Note If you use Repeat for open shapes, a connecting stitch is insertedfrom the end to the start of the object which will require trimming.To reinforce outlines1 Select the object (or objects) to reinforce an outline.2 Click the Backtrack/Repeat icon to backtrack, right-click to repeat.The object is duplicated and placed on top of the original. It is the samecolor as the original and is positioned after it in the stitching sequence.3 Check that the object has been duplicated by using one of the followingmethods:Use Backtrack / Repeat (Pointer toolbar) to reinforce an outline, stitching itin the same or opposite direction.centerreferencepointreferencepoint1234referencepointUse Backtrack for open shapes Use Repeat for closed shapesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 421! Check the stitch count in the Status Line.! Use Slow Redraw. See Redrawing the stitching sequence slowly fordetails.! Travel through the stitches. See Viewing the stitching sequence for

details.

Removing underlying stitchingUse the Remove Overlaps command to remove the underlying layer ofstitching in overlapping objects. This helps to reduce the stitch count andprevent a build-up of stitches where they are not needed. See also Shapingvector and embroidery objects.To remove underlying stitching1 Select one or more ‘cutters’.2 Select Arrange > Remove Overlaps.Use Remove Overlaps (Arrange menu) to remove overlapping stitches.Select cuttersES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 422The Remove Overlaps dialog opens.3 In the Cutters panel, enter the minimum object width and themaximum stitch spacing allowed.These settings are useful if, for example, you choose an entire design asa cutter and wish to exclude objects, such as borders or details, lessthan a certain width. The Maximum Stitch Spacing setting allows youto exclude background stitches of a certain density.4 Select Accordion Allowed to include Accordion Spacing objects.By default, the software treats Accordion Spacing objects asbackgrounds and excludes them from the cutting operation. This optionallows you to include them.5 Enter the amount of overlap required in the Cutting Overlaps field.6 In the Minimum Fragments field, enter the size of the smallest objectthat will be produced after cutting.This eliminates the generation of small objects and unnecessary colorchanges.7 Click OK.Set ‘cutter’ valuesEnter amount of overlapEnter size of smallestpermissible objectCutting Overlap: 0.5 mm Cutting Overlap: 2.0 mm Cutting Overlap: 3.5 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 423The stitching overlap is removed.Tip You can use an entire design as a cutter excluding objects, such asborders or details, less than a certain width.

Splitting long stitches with Auto SplitIf a Satin shape is wide, some stitches may exceed the maximum stitch theparticular embroidery machine can produce. When Auto Split is applied,ES Designer breaks any long Satin stitches into shorter ones. It alsodistributes needle penetrations in a random pattern so that they do not forma line in the middle of the shape.While Auto Split is used primarily to prevent long stitches in wide columns,it can also be used as an alternative to Tatami fill. Auto Split looks moreSatin-like and works well with turning stitches, creating soft lines and a littlemore depth. By contrast, Tatami is flat and can show unwanted patternswith tight curves.Right-click Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Auto Split to new or selectedSatin objects.Auto Split OFF Auto Split ONES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 424Note If you want to preserve the Satin effect—for example, if only a fewstitches are too long—you can use Auto Jump instead. Auto Split must beturned off for Auto Jump to take effect. See Preserving long stitches withAuto Jump for details.If you do not apply either Auto Split or Auto Jump, the stitches are split intosmaller stitches of equal length. The line formed by the needle penetrations

will be visible in the final embroidery.To split long stitches with Auto Split1 Right-click the Satin icon.The Object Properties > Special dialog opens.2 Select the Auto Split checkbox.3 In the Length field, enter the maximum Satin stitch length to allowbefore Auto Split is applied.Stitches that exceed this value will be split into smaller stitches. Thisvalue can be smaller than the maximum stitch generally used in thedesign.Tip Use a length of 7.00 mm to preserve the Satin effect.Select Auto SplitAdjust max and minstitch lengthsLength: 5 mmMinimum Stitch: 0.4 mmLength: 4 mmMinimum Stitch: 0.4 mmLength: 3 mmMinimum Stitch: 0.4 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 4254 In the Minimum Stitch field, enter the shortest stitch that can begenerated when using Auto Split.5 Click Apply.Tip As an alternative to Auto Split, try a textured Tatami fill or ProgramSplit. Or, use User Defined Split to manage split lines in Satin fills. SeeTextured Fills for details.

Preserving long stitches with Auto JumpEmbroidery machines have a maximum possible stitch length which isdetermined by the frame movement limitations of the machine itself. If astitch exceeds this, it is broken into smaller stitches. This can affect theappearance of the embroidery, especially Satin fills. By applying Auto Jump,Length: 4 mmMinimum Stitch: 5 mmLength: 4 mmMinimum Stitch: 3 mmLength: 4 mmMinimum Stitch: 1 mmwith Tatami with Program Split with User Defined SplitES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 426you can preserve long stitches in an object by turning them into a series ofjumps.Note Auto Jump is applied by default to connectors. See also Using jumpsas connectors.Auto Jump can be used, for example, with manually digitized underlays. Itcan also be used to create quilted effects, for example, by applying it toSatin areas that are over-stitched with Run stitch or Motif Fill.To create a narrow column with more ‘loft’ than normal Satin, apply AutoJump, in conjunction with a suitable underlay, with the maximum stitchlength set to a small value—e.g. 6 mm. If the cover stitches are short,splitting them with a jump makes them looser and thus more effectivelyraised off the fabric. See also Strengthening and stabilizing with automaticunderlays.Note The maximum frame movement is defined in the software by themachine format values. See Adjusting standard machine format settings fordetails.Applying Auto JumpAuto Jump OFF Auto Jump ONUse Auto Jump (Stitch Types toolbar) to preserve long stitches in new andselected objects. Right-click to adjust settings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 427

Apply Auto Jump to objects with stitches that exceed the maximum stitchlength.Note Many machines trim by jumps. Thus, to prevent the trimmers beingactivated, usually only one or two jumps between needle penetrations maybe used. See also Setting trim functions.To apply Auto Jump! Click the Auto Jump icon with or without objects selected.With no objects selected, Auto Jump is applied to all new objects. Forboth new or selected objects, Auto Jump is based on current properties.! Click again to turn off the effect.Adjusting Auto Jump settingsYou can adjust Auto Jump settings to vary the length at which stitches areconverted to jumps, the length of the jumps themselves, and the method ofcalculating stitch length.To adjust Auto Jump settings1 Right-click the Auto Jump icon.jumpstitches—nottrimmedNO jump stitches—additionalneedlepenetrationsRight-click Auto Jump (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust settings.ES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 428The Object Properties > Auto Jump dialog opens.2 Select the Auto Jump checkbox.3 In the Maximum Stitch field, enter the maximum stitch length to allow.Stitches exceeding this value will have Auto Jump applied.Note This value must be smaller than or equal to the maximum stitchlength possible for the selected machine format. See Adjusting standardmachine format settings for details.4 In the Jump Length field, enter the length of each jump.Smaller jumps increase the time required to stitch out, but move theframe more smoothly across the design.5 In the Length Calculation panel, click the required method ofcalculating stitch length.! Along Radius: measures the distance between two consecutiveneedle penetrations.! Along Axis: measures either the horizontal or vertical movementrequired for the stitch.The option you select depends on the way your machine measures stitchlength. See your embroidery machine’s documentation for details.6 Click Apply.Select Auto JumpEnter maximum stitchand jump lengthsettingsSelect calculationmethodmeasured alongradius measured alongaxisYXmaximumstitchmaximum stitchmaximumstitchES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 429

Creating outlines and filling holesES Designer provides tools for quickly creating outlines and filled areasbased on existing boundaries. The Offset Object feature creates newoutlines (up to eight) from the outlines of selected objects with both fixedand variable spacings. The Filled Holes feature creates filled objects fromthe outlines of selected Complex Fill objects.Creating offset objects with fixed spacingsUse the Offset Object tool to quickly create new outlines from selectedobjects. Any closed object can be used, including vector objects, runs, orany of the input types. The generated outline is an independent object thatcan be reshaped or modified as required. Use offset objects to highlightdesign details—e.g. small Satin objects—or create seamless borders. Youcan center generated objects over the original outline or offset them.Various offset object types are available—Run, Triple Run, Motif Run orInput C, Backstitch, Stemstitch, or vector objects. You can even createoffset Complex Fill and Fusion Fill™ objects.To create offset objects with fixed spacings1 Select the source object.2 Click the Offset Object icon.Use Offset Object (Generate toolbar) to create accurate outlines for any filledembroidery object or any closed vector object.Run outline Stemstitch outline Motif outline Input C outlineES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 430The Offset Object dialog opens.3 Select Fixed Offset and enter the required offset in millimeters.! To center the generated object over the original, accept the defaultvalue of 0.00.! To position the generated object outside the original, enter a positiveoffset (e.g. 1.00).! To position the generated object inside the original, enter a negativeoffset (e.g. -1.00).Note For Complex Fill objects, offset objects are created around allboundaries. If necessary, select any unwanted objects, and press Delete.Enter required offsetEnter offset countSelect roundedor squaredcornersChoose targetobject typeReplace theoriginal object ifrequiredSource object Negative Offset Zero Offset Positive OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 4314 In the Offset Count field, enter the required number of offset objects.Note If the Use Spiral checkbox is selected, the offsets are joinedtogether to create one or more spirals, according to the geometry of theoriginal outline. The Offset Count field needs to be set to 2 or more.5 Select rounded or squared corners as required.Note The squared option allows you to adjust the angle limit—firstselect Cut Sharp Corners and set required angle value.6 From the Object Type list, select an object type for the offset object(s).Source object Offset Count: 1 Offset Count: 2 Offset Count: 3Spiral OffsetObject: 2Spiral OffsetObject: 3Spiral OffsetObject: 4Squared

Angle limit: 30°Squared RoundedAngle limit: 20°SquaredES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 432Note If you select Complex Fill as the outline object type, you get acomplete offset shape, not just an outline.Tip If you are using Input C, set the column width in the ObjectProperties dialog before you start as the default setting is generally toowide.7 Adjust the Approximation setting as required.This controls the smoothness of the generated object outline—the largerthe value, the smoother the curve. The smaller the value, the greaterthe number of reshape points.Tip If the value is set to zero, there is no approximation and thegenerated outline is unsmoothed. This is suitable for use with cuttingmachines.8 Choose to replace the original or source object with the offset object asrequired.If this option is selected, the offset object replaces the original in thesame position in the stitching order. The start and end points of theresultant object will be as close as possible to those of the source object.9 Click OK.Warning If angle lines in the offset object cross, they are removedone-by-one until the object can be generated. If this happens, you areprompted to continue.Creating offset objects with variable spacingsApproximation: 0 mm Approximation: 0.3 mm Approximation: 0.6mmUse Offset Object (Generate toolbar) to create accurate outlines for any filledembroidery object or any closed vector object.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 433The Offset List allows you to specify up to eight offsets with differentspacings. All objects are created by offsetting from the original selection.Offsets are cumulative.To create offset objects with variable spacings1 Select the source object.2 Click the Offset Object icon.The Offset Object dialog opens.3 Select Use Offset List and click Offset List.The Offset List dialog opens.4 Select the required number of offset objects using the checkboxes.Select variableoffsetSelect roundedor squaredcornersChoose a targetobject typeReplace theoriginal object ifrequiredSelect requirednumber ofoffsetsSpecify offsetvaluesES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 4345 Set the offset values for different spacings and click OK.The Result column gives you the cumulative total of each offset.6 Select other options as required. See Creating offset objects with fixedspacings for details.7 Click OK.

Filling holes in objectsCreate new objects from boundaries in Complex Fill or Fusion Fill™ objectsusing the Filled Holes feature. This lets you fill holes formed by existingboundaries, without having to re-digitize the shape. When you fill a hole, anew object is created using the current fill stitch type. You can choose to fillthe hole exactly or offset it.To fill holes in objects1 Select the source object.2 Select Insert > Filled Holes.Offset Object: 2 Offset Object: 3 Offset Object: 4Use Filled Holes (Insert menu) to create new objects from object outlines.positive offset-gapbetween objectsnegative offsetoverlappingobjectsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 435The Holes dialog opens.3 In the Offset field, enter the offset value.! To cover holes exactly, accept the default value of 0.00.! To leave a gap between the filled holes and the original object, entera positive offset (e.g. 1.00).! To overlap the filled holes and the original object, enter a negativeoffset (e.g. -1.00). Overlapping the objects prevents gapsappearing between them.4 Click OK.All holes in the object are converted to Complex Fill objects and are filledwith the current fill stitch type and color.You can modify the outlines and object properties of the filled holes inthe normal way.Note If you do not want to fill all the holes, select the unwanted newobjects, and press Delete.

Adding borders to designsEnter required offsetOffset: Source object 0.00 Offset: 1.00 Offset: -1.00Use Borders (Generate toolbar) to edit letters in envelopes on-screen.ES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 436Add decorative borders such as rectangles, ovals, and shields to designsusing the Borders library. When you add a border, it is automatically sizedto fit the current design. Adjust border thickness and size as required.To add borders to designs1 Open the design.2 Click the Borders icon.The Select Border dialog opens.3 Select a border and adjust the Border Width setting as required.The default is 3.00 mm. This value can be adjusted after insertion in thedesign.4 Click Make Current.Select borderClick to insertAdjust borderwidthES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 437The Select Border dialog closes and the border is generated to includeall design elements in the design window.5 Change the thread color as required.Note Thread color defaults to the last object in the design.6 Adjust border size as required. See Reshaping embroidery objects fordetails.

Digitizing for appliqué

Automatically create all the stitching you need for appliqué using the AutoAppliqué tool. When you digitize an object with Auto Appliqué, the guiderun, tacking and cover stitches are automatically generated using thecurrent Auto Appliqué settings. You can also extract appliqué shapes from adesign to output to a cutter or to a separate file. See Cutting appliquéshapes for details.Tip Apply Smart Corners to appliqué objects as required. See Controllingcorner stitching for details.Tip Print a copy of appliqué patterns to use in cutting out fabric pieces. Eachappliqué pattern piece is numbered according to the stitching sequence. SeePrinting appliqué patterns for details.Creating appliqué objectsUse Auto Appliqué to produce the stitchingyou require for appliqué objects. Appliquéobjects are digitized in the same way asComplex Fill objects and may have multipleboundaries.Tip You can also convert Complex Fill andvector objects to appliqué by selectingthem, then clicking the Auto Appliqué icon.Use Auto Appliqué (Input toolbar) to digitize appliqué objects.ES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 438To create appliqué objects1 Click the Auto Appliqué icon.2 Digitize the boundary of the appliqué, by marking reference pointsaround the outline of the shape.! Click to create a corner point.! Right-click to create a curve point.Tip Follow the prompts in the Prompt Line to help you digitize. If youmake a mistake, press Backspace to delete the last reference point, thencontinue digitizing.3 Press Enter to close the shape.4 Click the outline to set the stitch entry and exit points or press Enter toaccept the defaults.5 If prompted to do so, mark the frame-out position.! To use the current frame out values, press Enter. See also Adjustingthe default frame-out position.! To specify a frame out position, click a point on the design.Note If you select None as the Frame Out option in the ObjectProperties > Auto Appliqué dialog for both guide and tack stitching,you will not be prompted to enter a frame out position. See Adjustingguide run settings or Adjusting tacking settings for details.6 Press Enter.frame outpositionES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 439Up to four layers of stitching—guide run, cutting line, tack andcover—are generated for the appliqué object, depending on the currentAuto Appliqué values.Tip When you stitch out an appliqué object, the machine stops betweenlayers. Before you start, lay the fabric over the design and start themachine. When the guideline has been stitched, trim the excessappliqué material and start the machine again for the tack and coverstitch.Adjusting guide run settingsA guide run is a layer of run stitches around the outline of an appliquéobject. It is the first appliqué layer stitched and is used to position theappliqué fabric on the background material. You can adjust the guide run

stitch length, offset and frame-out setting.To adjust guide run settings1 Right-click the Auto Appliqué icon.The Object Properties > Special dialog opens.2 Enter Stitch length and Offset values as required in the Guide Runpanel.Right-click Auto Appliqué (Input toolbar) to adjust Auto Appliqué guide runsettings.Adjust settings forguide run stitchingES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 440A negative offset value moves the guide run within the outline, a positivevalue moves it outside.3 Select a Frame Out option to insert a Stop or Color Change functionafter the guide run.Note If you select None for both guide and tack stitching, you will notbe prompted to enter a frame-out position.4 Click Apply.Adjusting the default frame-out positionWhen you stitch out appliqué objects, you can set a frame-out position. Thisshifts the hoop out from under the needle, making it easier to place and trimthe appliqué shapes. The frame-out settings determine the distance anddirection of the hoop movement.To adjust the default frame-out position1 Right-click the Auto Appliqué icon.The Object Properties > Special dialog opens.2 In the Frame Out panel, set the frame-out coordinates.Offset: 1 mm Offset: -1 mm Offset: 0 mmRight-click Auto Appliqué (Input toolbar) to adjust Auto Appliqué frame outsettings.Set frame outcoordinatesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 441! X: enter a horizontal distance for the hoop to move.! Y: enter a vertical distance for the hoop to move.3 Click Apply.Adjusting tacking settingsTacking is used to fix appliqué shapes to a background fabric before coverstitching is applied. You can change the stitch type and settings used togenerate tacking, or choose to omit this layer altogether.To adjust tacking settings1 Right-click the Auto Appliqué icon.The Object Properties > Special dialog opens.2 In the Tack panel, select a tack stitch type.If you do not require a tacking layer, select None.Right-click Auto Appliqué (Input toolbar) to adjust Auto Appliqué tackingsettings.Select tack stitch typeAdjust settings fortack stitchingtacking: E Stitch tacking: ZigzagES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 4423 Select the tack stitch settings. Depending on the selected stitch type,you can set different stitch properties:! Stitch Length: stitch length value for Run stitch only.! Spacing: stitch spacing value for E Stitch and Zigzag.! Count: number of stitch repetitions for Zigzag only.! Width: column width value for Zigzag and E Stitch.! Offset: negative offset value moves the tack stitching within the

outline, a positive value moves it outside (Run stitch only).! No. of Runs: number of runs between stitches for E Stitch only.! Inside/Outside: offset value as a percentage—the sum of bothequals 100%.4 Select a Frame Out option to insert a Stop or Color Change functionafter the tack stitching.Note If you select None for both guide and tack stitching, you will notbe prompted to enter a frame-out position.5 Click Apply.Adjusting cover stitch settingsThe cover stitch is the Satin border around the appliqué shape. You canchange the width of the cover stitch, and offset it to the inside or outside ofthe digitized outline. An extra line of stitching can be added if you need totrim the appliqué fabric in position. If the fabric has been pre-cut, thiscutting line is not needed.To adjust cover stitch settings1 Right-click the Auto Appliqué icon.inside: 25% outside: 75% inside: 50% outside: 50% inside: 75% outside: 25%Right-click Auto Appliqué (Input toolbar) to adjust Auto Appliqué cover stitchsettings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 443The Object Properties > Special dialog opens.2 In the Cover panel, adjust the cover stitch settings.! Width: enter the width of the Satin column.! Inside/Outside: offset value as a percentage—the sum of bothequals 100%.3 Select an appliqué cutting method.! Pre-Cut: no cutting line.! Trim in Place: creates a cutting line.Adjust coverstitch settingsinside: 10% outside: 90% inside: 90% outside: 10%Select cuttingmethodES 2006 Chapter 19 Specialized Digitizing Techniques 444Tip A cutting line is only generated if Trim in Place is selected. Placethe fabric patch after the placement line has been stitched, then trimafter the cutting line has been stitched.4 Click Apply.Tip Ungroup the auto-appliqué object, then Select All and generate thestitches. You now have a guide stitch, cutting line, tack down and coverstitch that are separate objects. This allows you to edit them separatelyor resequence by color. This technique is useful when you have multipleauto-appliqué objects in the same design.Creating partial cover appliqué objectsYou can create appliqué objects with partial coverstitching to create an overlapping effect withoutdoubling-up borders.Tip Print a copy of appliqué patterns to use incutting out fabric pieces. Each appliqué patternpiece is numbered according to the stitchingsequence. See Printing appliqué patterns fordetails.To create partial cover appliqué objects1 Digitize appliqué shapes in the same way you digitize with AutoAppliqué.Right-click Auto Appliqué (Input toolbar) to digitize appliqué objects. SelectPartial Appliqué (Stitch menu) to create appliqué objects with partial coverstitching.

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 445Note If the appliqué has holes, digitize the shape in the same way asComplex Fill with Holes so that the software can recognize the holes.2 Select the appliqué shapes in the group and select Stitch > PartialAppliqué.Note The cover stitches are generated in a clockwise direction betweenthe start and end points, leaving the rest of the boundary unstitched.unstitched part ofboundarypartial coverES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 446

Chapter 20

Textured FillsES Designer provides special tools tocreate textured effects from needlepenetrations. Use Stipple Run forspecial stippled effects. Apply offsetfractions and partition lines to Tatamifills to create split-line patterns.Alternatively, apply Program Split orFlexi Split to create decorative fills frompre-defined patterns of needlepenetrations. Select from the library orcreate your own. With User-DefinedSplit, create your own split lines whenyou want to add detail to filled objects.This section describes how to applytextures to fills, and how to adjust their settings to get the results you want.Details of Tatami offsets and partition lines are explained, as well as how tocreate textures with Program Split and Flexi Split. Adding details withUser-Defined Split is also covered.

Creating textures with stipplingStippling is a method for creating textured fills of run stitching whichmeanders more or less randomly within a border. It can be applied to closedobjects with a single stitch angle. You can control stitch density in StippleUse Stipple Run (Generate toolbar) for special stippled effects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 447objects by adjusting stitch length and loop spacing. See Correspondingobject and stitch types for details.Note When creating Stipple objects, you need to preset the stitch values.You can, however, adjust the stitch settings of the generated Run object viathe Object Properties dialog.To create a texture with stippling1 Create a closed curve object of some kind and select it.2 Click the Stipple icon.The Stipple dialog opens.Adjust stitchsettingsChoose whether toreplace originalobjectES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 4483 Adjust the Stitch Length as required.4 Adjust Minimum Stitch Length and Chord Gap as required.5 Adjust the Loop Spacing as required.6 Choose whether to preserve the original object or replace it with thegenerated stipple object.

7 Click OK.Stitch length: 0.25 mm Stitch Length: 0.75 mm Stitch Length: 1.5 mmMin stitch length: 0.1 mmChord Gap:0.01 mmMin stitch length: 0.4 mmChord Gap:0.03 mmMin stitch length: 0.7 mmChord Gap:0.05 mmLoop Spacing: 1.0 mm Loop Spacing: 2.0 mm Loop Spacing: 3.0 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 449Tip You can change run stitch settings of stipple objects in the ObjectProperties dialog. You can even change run stitch type—e.g. Triple Run,Stemstitch, Backstitch, etc.

Creating textures with Tatami offsetsWith Tatami fills you can specify how each row is offset in order to createpatterns formed by needle penetrations. You do this by adjusting eitheroffset fractions or partition lines. With only two offsets available, the numberof patterns is limited, but even with small offsets, visible lines are produced.Partition lines, with up to eight offsets, can create more patterns. Using arandom factor you can eliminate patterns formed by regular needlepenetrations and distribute stitches randomly inside the shape.Tip Auto Split can be used to create special textures in Satin stitches as analternative to Tatami fill. See Splitting long stitches with Auto Split fordetails.Use Tatami (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply to new or selected objects.Right-click to adjust settings.Stipple with Stemstitch Stipple with Satin Stipple with BackstitchTatami Offset Partition Lines Random FactorES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 450Setting Tatami offset fractionsThe Tatami offset default settings are designed to create a needlepenetration pattern or texture in the stitched embroidery that is uniformlyflat and smooth. The texture is like a woven Tatami mat without obvious splitlines. By manipulating offset fractions, you can create textured fills wherethe stitch penetrations are more clearly visible.To control the patterns created by needle penetrations you set offsetfractions for both forward and backward rows. Offsets for each row aredefined as fractions of stitch length—e.g. 0.3 = 30%.Tip By adjusting the offsets, you can also improve the quality of turningTatami where the pattern may be disturbed by non-parallel stitches.Changing the offsets can reduce this interference.To set Tatami offset fractions1 Right-click the Tatami icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Tatami dialog opens.2 Select the Offset Fraction option.3 In the A: and B: fields, enter the offset fraction values you require.Use Tatami (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Tatami offset fractions.default offset values textured fill stitch penetrations visibleSelect Offset FractionEnter offset fraction valuesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 451Different combinations of offset settings create different effects.! Even stitching: set both fields to 0.25.! Strong horizontal lines: set both fields to 0.00 or 1.00. Thedistance between each line of needle penetrations is the stitchlength.! Light horizontal lines: set both fields to 0.5. Lines are produced athalf stitch-length intervals.! Diagonal lines: set both fields to any value other than 0.00, 0.50and 1.00. Diagonal lines are less noticeable than horizontal or

vertical lines. Vary both values to change the angle of the lines andthe distance between them.! Other: set one field to 0.00, and experiment with the other valuesto place the needle penetrations on the forward and backward rowsclose to each other, but with different effects.A=0.00, B=0.00 A=0.50, B=0.50 A=0.25, B=0.25A=0.50, B=0.25 A=0.30, B=0.60 A=0.40, B=0.00offset: A=0.3, B=0.6stitch length: 4 mmoffset: A=0.3, B=0.6stitch length: 3 mmoffset: A=0.3, B=0.6stitch length: 2 mmES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 452Note If A-B offsets add up to 1.0, the lines will be horizontal. If the sumis less than 1.0, the lines will slope down, more and they slope up. Themirror image of ‘A=0.3 and B=0.6’ is ‘A=0.7 and B=0.4’. That is, themirror of A and B is 1.0-A and 1.0-B.4 Click Apply.Applying Tatami partition linesThe Partition Line feature provides an alternative method for offsettingneedle penetrations in Tatami fills. Two parameters can be set—Sequenceand Angle.Setting the sequencePartition Line allows you to specify up to eight Tatami offsets. Each stitchlength is split into ‘knots’ numbered anywhere from 0 up to 7. For example,A=0.30, B=0.60 A=0.50, B=0.50 A=0.70, B=0.40Use Tatami (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Tatami partition lines.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 453a typical partition sequence number might be 20143. This translates to thefollowing pattern.In this partition sequence (20143), there are five rows of stitches indicatedby the five digits. The stitch length is also divided into five knots numbered0 to 4. (In any pattern, both the number of rows and the number of knotsare determined by the number of digits in the sequence number.)The first digit in the sequence, 2, is the knot number at which the needlepenetration will occur in the first row. The second digit, 0, is the knotassigned to the second row. And so on. Thus, each row in a partitionsequence is assigned a digit which represents a particular knot.Note Because Partition Line allows you to specify only up to eight Tatamioffsets (0 to 7), the software ignores digits 8 and 9 and nothing appears inthe entry field.Setting the angleIf you imagine lines drawn through the rows and partition knots, they forma grid, as seen above. You can skew the grid formed by the partition knotsto further vary the needle penetrations. For example, the partition sequence20143 at a 45° angle produces the following stitch pattern:knot 0row 1row 2row 3row 4knot 1knot 2knot 4row 5knot 3stitch lengthknot 0row 1row 2row 3

row 4row 5ES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 454To apply partition lines1 Right-click the Tatami icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Tatami dialog opens.2 Select the Partition Line option.3 In the Sequence field, enter the partition sequence number.In any pattern, both the number of rows and the number of knots aredetermined by the number of digits in the sequence number. See Settingthe sequence for details.4 In the Angle field, enter the grid angle you require. See Setting theangle for details.5 Click Apply.Select Partition LineEnter partition sequenceand grid angleSequence: 11 Sequence: 012 Sequence: 01Sequence: 11Angle: 135Sequence: 11Angle: 45ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 455Applying random factorsUsing a random factor you can eliminate the split line patterns formed byregular needle penetrations and distribute the stitches randomly inside theshape. This can create interesting mottled effects.To apply random factors1 Right-click the Tatami icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Tatami dialog opens.Right-click Tatami (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply random factors andeliminate split line patterns.Random factor: 0%Random factor: 50%Enter random factorES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 4562 In the Random field, specify a random factor between 0% and 100%.Tip A value of around 50% generally gives good results.3 Click Apply.

Creating textures with program splitsProgram Split is a decorative fill stitch in which the needle penetrations forma tiled pattern. Select a pre-defined pattern or create your own.Note For a complete catalog of samples, see Program Split Samples.Applying Program SplitYou can apply Program Split to a wide variety of objects. The currentProgram Split values are set in the Object Properties > Fills dialog. Youcan adjust these either before or after applying the effect. See alsoCorresponding stitch types, input methods, and effects.random factor: 10%offset fraction A: 0.25, B: 0.25random factor: 50%offset fraction A: 0.25, B: 0.25random factor: 100%offset fraction A: 0.25, B: 0.25Use Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to create decorative fill stitcheswhere needle penetrations form a tiled pattern. Right-click to adjust settings.Click Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply the effect to new orselected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 457To apply Program Split! Click the Program Split icon.

Program Split stitching is applied to new or selected objects, based onthe current Program Split settings.Tip Turn on TrueView or click the Show Needle Points icon to see theProgram Split effect.Selecting and sizing program split patternsYou can select a wide variety of program split patterns from the ObjectProperties dialog. Select the pattern either before or after digitizing theobject. Set the exact program split pattern size in the Object Propertiesdialog.Note For a complete catalog of samples, see Program Split Samples.To select program split patterns1 Right-click the Program Split icon.Right-click Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to select patterns.ES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 458The Object Properties > Fills > Program Split dialog opens.2 Select a pattern from the dropdown list.Alternatively, click the arrow button to expand the pattern list forTrueView representations of patterns and select one.3 In the Size X field, enter the required width of each fill pattern.4 In the Size Y field, enter the required height of each fill pattern.5 Click Apply.Selecting Combination Split optionsStandard program split consists of a Satin foreground and background—i.e.Satin-in-Satin. In effect it is a Satin stitch with a complicated user-definedsplit. If the patterns do not overlap you may get jump stitches occurring inthe background. In this case, you can select from different combinations ofSatin and Tatami stitches. There are two possiblecombinations—Satin-in-Tatami and Tatami-in-Tatami. Tatami inClick to expand Click to select patternpattern listpattern previewEnter pattern widthand heightSelect patterndefault values Size X and Size YdecreasedSize X increasedRight-click Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to access Combination Splitoptions.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 459combination with Satin also offers a different, flatter look to standardSatin-in-Satin.To select Combination Split options1 Right-click the Program Split icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Program Split dialog opens.2 In the Combination Split panel, click the icon you require.! Satin-in-Satin: The needle penetrates the fabric only where thepatterns intersect the stitch rows. This is the standard program splitstitch type, which produces the smallest number of stitches.! Satin-in-Tatami: The foreground of the pattern uses Satinstitching, while the background is filled with Tatami. Use this optionto avoid long stitches when the patterns are small but the columnand row spacings are wide.! Tatami-in-Tatami: Both foreground and background use Tatami.Select this option for large objects and patterns to avoid longstitches.3 Click Apply.Satin-in-Satin Satin-in-Tatami Tatami-in-TatamiSatin-in-TatamiSatin-in-Satin Tatami-in-Tatami

Satin-in-Satin Satin-in-Tatami Tatami-in-TatamiES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 460Adjusting column and row spacing settingsSet the exact row and column spacing in program split objects. Column androw spacing settings determine the distance between grid lines. Patterns areplaced at intersection points—the center of each pattern coincides with anintersection.The initial settings define a simple grid, where the spacing equals thedimensions of the pattern. The row offset is set to 0.00 mm so columns androws are perpendicular.Note Spacing is measured from the start of each pattern. Thus, to definea new spacing setting, add the distance you require between patterns to theoriginal setting. Reducing it will cause the patterns to overlap.To adjust column and row spacing settings1 Right-click the Program Split icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Program Split dialog opens.2 In the Column panel, set the spacing and offset settings for columns inthe pattern grid.! Spacing: the distance between each vertical column of patterns.Right-click Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to access column and rowspacing settings.default spacing values column spacing increased row spacing decreasedSet column spacingand offset valuesSet row spacing andoffset valuesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 461! Offset: the distance by which to offset patterns in each column.3 In the Row panel, set the spacing and offset settings for rows in thesame way as for columns.4 Click Apply.Adjusting program split stitch settingsSpecify the stitch length, minimum stitch length and spacing settings forprogram split objects, in the same way as for other fill stitch types.To adjust program split stitch settings1 Right-click the Program Split icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Program Split dialog opens.2 In the Stitch Spacing field, enter the required spacing.For Tatami this is the distance between two forward rows of stitches, forSatin, the distance between each forward stitch.3 In the Length field, enter the stitch length.This is the maximum stitch length to be generated in the fill.default spacing values column spacing increased row spacing decreasedRight-click Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust stitch settings.Adjust stitch spacing, lengthand minimum lengthES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 4624 In the Min Len field, enter the length of the shortest stitch to begenerated.5 Click Apply.Adjusting program split offset settingsWith all three program split combinations—Satin-in-Satin,Satin-in-Tatami and Tatami-in-Tatami—you can vary the pattern byapplying offset settings to rows and/or columns. Using Tatami incombination with Satin offers a different, flatter look to standardSatin-in-Satin. With these combinations, you can also provide backgroundtexture with Tatami stitch offsets.Column and row offsetsThe column and row offsets determine the angle of the grid lines by shifting

rows and/or columns relative to each other. If both offsets are set to ‘0’, thegrid lines are perfectly vertical and horizontal. As a rule, it only makes senseto use values between 0 and half the pattern size. For example, if thepattern is 8 mm, select row and column offsets between 0 mm and 4 mm.Tatami stitch offsetsWhen using Tatami stitch in the program split combinations Satin-in-Tatamior Tatami-in-Tatami, you can also control Tatami stitch offsets. In effect,default spacing values stitch spacing increased stitch spacing decreasedRight-click Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust row and columnoffset settings.column and row offset: 0 row offset: 3 column offset: 3 column and row offset: 3ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 463Tatami stitch becomes the background pattern with the program splitsuperimposed. Tatami is mainly used to avoid long stitches, so it should nothave a distinct appearance which may obscure the program split pattern.Therefore, typical offsets are in the range 0.2 mm to 0.4 mm. See alsoCreating textures with Tatami offsets.To adjust program split offset settings1 Right-click the Program Split icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Program Split dialog opens.2 Enter an offset for each column of the pattern in the Column > Offsetfield.Tip As a rule, it only makes sense to use values between 0 and half thepattern size. For example, if the pattern is 8 mm, select row and columnoffsets between 0 mm and 4 mm.offset A: 0 offset A: 0.25 offset A: 0.4 offset A: 0.75Enter columnoffsetEnter row offsetEnter stitchoffsetcolumn offset: 1.00 column offset: 2.50 column offset: 4.00ES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 4643 Enter an offset for each row of the pattern in the Row > Offset field.4 Enter a stitch offset in the Stitch > Offset A field.This offset controls where the needle penetrations line up for each rowof stitching.5 Click Apply.Applying program split random factorsYou can eliminate unwanted patterns and distribute stitches evenly within ashape using a random factor. Apply random factors to program splits thatuse combinations of Satin-in-Tatami or Tatami-in-Tatami.Note The random factor does not affect the deliberate needle penetrationsthat form the pattern.To apply program split random factors1 Right-click the Program Split icon.row offset: 1.00 row offset: 2.50 row offset: 4.00offset A: 0.00 offset A: 0.25 offset A: 0.50Right-click Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust random factorsetting.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 465The Object Properties > Fills > Program Split dialog opens.2 Enter a value in the Random field—specify a factor between 0% and100%.Tip Values of around 50% generally give good results.3 Click Apply.Laying out program split patterns on-screenYou lay out program splits on-screen in a similar way to Motif Fills by using‘guide patterns’ to scale, space, transform and offset the entire pattern fill.There are three blue guide patterns. Other sample patterns appear in

yellow. Each guide pattern lets you change different elements of the layout.When you change a guide pattern, all patterns in the fill change accordingly.See also Laying out motif fills on-screen.Enter random factor valuerandom factor: 0% random factor: 25% random factor: 90%Right-click Program Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust layout options.ES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 466Tip Generally you define the layout of the fill before digitizing the object. Ifit is important to align the patterns with the object boundary, digitize theobject using the current settings, and change the layout afterwards.To lay out program split patterns on-screen1 Right-click the Program Split icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Program Split dialog opens.2 Select a pattern from the dropdown list.Alternatively, click the arrow button to expand the pattern list forTrueView representations of patterns and select one.3 Click Layout.Sample and guide patterns appear in the design window. When youchange a guide pattern, all patterns in the fill change accordingly.Tip Zoom in to select the correct guide pattern.4 Adjust the guide patterns to achieve the effect you require.! Move patterns by selecting the middle guide pattern and dragging itto a new position.Select patternClick to changepattern layoutUse top guide pattern to change rowspacing, row offset, and to scale patternsUse side guide pattern tochange column spacing, and toscale patternsUse middle guide pattern tomove, rotate, skew, andscale patternsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 467! Scale patterns by selecting a guide pattern and resizing it using theselection handles.! Rotate patterns by clicking the middle guide twice to display therotation handles. Click a corner handle and drag to rotate.! Skew patterns by clicking the middle guide twice, then dragging theskew handles.! Change column spacing by selecting the side guide and dragging itleft or right.Drag thepatternScaleproportionallyScalehorizontallyScale verticallyrotateskewanchorES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 468! Change column offset by selecting the side guide and dragging it upor down.! Change row spacing and offsets in the same way as columns.5 Press Esc to finish.The size and layout settings you select become the current Program Splitsettings.Tip To revert to the original factory settings, run the Revert utility. SeeReverting to factory settings for details. Alternatively, enter the values

manually in the Object Properties > Fills > Program Split dialog andclick Save. See Program Split Samples for details.6 Digitize the object outline as you normally would.Change columnspacingChangeoffsetChange rowspacingChangeoffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 469Note Digitize the stitch angle carefully when creating objects filled withprogram split. The needle penetrations are placed where the lines of thepattern intersect the stitch rows. If the rows are parallel with the linesof the pattern, they will rarely intersect, and the pattern may not bevisible. A 45° stitch angle is suitable for most patterns.Making program split patternsMake your own patterns to use in program split fills. Create patterns fromthe outlines of embroidery objects or from drawing objects.Note Patterns you create can also be used for Flexi Split effects.To make program split patterns1 Select the object (or objects) you want to use for the pattern.2 Select Special > Make Program Split.The Make Program Split dialog opens.3 Enter a name in the Make Program Split dialog.You are prompted with a confirmation message.4 Click OK.The new pattern is automatically selected in the Pattern list.Enter patternnameA-My Program Split

ES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 470Editing program split patternsEditing a pattern changes the actual pattern, not just the object layout. Seealso Laying out program split patterns on-screen.To edit program split patterns1 Right-click the Program Split icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Program Split dialog opens.2 Select a pattern and click Edit.The pattern appears in the design window.Tip Press Shift+0 to zoom in on the pattern.3 Scale, transform or reshape the pattern as required.! See Arranging and Transforming Objects for details.! See Converting and Reshaping Objects for details.4 Select Special > Make Program Split with the pattern selected.The Make program Split dialog opens.Select patternClick to edit patternEdit patternEnter patternnameA-My New Program Split

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 4715 Enter a name for the pattern in the Make Program Split dialog.! To create a pattern based on the old one, enter a new name.! To overwrite the original pattern, enter the name of the original.6 Click OK.The pattern is automatically selected in the Pattern list.

Creating textures with Flexi Split

Flexi Split is a decorative effect where one or morelines of a program split pattern are used in theobject fill. The pattern follows the stitch angle andmay be scaled to fit the width of the object. Thereare four different Flexi Split effects. Use the existingpatterns for Flexi Split or create your own. See alsoMaking program split patterns.Applying Flexi SplitYou can apply Flexi Split to a wide variety of object and stitch types. It isintended for use with objects with turning stitches or constantly changingcolumn width. You can adjust Flexi Split values either before or afterapplying the effect. See also Corresponding stitch types, input methods, andeffects.To apply Flexi Split! Select an object and click the Flexi Split icon.The effect is applied based on the current Flexi Split settings.Use Flexi Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply a decorative effect to new orselected objects. Right-click to adjust settings.ES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 472You can also activate the effect with no objects selected. It then appliesto all newly created objects.Tip Turn on TrueView or click the Show Needle Points icon to see theeffect of Flexi Split.Selecting Flexi Split patterns and optionsYou select Flexi Split patterns and options from the Object Properties >Flexi Split dialog.To select Flexi Split patterns and options1 Right-click the Flexi Split icon.The Object Properties > Flexi Split dialog opens.2 Select the Flexi Split checkbox.Right-click Flexi Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to select patterns and options.Click to select patternSelect Flexi SplitSelect optionPattern previewClick to expandpattern listSelect patternES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 4733 Select a pattern from the dropdown list.Alternatively, click the arrow button to expand the pattern list forTrueView representations of patterns and select one.4 Select one of four Flexi Split options.5 Adjust size and spacing settings as required. See Adjusting Flexi Splitsettings for details.6 Click Apply.Adjusting Flexi Split settingsYou can adjust Flexi Split settings to vary size, shape indent, spacing andpattern offsets.To adjust Flexi Split settings1 Right-click the Flexi Split icon.The Object Properties > Flexi Split dialog opens.2 Select the Flexi Split checkbox.3 Select a pattern from the dropdown list.Right-click Flexi Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust settings.Enterdimensions oflargest patternSelect FlexiSplit option

Enter spacingand offsetsEnter distancebetween first patternand first stitch lineSelect Flexi SplitSelect patternES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 474Alternatively, click the arrow button to expand the pattern list forTrueView representations of patterns and select one. See also SelectingFlexi Split patterns and options.4 In the Size X and Size Y fields, enter the dimensions of the largestpattern in the effect.5 In the Indent field, enter the distance between the first pattern and thefirst stitch line.6 In the Column panel, enter spacing and offset settings as required:! Spacing: the distance between each column of patterns in theeffect.! Offset: the distance by which each pattern repeat is offset.Note If you selected an option that uses more than one row of patterns,the fields in the Row panel are available.7 In the Row panel, enter spacing and offset settings as required.8 Click Apply.default indent values Indent: 2 mm Indent: 4 mmdefault column values column spacingdecreasedcolumn offset valuechangeddefault column and rowvaluescolumn and row spacingdecreasedrow offset value changedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 475

Creating user-defined splitsUser-Defined Split lets you add detail to filledobjects by digitizing lines of needlepenetrations called ‘split lines’. Split lines arestored as object properties. They arepreserved when stitches are regeneratedeven if you apply a different stitch type.Note Split lines are not part of the object outline and cannot be reshapedwith the rest of the object.Creating new objects with User-Defined SplitSelect User-Defined Split before digitizing to add split lines to new objects.As you digitize, you are prompted to enter the split lines. You digitize themin the same way as Run objects. You can define multiple splits if required.Tip Satin is the most suitable stitch type for User-Defined Split as there areno initial needle penetrations inside the shape.To create new objects with User-Defined Split1 Select a fill input method and stitch type.2 Click the User-Defined Split icon.3 Digitize the object boundaries, entry and exit points and stitch angle asyou normally would, following the prompts in the Prompt Line.4 Digitize a split line over the object when prompted, then press Enter.Use User-Defined Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to create your own split lineeffects. Right-click to adjust settings.ES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 476Repeat this step for additional split lines.Tip For best results, digitize split lines approximately perpendicular tothe stitch angle.

5 Press Enter.Applying User-Defined Split to selected objectsAdd split lines to an existing object bydigitizing the required line over it, thenconverting it to a split line. Digitize thesplit line using an input method—e.g.Run—or a vector drawing tool.To apply User-Defined Split to selected objects1 Select an input method or drawing tool to digitize the split line.Tip Use any input method—including fill input methods—as only theoutlines are used to create the split lines.2 Digitize a split line on top of the filled object, using left and right-clicksto enter reference points, and press Enter.Digitize object outline Digitize split line Generate stitchesUse User-Defined Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply the effect to selectedobjects. Right-click to adjust settings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 477To create more than one split line, repeat this step.Tip To use existing objects to create split lines, simply move the objecton top of the filled object you are creating lines for.3 Select the split line object (or objects).4 Select Special > Make Lines For > User Defined Split.5 Press Delete to remove the split line object (or objects).6 Select the filled object on which you digitized split lines.7 Click the User Defined Split icon.Tip Turn on TrueView or click the Show Needle Points icon to view theeffect.Splitting alternate linesThe User-Defined Split feature sometimes creates a split line which is toohard for certain applications such as Schiffli design work. The SplitAlternate Stitch Lines setting softens the split line.To split alternate lines1 Select a user-defined split object.2 Right-click the User Defined Split icon.The Object Properties > Decorative dialog opens.Right-click User-Defined Split (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply split lines.user-definedsplitES 2006 Chapter 20 Textured Fills 4783 Select the Split Alternate Stitch Lines checkbox.4 Click Apply.Split lines are softened.Select to soften split linesplit linesappliedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 479

Chapter 21

Artistic Stitch EffectsES Designer provides manyartistic effects and stitch types tocreate textured and contoured fillstitching.Use Jagged Edge to create roughedges, shading effects, or imitatefur and other fluffy textures.Apply Trapunto effect to moveunderlying travel runs to the edges

of an object so that they can’t beseen through open stitching.Accordion Spacing varies stitchspacing between dense and openfill, producing shading and coloreffects which are difficult toachieve manually. The Color Blending effect creates interestingperspective, shading and color effects by blending two colored layers. Thecolors are merged smoothly from one to another using a mixture of denseand open fill.Create interesting ‘chiaroscuro’ effects with Contour. Choose betweenStandard and Spiral. For another type of curved effect, use Florentine Effectto curve needle penetrations along a digitized line. Liquid Effect allows youto enter twin guidelines.This section describes how to create artistic effects with Jagged Edge,Accordion Spacing, and Color Blending, and how to adjust their settings toget the results you want. Creating contoured stitch effects with the Contourfeature is also covered, as well as how to create curved fills with FlorentineEffect and Liquid Effect.Tip ES Designer also provides special tools to create patterns from needlepenetrations. These include Program Split, User Defined Split and FlexiSplit. See Textured Fills for details.ES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 480

Creating jagged edgesUse Jagged Edge to create rough edges, shading effects, or imitate fur andother fluffy textures. See also Corresponding stitch types, input methods,and effects.Note Jagged Edge does not work with Contour stitch.Applying Jagged EdgeApply Jagged Edge to create a rough edge along one or more sides of anobject. Change settings before or after applying the effect. See AdjustingJagged Edge settings for details.To apply Jagged Edge! Click the Jagged Edge icon.The effect is applied to new or selected objects, based on the currentJagged Edge settings.Tip For objects filled with Tatami, use Diagonal backstitch for the bestresults. See Selecting a Tatami backstitch for details.Click Jagged Edge (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply the effect to new orselected objects.side 1 jagged side 2 jagged both sides jaggedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 481Adjusting Jagged Edge settingsAdjust Jagged Edge settings to change the side of the object to which theeffect is applied. You can also set the range within which stitches will fall.To adjust Jagged Edge settings1 Right-click the Jagged Edge icon.The Object Properties > Decorative dialog opens.2 Select the Jagged checkbox.3 Select the side to apply the effect to—Side 1, Side 2, or Both Sides.Right-click Jagged Edge (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Jagged Edgesettings.Adjust JaggedEdge settingsSelect JaggedEdgeSide 2 Both Sides Side 1ES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 4824 In the Roughness field, enter a value between 1 and 10 to indicate the

required degree of jaggedness. The larger the value, the more variationin the stitch length.5 In the Range field, enter the margin within which you want the stitchesto fall.6 Click Apply.

Creating open stitching with Trapunto‘Trapunto’ traditionally refers to quilting in which a design is outlined withtwo or more rows of running stitches and then padded from the undersideto achieve a raised effect. For a consistent ‘puffed’ look, rows need to beseparated with fixed spacing. In ES Designer, the Trapunto effect istypically used in combination with open stitching to fill backgrounds or forRoughness: 1Range: 5Roughness: 5Range: 5Roughness: 10Range: 5Range: 1.5Range: 4Use Trapunto (Stitch Types toolbar) to force underlying travel runs to theedges of a selected object. Right-click to adjust Trapunto settings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 483shading effects where the absence of travels under the fill is more importantthan exact spacing.The Trapunto effect automatically moves underlying travel runs to the edgesof an object so they can’t be seen. It also applies consistent row spacing andprevents segments from overlapping, regardless of the Overlapping Rowssetting. Without it, travel runs, spacing variations and overlapping rowsbetween segments are visible and can spoil the effect of open stitching.Another major use of Trapunto is with color blending which is created by acombination of Trapunto and Accordion Spacing. Accordion Spacing extendsthe usefulness of Trapunto by providing a simple way to produce variationin a filled pattern and the illusion of depth in a design. Trapunto andAccordion Spacing can also be combined with Liquid and Florentine effectsto produce curved color blending. See also Creating color blending effectsand Creating curved fills with Florentine Effect.Note The Trapunto feature is only available with Complex Fill objects usingTatami stitching.To create open stitching with Trapunto1 With or without a Complex Fill object selected, right-click the Tatamiicon.The Object Properties > Fills > Tatami dialog opens.2 In the Stitch Spacing field, enter the required stitch spacing.Complex Fill / Tatamiobject withoutTrapunto effectComplex Fill / Tatamiobject with TrapuntoeffectAdjust stitch spacingES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 484The larger the value, the more open the spacing.3 Click Apply.4 With the Complex Fill object selected, click the Trapunto icon.Travel runs and overlapping rows are removed and consistent rowspacing applied.Note Trapunto effect overrides whatever Tatami Backstitch settingscurrently apply. See also Selecting a Tatami backstitch.

Creating accordion spacing effectsAccordion Spacing varies the stitch spacing between dense and open fill,

producing shading and color effects which are difficult to achieve manually.Eight different Accordion Spacing effects are available. When you useAccordion Spacing, the current spacing settings—including Auto Spacingand Fractional Spacing—are ignored. However, other stitch effects will stillapply. See also Corresponding stitch types, input methods, and effects.Tip Apply Trapunto effect to force underlying travel runs to the edges of anobject so that they can’t be seen through open stitching. See Creating openstitching with Trapunto for details.Spacing: 5 mm Spacing: 3 mmUse Accordion Spacing (Stitch Types toolbar) to vary stitch spacing betweendense and open fill. Right-click to adjust settings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 485Applying Accordion SpacingUse Accordion Spacing to create perspective effects and shading.You can apply it using the current settings. These can be adjusted and thetype of Accordion Spacing changed either before or after you apply it.Tip You cannot use Accordion Spacing with Contour stitch or Motif Fill.However, you can also use Accordion Spacing over standard Tatami to createinteresting shading effects.To apply Accordion Spacing! Click the Accordion Spacing icon.The effect is applied to new or selected objects, based on the currentAccordion Spacing settings.Adjusting Accordion Spacing settingsUse the Object Properties dialog to select the Accordion Spacing type andset the minimum and maximum spacings.Tip Because of the open stitch, Accordion Spacing is best used withoutAuto Underlay.To adjust Accordion Spacing settings1 Right-click the Accordion Spacing icon.Click Accordion Spacing (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply the effect to new orselected objects.maximumspacingminimumspacingRight-click Accordion Spacing (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust settings.ES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 486The Object Properties > Accordion dialog opens.2 Select the Accordion Spacing checkbox.3 In the Profile panel, click an Accordion Spacing icon.4 In the Values panel, enter new spacing values as required.! Maximum Spacing: the largest spacing value to allow.Select Accordion SpacingSelect spacing effectAdjust spacing settingsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 487! Minimum Spacing: the smallest spacing value to allow.Tip Apply Trapunto effect to force underlying travel runs to the edgesof an object so that they can’t be seen through open stitching. SeeCreating open stitching with Trapunto for details.5 Click Apply.

Creating color blending effectsFrom sunsets to wood grains, the Color Blending effect creates interestingperspective, shading and color effects by blending colored layers. Two colorsare merged smoothly from one to another using a mixture of dense andopen fill. The effect is created by duplicating the object, then applyingAccordion Spacing and Trapunto to both layers which are then grouped.There are four Color Blending effects—linear stitch spacing, exponential

spacing, convex or concave spacing, and wavy spacing.Color Blending can be applied to ungrouped objects filled with Satin, Tatami,Zigzag, E Stitch, or Program Split stitch, or objects outlined with Satin orE Stitch.Applying Color Blendingmax spacing: 3.5 mm max spacing: 6 mm min spacing: 1 mm min spacing: 3 mmClick Color Blending (Generate toolbar) to apply the effect to selectedobjects.ES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 488Use the Color Blending effect to create color blends, perspective effectsand shading. Select which type of Color Blending to use, and set the spacingsettings in the Color Blending dialog.Note Color Blending cannot be applied to grouped objects. Ungroup, selectthe object, then apply Color Blending.To apply Color Blending1 Select the object.2 Click the Color Blending icon.The Color Blending dialog opens.3 In the Top Layer panel, select a profile and color, and set spacingvalues.4 Repeat this step with the Bottom Layer panel.maximumspacingminimumspacingSelect firstSpacing effectSelect first colorSelect second colorSelect secondSpacing effectSelect firstspacingSelect secondspacingES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 4895 Click OK.Tip To prevent underlay stitching from showing through, deselect AutoUnderlay. Trapunto effect is applied by default. See also Strengtheningand stabilizing with automatic underlays and Creating open stitchingwith Trapunto.Adjusting Color Blending settingsObjects with Color Blending can be resized, rotated and skewed withoutlosing the color blending effect. However, reshaping the object is notrecommended. Editing a Color Blending object is limited. The two objectsmust first be ungrouped and the separate objects edited according toAccordion Spacing settings such as color, profile, and spacing. SeeCreating accordion spacing effects for details.To adjust Color Blending settings1 Select the blended object and ungroup it.2 Select one of the objects and change the color as required.3 Double-click the object to open the Object Properties dialog.Top and Bottom LayerLinear ProfileTop and Bottom LayerExponential ProfileTop and Bottom LayerConvex ProfileTop and Bottom LayerWave ProfileES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 4904 Click the FX button and select the Accordion tab.

5 Select a profile and adjust spacing settings as required.6 Click Apply.7 Repeat the process for the second object and re-group the objects.

Creating contoured stitch effects‘Contour’ is a curved fill stitch type—stitches follow the contours of a shape,creating a curved, light and shade effect. It only works on columnar shapes.There are two types—Standard and Spiral—both of which can be appliedto a variety of objects. See also Corresponding object and stitch types.Standard ContourStandard Contour creates rows of stitches across the shape, perpendicularto the digitized stitch angle. The number of stitch lines is constant, so theSelect spacing effectAdjust spacing settingsUse Contour (Stitch Types toolbar) to create curved fills where stitches followthe contours of the shape. Right-click to adjust Contour settings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 491stitching is denser where the shape is narrower, and more open where theshape is wider.Spiral ContourSpiral Contour creates a single, continuous line of stitching that spiralsaround to fill the shape. Typically, it is used for rings and borders, but it isalso suitable for other closed shapes.Spiral Contour can only be used with closed shapes with two outlines suchas rings. If a shape is not properly closed, it will be filled with StandardContour instead. You cannot use Spiral Contour with Circle objects.Tip To fill a solid shape with Spiral Contour, create a closed object with avery small hole at the center. For example, to create a circle filled with SpiralContour, digitize a thick ring with a very small inner boundary.Applying Contour stitch to fillsApply Contour to filled objects in the same way as other stitch types—byselecting it from the toolbar either before or after digitizing.Standard ContourSpiral Contourcircle with Spiral Contourcreated from a ringClick Contour (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Contour stitch to new orselected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 492To apply Contour stitch to fills! Click the Contour icon.Contour stitch is applied to selected objects based on the settings in theObject Properties dialog. See Adjusting Contour stitch settings fordetails.Tip When you digitize shapes with pointed ends—e.g. leaves,diamonds, stars—cut the ends to prevent the stitches from bunching.Selecting Contour stitch typesApply Standard or Spiral Contour to new or existing objects in a design.To select Contour stitch types1 Right-click the Contour icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Contour dialog opens.2 In the Type panel, click a contour type icon.Right-click Contour (Stitch Types toolbar) to select Contour stitch types.stitch bunchingat sharp ends12 34567

8 91012 3456 78Input BInput BSelect contour typeSelect backstitch typeES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 493! Standard: lays rows of stitches back and forth along the shape.! Spiral: fills the shape with a continuous spiral of stitches.3 In the Backstitch panel, click a backstitch type icon.! Standard: creates backstitch rows that are slightly shorter than theforward rows, reducing small stitches. Suitable for high density fills.! Borderline: creates parallel backstitch rows to give a smooth,well-defined edge. Suitable for lower density fills.Note If the spacing is small, Borderline backstitch will not be applied.This is to prevent damage to the fabric from the large number of smallstitches that are generated.4 If required, adjust the Contour stitch settings. See Adjusting Contourstitch settings for details.5 Click Apply.Adjusting Contour stitch settingsSet the stitch settings for Contour fills to adjust the stitch length, spacingand offset fraction.To adjust Contour stitch settings1 Right-click the Contour icon.StandardSpiralBorderlineStandardRight-click Contour (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Contour stitch settings.ES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 494The Object Properties > Fills > Contour dialog opens.2 In the Length field, enter an approximate stitch length.Each stitch is adjusted to distribute the stitches evenly throughout theshape. See Adjusting Tatami stitch spacing and length for details.3 In the Spacing field, enter the maximum spacing value.This value is used at the widest part of the shape. As the shape narrows,the spacing decreases. See Adjusting Tatami stitch spacing and lengthfor details.4 In the Offset Fraction field, enter the required offset value.Adjust stitch valuesAdjust offset settingAdjust variablestitch settingsstitch length3.6 mmstitch length1.5 mmstitch spacing:3.0 mmstitch spacing:1.5 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 495The offset fraction controls the pattern of needle penetrations to achieveeven distribution of stitches and prevent needle penetrations fromforming unwanted lines.5 In the Vary Stitch Length panel, set the variable stitch length values,

if required. See Setting variable run stitch lengths for details.6 Click Apply.

Creating curved fills with Florentine EffectFlorentine Effect can be applied to Complex Fill objects to create a flowingstitch effect along a digitized line. The stitches follow the digitized line butmaintain uniform density and needle penetration patterns. The digitizingmethod varies, depending whether you are applying the effect to new orexisting objects. See also Creating curved fills with Liquid Effect.Note For all other object types, use Standard Contour to achieve curvedstitching.too big offset: 1 mm,unwanted linesdefault offset: 0.25 mm,stitches evenly distributedVariable Length selected,stitch values varyVariable Length not selected,stitch values fixedES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 496Creating new objects with Florentine EffectTo apply the effect to new Complex Fill objects, select Florentine Effectbefore starting.Tip For best results, use smaller stitch lengths—e.g. 4.00 mm or less.To create a new object with Florentine Effect1 Click the Complex Fill icon and select Tatami stitch.2 Click the Florentine Effect icon.3 Digitize the boundaries, and entry and exit points of the Complex Fillobject following the prompts.4 Digitize the guideline you want the stitches to follow.Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to create an embroidery object.Use Florentine Effect (Stitch Types toolbar) to create user-defined curvedstitching.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 497The guideline must intersect both sides of the object, have at least threepoints, and must not overlap itself. Curves generally give better resultsthan sharp corners.5 Press Enter.Tip Use the Reshape Object tool to change the shape of the curve. SeeApplying Florentine Effect to existing objects for details.Applying Florentine Effect to existing objectsApply Florentine Effect to existing Complex Fill objects in a design. Thenuse the Reshape Object tool to adjust the guideline.To apply Florentine Effect to existing objects1 Select an object.Note The Florentine Effect icon is only available with Complex Fillobjects using a suitable stitch type.2 Click the Florentine Effect icon.3 With the object still selected, click the Reshape Object icon.Use Florentine Effect (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply curve stitching toexisting objects.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to adjust control points of theguideline.ES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 498A default guideline with three corner control points appears.4 Reshape the guideline by moving, adding, changing or deletingreference points.5 Press Enter.ES Designer regenerates the stitches along the new curve.Tip Turn on TrueView or click the Show Needle Points icon to view the

results.Applying Florentine Effect to multiple objectsYou can apply Florentine Effect to multiple objects in a design by copyingthe properties of the first object and applying them to other objects.Use Florentine Effect (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply curve stitching tomultiple objects.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to adjust control points of theguideline.Click Make Properties Current (Styles toolbar) to make the properties of aselected object current for the design.Use Apply Current Properties (Styles toolbar) to apply current settings toselected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 499To apply Florentine Effect to multiple objects1 Select an object.Note The Florentine Effect icon is only available with Complex Fillobjects using a suitable stitch type.2 Click the Florentine Effect icon.3 With the object still selected, click the Reshape Object icon.A default guideline with three corner control points appears.4 Reshape the guideline so that it overlaps the objects you want toinclude.5 Press Enter.ES Designer regenerates the stitches of the first selected object alongthe curve.6 With the first object selected, click the Make Properties Current icon.The stitch properties of the first object, including the florentine effect,now become the current settings. See Making selected object propertiescurrent for details.7 Apply the current settings to each of the other objects with the ApplyCurrent Properties tool. See Applying current settings to existingobjects for details.Apply currentsettings to selectedobjectES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 500Tip Turn on TrueView or use the Show Needle Points tool to view theresults.!Adjusting Florentine Effect settingsIn a Florentine Effect fill, stitch lengths vary to adjust the needle pointpattern to the curve of the digitized line. You can specify how ES Designercalculates the stitch length by choosing between Nominal and Maximum.The Nominal setting generates roughly the same number of fill stitches aswith normal stitching. The Maximum setting generally produces smoothercurves than Nominal, but the stitch count is higher.Tip Use Maximum when the curve is tight with respect to the stitch length.To adjust Florentine Effect settings1 Right-click the Florentine Effect icon.The Object Properties > Curve dialog opens.2 Select the Florentine Effect checkbox.3 Select the required stitch length calculation option:! Nominal: the average length of the fill stitches matches the StitchLength setting.Right-click Florentine Effect (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust settings.Select Florentine EffectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 501! Maximum: the longest stitch matches the Stitch Length setting.4 Click Apply.

Creating curved fills with Liquid EffectLiquid Effect is similar to Florentine Effect except that you enter twinguidelines for stitches to follow in Complex Fill objects. This means thatstitches at the top of a shape can follow a different guideline to those at thebottom. The change between the two guidelines is distributed evenly toproduce smooth stitching.Creating new objects with Liquid EffectnominalmaximumUse Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to create an embroidery object.Use Liquid Effect (Stitch Types toolbar) to create curved stitch effects withtwo guidelines.ES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 502Unlike Florentine Effect, Liquid Effect guidelines are digitized outside theobject, rather than over it. If any part of a guideline crosses the objectboundary, an error message appears.Tip You can also apply the Liquid Effect to existing objects. To get therequired shapes, select the object and adjust the guidelines using ReshapeObject icon.To create new objects with Liquid Effect1 Click the Complex Fill icon and select Tatami stitch.2 Click the Liquid Effect icon.You are prompted to enter the first point of boundary 1 of the object.3 Digitize the boundaries, entry and exit points and stitch angle of theComplex Fill object following the prompts.Note You are not prompted to digitize the stitch angle.4 Digitize the first guideline around the outside of the object.You must enter at least three reference points.5 Press Enter.guideline 1ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 503You are prompted to enter the second guideline. Notice that the pointerhas elastic lines attached to it. These lines join each side of the guidelineshape.6 Digitize the second guideline in the same direction of the first, markingat least three reference points.Note The two guidelines must not overlap or intersect the objectoutline.7 Press Enter.Tip To modify the guidelines, select the object and then the ReshapeObject icon. Click-and-drag the guidelines into the required shapes, andpress Enter.Adjusting Liquid Effect settingsAs with Florentine Effect fill, you can specify how ES Designer calculatesthe stitch length by choosing between Nominal and Maximum.Tip Use Maximum when the guideline is tight with respect to the stitchlength.guideline 1guideline 2Right-click Liquid Effect (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust settings.ES 2006 Chapter 21 Artistic Stitch Effects 504To adjust Liquid Effect settings1 Right-click the Liquid Effect icon.The Object Properties > Curve dialog opens.2 Select the Liquid Effect checkbox.3 Select the required stitch length calculation option:! Nominal: the average length of the fill stitches matches the StitchLength setting.

! Maximum: the longest stitch matches the Stitch Length setting.4 Click Apply.Select LiquidEffectNominal MaximumES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 505

Chapter 22

Motif Runs and FillsMotifs are pre-defined design elements, such as hearts, leaves or borderpatterns. They generally consist of one or more simple objects, and arestored in a special motif set.With Motif Run and Motif Fill you can use simple motifs such as hearts,leaves or border patterns to create ornamental runs and textured fills.Create your own motifs or use the ones provided with the software. Motifscan be scaled, rotated and mirrored in the same way as other objects. Using3D Warp with motif fills, you can also create interesting three dimensionaleffects.This section describes how to insert motifs into your design, and how torotate, mirror and scale them. It explains how to manage motifs, includinghow to create your own motifs and motif sets. It also describes how tocreate both motif runs and motif fills, as well as how to apply 3D effects tomotif fills.

Creating motif runsMotif Run is an input method that creates motif repeats along a digitizedline. You can create decorative outlines using any motif from the selectionES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 506list. You can modify the rotation angle, orientation and scale, and vary thespace between motifs.Creating Motif Run objectsUse the Motif Run tool to create a string of motifs along a digitized line. Youcan select motifs in the Object Properties dialog before or after digitizing.You can also adjust scale and spacing settings.Tip You can also apply Motif Run to other selected run objects such as Run,Stemstitch, etc. See Converting between run objects for details.To create a Motif Run object1 Click the Motif Run icon.2 Digitize the line along which you want the motif to appear by enteringreference points.! Click to add a corner point! Right-click to add a curve point.3 When you have finished digitizing the line, press Enter.An outline of the current motif attaches to your cursor.! To use the original size and orientation of the motif press Enter.Use Motif Run (Input toolbar) to create a string of motifs along a digitized line.Resize motifoutline to scaleES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 507! To scale the motif, move the pointer until the motif is the requiredsize, click, then press Enter.! To mirror the motif, right-click then press Enter.Tip You can combine scaling and mirroring.Selecting motifs for motif runsYou can select motifs to use before or after digitizing a motif run. If you useMotif Run without selecting a motif, a default will be used. To change amotif after digitizing, use the Object Properties dialog as described here.See also Selecting and inserting single motifs.

Note For a complete catalog of samples, see Motif Samples.To select a motif for motif runs1 Select a Motif Run object.2 Right-click the Motif Run icon.Right-click Motif Run (Input toolbar) to select motifs to use with Motif Run.ES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 508The Object Properties > Outlines > Motif Run dialog opens.3 Select a motif set from the Set list.There are two pre-defined sets—Single Motifs and Two-Part Motifs.Two-Part Motifs are more appropriate to motif fills but can be used formotif runs as well. You can also define your own motif sets. See Creatingmotif sets for details.4 Select a pattern from the dropdown list.Alternatively, click the arrow button to expand the motif list for TrueViewrepresentations of motifs and select one.5 Click Apply.The selected Motif Run object is updated according to the motif selected.Tip Select a motif with no object selected and click Apply to make theselection current.Select motifSelect motif setSelect motifClick to expandmotif listMotif previewES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 509Scaling motifs in motif runs to an exact sizeYou can set the exact size of motifs in a Motif Run by entering thedimensions in the Object Properties dialog.Note You can enter motif dimensions before or after digitizing the object.To scale motifs in a motif run to an exact size1 Select a Motif Run object.2 Right-click the Motif Run icon.The Object Properties > Outlines > Motif Run dialog opens.3 In the Size X and Size Y fields, enter horizontal and vertical dimensionsfor the motifs.4 Click Apply.Tip You can also scale motifs as you digitize Motif Run objects. SeeCreating Motif Run objects for details.Right-click Motif Run (Input toolbar) to scale motifs in Motif Run.Enter horizontal andvertical dimensionsOriginal run Scaled in X Scaled in YES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 510Adjusting Motif Run spacingAdjust the spacing between each motif in a Motif Run before or afterdigitizing. See Saving motifs for details.To adjust Motif Run spacing1 Select a Motif Run object.2 Right-click the Motif Run icon.The Object Properties > Outlines > Motif Run dialog opens.3 In the Spacing field, enter the distance between each repetition of themotif.If they do not fit the baseline exactly, ES Designer adjusts the spacingto make them fit:! If the space remaining at the end of the baseline is less than half amotif, the extra space is spread evenly between the motifs.Right-click Motif Run (Input toolbar) to adjust Motif Run spacing.Original spacing Spacing increased Spacing decreasedEnter distance between

motif repetitionsspacing initial spacingES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 511! If the space is larger than half a motif, ES Designer inserts an extramotif, and slightly overlaps the motifs to distribute them evenlyalong the baseline.Tip You can reshape the baseline to achieve the exact spacing yourequire. See Reshaping Motif Run objects for details.Keeping or omitting motifsIf you are digitizing adjoining lines with Motif Run, you can omit the lastmotif of the current object—or the first motif of the next object—to avoid anoverlap where the lines join.Note You can adjust these settings either before or after digitizing theobject.To keep or omit motifs1 Select a Motif Run object.2 Right-click the Motif Run icon.Right-click Motif Run (Input toolbar) to select whether to keep or omit firstand last motifs.First and lastmotifs keptFirst motif kept,last motif omittedES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 512The Object Properties > Outlines > Motif Run dialog opens.3 Choose whether to keep or omit first and last motifs.4 Click Apply.Reshaping Motif Run objectsReshape Motif Run objects in the same way as you reshape lettering objects.See also Special Lettering Features.To reshape Motif Run objects1 Select a Motif Run object and click the Reshape icon.Control points appear around the motifs.2 Adjust the outline and motif spacings as required:! Reposition and/or change reshape nodes from corner to curve.! Add or delete reshape nodes.Choose whether to keep oromit first and last motifsUse Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape selected Motif Run objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 513! Click-and-drag individual motifs to adjust spacing.3 Adjust the size of the whole object as required:! Drag the vertical resize handle to scale the height of the object.! Drag the horizontal resize handle to scale the width of the object.! Drag the proportional resize handle to scale the objectproportionally.4 Click the diamond control point of the motif to activate reshape nodes:! Drag resize handles to scale the motif.! Drag the skew handle to skew the motif.! Drag the rotate handle to rotate the motif.5 Press Esc to finish.Drag to shiftmotifSelect and pressSpacebar to togglebetween corner andcurve reshape nodesRight/left-clickto add reshapenodeDrag to scale

object height Drag to scaleobjectproportionatelyDrag to scaleobject widthClick to activate Drag to resize motifreshape nodesDrag toskew motifDrag torotate motifES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 514

Creating motif fillsMotif Fill is a decorative stitch used for filling Complex Fill objects. Thisfeature repeats motifs in parallel rows to fill the shape. You can selectdifferent motifs for forward and backward rows. You can design the motiflayout on-screen, or by adjusting settings in the Object Properties dialog.Creating Motif Fill objectsDigitize Complex Fill objects with Motif Fill or apply it to existing ComplexFill objects to create decorative fill stitching using current settings. You canselect motifs in the Object Properties dialog before or after digitizing. Youcan also adjust scale and spacing settings.Note The stitch angle has no effect on motif layout.To create a Motif Fill object1 Click the Complex Fill and Motif Fill icons.2 Digitize an object.Use Complex Fill (Input toolbar) to create an object to apply Motif Fill to.Use Motif Fill (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Motif Fill to objects using currentsettings. Right-click to change settings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 515As soon as the entry and exit points are entered the Motif Fill stitchesare generated using current settings. See Digitizing complex shapes fordetails.Tip You can generate layers of colored motifs by duplicating an objectand selecting a different color. For example, after filling a shape withcircles, you can create a second layer, apply a different color and motif,and offset it from the first. You can even apply effects such as Globe Outto the whole motif fill. See also Applying 3D effects to motif fills.Selecting motifs for motif fillst

Select from a wide range of motifs in the Object Properties dialog. You canmix and match different motifs for forward and backward rows, or use thesame motif for each. See also Using two-part motifs in motif fills.Note For a complete catalog of samples, see Motif Samples.To select a motif for motif fills1 Right-click the Motif Fill icon.Use Motif Fill (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply Motif Fill to objects using currentsettings. Right-click to change settings.ES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 516The Object Properties > Fills > Motif Fill dialog opens.2 In the Motif 1 panel, select a motif set to choose from and select a motiffrom the dropdown list.Alternatively, click the arrow button to expand the motif list for TrueViewrepresentations of motifs and select one. See also Selecting motifs formotif runs.3 If you want different motifs for forward and backward rows, select theMotif 2 checkbox.4 In the Motif 2 panel, select the motif to use in the backward row fillusing the same method.Note You can scale Motif 1 and Motif 2 motifs independently. See

Scaling motifs to an exact size for details.5 Click Apply.Select motif set toselect from forforward rowSelect motif forbackward rowSelect motif forforward rowSelect motif set toselect from forbackward rowSame motif selected forforward and backwardrowsDifferent motifselected forbackward rowES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 517Using two-part motifs in motif fillsES Designer provides two pre-defined motif sets. One contains single motifsfor fills which use the same pattern in both forward and backward rows. Theother set is intended for use with two-part motifs which use complementarypatterns for forward and backward rows.Note For a complete catalog of samples, see Motif Samples.To use two-part motifs in motif fills1 Right-click the Motif Fill icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Motif Fill dialog opens.2 In the Motif 1 panel, select the two-part motif set and select a motiffrom the dropdown list.Click Motif Fill (Stitch Types toolbar) to select the current motif. Select theMotif Fill object, and click Properties to change the properties of Motif Fillobjects.Select two-part motifset to select from forforward rowSelect complementarymotif for backward rowSelect motif forforward rowSelect two-part motifset to select from forbackward rowES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 518Alternatively, click the arrow button to expand the motif list for TrueViewrepresentations of motifs and select one. See also Selecting motifs formotif runs.3 Select the Motif 2 checkbox to add a complementary backward row andagain select the two-part motif set from the dropdown list.4 In the Motif 2 panel, select a complementary motif to use in thebackward row.The pre-defined two-part motif set is specially designed to providecomplementary motifs for forward and backward rows—e.g. ‘Duet01a’and ‘Duet01b’.Note You can scale Motif 1 and Motif 2 motifs independently. SeeScaling motifs to an exact size for details.5 Click Apply.Adjusting Motif Fill spacing and offset settingsYou can adjust the exact row, column and spacing settings for motif fills. Thedefault settings define a simple grid where the spacing equals the motifdimensions. The row offset is set to 0.00 mm so columns and rows areperpendicular.Right-click Motif Fill (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust the exact row, column

and spacing settings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 519Note Spacing is measured from the start of each motif. So to define newspacing settings, add a distance between motifs to the original spacing.Reducing the original setting causes motifs to overlap.To adjust spacing and offset settings1 Right-click the Motif Fill icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Motif Fill dialog opens.2 Select a motif set and motif. See Selecting motifs for motif fills fordetails.3 Enter column spacing in the Column > Spacing field.4 Enter row spacing in the Row > Spacing field.5 Enter row offset in the Row > Offset field.Enter columnspacingEnter rowspacing andoffsetScale and clipmotifs to fitshaperow spacingchangedoffsetchangedES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 5206 Select the Scale motifs to fit grid checkbox to scale motifs to exactlyfit the grid squares.7 Select the Clip motifs to fit shape checkbox to clip motifs that do notfit the shape.Note If more than half a motif is outside the boundary, it will beomitted.8 Click Apply.Scaling motifs to an exact sizeYou can set the exact size of motifs in a fill. You can also scale Motif 1 andMotif 2 motifs independently to create special effects.Scale motifs tofit grid OFFScale motifs tofit grid ONClip motifs to fitshape OFFClip motifs to fitshape ONRight-click Motif Fill (Stitch Types toolbar) to scale motifs to an exact size.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 521To scale motifs to an exact size1 Right-click the Motif Fill icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Motif Fill dialog opens.2 Select a motif set and motif. See Selecting motifs for motif fills fordetails.3 In both panels, enter the dimensions of motif 1 and 2 for the forwardand backward rows:! Size X: Enter motif width.! Size Y: Enter motif height.Note If you want the same motifs for forward and backward rows,deselect the Motif 2 checkbox.4 Click Apply.Enter motif width andheight of forward rowsEnter motif width andheight of backward rows

Motif 1: default sizeMotif 2: default sizeMotif 1: size adjustedMotif 2: default sizeMotif 1: default sizeMotif 2: size adjustedES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 522Rotating motif fills by an exact amountt

The rotation angle defines the orientation of the entire motif fill pattern. Itoverrides the stitch angle you set when digitizing the shape with ComplexFill.To rotate a motif fill by an exact amount1 Right-click the Motif Fill icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Motif Fill dialog opens.2 Select a motif set and motif. See Selecting motifs for motif fills fordetails.3 In the Rotation field, enter the rotation angle of the fill.4 Click Apply.Right-click Motif Fill (Stitch Types toolbar) to rotate motifs by an exactamount.Enter rotationangleRotation: 0° Rotation: 30° Rotation: 90°ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 523Laying out motif fills on-screenLay out motif fills on-screen in a similar way to program splits by using‘guide motifs’ to scale, space, transform and offset the entire motif fill. Thereare three blue guide motifs. Other sample motifs appear in yellow. Eachguide motif lets you change a different element of the layout. When youchange a guide motif, all other motifs change accordingly. See also Layingout program split patterns on-screen.Motif Fill does not have a column offset since motifs are connected alongeach row. Instead you can rotate the layout to achieve a similar effect. SeeRotating motif fills by an exact amount for details.Tip Generally you define the layout of the motif fill before digitizing theobject. If it is important to align motifs with the object boundary, digitize theobject using current settings, and change the layout afterwards.To lay out Motif Fills on-screen1 Right-click the Motif Fill icon.The Object Properties > Fills > Motif Fill dialog opens.2 Select a motif set and motif. See Selecting motifs for motif fills fordetails.Right-click Motif Fill (Stitch Types toolbar) to access layout options.Click to lay outselected motifES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 5243 Click Layout.Sample and guide motifs appear in the design window. When youchange a guide motif, all motifs in the fill change accordingly.Tip Zoom in to select the correct guide motif.4 Adjust the guide motifs to achieve the effect you require.! Move motifs by selecting the middle guide motif and dragging it to anew position.! Scale motifs by selecting a guide motif and resizing it using theselection handles.! Rotate motifs by clicking the middle guide twice to display therotation handles. Click a corner handle and drag to rotate.Use top guide motif to change rowspacing, row offset, and to scale motifsUse side guide motif to change

column spacing, and to scalemotifsUse middle guide motif tomove, rotate, skew, andscale motifsScaleproportionallyScalehorizontallyScaleverticallyES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 525! Skew motifs by clicking the middle guide twice, then dragging theskew handles.! Change column spacing by selecting the side guide and dragging itleft or right.! Change row spacing by selecting the top guide and dragging it up ordown.rotateskewanchorChangecolumnspacingES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 526! Change row offset by selecting the top guide and dragging it left orright.5 Press Esc to finish.The size and layout settings you select become the current Motif Fillsettings.Tip To revert to the original factory settings, run the Revert utility. SeeReverting to factory settings for details. Alternatively, enter the valuesmanually in the Object Properties > Fills > Motif Fill and click Save.See Motif Samples for details.

Applying 3D effects to motif fillsUse the 3D Warp tool with motif fills to create three dimensional effects.You can make shapes appear concave or convex using Globe In or GlobeOut. You can also create distance effects using Perspective. You can apply3D Warp as you digitize, or apply it to existing motif fills.Tip Small stitches may be generated along the edge of objects using 3DWarp. You can remove these automatically. See Removing small stitchesautomatically for details.Change rowspacingChangeoffsetWithout 3D Warp Globe In Globe Out PerspectiveES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 527Applying and adjusting 3D Warp with Globe In/Globe OutUsing Globe In with 3D Warp gives a concave effect by increasing the motifsize and spacing around a center point. Globe Out gives a convex effect bydecreasing motif size and spacing.You can apply Globe In and Globe Out to an entire object, or to a specifiedpart of the fill. You can modify the effect by adjusting the guide frame.To apply and adjust 3D Warp with Globe In/Globe Out1 Select the Motif Fill object.Note To apply 3D Warp to newly created objects, make sure you haveno objects selected.2 Right-click the 3D Warp icon.The Object Properties > Curve dialog opens.3 Select the 3D Warp checkbox, and select Globe In or Globe Out from

the list.4 Click Apply.Click 3D Warp (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply 3D effects to selected motiffills. Right-click to change settings.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape selected 3D Warp objects.Select 3D WarpSelect Globe In orGlobe OutES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 528The Globe In or Out effect is applied to the selected object.5 To make further adjustments, click the Reshape icon with the objectselected.A guide frame appears around the object with three control points.6 Adjust the control points to modify the effect as required:! Top point: change frame height! Side point: change frame width! Center point: reposition frame.7 Press Enter.Tip You can generate layers of colored motifs by duplicating an objectand selecting a different color. For example, after filling a shape withcircles, you can create a second layer, offset it, and apply a differentcolor. You can then apply effects such as Globe Out to the whole motiffill.Complex FIll object Globe In appliedwith Motif FillGlobe Out appliedORClick-and-dragto repositionframeClick-and-dragcontrol pointES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 529Applying and adjusting 3D Warp with PerspectiveUse Perspective with 3D Warp to create a perspective effect byexaggerating relative sizes.Note You need to adjust the guide frame for Perspective 3D Warp tospecify the direction in which to make motifs larger and smaller.To apply and adjust 3D Warp with Perspective1 Select the Motif Fill object.Note To apply 3D Warp to newly created objects, make sure you haveno objects selected.2 Right-click the 3D Warp icon.The Object Properties > Curve dialog opens.3 Select the 3D Warp checkbox, and select Perspective from the list.4 Click Apply.5 Click the Reshape icon.Click 3D Warp (Stitch Types toolbar) to apply 3D effects to selected motiffills. Right-click to change settings.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape selected 3D Warp objects.Select 3D WarpSelect PerspectiveES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 530A guide frame appears around the object.6 Adjust the frame to move the guidelines closer together or further apart.Warning The guide frame must not cross the outer boundary of theshape, and cannot be inside the shape.7 Press Enter.The perspective effect is applied.

Working with single motifs

You can add motifs to your design one-by-one. Rotate, scale, or mirrormotifs as you add them or edit them like any other object.Selecting and inserting single motifsAdd motifs to your design by selecting them from the Object Propertiesdialog.Select objectand clickReshapeAdjust frame andPress EnterUse Motif Run (Input toolbar) to select motifs for individual use.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 531Note If a motif is comprised of two or more objects, these will beautomatically grouped when inserted.To select and insert a single motif1 Right-click the Motif Run icon.The Object Properties > Outlines > Motif Run dialog opens.2 Select a motif set from the Set list.3 Select a pattern from the dropdown list.Alternatively, click the arrow button to expand the motif list for TrueViewrepresentations of motifs and select one.4 Click Apply to make the selection current.5 Select Special > Motif > Use.The outline of the motif appears attached to the mouse pointer.6 Move the pointer to the position you want to add the motif, and click tomark the anchor point.7 Move the pointer until the motif is in the position you need, then clickagain for a guide point.Stitches are generated automatically. The outline of the motif appearsattached to the mouse pointer ready for the next motif.Select motifSelect motif setInsert anchorpointInsert guidepointRepeat ifrequiredES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 532You can rotate, scale and mirror motifs as you insert them. See Rotating,mirroring and scaling motifs for details.8 Repeat the steps to insert the motif again.Tip Press Enter to accept the default position and settings.9 Press Esc to finish.Rotating, mirroring and scaling motifsYou can rotate, scale, or mirror motifs as you add them to your design usingthe keyboard and mouse.Tip If you find it easier to insert a motif at its original size and orientation,you can scale, rotate and mirror it later just like any other object.To rotate, mirror and scale motifs1 Select a motif to insert.See Selecting and inserting single motifs for details.2 Move the pointer to the position you want to add the motif, and click tomark the anchor point.The motif attaches to the mouse pointer. As you move the pointer, themotif rotates around the anchor point you marked.3 Rotate, scale, or mirror the motif with the mouse.Click to markanchor pointES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 533

! To rotate the motif, move the pointer until the rotation angle iscorrect, then click again.! To mirror the motif, right-click.! To scale the motif, press Shift. Move the pointer until the motifoutline shows the required size, then click again.Tip When mirroring and scaling, make sure the motif is at the requiredrotation angle, before clicking or right-clicking.4 Press Esc to finish.Tip You can create motifs from patterns made in the cross stitchprogram and use them to create a cross stitch sampler. See the CrossStitch User Manual Supplement for details.Click to markguide pointmotif rotatedMotif rotated andmirroredRight-click to markguide point andmirror motifHold down Ctrl to constrainrotation anglesMotif rotated andscaledHold down Shift toresize the motifmotifs created inCross Stitch programES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 534

Managing motifsES Designer provides various ways to manage your motifs including makingmotif sets, saving motifs, copying motifs between motif sets, and deletingmotifs.Saving motifsThe Make Motif function lets you save your own motifs for future use. Motifsmay be saved to different files or ‘motif sets’.To save motifs1 Select the embroidery object you want to save as a motif.2 Select Special > Motif > Make.The Make Motif dialog opens.3 Select a Motif Set from the list. See also Creating motif sets.4 Enter a name in the Motif Name field.5 If you want to automatically remove machine functions from the motif,select the Remove Functions checkbox.6 Click OK.7 Click to mark two reference points for the motif.Use Motif > Make (Special menu) to save motifs.Select motif setEnter motif nameSelect to remove unwantedmachine functionsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 535These determine the default motif orientation in motif runs and fills.Reference points also determine the spacing between each motif.Reference point 1 becomes the anchor point in the final motif. Referencepoint 2 becomes the rotation point.8 Click OK.The motif is ready to use.Creating motif setsThe Make Motif function lets you create your own ‘motif sets’ to organizeand classify your motifs.To create motif sets

1 Select an embroidery object.2 Select Special > Motif > Make.Reference point 1Reference point 1 Reference point 2rotation directionReference point 2Use Motif > Make (Special menu) to create your own motif set.ES 2006 Chapter 22 Motif Runs and Fills 536The Make Motif dialog opens.3 Click New.The New Motif Set dialog opens.4 Enter a name for the new motif set and click OK.The Motif Set is ready for use.Note Motif sets are stored in the C:\ESWin\Userletw folder. You candelete or rename these motif sets as required.Deleting motifsDelete any motifs you no longer want from a motif set.To delete motifs1 Select Special > Motif > Select.The Select Motif dialog opens.2 Select the motif to delete.3 Click Delete.A confirmation message appears.4 Click Yes.Click New to createnew motif setEnter name formotif setMy New Motif Set

Use Motif > Select (Special menu) to delete motifs from a set.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 537

Chapter 23

Sequins and BoringSome embroidery machines are equipped with asequin dispenser that drops sequins onto thegarment as it stitches. Some are also equippedwith a boring knife or needle to cut holes in thefabric, producing an effect similar to lace. Oftenthe two techniques are used in combination.ES Designer provides a dedicated set of Sequintools which allow you to digitize sequined designsfor compatible machines. There are also tools forcreating boring holes.Note Sequin Mode is currently only supported inSchiffli, Tajima, and ZSK embroidery machineformats. Before you can use Sequin Mode, youmust select a machine format that supports it.See Selecting machine formats for details. Seealso Saving designs in ZSK-TC format.You can set up a sequin palette for each designfrom a library of pre-defined shapes and sizes.Create sequin runs along digitized lines, eitherplacing sequins manually or letting the softwaregenerate placement positions according tocurrent settings. You can change sequin shapesand fixing stitch patterns at any stage.The Sequin tools also allow you to digitize individual sequins for evengreater control. Artwork for sequin designs is frequently prepared in

third-party applications. Vector files can be imported into ES Designer andconverted directly to sequin runs. You have complete control over scalingand reshaping Sequin Run objects.If your embroidery machine is equipped with a boring knife or needle, youcan use the Borers tool to cut holes in the fabric, producing an effect similarto lace. With Borers selected, each needle penetration point becomes aborer hole, regardless of the selected stitch type. Borer holes are generallyES 2006 Chapter 23 Sequins and Boring 538stabilized with Zigzag to prevent fraying and movement, and bordered withSatin stitches.This section describes how to set up custom sequin palettes for the creationof sequin designs. It also describes how to create sequin runs and digitizeindividual sequins, as well as how to convert sequin artwork to Sequin Run.Scaling and reshaping sequin runs is also explained as well as digitizingboring holes.

Setting up custom sequin palettesSet up a dedicated sequin palette from a library of pre-defined shapes andsizes. The Sequin Palette dialog lets you prepare a palette of sequins to usein your design. Adjust the color and size of each sequin. You can even adjustthe hole size.To set up a custom sequin palette1 Click the Sequin Palette Editor icon.The Sequin Palette dialog opens.2 Click the Add button to add sequin types to the Sequin Palette.Use Sequin Palette (Sequin toolbar) to select from auser-defined palette of sequin shapes for the current design.Use Sequin Palette Editor (Sequin toolbar) to select sequin shapes from asequin library.Click to add sequin typesClick to mix colors of sequinsAdjust size and hole sizeES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 539The Select Sequin Type dialog opens.3 Select a sequin from the list and click OK.4 Adjust the sequin and hole size as required.Note The number in the Name field adjusts automatically to correspondto the Size field setting.5 Select the color checkbox or Mix button in the Sequin Palette dialog.The Color dialog opens.6 Select or mix a color and click OK.7 Repeat as many times as necessary.Select sequinto addClick to add topaletteDrag crosshairs toadjust colorDrag arrow toadjust brightnessClick toselect colorAdd selected colorto Custom ColorsEnter exact valuesif knownES 2006 Chapter 23 Sequins and Boring 540Selected sequins are now available for use in the Sequin Palette.

Creating sequin runsCreate sequin runs along digitized lines, either placing sequins manually orletting the software generate placement positions according to current

settings. You have the choice of exact spacing, for open shapes, or evenspacing, for closed shapes. You can preset sequin type or change at anystage. Similarly, you can preset fixing stitches or change them afterdigitizing. There is an option to ensure that the stitch before the Drop Sequinfunction is placed opposite the feeding direction, as recommended bymachine manufacturers.Note The Backtrack/Repeat tool is enabled for Sequin Run objects. SeeReinforcing outlines for details.Creating manual and automatic sequin runsSelect sequinto useUse Sequin Run Auto (Sequin toolbar) to create a string of sequins along adigitized line according to current settings.Use Sequin Run Manual (Sequin toolbar) to manually digitize sequin-dropsalong a digitized line.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 541Use the Sequin Run input method to create a string of sequins along adigitized line. You have the option of digitizing individual sequin drops withthe manual method, or letting the system automatically generate dropsalong the line according to current settings. Digitize lines as you would motifruns. Fixing stitches are generated automatically according to currentsettings.Note Sequin Mode is currently only supported in Schiffli, Tajima, and ZSKembroidery machine formats. Before you can use Sequin Mode, you mustselect a machine format that supports it. See Selecting machine formats fordetails.To create manual and automatic sequin runs1 Select the sequin type you want to use from the dropdown list in theSequin Palette. See Setting up custom sequin palettes for details.2 Click the Sequin Run Auto icon.3 Digitize the line along which you want the sequin run to appear byentering reference points—left-click for corner points, right-click forcurve points.4 When you have finished digitizing the line, press Enter.Sequins of the selected type are automatically generated along thedigitized line along with their fixing stitches. Spacings can be individuallyadjusted. See Scaling and reshaping sequin runs for details.5 To add details or create special spacings, click the Sequin Run Manualicon.Use Sequin Palette (Sequin toolbar) to select from auser-defined palette of sequin shapes for the current design.Press EnterDigitize outline—left-clickcorner points, right-clickcurve pointsES 2006 Chapter 23 Sequins and Boring 5426 Digitize individual sequins—again, left-click for corner points, right-clickfor curve points.Connecting and fixing stitches are automatically generated. SeeChanging sequin shapes and fixing stitches for details.Changing sequin shapes and fixing stitchesYou can select sequins before or after digitizing a sequin run. Similarly, youcan preset fixing stitches or change them at any stage.Note Sequin Run stitch has potential as a decorative stitch in its own right.For this purpose you can select None in the Sequin Palette. This option isbest used with the Sequin Drop Direction set to Any. See also Changingsequin-drop direction.To change sequin shapes and fixing stitches1 To change shapes, select the object and select a different sequin type

from the Sequin Palette on the Sequin toolbar.Use Sequin Palette (Sequin toolbar) to select from auser-defined palette of sequin shapes for the current design.Press EnterDigitize individualsequins—left-click cornerpoints, right-click curve pointsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 543All sequins in the object are immediately substituted.2 To change fixing stitches, double-click the object.The Object Properties > Outlines > Sequin Run dialog opens.3 Click the Fixing Type Chooser button in the Type panel.The Object Properties dialog extends to the Fixing Type Chooser.Click to openFixing TypeChooserFixing stitchpreviewSelect fixingstitch typeES 2006 Chapter 23 Sequins and Boring 5444 Select a fixing stitch type.A preview of the selected fixing stitch appears in the Preview Pane.5 Click Apply.Fixing stitches for the object are regenerated.Note To close the Fixing Type Chooser, click the Fixing Type Chooserbutton again.6 To adjust the fixing stitch size, select one of the followings:! Match Sequin: sets a margin around the sequin so that fixingstitches don’t punch too close to the sequin.! Set Manually: sets the fixing stitch size for all sequins, regardlessof size.7 Click Apply.Adjust automatic ormanual settingsSequin size: 7 mmAuto Margin: 0.50 mmSequin size: 7 mmManual Size: 5.00 mmSequin size: 7 mmManual Size: 10.00 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 545Changing sequin-drop directionThere is an option to ensure that thestitch before the Drop Sequin function isplaced opposite the feeding direction, asrecommended by machinemanufacturers. Otherwise, the sequinmay be deflected by the thread. If theneedle then misses the center of asequin because of incorrect placement,the embroidery material, needles orneedle plates may be damaged. Inmultihead machines, sequins are fed from the front or ‘south’ which meansthat the initial fixing stitch should be placed on the ‘north’ side. In Schifflimachines, the opposite is the case.To change sequin-drop direction1 Select a sequin run object and double-click.The Object Properties dialog opens.2 Select the Special tab and Sequin in the dropdown list.3 Select a required sequin drop stitch direction:

! From North: ensures that the initial fixing stitch is opposite thefeeding direction—front or ‘south’—which is the case in multiheadmachines.Selectspecial tabSelect sequinSelect sequindrop directionSelect to preventmultiple penetrationsES 2006 Chapter 23 Sequins and Boring 546! From South: ensures that the initial fixing stitch is opposite thefeeding direction—the top or ‘north’—which is the case in Schifflimachines.Warning With the Any option, direction is not important. This optiongenerates the least number of fixing stitches but may not be suitable foryour sequin device. It should be used by experienced digitizers only.4 Enter an angle in the Max Angle field to specify an angular range withinwhich drop sequin stitch will fall.You can set the value for either North or South fixing stitches. Thedefault is 90° but this can be increased or decreased depending on thecapabilities of your machine.5 Select the Prevent multiple penetrations option as required.Drop direction ‘FromSouth’: initial fixing stitchalways placed below, andsequin fed from ‘north’Drop direction ‘FromNorth’: initial fixing stitchalways placed above, andsequin fed from ‘south’Set maximum allowableangle for placement offixing stitchDrop stitch directionset to North or SouthES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 547This option is used to minimize penetrations at the same point, and togenerate Schiffli-compatible fixing stitching. If you select the Schifflitemplate, the option is ‘on’ by default. When set to ‘off’, some fixingstitches will have multiple penetrations at the same point, both at thesequin center and outer edge.6 Select the Closest Point Join option as required.By default, this option is off, meaning that the system connects thepredefined exit leg of the fixing stitch motif to the predefined entry legof the next fixing stitch motif. That is, unless the connector exceeds themaximum sequin stitch. Choose the Closest Point Join option if youwant to always connect fixing stitch motifs from the leg closest to thenearest leg of the next fixing stitch motif.7 Click Apply.Adjusting sequin run spacing and orientationYou can change the spacing in a sequin run at any stage. If you use themanual method, you define the spacings between sequin-drops with everyclick you make. If you use the automatic method, sequin-drops arecalculated according to the current spacing setting. You have the choice ofexact spacing, better for open shapes, or even spacing, better for closedshapes. You can also manually fine-tune sequin spacings with the Reshapetool.Prevent Multiple Penetrations on Prevent Multiple Penetrations offES 2006 Chapter 23 Sequins and Boring 548To adjust sequin run spacing and orientation1 Select a sequin run object—manual or automatic.

2 Double-click the object.The Object Properties > Outlines > Sequin Run dialog opens.3 In the Positioning panel, select a spacing method:! Exact: uses the specified Spacing exactly. This may result in anuneven spacing at the end of the curve.! Expand to fit: makes the spacing increase from the nominal valueuntil there is a sequin at the end of the path.! Compact to fit: makes the spacing decrease from the nominal valueuntil there is a sequin at the end of the path.Tip If you want the sequins irregular, digitize using the Sequin RunManual tool and for fine-tuning of individual sequin spacings, use theReshape tool. See also Scaling and reshaping sequin runs.manual sequinrunautomaticsequin runSelect spacingmethodExact Expand to fit Compact to fitES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 5494 To adjust fixing stitch orientation to place the first stroke of the fixingstitch, select one of the following:! Left Orientation: to the left of the sequin run curve.! Right Orientation: to the right.! Vertical Orientation: always in the vertical plane—not relevant toone-stroke fixing stitch types.5 Adjust the minimum, run and maximum stitch lengths when connectingthe fixing stitches, if required.6 Click Apply.

Digitizing individual sequinsChoose fixing stitchorientation—left, right, verticalOrientation: Left Orientation: Right Orientation: VerticalAdjust stitch lengthsUse Manual Sequin (Sequin toolbar) to digitize individual sequins.ES 2006 Chapter 23 Sequins and Boring 550The Manual Sequin input method allows youindividual control over sequin placement and fixingstitches. Create decorative outlines and patternsmanually using sequins from the selection list. Toadd a sequin to the stitching sequence, simplyright-click to drop it onto the design, and secure itwith manual stitches. Manual sequin stitching is adifficult digitizing skill to master and you need toplan the stitching sequence carefully in order tominimize unnecessary stitches. Experiment withyour machine and stitch width and spacing settingsto achieve the desired result. See also Sequin On/Offfunctions.Note Sequin Mode is currently only supported in Schiffli, Tajima, and ZSKembroidery machine formats. Before you can use Sequin Mode, you mustselect a machine format that supports it. See Selecting machine formats fordetails.To digitize individual sequins1 Click the Manual Sequin icon.2 Right-click to add a sequin to the design.A shape representing the sequin appears.3 Left-click to digitize fixing stitches around the sequin to secure it.Three stitches in the shape of a ‘Y’ are generally used. The needle pointsof each stitch must be placed precisely to ensure that sequins are not

pierced by the needle when stitching.Tip Zoom in for more accurate digitizing.4 Press Enter.Left-click to digitizefixing stitchesRight-click to ‘drop’ asequinES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 551

Converting sequin artwork to Sequin RunFrequently, artwork for sequin designs is independently created by aspecialist designer and supplied to the embroidery digitizer in vector fileformat. The Vectors to Sequins tool is available for just this purpose. Asequin run is automatically created from a set of vector objects representingsequins selected by intersecting line. The order the line crosses the sequinsdetermines the sequin order. Fixing stitches are generated automaticallyaccording to current Sequin Run settings.Note Sequin Mode is currently only supported in Schiffli, Tajima, and ZSKembroidery machine formats. Before you can use Sequin Mode, you mustselect a machine format that supports it. See Selecting machine formats fordetails.To convert sequin artwork to Sequin Run1 Insert the sequin artwork into the design.Properly designed artwork will contain vector objects centered on theexact locations required for sequins in the design.2 Select the Vectors to Sequins icon.You are prompted to ‘Enter point 1 on the polyline’ on the PromptMessage bar.Use Vectors to Sequins (Sequin toolbar) to create a sequin run from a set ofsequin vector objects selected by intersecting line.Specially preparedsequin artworkES 2006 Chapter 23 Sequins and Boring 5523 Click the sequin graphic which will start the Sequin Run.4 Digitize a line connecting all sequins to be included in the Sequin Run.The line only needs to touch the sequin object somewhere within itsboundary. Enter reference points by left-clicking for corner points andright-clicking for curve points.5 Press Enter.A Sequin Run is generated with a curve that passes through the centerof each sequin graphic with sequin objects positioned at these centers.Current properties are applied and the object is set to ‘manual’ bydefault.Note The generated curve contains a reshape node at each sequinposition.Digitize connectingline passing throughall sequin graphicsGenerated curvecontains reshapenode at eachsequin positionES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 553

Scaling and reshaping sequin runsSequin editing often requires individual control over sequin positions.Change sequin shapes and fixing stitch patterns at any stage. You havecomplete control over scaling and reshaping Sequin Run objects. Scale andreshape sequin run lines, as well as remove or add individual sequins. Youcan also manually fine-tune sequin spacings. You can even edit individualfixing stitches.Note Performing manual edits to Sequin Run objects automatically

deselects all the options. If you set it back to Exact, Compact to fit, orExpand to fit spacing, all manual edits are lost.To scale and reshape a sequin run! Scale Sequin Run objects in the normal way by clicking and draggingselection handles, or by adjusting the general properties. See Scalingobjects for details.! If the object is created with the Sequin Run Auto tool, the sequindrops are automatically recalculated.Use Select Object (Pointer toolbar) to resize objects using selection handles.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape selected Sequin Runobjects.Sequin dropsregenerated accordingto current settingsES 2006 Chapter 23 Sequins and Boring 554! If the object is created with the Sequin Run Manual tool, the originalnumber of sequin drops is preserved.! Reshape sequin run lines with the Reshape tool as you would any runobject. Add reshape nodes by left- or right-clicking the outline. SeeReshaping embroidery objects for details.Note When a sequin run object is in the Reshape Mode, the ShowStitch Angles icon is disabled.! Fine-tune individual sequin spacings with the Reshapetool—click-and-drag a spacing handle.You can also select a range of or multiple spacing handles by using Shiftor Ctrl keys. See Reshaping embroidery objects for details.Original number ofsequin dropspreservedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 555Note The movement of sequin objects is contained on the sequin runline.! Delete selected sequins by pressing the Delete.! Add sequins by holding down the Alt key and clicking the sequin run line.! Rotate sequins and fixing stitches with the Reshape tool.! Reshape individual fixing stitches with the Reshape tool. To view thefixing stitch reshape nodes, click the sequin outline.

Digitizing boring holesClick-and-dragspacing handleClick-and-dragrotation handleUse Penetrations (Generate toolbar) together with Borers to digitize boringholes.Click-and-dragfixing stitchES 2006 Chapter 23 Sequins and Boring 556If your embroidery machine is equipped with a boring knife or needle, youcan use the Borers tool (formerly known as Borers In) to cut holes in thefabric, producing an effect similar to lace. With Borers selected, each needlepenetration point becomes a borer hole, regardless of the selected stitchtype. Borer holes are generally stabilized with Zigzag to prevent fraying andmovement, and bordered with Satin stitches.Tip Boring is a difficult digitizing skill to master. You may need toexperiment with your machine and stitch width and spacing settings toachieve the effect you require.With Tajima and Barudanmachines Borers inserts a Stopfunction which allows the machineto change to the needle position

that uses the boring attachment.The machine must be correctlyprogrammed to use the correctneedle position.Note The default setting forMultihead borers is for a ‘knife’attachment, where the cuttingposition is offset 12 mm from the main needle line. This offset is onlyexpressed when you save your design to a stitch format like DST. If you areusing a boring needle, you need to change the offset value to 0. See Settingborer functions for details.To digitize boring holes1 Ensure Penetrations is on.Use Run (Input toolbar) to digitize an outline around the shape you want tobore.Use Borers (Generate toolbar) to activate the boring function.Use Manual (Input toolbar) to digitize boring holes.Use Input A (Input toolbar) to digitize border stitching around the holes.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 5572 Click the Run icon and digitize an outline around the shape you want tobore.This helps prevent the fabric from tearing.3 Click the Borers icon.A machine function is inserted to indicate the change from stitching toboring.4 Click the Manual icon and digitize individual stitches where you want aboring knife to cut. See Digitizing individual stitches for details.Each stitch you digitize becomes a boring hole. The borer penetrationpoints appear as diamonds, connected by dotted lines. These do notappear in TrueView.Alternatively use Run to digitize lines for boring holes. See Digitizinglines for details.! For a round hole, digitize two intersecting lines.! For an oval hole, digitize one line.Tip Reduce the Run stitch length—e.g. 1.0-1.5 mm—to place the borerpenetrations closer together, thereby ensuring the fabric will be cut rightthrough. See Setting run stitch length for details.5 Click Borers again to deselect it.Digitize outlinewith Run stitchDigitize boring holeswith Manual or RunstitchES 2006 Chapter 23 Sequins and Boring 558This returns you to normal stitching. You now need to stabilize the fabricand create borders by stitching around them with Zigzag and Satin coverstitches.6 Digitize around the hole with Input A together with Zigzag stitch.Place the inside edge close to the center of the hole so it ‘wraps’ thefabric. See Digitizing columns of fixed width for details.7 Digitize border stitching with Input A together with Satin stitch.Place the inside edge of the object close to the center of the hole. If youhave used Zigzag stitches for reinforcement, ensure they are covered.Warning You should not use Satin with a Zigzag underlay because arun stitch is also generated (to return to the entry point). This can causethread breakage.Digitize borders withInput A and SatinDigitize around holewith Input A and

ZigzagES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 559

PART VIEMBROIDERY LETTERINGCreate top-quality lettering quickly and simply. ES Designer provides a largerange of scaleable closest-join alphabet styles and multi-color and fancystitching alphabets to choose from.Creating embroidery letteringThis section describes how to add and edit lettering, change formattingsettings, and adjust lettering size and spacing. See Creating EmbroideryLettering for details.Adjusting lettering layoutThis section describes how to adjust lettering objects as well as individualletters. It also describes how to apply and adjust lettering baselines. SeeEditing Embroidery Lettering for details.Adjusting lettering stitch settingsThis section describes changing lettering stitch types in lettering objects,and adjusting lettering stitch angles. It also explains how to adjust thelettering stitching sequence as well as lettering join method. See AdjustingLettering Stitch Settings for details.Special lettering featuresThis section shows you how to add special characters and symbols. Itdescribes how to create special effects with envelopes. It also covers addingES 2006 Embroidery Lettering 560borders to lettering, as well as setting up ‘team lettering’ designs. SeeSpecial Lettering Features for details.Custom alphabetsThis section describes how to create new alphabets from TrueType fonts. Italso describes how to create and modify your own custom alphabets andletters. Alphabet merging is also explained. See Custom Alphabets fordetails.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 561

Chapter 24ca

Creating Embroidery LetteringCreate top-quality lettering quickly and simply. ES Designer provides a largerange of scalable closest-join alphabet styles and multi-color and fancystitching alphabets to choose from. Add lettering directly to designs usingcurrent settings or with the aid of the dialog. With object-based operation,you can type and manipulate your text directly on-screen, changing the sizeor spacings to fit. Apply formatting just like a word processor, includingitalics, bolding, and right/left justification. Change values for the whole textor for individual letters.This section describes how to add and edit lettering, change formattingsettings, and adjust lettering size and spacing.ES 2006 Chapter 24 Creating Embroidery Lettering 562

Adding lettering to embroidery designsYou can add lettering to a design by typing it directly in the design window,or entering it via the Object Properties dialog.Tip The size of your lettering will determine the type of underlay you needto apply. Apart from stabilizing, underlay helps give ‘loft’ or to raise your

lettering off the fabric. Lettering with heights under 5 mm should not haveunderlay. Letters 6 mm to 10 mm can have a center-run underlay applied.Lettering larger than 10 mm is large enough for edge-run underlay. SeeStrengthening and stabilizing with automatic underlays for details.Creating lettering on-screenIf it is not essential to fit letters precisely to a certain area, you can typethem directly on-screen as with a word processor. Current lettering settingsare used. You can change these before or after you digitize. You can alsomodify lettering objects directly on-screen to achieve various artistic effects.To create lettering on-screen1 Click the Lettering icon.2 Select a color from the color palette.3 Click where you want to insert the text and start typing.Tip To start a new line, press Shift + Enter.4 Press Enter to complete.Use Lettering (Input toolbar) to add lettering directly on-screen.Use Generate Stitches (Generate toolbar) to generate stitches for new orselected objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 5635 Click the Generate Stitches icon or press G.Note Appearance and layout depend on current settings in the ObjectProperties dialog. Baselines determine the shape of lettering objects ina design. You can place lettering on a straight horizontal or vertical line,curve lettering around a circle or arc, or digitize your own baseline.SeeWorking with lettering baselines for details.Creating lettering with Object PropertiesUsing the Object Properties dialog, you can specify letter formatting beforeadding it to the design. This is the more traditional method and is useful withmore complex designs.To create lettering with Object Properties1 Right-click the Lettering icon.Right-click Lettering (Input toolbar) to enter text in the dialog and adjustsettings for embroidery lettering.Use Generate Stitches (Generate toolbar) to generate stitches for new orselected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 24 Creating Embroidery Lettering 564The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Enter the text you want to embroider in the text entry panel.To start a new line of lettering, press Enter.Tip You can insert a color change between two letters by keying a caret(^) symbol. Subsequent letters default to the next color in the palette.3 Select alphabet, formatting and baseline settings for the lettering. SeeSelecting alphabets and Formatting lettering for details.4 Click Apply.Select baselineAdjustformattingSelectalphabetEnter textClick to applyES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 565Note Alternatively, click Create Text to create text on the screen whenthe Apply button is deactivated.5 Click where you want to place the lettering, or mark reference points forthe baseline you selected. See Working with lettering baselines fordetails.6 Select Generate Stitches icon or press G.Note Appearance and layout depend on current settings in the ObjectProperties dialog. Baselines determine the shape of lettering objects in

a design. You can place lettering on a straight horizontal or vertical line,curve lettering around a circle or arc, or digitize your own baseline.SeeWorking with lettering baselines for details.Selecting alphabetsES Designer provides an alphabet range suitable for many applications.Select from the supplied alphabets, create your own, or convert TrueTypefonts. See also Custom Alphabets.apply button deactivatedClick to create textRight-click Lettering (Input toolbar) to select an alphabet for new or selectedlettering objects.ES 2006 Chapter 24 Creating Embroidery Lettering 566Tip Once recorded, user-refined alphabet letters can be applied via the Usesaved version checkbox. See also Saving user-refined letters.To select an alphabet1 Right-click the Lettering icon.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Click the Preview in Dropdown List checkbox to view preview ofalphabets.3 Select an alphabet from the Alphabet list.A sample character of the chosen alphabet appears in the previewwindow. For samples of the complete selection of standard alphabets,see Standard Alphabets.Tip Consider letter size before you change alphabets. Some alphabetslook best in a smaller size. Others can be stitched at a larger size. Seealso Adjusting letter height and width.4 Click the Use saved version checkbox to use saved user-refinedlettering in preference to the default.Selectalphabet Select to preview alphabetin dropdown listUse user-refinedversionES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 567User-refined lettering lets you save multiple versions of the same letterto the same alphabet. Each version can have a unique height range. SeeUser-refined alphabets for details.5 Click Apply.The lettering alphabet is set.

Working with lettering baselinesBaselines determine the shape of lettering objects in a design. You can placelettering on a straight horizontal or vertical line, curve lettering around acircle or arc, or digitize your own baseline. Different reference points areneeded depending on the baseline you use. You can digitize baselineson-screen or, if you are working from an enlargement drawing, on adigitizing tablet.Baselines use default settings to determine their size, spacing and angles.ES Designer gives you both interactive and precise numerical control overmany baseline settings. Techniques are available to modify baseline type,length, radius and angle, as well as baseline position. You can numericallydefine the rotation angle of letters relative to the baseline or the designitself.User-refined letter‘a’ used forsmaller sizesES 2006 Chapter 24 Creating Embroidery Lettering 568Applying baselinesYou can select different baselines through the Object Properties > Specialdialog. You can also adjust baseline settings. You can apply baselines to

existing objects or pre-set a baseline for new lettering objects.To apply a baseline1 Double-click a selected lettering object or right-click the Lettering icon.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Select a baseline from the list.The baseline you choose depends on the effect you want to achieve.Options include:Right-click Lettering (Input toolbar) to select baselines and adjust baselinesettings.Select baselineES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 569! Horizontal (Free Line and Fixed Line): See Applying horizontalbaselines for details.! Vertical (Free Line Vertical and Fixed Line Vertical): See Applyingvertical baselines for details.! Arc (Arc CW and Arc CCW): See Applying arc baselines for details.! Circle (Circle CW and Circle CCW): See Applying circular baselinesfor details.ES 2006 Chapter 24 Creating Embroidery Lettering 570! Custom (Any Shape): See Applying custom baselines for details.! Predefined: See Using predefined baselines for details.3 Adjust baseline settings in the Layout dialog. See Adjusting baselinesfor details.4 Click Apply.Applying horizontal baselinesFree Line and Fixed Line baselines are straight, horizontal baselines. FreeLine does not have a fixed or pre-determined length—the baseline extendsas long as you keep adding letters. Fixed Line has a fixed length which youcan digitize or specify numerically. If the text extends beyond the baseline,letter spacing is reduced and letters may overlap. The letter width, however,does not change.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 571To apply horizontal baselines1 Create a new lettering object. See Creating lettering with ObjectProperties for details.2 Select the horizontal baseline you want to apply and click Apply.3 For variable-length horizontal lines, enter your text in the ObjectProperties dialog and select Free Line. Click the screen to establish thestart-point of the baseline.! For fixed-length horizontal lines, enter your text in the ObjectProperties dialog and select Fixed Line. Click the screen toestablish the start and end points of the baseline.You can define any angle depending on where you mark thereference points.You can adjust baseline settings at any stage. See Adjusting straightbaseline settings for details.Applying vertical baselinesVertical baselines are effective for embroidering on sleeves, as adecorative effect, and for Asian text. There are two types—FreeLine Vertical and Fixed Line Vertical. Free Line Vertical baselines donot have a fixed length, and extend to fit the letters you enter.Fixed Line Vertical baselines are a fixed length. Letter spacing maybe compressed to make the letters fit.Line spacing is calculated horizontally while letter spacing iscalculated vertically. Letters, by default, are centered along verticallines. New lines are placed by default from right to left to suit Asianlanguages.Tip For Western languages, vertical lettering is best suited to

uppercase because descenders in lowercase letters are notaccommodated in the letter spacing.Free Line—Click on-screen tomark start pointFixed Line—Click on-screen tomark start and end pointsES 2006 Chapter 24 Creating Embroidery Lettering 572To apply a vertical baseline1 Create a new lettering object. See Creating lettering with ObjectProperties for details.2 Select the vertical baseline you want to apply and click Apply:! For variable-length vertical lines, enter your text in the ObjectProperties dialog and select Free Line Vertical. Click the screen toestablish the start-point of the baseline.! For fixed-length vertical lines, enter your text in the ObjectProperties dialog and select Fixed Line Vertical. Click the screento establish the start and end points of the baseline.You can define any angle depending on where you mark thereference points.Note You can adjust baseline settings at any stage. See Adjustingstraight baseline settings for details.Applying arc baselinesUse Arc Clockwise (Arc CW) and Arc Counter-Clockwise (Arc CCW)baselines to place lettering objects in a curved arc. You can place thelettering clockwise (CW) or counter-clockwise (CCW) along the arc. ByFree LineVertical—click thescreen to markmid-pointFixed Line Vertical—clickthe screen to mark start andend pointsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 573default, letters are positioned above the Arc CW and below the Arc CCWbaseline. They are also centered by default.To apply arc baselines1 Create a new lettering object. See Creating lettering with ObjectProperties for details.2 Select Arc CW or Arc CCW as a baseline and click Apply.3 Mark the start and end points of the arc.Tip Hold down the Ctrl key to constrain the line to 15° increments.4 Move the pointer up or down to increase the radius of the arc.5 Mark a third point above the first two points for Arc CW, and below themfor Arc CCW baseline.6 Press Enter to complete and press G to generate stitches.Depending on the order in which you mark the reference points, the textwill be placed left to right, or right to left.1 231 23arc clockwisearccounter-clockwiseES 2006 Chapter 24 Creating Embroidery Lettering 574Applying circular baselinesUse Circle Clockwise (Circle CW) or Circle Counter-Clockwise (CircleCCW) baseline to place letters around a full circle or oval.To apply circular baselines1 Create a new lettering object. See Creating lettering with ObjectProperties for details.

2 Select Circle CW or Circle CCW as a baseline and click Apply.3 Mark the center of the circle.4 Mark a point on the circumference to define the radius.Tip Hold down the Ctrl key to constrain the line to 15° increments.5 Mark a third point to define an ellipse or press Enter directly for a perfectcircle.As soon as Enter is pressed, the letters of your text are distributedaround the circle. See also Setting letter justification.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 575Applying custom baselinesUse Any Shape baselines to shape lettering around elements in yourdesign. Digitize Any Shape baselines by marking reference points to formthe required line. The number of reference points and length of baseline arepractically unlimited.Tip If the baseline has tight curves, or sharp corners, the letters mayoverlap. For best results, only mark curve points, and digitize lines whichhave shallow, gentle curves.To apply custom baselines1 Create a new lettering object. See Creating lettering with ObjectProperties for details.2 Select Any Shape as a baseline and click Apply.3 Mark the baseline reference points.! Mark curve points with the right mouse button.! Mark corner points with the left mouse button.4 Press Enter to complete and press G to generate stitches.1 234ES 2006 Chapter 24 Creating Embroidery Lettering 576Using predefined baselinesUse Predefined baselines to quickly createthree rows of lettering, or two rowssurrounding a design object. This techniqueis typically used for creating logos.To use a predefined baseline1 With no objects selected, right-click theLettering icon.The Object Properties > Special >Lettering dialog opens.2 Enter two or three lines of text in the text entry panel.To start a new line of lettering, press Enter.Tip If you want to insert a logo or design between the top and bottomlines, leave the middle line of text blank.Select optionsand adjustsettingsEnter two or threelines of textES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 5773 Select the alphabet and adjust other settings you require. See Selectingalphabets and Formatting lettering for details.4 Select Predefined from the baseline list.5 Click OK.6 Click where you want to place the lettering and drag the cursordownward.Tip Hold down the Ctrl key to constrain the line to 15° increments.7 Click to enter a point on the circumference of the circle.8 Mark another point if you want to create an oval, or press Enter for acircular baseline.

9 Press G to generate stitches.The lines of text are generated and dispersed around the baseline youhave defined. Each line of text becomes a separate lettering object.Select PredefinedbaselineES 2006 Chapter 24 Creating Embroidery Lettering 578

Formatting letteringYou can control the appearance of lettering by changing formatting settingsin the Object Properties dialog. Change current formatting settings beforeor after adding lettering in the same way as other objects.Making italic letteringYou can slant letters to the left or right for an italic effect. Enter the degreeof slant in the Angle field. The default angle is 0°.To make italic lettering1 Right-click the Lettering icon or double-click selected lettering object/s.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Enter an angle in the Italic field.The largest angle that the lettering can lean at is 45°. (0° is equivalentto no italics.)3 Click Apply.Making bold letteringYou can create the effect of bold lettering either by increasing the pullcompensation settings for selected lettering objects, or adjusting thecolumn width setting. The difference is that the column width setting adjustsEnter italic angleitalic angle 45° italic angle 0° italic angle -45°ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 579the entire column, including underlay, while pull compensation adjusts onlycover stitching. See also Compensating for fabric stretch.To make bold lettering1 Right-click the Lettering icon or double-click selected lettering object/s.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Select the Pull Comp tab.3 Select Column Width or Pull Compensation as required. SeeCompensating for fabric stretch and Adjusting column width for details.4 Increase the values in the respective fields.5 Click Apply.Increase pull compensationor column widthSelect Pull Comp tabnormal pull comp: 0.3 mm column width: 140%ES 2006 Chapter 24 Creating Embroidery Lettering 580Setting letter justificationJustification is the way that lettering aligns itself on a baseline. You canjustify lettering left or right, center it, or fully justify it. Full justificationspreads the letters out to fill the length of the baseline.To set letter justification1 Right-click the Lettering icon or double-click selected lettering object/s.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Select a justification setting—Left, Centered, Right, or Justified.3 Click Apply.

Adjusting letter spacingLetter, word and line spacings can be determined before or after creatinglettering objects and placing them in your design. You can edit spacingdirectly on-screen or via the dialog. Letter spacing is calculatedleft centered right fully justifiedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 581automatically according to justification—Left, Centered, Right, or Full

Justified. See also Setting letter justification.Note When the justification setting is Full, letters are evenly distributedalong the baseline. To change the spacing for fully justified lettering, simplychange the length of the baseline.Adjusting overall letter spacing on-screenThe spacing between letters is calculated automatically as a percentage ofthe letter height. In most cases the default spacing is adequate. Sometimes,however, you may want to change the overall letter spacing.To adjust overall letter spacing on-screen1 Select the lettering object.2 Click the Reshape Object icon.3 Drag the letter spacing control point left or right to adjust the spacing ofall letters along the baseline.Click Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to change letter spacing.Drag letter spacingcontrol pointES 2006 Chapter 24 Creating Embroidery Lettering 5824 Release the mouse button to complete and press Esc.Adjusting individual letter spacing on-screenThe spacing between letters is calculated automatically as a percentage ofletter height. In most cases the default spacing is adequate. Sometimes,however, the spacing between certain letters may appear too large or toosmall, depending on the shape of neighboring letters. To compensate for thisvisual effect, you can move one or several selected letters closer or furtherapart along the baseline to improve spacing. See also Automatic letterkerning.To adjust individual letter spacing on-screen1 Select the lettering object.2 Click the Reshape Object icon.3 Click the diamond control point in the centre of the letter.Tip To select multiple or a range of letters, hold down Ctrl or Shift as youselect.4 Drag selected letter/s along the baseline or use arrow keys to adjust thespacing.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to change individual letter spacing.Hold down Ctrl and clickdiamond control pointsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 583Tip Alternatively, to move multiple letters, right-click the diamondcontrol point of the first letter and drag. All letters to the end of the linemove as one.5 Release the mouse button to complete and press Esc.Adjusting line spacing on-screenChange the space between lines in a multiple-line lettering object using theReshape Object tool.To adjust line spacing on-screen1 Select the lettering object.2 Click the Reshape Object icon.3 Drag the line spacing control point up or down to change line spacing.4 Release the mouse button to complete and press Esc.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to change line spacing.Drag line spacingcontrol pointES 2006 Chapter 24 Creating Embroidery Lettering 584Adjusting spacing settingsYou can adjust letter, word and line spacings in lettering objects at any stagevia the Object Properties dialog.To adjust spacing settings

1 Double-click a selected lettering object or right-click the Lettering icon.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Enter Spacing values as absolute values (mm) or percentages of theheight.! Letter Spacing: the space between letters.! Word Spacing: the space between words.! Line Spacing: the space between lines.Enter values as absolutes (mm)or percentagesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 585Note Whether you enter a percentage or absolute value, the otherupdates automatically.3 Click Apply.Tip If you want to remove spacing between words, set Word Spacingto 0%.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 586

Chapter 25

Editing Embroidery LetteringES Designer gives you interactive and precise numeric control over manysettings affecting lettering objects. Adjust both individual letters andlettering objects as a whole. Apply horizontal, vertical, and curvedbaselines. Modify baseline type, length, radius and angle, as well asposition. You can even define the rotation angle of letters relative to thebaseline or the design itself.This section describes how to adjust lettering objects as well as individualletters. It also describes how to apply and adjust lettering baselines.

Editing lettering textWhen you have created a lettering object, you can select it and makechanges to it directly on-screen or by adjusting object properties.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 587Editing lettering text on-screenWith ES Designer you have the option of editing lettering directly on-screen.To edit lettering text on-screen1 Click the Lettering icon then click inside the lettering object.An I-beam appears where you clicked.2 Edit the text as required.Tip Press Shift + Enter to start a new line.3 Press Enter to complete.Editing lettering via object propertiesWhen you have created a lettering object, you can select it and makechanges to it by adjusting object properties.To edit lettering via object properties1 Use one of the following techniques to select lettering objects:! Select a single lettering object: Click the lettering object with theleft mouse button. The object changes color and eight selectionhandles appear around it.! Select a group of lettering objects: Select a lettering object then,holding down the Ctrl key, click other objects as required.! Select lettering objects with a bounding box: Click-and-drag abounding box around the lettering object/s and release the mouse.2 Double-click the selected lettering object/s.Click Lettering (Input toolbar) to edit lettering on-screen.I-beamES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 588The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.

3 Edit the text in the text entry panel as required.4 Make any other adjustments you require. See Formatting lettering fordetails.5 If you want to save settings to the template, click Save.6 Click Apply.Letters are filled with stitches according to current settings. See alsoAdjusting Lettering Stitch Settings.

Scaling letteringWhen you first create lettering, it may be too big or too small. Size can beadjusted in three ways:! by scaling on-screen with the Select Object or Reshape Object tools! by adjusting width and height settings in the Object Properties >Special > Lettering dialogEdit textAdjust settingsClick to save totemplateES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 589! by adjusting width and height settings in the General Properties bar.Tip The size of your lettering will determine the type of underlay you needto apply. Apart from stabilizing, underlay helps give ‘loft’ or to raise yourlettering off the fabric. Lettering with heights under 5 mm should not haveunderlay. Letters 6 mm to 10 mm can have a center-run underlay applied.Lettering larger than 10 mm is large enough for edge-run underlay. SeeStrengthening and stabilizing with automatic underlays for details.Scaling lettering with Select ObjectYou can scale your lettering objects vertically, horizontally andproportionally with the Select Object tool. See also Transforming letteringwith Select Object.To scale lettering with Select Object1 Click the Select Object icon and select the lettering object.Selection handles appear around the lettering object.Use Select Object (Pointer toolbar) to scale lettering objects on-screen.Drag to resizeHorizontallyDrag to resizeProportionallyDrag to resize VerticallyES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 5902 Click-and-drag one of the selection handles to resize the objecthorizontally, vertically or proportionally.A shadow outline shows the new size of the lettering object as you drag.3 Release the mouse to complete.Scaling lettering with Reshape ObjectYou can scale your lettering objects vertically, horizontally andproportionally with the Reshape Object tool. See also Rotating letteringwith Reshape Object.To scale lettering with Reshape Object1 Select the lettering object.2 Click the Reshape Object icon.3 Click-and-drag one of the dark triangular control points to resize theobject horizontally, vertically or proportionally.DragUse Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to scale lettering objects on-screen.Drag to resizeHorizontallyDrag to resizeProportionallyDrag to resize VerticallyDrag

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 591A bounding box shows the new size of the lettering object as you drag.4 Release the mouse to complete.Adjusting letter height and widthYou can scale your lettering objects vertically, horizontally andproportionally via the Special tab of the Object Properties.Tip Change the appearance of an alphabet by changing the letter width inproportion to the height. The original width value is 100%.To adjust letter height and width1 Right-click the Lettering icon or double-click selected lettering object/s.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 In the Height field enter the height of your lettering object inmillimeters.Note Letter height can be between 1 mm and 200 mm. Forrecommended sizes, see Standard Alphabets.3 Enter the width of your lettering object in the Width field as apercentage of the height.! For wide letters, increase the percentage—e.g. 140%.! For narrow letters, decrease the percentage—e.g. 70%.4 Click Apply.Use Lettering (Input toolbar) to adjust letter height and width.Enter widthpercentageEnter letterheight in mmwidth 100% width 70% width 140%ES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 592Adjusting lettering dimensionsYou can scale your lettering objects vertically, horizontally andproportionally using the general properties.Tip Change the appearance of an alphabet by changing the letter width inproportion to the height. The original width value is 100%.To adjust lettering dimensions1 Select the lettering object.The current dimensions of the selected object appear in the GeneralProperties bar.2 Adjust width and height settings either as absolute values (mm) or as apercentage of the current settings.3 Click Apply.Tip When you enter a value in either width or height field, thepercentage is automatically calculated. To resize proportionally, copythis value to the other field and click Apply.Adjust width andheight settingsClick Apply toaccept changesoriginal width and height 125%ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 593

Transforming lettering objectsApart from scaling, you can use the Select Object and Reshape Objecttools to skew and rotate lettering objects. See also Scaling lettering.Transforming lettering with Select ObjectYou can transform lettering objects by manipulating control pointson-screen with the Select Object tool. See also Scaling lettering with SelectObject.To transform lettering with Select Object1 Click the Select Object icon and select the lettering object.The selection handles appear. See also Scaling lettering with SelectObject.

2 Click the lettering object again.Another set of control points appears. These let you rotate and skew thelettering object.Use Select Object (Pointer toolbar) to transform lettering objects on-screen.Drag to skew Drag to rotaterotation pointES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 5943 Click-and-drag one of the diamond-shaped control points to skew thelettering object horizontally.A shadow outline shows the skewed lettering object as you drag.4 Click-and-drag one of the hollow square control points to rotate thelettering object.A shadow outline shows the rotated lettering object as you drag.Tip Click-and-drag the rotation point itself to a new position beforerotating.5 Release the mouse to complete.Rotating lettering with Reshape ObjectYou can rotate lettering objects by manipulating control points on-screenwith the Reshape Object tool. See also Scaling lettering with Select Object.To rotate lettering with Reshape Object1 Select the lettering object.2 Click the Reshape Object icon.DragDragrotationpointUse Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to rotate lettering objects on-screen.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 595Control points appear around the lettering object.3 Click-and-drag one of the solid square control points on the baseline torotate the lettering object.A baseline shows the rotated position of the lettering object as you drag.4 Release the mouse to complete.

Adjusting individual lettersAs well as scaling and rotating letteringobjects, the Reshape Object tool is usedto manipulate individual letters. You canreposition letters in relation to each other,scale, rotate and skew them, as well asreshape them. You can also recolor lettersindividually.Repositioning letters on-screenClick and drag to rotateobjectUse Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reposition individual letterson-screen.ES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 596You can reposition individual letters in a lettering object using the ReshapeObject tool.To reposition letters on-screen1 Select the lettering object.2 Click the Reshape Object icon.3 Click the diamond control point in the centre of the letter.Tip To select multiple or a range of letters, hold down Ctrl or Shift as youselect.4 Click-and-drag the letter to the new position:! To move the letter horizontally, drag it along the baseline. SeeAdjusting individual letter spacing on-screen for details.! To move the letter vertically, hold down Shift as you drag.

Click diamond control pointsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 597! To move the letter freely, hold down Ctrl as you drag.5 Release the mouse button to complete.Transforming individual letters on screenYou can transform individual letters by manipulating control pointson-screen with the Reshape Object tool.To transform individual letters on screen1 Select the lettering object.2 Click the Reshape Object icon.Control points appear.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to transform individual letterson-screen.Select diamondcontrol pointES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 5983 Click the diamond control point of the letter to activate reshape nodes.4 Click-and-drag the special control points to transform individual letters.5 Press Esc to finish.Reshaping individual letters on-screenCreate special lettering effects by reshaping letter outlines with theReshape Object tool.To reshape individual letters on-screen1 Select the lettering object.2 Click the Reshape Object icon.Control points appear around the lettering object.3 Click the letter outline.Drag to scale letter widthDrag to scale letter proportionallyDrag to scaleletter heightDrag to rotateDrag to skewUse Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape individual letterson-screen.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 599Control points appear around the outline. You can turn on or off reshapenodes, stitch angles, and entry/exit points as required.4 Select reshape nodes by any of the following means:! Drag a bounding box around the reshape nodes you require.! Holding down Ctrl, select individual nodes.! Holding down Shift, left- or right-click start and end nodes.5 Reshape the letter by adding, deleting and dragging the reshape nodes,and press Enter. See Reshaping embroidery objects for details.Click letter outlineHold down Shift andleft- or right-click toselect rangeHold down Ctrl andclick to select individualnodesDraw bounding box toselect group of nodesReshape by adding,deleting and draggingreshape nodesES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 6006 Adjust the stitch angles as required and press Enter. See Adjusting stitchangles for details.Tip Holding down the Ctrl key, click the outline wherever you want toplace an additional stitch angle line.

7 Adjust the entry/exit points as required and press Enter. See Adjustingentry/exit points and last stitches for details.Tip You can select and delete multiple nodes on a single segment. Ifthere are fewer than four nodes remaining, the segment itself is deleted.However, if the letter includes more than one segment, those remainingare still viable.8 Press Esc to finish.Adjust entry/exitpointsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 601Tip The Stitch Angle and Reshape Object tools let you add, delete,or adjust stitch angles in lettering objects. See Adjusting stitch anglesfor details.Recoloring letters on-screenES Designer lets you change the color of individual letters within a letteringobject.Tip You can also insert a color change between two letters by keying a caret(^) symbol. Subsequent letters default to the next color in the palette. SeeCreating lettering with Object Properties for details.To recolor letters on-screen1 Click the Lettering icon then click within the lettering object.2 Select a letter (or letters) by dragging the cursor over the letter.3 Click a color on the color palette.4 Press Enter.

Adjusting baselinesBaselines can be modified after placement either directly on-screen or viathe Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog. With the exceptionof Free Line, baselines allow you to set the final length of the finishedUse Lettering (Input toolbar) to recolor letters on-screen.Drag cursor overletter to selectES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 602lettering. Once you have placed a baseline, ES Designer attempts to fit allthe letters without altering the baseline length.Tip As a baseline is filled with letters, letter spacing decreases. Eventually,letters may overlap. If so, you can adjust the baseline length toaccommodate them, or change the lettering width in the Object Properties> Special > Lettering dialog.Reshaping baselines on-screenBaselines can be adjusted on-screen after they have been placed in thedesign with the Reshape Object tool. Depending on the baseline type youare working with, you can adjust baseline angles, lengths, and sizes. Youcan change curve radii and justification points. You can completely reshapeAny Shape baselines.Tip For more precise numeric control over lettering layout, use the Layoutdialog. See Adjusting straight baseline settings and Adjusting curvedbaseline settings for details.To reshape a baseline on-screen! Select the lettering object and click the Reshape Object iconUse Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape lettering baselines.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 603Different control points display for different baselines.Tip The large diamond and cross represent stitching start and endpoints. You may need to move them to access baseline control points.See Reshaping individual letters on-screen for details.! Change angles of straight baselines by dragging the solid square controlpoints at either end.! Create an arc baseline from a circular one by dragging the hollow square

control point apart.baseline controlpointsDrag up or down to changebaseline angleDrag left or right to changecircle baseline to arcES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 604! Change lettering orientation of arc baselines by dragging the solidsquare control points at either end.Tip The exact letter positions depend on the justification—left, center,right or justified. If the baseline becomes too short, letter spacing isreduced, and letters may overlap.! Change the radius of curved baselines by dragging the solid squarecontrol point in the center of the circle.! Alternatively, change the radius of curved baselines by dragging thesolid square control point in the center of the baseline.Drag along circumference tochange baseline lengthDrag up or downto change radiusof curveDrag up or downto change radiusof curveES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 605! Adjust Any Shape baselines by adding, deleting, changing or movingreference points like any embroidery object. See also Reshapingembroidery objects.! To reshape, left-click to bend the line at an angle, right-click to bendinto a curve.! To re-position, drag any one of the baseline control points up ordown.! To delete, select a control point and press Delete.! To change straight to curve, or curve to straight, select the controlpoint and press Spacebar.! Press Esc to finish.Adjusting straight baseline settingsA Free Line baseline does not have a fixed or pre-determined length; thebaseline extends as long as you keep adding letters. You can adjust baselineangle numerically. A Fixed Line baseline has a fixed length which you candigitize or specify numerically. Various options are available to handle textLeft or right-click on thebaseline to addDrag any controlpoint up or downDrag to change curvatureUse Lettering (Input toolbar) to adjust baseline settings.ES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 606that extends beyond the baseline. See also Applying horizontal baselinesand Applying vertical baselines.To adjust straight baseline settings1 Double-click a selected lettering object/s.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Click Layout.The Layout dialog opens. The baseline options depend on the type ofbaseline selected.3 Select a horizontal or vertical baseline, free or fixed, from the list.Click to lay outbaselineAdjust length andangle values

Select autoframe styleES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 607Free Line baselines allow you to adjust the Line Angle value. Fixed Linebaselines also give you control over line length as well as options forhandling text which does not fit the baseline. This is particularly usefulfor multiple ‘team’ names. See Team lettering for details.4 For fixed line baselines, select an ‘auto-frame’ style:! Spacing: Letter size and width stays the same and letters arespaced evenly along the baseline. Letters may overlap if the text istoo wide.! Width: The width of each letter is reduced and the original spacingkept.! Size (Keep Proportions): Letter width and height is reducedproportionally but the original spacing remains.! Spacing and Width: Letter width and spacing is reduced.! Spacing and Size (Keep Proportions): Letter width, height andspacing is reduced proportionally.5 Adjust the Length and Line Angle values as required.! Length: Enter the default length of fixed line baselines. For free linebaselines this is not available.! Line Angle: Enter the exact angle of the baseline to the horizontalaxis.ES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 6086 Select a baseline position.When creating lettering for a badge, for example:! For lettering above the badge, select a baseline below.! For lettering below the badge, select a baseline above.! For horizontal lettering through the middle of the badge, select acentered baseline.7 Specify the letter, word and line spacing as required.See Adjusting spacing settings for details.8 Select the letter orientation.See Changing letter orientation for details.9 Click OK to return to Object Properties > Special and click Apply.Adjusting curved baseline settingsAdjust circle and arc baseline settings for more precise numeric control overradius (X and Y), as well as tilt, justification, and arc angles.Tip For interactive control over lettering layout, see Reshaping baselineson-screen.To adjust curved baseline settings1 Double-click a selected lettering object/s.baselinebelowbaselinecenteredbaselineaboveUse Lettering (Input toolbar) to adjust baseline settings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 609The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Click Layout.The Layout dialog opens. The baseline options depend on the type ofbaseline selected.3 Select a circle or arc baseline type from the list.The Tilt, Radius X, Radius Y, Justification Angle and Arc Angle fieldsare activated.4 Adjust these values as required:! Radius X: default radius of the baseline arc (X-axis).

! Radius Y: default radius of the baseline arc (Y-axis).Click to lay outbaselineAdjust Tilt, Radius X, RadiusY, Justification and Arc Anglevaluesradius X: 50radius Y: 50radius X: 50radius Y: 100radius X: 100radius Y: 50ES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 610! Tilt: angle of the baseline relative to the horizontal axis.Note The Tilt field is activated when Radius X and Radius Y values aredifferent.! Justification Angle: angle of the vertical axis through the letteringobject relative to the horizontal axis.! Arc Angle: angle between radii connecting ends of baseline tocenter of arc. This constrains the baseline so the text falls within thearc specified.5 Select a baseline position.When digitizing lettering for a badge, for example:tilt angle 45°tilt angle 0°justificationangle 90°justificationangle 45°arc angle 100° arc angle 70°baselinebelowbaselinecenteredbaselineaboveES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 611! For lettering above the badge, select a clockwise circle or arc withbaseline below.! For lettering below the badge, select a counterclockwise circle or arcwith baseline above.! For horizontal lettering through the middle of the badge, select afixed line with baseline centered.6 Specify the letter, word and line spacing as required.See Adjusting letter spacing for details.7 Select the letter orientation.See Changing letter orientation for details.8 Click OK to return to Object Properties > Special > Lettering andclick Apply.Changing letter orientationYou can define the rotation angle of letters relative to the baseline or thedesign itself. The latter lets you keep letters vertical regardless of baselineangle in order to achieve a ‘staircase effect’.To change letter orientation1 Right-click the Lettering icon or double-click selected lettering object/s.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Click Layout to open the Layout dialog.Click to lay outbaselineES 2006 Chapter 25 Editing Embroidery Lettering 6123 Select an Orientation setting.! Baseline: orients letters relative to the lettering baseline.

! Design: orients letters relative to the horizontal.4 Enter an orientation angle.5 Click OK to return to Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialogand click Apply.Set orientationangleSelect orientationrelative to baselineor designBaseline angle: 0ºOrientation: 60º todesignBaseline angle: 0ºOrientation: 10º tobaselineES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 613

Chapter 26

Adjusting Lettering StitchSettingsWhen it comes to stitching, you can fine-tune the density, add pullcompensation and underlay, or change to center-out stitching. Like allembroidery objects, each lettering object has its own stitch properties.Adjust settings at any stage. ES Designer also gives you precise control overthe stitch angles of individual letters. You can also specify the join methodand stitching sequence you prefer.This section describes changing lettering stitch types in lettering objects,and adjusting lettering stitch angles. It also explains how to adjust thelettering stitching sequence as well as lettering join method.Note For information about adjusting travel run length in lettering objects,see Adjusting travel run stitch length. For information about adjustinglettering connector values, see Using automatic connectors.

Changing lettering stitch typesBy default, lettering objects are filled with Satin stitch. You can also applyother basic fill stitch types, such as Tatami or Zigzag, as with otherembroidery objects. See Selecting stitch types for details.ES 2006 Chapter 26 Adjusting Lettering Stitch Settings 614Note Lettering values are stored in the <PRESET_LETTERING> style in theNormal template. Changing these does not affect the values of otherobjects. Do not delete or rename this style. See Working with styles fordetails.Adjusting Satin stitch settings for lettering objectsBy default, lettering objects are filled with Satin stitch. Where a letter isnarrow, stitches are tight, thus requiring fewer stitches to cover the fabric.Where a column is very narrow, stitches need to be less dense because toomany needle penetrations can damage the fabric. See also Creating fills withSatin stitch.To adjust Satin stitch settings for lettering objects1 Double-click a selected lettering object.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Select the Fills tab.Alternatively, right-click the Satin icon with the lettering object selected.Right-click Satin (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Satin values for letteringobjects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 6153 Select Satin stitch from the Stitch Type list.4 Select the type of stitch spacing you want for your lettering.

! For Fixed Spacing, clear the Auto Spacing checkbox and select avalue (in millimeters) in the Stitch Spacing field. For more openstitching, select a higher value for decreased stitch density. SeeAdjusting Satin stitch spacing for details.! For Auto Spacing, select the Auto Spacing checkbox and specify theamount of adjustment to make to the spacings as a % value. SeeApplying Auto Spacing to Satin stitch for details.5 If you want to use Auto Split, select the checkbox and specify the AutoSplit Length and Auto Split Minimum Stitch values.Note The Auto Split and Auto Jump features help you to control longSatin stitches. See Splitting long stitches with Auto Split and Preservinglong stitches with Auto Jump for details.6 Click Apply.Adjust stitchsettingsSelect SatinAuto Spacing ON Auto Spacing OFFES 2006 Chapter 26 Adjusting Lettering Stitch Settings 616Adjusting Tatami stitch settings for lettering objectsYou can fill lettering shapes with Tatami stitching. It is suitable for fillinglarge, irregular lettering shapes. See also Creating fills with Tatami stitch.To adjust Tatami stitch settings for lettering objects1 Double-click a selected lettering object.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Select the Fills tab.Alternatively, right-click the Tatami icon with the lettering objectselected.3 Select Tatami stitch from the list.4 Adjust stitch spacing to increase or decrease density.5 Adjust stitch length to increase or decrease needle penetrations.Right-click Tatami (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Tatami values for letteringobjects.Select TatamiAdjust stitch valuesAdjust offset settingsSelect backstitch typeEnter random factorES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 617See Adjusting Tatami stitch spacing and length for details.6 Choose a backstitch type—Standard, Borderline, or Diagonal.See Selecting a Tatami backstitch for details.7 Select the Offset Fraction option to specify how each row is offset inorder to create special embroidery effects.See Setting Tatami offset fractions for details.8 Select the Partition Lines option as an alternative method for offsettingneedle penetrations in Tatami fills.See Applying Tatami partition lines for details.9 Specify a random factor to eliminate the split line patterns formed byregular needle penetrations.See Applying random factors for details.10 Click Apply.Adjusting Zigzag stitch settings for lettering objectsZigzag stitch is similar to Satin in that the needle penetrates each side ofthe column. But while Satin gives a straight line followed by a diagonal,Zigzag produces two diagonal lines, thereby producing a more open stitch.It is generally used for decorative effect or where fewer stitches arerequired. The density is determined by the stitch spacing setting. See alsoCreating outlines with Zigzag stitch.To adjust Zigzag stitch settings for lettering objects1 Double-click a selected lettering object.

The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Select the Fills tab.Alternatively, right-click the Zigzag icon with the lettering objectselected.Right-click Zigzag (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust Zigzag values for letteringobjects.ES 2006 Chapter 26 Adjusting Lettering Stitch Settings 6183 Select Zigzag stitch from the Stitch Type list.4 Enter a spacing value in the Stitch Spacing field.5 Click Apply.

Adjusting stitching sequence and join methodYou can specify the sequence in which letters are stitched to minimizeregistration problems such as on caps or difficult fabrics. While the ClosestJoin method is recommended in most cases to minimize trims, you maysometimes want to use the As Digitized setting with alphabets whichinclude multiple colors, multiple stitch types, or special effects.Adjusting letter sequencingYou can specify the sequence in which letters are stitched to minimizeregistration problems such as on caps or difficult fabrics. For example, theCenter Out option is especially useful when stitching on caps. There arealso options for multiple lines of lettering which are useful for machineswithout trimmers.To adjust letter sequencing1 Right-click the Lettering icon or double-click selected lettering object/s.Adjust stitchspacingSelect Zigzagstitch spacing: 1.0mm stitch spacing: 1.5mmClick Lettering (Input toolbar) to adjust the lettering stitching sequence.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 619The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Click Sequence.The Sequence dialog opens.3 Select a stitching sequence. Options include:! In Line: Select whether you want the lettering to be stitchedleft-to-right or right-to-left in each line.! Center Out: Select this checkbox if you want the lettering stitchedfrom the center out. You can specify that one side of the center isstitched followed by the other, or that each letter is stitchedalternatively on either side of the center.Click SequenceAdjust single linestitching sequenceAdjust multiple linestitching sequencestitched right-to-left stitched left-to-rightright side stitched first left side stitched firstES 2006 Chapter 26 Adjusting Lettering Stitch Settings 620! Line by Line: Choose whether you want multiple lines of letteringto stitch top-to-bottom or bottom-to-top. You can also specify thatthe first line should be stitched left-to-right, and the secondright-to-left.Note You can combine both In Line and Line by Line sequencingoptions.4 Click OK to return to the Special tab.5 Click Apply.Tip Travel through your design to check the stitching sequence. SeeTraveling by stitches for details.Changing lettering join method

The lettering stitch method is preset togive the best results for each alphabet. Inmost cases, Closest Join isrecommended in order to minimize trims.See Standard Alphabets for details.TheAs Digitized setting is used withalphabets which include multiple colors orspecial effects. Such alphabets may include machine functions, as fortwo-color alphabets, or run stitches as part of the cover stitching.Lettering objects normally consist of one stitch type only. However, the AsDigitized join method together with Original Stitch Values setting can beused with special fonts which combine several stitch types—e.g. Satin withRun, or Tatami, or Motifs.To adjust lettering join method1 Right-click the Lettering icon or double-click selected lettering object/s.stitchedbottom-to-topstitchedtop-to-bottomUse Lettering (Input toolbar) to change the lettering join stitch method.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 621The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Click Sequence.The Sequence dialog opens.3 Select a join method from the list:! Bottom Join: Letters are joined along the baseline. Use it whenstitching on towelling—joins are hidden in the pile.! Closest Join: Letters are joined at the closest point. Use it tominimize trims.! As Digitized: Letters are stitched out the same way they wereoriginally digitized. Use it with alphabets combining different fillstitch types or special effects.4 Select the Original Stitch Values checkbox as required.This setting is only available if the As Digitized join type is selected.Select it when using special fonts which combine several stitch types. Ifnot selected, these letters will be stitched with a single stitch type.Tip For the recommended stitch and join methods, see StandardAlphabets.5 Click OK to return to the Special tab.6 Click Apply.Select join methodSelect Original StitchValuesBottom Join Closest Join As DigitizedAs Digitized and OriginalStitch Values selectedAs Digitized but OriginalStitch Values not selectedClosest Join selectedES 2006 Chapter 26 Adjusting Lettering Stitch Settings 622

Adjusting lettering underlay settingsLettering appearance and quality depends a lot on underlay which serves asa foundation for the cover stitching. As well as stabilizing, underlay alsoprovides ‘loft’, raising cover stitches and preventing them from sinking intosoft fabrics. It can also prepare a napped fabric by flattening it. Mostlettering used in designs is 15 mm high or less. The columns at such sizesare less than 3 mm wide for normal—not heavy or block—fonts. Suchobjects are best served with a single Center Run or Edge Run underlay.Center Run places a row of stitches along the center of a column. Edge Runplaces stitches around the edge of each column. Large letters for jacket

backs and so on, can of course use a second layer of underlay.Double-zigzag is sometimes used to give added loft. See also Strengtheningand stabilizing with automatic underlays.Edge Run underlays for lettering and branched objects also provide a Weldoption. When activated, underlay is applied to the lettering object as awhole, rather than segment-by-segment. This means there should be nooverlaps where segments join.To adjust lettering underlay settings1 Select a lettering object.2 Right-click the Auto Underlay icon.Right-click Auto Underlay (Stitch Types toolbar) to adjust lettering underlaysettings.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 623The Object Properties > Underlay dialog opens.3 Select the First Underlay checkbox and select Center Run or Edge Runas the First underlay type.Tip If you select Edge Run, a further Weld option becomes available.When activated, underlay is applied to the lettering object as a whole.This means there is no duplication where two objects overlap.4 Enter the required length values for each underlay type.See Adjusting Center Run and Edge Run underlay settings for details.5 Click Apply.Tip Run Slow Redraw to see how the underlay will stitch out. SeeRedrawing the stitching sequence slowly for details.Adjust fixed orvariable run lengthSelect Edge Run(or Center Run)Select 1st underlay andoptionally select WeldES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 624

Chapter 27

Special Lettering FeaturesAdd special characters and symbols toyour lettering. Create interestingdistortions using lettering envelopes. Addattractive borders such as rectangles,ovals, and shields. Use the Team Namesfeature to create designs with multiplenames. For example, use the same logowith different names for sports teams orcorporate uniforms without having tocreate multiple copies of the same design.This section shows you how to add specialcharacters and symbols. It describes how to create special effects withenvelopes. It also covers adding borders to lettering, as well as setting up‘team lettering’ designs.

Adding special characters and symbolsEmbroidery and TrueType fonts generally contain many more charactersthan are available via your keyboard. In ES Designer, you can add specialcharacters and symbols directly through the Select Symbols dialog or bymeans of the Windows Character Map.Inserting symbolsUse Lettering (Input toolbar) to add special characters and symbols.Right-click to select lettering options.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 625You can quickly add special characters and symbols to your lettering

designs.Tip If you know the keyboard shortcut for a symbol, add it to your letteringby entering the combination on-screen or in the Object Properties >Special > Lettering dialog.To insert symbols1 Right-click the Lettering icon.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Click Insert Symbol.Click InsertSymbolES 2006 Chapter 27 Special Lettering Features 626The Symbol Selection dialog opens.3 Select an alphabet or symbol set from the Symbol Set list.4 Select the symbols you want to use.The selected symbols are displayed in the Selection field.5 Click Make Current.The selected symbols are displayed in the text entry panel of the ObjectProperties > Special > Lettering dialog.Note Click Delete to remove symbols displayed in the Selection fieldas required.6 Click Apply.7 Continue creating the lettering object in the normal way. See Creatinglettering with Object Properties for details.Show pictures andcharactersSelect alphabetor symbol setSelectsymbolsShow picturesShow charactersSelected symbolsdisplayedClick to addClick to close Click to deleteES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 627Using the Character MapUse the Windows Character Map to provide quick access to commonsymbols and letters. The Character Map is usually installed as part of theWindows setup. See your Windows documentation for more details.To use the Character Map1 Open the Windows Character Map.By default, you will find it under Start > Programs > Accessories >System Tools > Character Map.2 Select a font from the Font list.3 Double-click a character, or select it and press Select.The character/s appear in the Characters to copy field.4 Click Copy to copy the character to the clipboard.5 Paste it into the text entry panel of the Object Properties > Special >Lettering dialog.To do this, click inside the text entry panel and press Ctrl+V.Tip You can also paste characters and symbols into an external graphicsprogram to use as the basis for creating your own custom characters.See Digitizing custom letters for details.Select fontSelect symbolsor double-clickSelected symbolsdisplayed Click toselectClick tocopy

ES 2006 Chapter 27 Special Lettering Features 628

Creating special effects with envelopesApply Envelope effects to lettering objects to make them bulge or arch,stretch or compress.Distorting lettering objectsFour types of Envelope effect are available—Bridge, Pennant, Perspectiveand Diamond.Tip Envelopes are typically applied to lettering objects, but they can alsobe applied to other types of embroidery object.To distort lettering objects1 Select the lettering object you want to distort.Tip To apply an envelope to several objects, group them first, thenapply the envelope. See Grouping and ungrouping objects for details.2 Select Edit > Envelope.3 Select an envelope type from among the following alternatives:Different handles display around the object outline depending on theenvelope type.Use Envelope (Edit menu) to create special effects with envelopes.Bridge Pennant Perspective DiamondBridge Pennant Perspective DiamondBridge reshapehandlesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 6294 Drag one or more handles up or down to distort the object.! To move two handles in opposite directions, hold the Shift key downwhile dragging a handle.! To move the handles in the same direction, hold down the Ctrl keywhile dragging a handle.5 Press Esc to finish.Editing text in envelopesYou can edit the lettering text in envelopes on-screen in the same way asnormal lettering. When you click inside the lettering, a duplicate displaysbelow the envelope.To edit text in envelopes1 Click the Lettering icon with the lettering object in an envelopeselected.Duplicate letters appear below the selected shape in their original form.The cursor changes to an I-beam and appears after the last letter.DragShift + dragCtrl + dragUse Lettering (Input toolbar) to edit letters in envelopes on-screen.ES 2006 Chapter 27 Special Lettering Features 6302 Click inside the duplicate lettering object and edit text as required.3 Press Enter to complete.The lettering in the envelope is updated.Removing envelopesReturn an object to its original shape by removing the envelope.To remove envelopes! Select the lettering object.! Select Edit > Envelope > Delete.The envelope is removed and the letters return to their original shape.

Team letteringThe Team Names feature lets you create designs with multiple names. Forexample, you can use the same logo with different names for sports teamsor corporate uniforms without having to create multiple copies of the samedesign. When you use Team Names, you create a variable lettering object,Add letters at

I-beam cursorPress EnterUse Envelope > Delete (Edit menu) return an object to its original shape by removingthe envelope.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 631and associate names with it. Names are stored in lists that can be accessedfrom any design. You can add to these lists, or remove names at any time.Depending on how you want to stitch out, you can choose to save and stitchthe names and designs separately, or together.Creating name groupsCreate a new name group to associate a list of names with Team Namesobjects. Once you create a group, the names in it are available to alldesigns.Note Team Names groups are stored in the Namedrop.emn file in yourinstallation’s ...\res folder. If the file becomes corrupted, copyESWin\bin\namedrop.emn to ESWin\res\namedrop.emn. This willrestore Team Names groups to the default settings.To create a name group1 Click the Team Names icon.The Team Names dialog opens.2 Click Add in the Group panel.Use Team Names (Input toolbar) to create name groups.Add newgroupES 2006 Chapter 27 Special Lettering Features 632The Group Name dialog opens.3 Enter a name for the group and click OK.The new group name appears in the Group list. The Group Memberspanel remains empty until you add names to it.4 Add members to the group as required:! See Adding individual members to name groups for details.! See Adding multiple members to name groups for details.5 Click OK.Adding individual members to name groupsYou can add members to a group one-by-one or as a entire group. See alsoAdding multiple members to name groups.To add individual members to a name group1 Click the Team Names icon.Enter groupname Gaelic Football Club

new group Gaelic Football Club

Use Team Names (Input toolbar) to add individual members to a group.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 633The Team Names dialog opens.2 Select a group from the Group list, or create a new one. See Creatingname groups for details.3 Click Add in the Group Members panel.The Group Member Add/Edit dialog opens.4 Enter the first name of the member in the Name 1 field.5 Optionally, enter second and third names as required.6 Click OK.Select group Gaelic Football Club

Add newmemberAdd first nameAdd second nameAdd third namePatrickMichaelFitzpatrick

ES 2006 Chapter 27 Special Lettering Features 634

The name is added to the Group Members list.Adding multiple members to name groupsYou can add members to a group one-by-one or as a entire group. See alsoAdding individual members to name groups.To add multiple members to a name group1 Click the Team Names icon.The Team Names dialog opens.2 Select a group from the Group list, or create a new one. See Creatingname groups for details.3 Click Quick Names.Use Team Names (Input toolbar) to add multiple members to a group.Gaelic Football Club

name added Michael Patrick Fitzpatrick

Select group Gaelic Football Club

Select QuickNamesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 635The Quick Names dialog opens.4 Enter the names in the format Name 1, Name 2, Name 3.You can type the names, or paste them in from a text file. Each namemust be separated by a comma. Each complete name must be on a newline.5 Click OK.The new names are added to the Group Members list.Tip Edit the list by using Add, Delete and Edit.Creating team name designsTo associate multiple names with a design, you create a variable TeamNames object. Names are stored together in groups. You can select namesfrom an existing group or create a new one.Michael,Patrick,FitzpatrickPatrick,Simon,FitzsimonsSimon,Gerald,FitzgeraldGerald, Roy, FitzroyRoy,John, FitzjohnJohn, Maurice, FitzmauriceMaurice,Henry,Fitzhenry

Enter namesGaelic Football ClubMichael Patrick FitzpatrickPatrick Simon FitzsimonsSimon Gerald FitzgeraldGerald Roy FitzroyRoy John FitzjohnJohn Maurice FitzmauriceMaurice Henry Fitzhenry

names addedAdd/edit/deletenamesUse Team Names (Input toolbar) to associate multiple names with a design.ES 2006 Chapter 27 Special Lettering Features 636To create a team name design1 Open the design you want to use.2 Click the Team Names icon.The Team Names dialog opens.3 Select a group from the Group list.The names display in the Group Members list. See also Creating namegroups and Adding multiple members to name groups.4 Select names to associate with the design from the Group Memberslist.! To select multiple names, hold down Ctrl as you select.! To select a range of names, hold down Shift as you select.5 Click Add to add them to the Team Members list.Alternatively, to associate all names in the group, click Add All.Selected names are copied to the Team Members list. The NamingOrder defaults to Name 1, Name 2, Name 3.

Tip When you click Add, names are appended to the Team Memberslist. Clicking Add repeatedly means that a fresh copy of the selectedname or names is appended each time.Gaelic Football ClubMichael Patrick FitzpatrickPatrick Simon FitzsimonsSimon Gerald FitzgeraldGerald Roy FitzroyRoy John FitzjohnJohn Maurice FitzmauriceMaurice Henry Fitzhenry

Select groupAdd all orselected namesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 6376 In the Team Members list, edit members as required.! To sort team member names alphabetically, select a column byclicking the button at the top of the column. To select multiplecolumns, hold down Ctrl as you select.! To change the stitching order, select a name and click Up or Down.! To remove a name from the list, select it, and click Remove. To clearall names from the Members Selected list, click Remove All.7 Set Naming Order options as required—e.g.! To stitch only first and third names, select Name 1 and Name 3 incolumns one and two.! To stitch names in reverse order, select Name 3, Name 2, andName 1 in columns one, two and three.8 To adjust lettering format settings, click Show Properties.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens. The textentry panel is grayed out, indicating that you are entering lettering by adifferent method to normal.Gaelic Football ClubMichael Patrick FitzpatrickPatrick Simon FitzsimonsSimon Gerald FitzgeraldGerald Roy FitzroyRoy John FitzjohnJohn Maurice FitzmauriceMaurice Henry Fitzhenry

Remove all orselected namesSet namingorder optionsClick to sortnamesalphabeticallyAdjust letteringformatMichaelPatrickSimonGeraldRoyJohnMauriceFitzpatrickFitzsimonsFitzgeraldFitzroyFitzjohnFitzmauriceFitzhenry

Text entry panelgrayed outES 2006 Chapter 27 Special Lettering Features 638Tip You have the opportunity to change the settings after the namesare stitched, but it is quicker to set them at this stage. If the designalready contains Team Member objects, Show Properties is disabled.9 Adjust the settings as required. See Creating lettering with ObjectProperties for details.10 Click Apply.11 Click OK in the Team Names dialog.

Depending on your baseline selection, you may be prompted to enterreference points. See Applying baselines for details.ES Designer generates stitches for all names in the Team Members list.The associated Team Members dialog opens automatically, the firstTeam Member name in the list is selected and is visible in the designwindow.12 Select names one-by-one from the Team List to view them togetherwith the design.Viewing and modifying individual team namesYou can preview individual team names in the design window as they will bestitched out with the design. Set individual properties for each name.Select names toview on-screenSimonPatrickMichaelGeraldMauriceJohnRoyFitzgeraldFitzsimonsFitzpatrickFitzroyFitzhenryFitzmauriceFitzjohn

Use Team List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Team Members display on/off.Use it to view and edit individual team names.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 639To view and modify team names1 Open the Team Names design you want to use. See also Creating teamname designs.2 Click the Team List icon.The Team Members dialog opens. By default all member names areselected.Tip By default a space is inserted between Name 1 and Name 2. Toremove this space, set the Word Spacing value in the Layout dialog to0%. See Adjusting letter spacing for details.3 View team names in any of the following ways:! Select a team member name. The selected name displays on-screenwith the current lettering properties.! Use the arrows keys to scroll up and down the list to view each namein turn.! To sort team member names alphabetically, click the tab at the topof a column to select, then click the Sort button.4 To view and/or edit a selected team member’s object properties, selecta name then click Show Properties.SimonPatrickMichaelGeraldMauriceJohnRoyFitzgeraldFitzsimonsFitzpatrickFitzroyFitzhenryFitzmaurice

Fitzjohn Select name toview on-screenClick to selectcolumnView properties ofselected namesClick to sortselected namesalphabetically

SimonPatrickMichaelGeraldMauriceJohnRoyFitzgeraldFitzsimonsFitzpatrickFitzroyFitzhenryFitzmauriceFitzjohn

ES 2006 Chapter 27 Special Lettering Features 640The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.5 Adjust the settings as required and click Apply.The lettering updates automatically. See Creating lettering with ObjectProperties for details.6 For additional reshaping on-screen, do one of the followings:! Edit a selected name on-screen as you would any other letteringobject.Team Names lets you do this without having to save the name asseparate design. Most important is the ability to manually adjustlettering kerning. See Editing Embroidery Lettering for details.! Adjust the lettering baseline as you would any other lettering object.Most important is the ability to select an ‘auto-frame’ style for fixedline baselines. See Adjusting straight baseline settings for details.7 To copy the object properties of one selected team member to all teammembers, click Apply to All.8 To add members to the list, click Add.The Team Names dialog opens. You can add further names to the listfrom the current Team Names group or any other group. See Creatingteam name designs for details.9 To delete members from the list, click Delete.Simon Fitzgerald

Adjust settings forindividual namesEdit text forindividual nameES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 64110 Click X in the top corner of the dialog to close.Note When the Team Members dialog is closed, all team membernames become visible but the one on top is selected in the designwindow.Modifying team names by columnYou can easily set properties, such as font, size or color for an entire columnof names. For example, you might want to highlight the given name in aparticular way.To modify team names by column1 Open the Team Names design you want to use. See also Creating teamname designs.2 Click the Team List icon.All team member namesvisible—only the one ontop selectedUse Team List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Team Members display on/off.Use it to view and edit individual team names.Right-click Lettering (Input toolbar) to edit lettering on-screen.ES 2006 Chapter 27 Special Lettering Features 642The Team Members dialog opens. By default all member names areselected.3 Click the tab at the top of a column and right-click the Lettering icon.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.4 Adjust the settings as required and click Apply.

The lettering for the entire column updates automatically. See Creatinglettering with Object Properties for details.SimonPatrickMichaelGeraldMauriceJohnRoyFitzgeraldFitzsimonsFitzpatrickFitzroyFitzhenryFitzmauriceFitzjohn

Click to selectcolumnAdjust settings for allnames in columnText entry panelgrayed outSelect alphabetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 643Creating individual designs with team namesYou can create individual designs from each name in a Team Names design.The name will still be included in the original.To create individual designs with team names1 Open the Team Names design you want to use.See also Creating team name designs.2 Click the Team List icon.The Team Members dialog opens. By default all member names areselected.3 Select names you want to use.! To select multiple names, hold down Ctrl as you select.! To select a range of names, hold down Shift as you select.! To select all names in the list, click Select All.4 To create individual embroidery designs for each selected team member,click Create Design(s).A new design is created for each selected name. The name is now anormal lettering object.5 Click the Save icon to open the Save As dialog.Use Team List (Standard toolbar) to toggle Team Members display on/off.Use it to view and edit individual team names.Select namesto useClick to createindividual designsSimonPatrickMichaelGeraldMauriceJohnRoyFitzgeraldFitzsimonsFitzpatrickFitzroyFitzhenryFitzmauriceFitzjohn

ES 2006 Chapter 27 Special Lettering Features 6446 Enter a new name for the design and click Save.Creating a matrix of team name designsThe Team Names Matrix feature allows you to automatically create amatrix for all names in a team name object together with theircorresponding design. You have the option to minimize the number of colorchanges created by the matrix operation. The operation also attempts tominimize the number of jumps. A team name object must be present in the

design to activate the feature.To create a matrix of team name designs1 Open the team name design you want to use. See also Creating teamname designs.2 Select the entire design if you want to process the design together withthe team name object.3 Select Arrange > Team Name Matrix.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 645The Team Names Matrix dialog opens.! The Team Names field derives from the actual number of namesincluded in the design.! The Rows field is calculated from Hoop Height divided by RowHeight. Similarly the Columns field is calculated from Hoop Widthdivided by Column Width.! The Output Files field is calculated from the number of team namesdivided by rows X columns, rounded up to the nearest wholenumber.Note All calculated fields are updated when you change any of theheight and width settings.4 Set the hoop height and width to suit the requirements of the hoop youare using.These settings are remembered within a session but the defaults areloaded whenever you launch ES Designer.5 Set the row height and column width within the selected hoop settings.These settings are based on the design height and width properties.Increase them if you want to enlarge the gap between designs. Minimumand maximum settings: 2.50 mm and 999.99 mm.6 Select a Sequence option.Each option indicates a possible stitch sequence for the entire matrix.The red square indicates the starting point and the arrow shows thedirection of the stitching sequence.7 Select the Minimize Color Changes checkbox as required.Adjust row andcolumn settingsAdjust hoop widthand heightSelect stitchingsequenceSelect to minimizecolor changesCalculated fieldsbased on hoop size,and row and columnsettingsES 2006 Chapter 27 Special Lettering Features 646When selected, provided the team name object has more than one color,the entire matrix is resequenced by color.8 Click OK.A new file is created containing the number of team names that will fitinto the specified hoop—i.e. the number of rows multiplied by thenumber of columns, or less. If the number of team names exceeds thisvalue, another file is created to accommodate the additional names. Thetotal number of files created is given by the Output Files field.Outputting team name designsWhen you output a Team Names design, you need to define how it is to begenerated as a stitch file. You can generate files that include:! both the design and the names! design in one file and names in another, or! design and names in individual files.You set these options whenever you save the file in stitch format or output

it to machine.To output team name designs1 Create a Team Names design or open an existing one.2 Select File > Save As and select a stitch format from the Save As Typelist.3 Click Options.The Save Options > Team Names dialog opens.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 647Note Options is also available when you output designs. See alsoStitching designs with Stitch Manager.4 Select a Save option:! Design and Team Names with stops: creates a single stitch fileincluding one copy of the design and all names.Stops are inserted after the design, and between thenames—i.e. Design Stop TeamMember1 Stop TeamMember2Stop, etc.! Repeated Design and Team Names with stops: creates a singlestitch file with multiple copies of the design, and all names.Stops are inserted after each static design/namecombination—e.g. Design + TeamMember1 StopDesign + TeamMember2 Stop.! Create multiple output files: creates separate files for each name,each of which includes a copy of the static part of the design.When stitching to ES Machine Manager, each file is queuedseparately.! Design part only: creates a file containing only the static part of thedesign.! Team Names only with stops: creates a single file containing onlythe names, separated by stops. This means that after each machinestop, you can change frames.If you have selected Team Names only with stops, you have a furthertwo options:! Select Follow Auto Start/End Menu to set the start/end point foreach name.ES 2006 Chapter 27 Special Lettering Features 648As with any design, the needle should return to a known positionbefore a frame change. This ensures that the next name is stitchedin the correct position. See Setting automatic start and end pointsfor details.! Select Based on justification to set the start/end point for eachname according to its lettering justification, as follows:5 Click OK to return to the Save As dialog.6 Click Save.You are prompted with a confirmation message.7 Click OK.Justification Auto Start / End PointAlign Left Bottom LeftCenter Bottom MiddleAlign Right Bottom RightJustify Bottom LeftES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 649

Chapter 28

Custom AlphabetsTurn any TrueType font installed on your system into an embroideryalphabet. Typically spacing between certain character pairs appears unevendue to the optical illusion of having straight lines and curves side-by-side.

Automatic kerning is a user-defined option allowing you to customizekerning. Sometimes you find that you want to reshape a letter to improveits appearance, perhaps to suit a particular lettering height. ES Designer letsyou save the letter as an alternative version. In fact you can save multipleversions of the same letter within the same alphabet. You can even createyour own custom alphabets. Alternatively, modify an existing alphabet forspecial applications. Merge letters from two or more alphabets with thestand-alone alphabet merging utility.This section describes how to create new alphabets from TrueType fonts.Automatic letter kerning and user-refined alphabets are explained. Thesection also describes how to create and modify your own custom alphabetsand letters. Alphabet merging is also explained.

Converting TrueType fonts to embroidery alphabetsThe Convert TrueType Font feature lets you convert any TrueType fontinstalled on your system to an embroidery alphabet. You can do this ‘on theES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 650fly’ or convert entire fonts for later use. This is an important feature forAsian alphabets which may contain several thousands of characters.The process is fully automatic. Lettering shapes are ‘cut’ into Input A orInput B embroidery objects. Overlaps and stroke order are detected andstitch angles defined. The result is similar to manually digitized alphabetsalthough the quality may not be quite as high. The quality greatly dependson the original shapes, narrower serif type alphabets producing betterresults than blocked alphabets.Converting individual TrueType lettersYou can convert individual TrueType letters ‘on the fly’ and add them directlyto a design through the Object Properties dialog.To convert individual TrueType letters1 Right-click the Lettering icon.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.Use Lettering (Input toolbar) to add TrueType lettering directly on-screen.Right-click to set the formatting values for new or selected lettering objects.Select TT fontEnter textSet conversionvaluesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 6512 Select a TrueType font from the Alphabet list.3 Enter the text you want to embroider in the text entry panel.Alternatively, type it directly on-screen after adjusting the conversionsettings.Note The more letters you enter, the more time needed to convertthem.4 Click TTF Conversion.The Conversion Values dialog opens.Tip Click Suggest Values if you are not sure which options to select.Values are automatically set according to the selected alphabet.5 Select the lettering style you want to create from the Styleslist—Regular, Bold, Bold Italic or Italic.Note The Style panel is not available for some fonts.6 If you want the stitching to follow the contours of the letters, selectTurning Strokes. Otherwise select Complex Fill.Select letteringstyleSelect Complex Fillfor fixed stitch angleSelect TurningStrokes for variablestitch angleES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 652

The Turning Strokes option has preset values adjusted for theparticular alphabet style. The Complex Fill option lets you adjust thestitch angle.7 Select the Match Ends checkbox to keep stitch angles parallel to the endof the stroke.Note This option will override any corner detection and corner fractionwhere parallel stitching applies.Tip Stitch angles in strokes should normally be perpendicular to thestroke, but the exceptions are letters like K, X, Y with short slantedstrokes. In these cases it is better to keep the stitch angle parallel to theend of the stroke.8 Select the Break Angle checkbox to apply a cap to sharp angles.This effect is similar to Smart Corners—if the stroke bends sharply, likethe letter A or V, it will be split or capped.Complex Fillstitch angle 0ºTurning Strokes Complex Fillstitch angle 30ºMatch EndsON—stitchesparallel to baselineMatch Ends OFFBreak Angle Break Angle 87ºOFF—no splitES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 6539 Select the Create Overlaps checkbox to prevent gaps forming betweensegments.You can fine-tune the overlaps by setting values in the ‘T’ junctions and‘O’ junctions fields.10 Select the Separate Serifs checkbox if you are converting a serif font.Tip As the serifs are made into separate strokes, this option is betterused with larger lettering where serifs are greater than 0.8 mm inbreadth.11 Fine-tune processing of corners with these settings:! Corner Detection Angle specifies the angle which will identify acorner in the letter. This is more important for getting well-definedsmall letters. Note, however, that ES Designer automatically insertsstitch angles where needed in order to obtain smooth turningstitches. These generally occur at locations where the shapechanges significantly in direction or width.Create OverlapsOFFCreate OverlapsONSeparate SerifsONSeparate SerifsOFFES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 654! Corner Fraction specifies fractional spacing at corners. It is used tocreate smooth transitions of stitch angle at corners, shape ends, orwhere a shape changes in width or curvature significantly.12 Click OK to return to the Object Properties > Special > Letteringdialog.13 Click Apply.14 Click the entry point.! If you have already entered text in the Lettering dialog, letteringoutlines are created directly.! If not, type the letters on-screen and press Enter to create thelettering outlines.15 Select Stitch > Generate Stitches or press G.

Converting complete TrueType fontsThe Convert TrueType Font feature lets you convert any suitable TrueTypefont installed on your system into an embroidery alphabet. Converted letterscan be filled with parallel or turning stitches.Note The conversion usually only takes a few minutes, although Asian fontsmay take longer.Corner Detection Angle 150ºCorner Fraction 0.6 mmCorner Detection Angle 30ºCorner Fraction 1.0 mmUse Convert TrueType Font (Special menu) to convert a TrueType font into anembroidery alphabet.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 655To convert a complete TrueType font1 Select Special > Alphabet > Convert TrueType Font.The Convert TrueType Font dialog opens.2 Select the font to be converted and font style.3 Click Conversion Values.The Conversion Values dialog opens. See Converting individualTrueType letters for details.Tip Click Suggest Values if you are not sure which options to select.Values are automatically set according to the selected alphabet.4 Enter a Font Name if you want to overwrite the default.5 Choose whether to convert standard or extended character sets.The standard character set contains alphanumeric characters only. Itexcludes punctuation marks and other special characters.6 Click OK.Select fontSelect font styleSet valuesEnter fontnameChoosecharacter setArial Regular Arial Bold Arial ItalicES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 656When the font has been converted, the Convert TrueType Font dialogconfirms.7 Click OK.8 To check that the alphabet has been created, right-click the Letteringicon to open the Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog.The newly converted TrueType font will be selected by default. You cannow use it in the same way as other embroidery alphabets.Converting between Complex Fill and Turning StrokesWhen you convert TrueType fonts to embroidery lettering, the letters can befilled with parallel or turning stitches. You can convert between Complex Filland Turning Strokes at any stage.To convert between Complex Fill and Turning Strokes1 Digitize a lettering object using Convert TrueType Font. See To convertindividual TrueType letters for details.2 Select the lettering object.3 Right-click the Lettering icon.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.Right-click Lettering (Input toolbar) to convert between Complex Fill andTurning Strokes.Complex Fill withstitch angle of 0ºTrueType font appearsin Alphabet listSet conversionvalues

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 6574 Click TTF Conversion.The Conversion Values dialog opens.5 Specify whether the letters will be converted as Turning Strokes orComplex Fill.! If Turning Strokes is selected, select the required options.! If Complex Fill is selected, enter the stitch angle.See To convert individual TrueType letters for details.6 Click OK to return to the Object Properties > Special > Letteringdialog.7 Click Apply.

Automatic letter kerningThe purpose of the automatic kerning feature is to improve letteringappearance and legibility by fine-tuning spacings between letter pairs.Typically spacing between certain pairs appears uneven due to the opticalSelect Complex Fillfor fixed stitch angleSelect TurningStrokes for variablestitch angleletters converted toTurning StrokesES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 658illusion of having straight lines and curves side-by-side. Automatic kerningis a user-defined option allowing you to customize kerning.Applying automatic kerningThe automatic kerning option is accessed by means of the ObjectProperties dialog.To apply automatic kerning1 Double-click a lettering object.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Scroll down to the Spacing panel.If a kerning table exists for the selected alphabet or TrueType font, theAuto Kerning checkbox is enabled and selected by default.Right-click Lettering (Input toolbar) to adjust automatic kerning for selectedlettering objects.Select or deselectauto kerningES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 6593 Select or deselect Auto Kerning as required and click Apply.Note If the Auto Kerning checkbox is disabled, no kerning table existsfor the selected alphabet or TrueType font, or all the kerning values areset to zero. See Managing user-refined letters for details.Managing kerning tablesA kerning table is an array of kerning values for every possible pair of lettersin the alphabet. The Kerning Table command accesses a dialog used tomanage kerning tables. You can copy tables from one alphabet or TrueTypefont to an embroidery alphabet or remove its kerning table altogether.Note TrueType kerning tables cannot be replaced, added to, or modified inany way. You can, however, convert a TrueType font to an embroideryalphabet and add or modify a kerning table as required.To manage kerning tables1 Open the Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog.Use Object Properties (Standard toolbar) to access kerning tables.Click to accesskerning tableSelect alphabetES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 6602 Select an alphabet from the dropdown list.

3 Scroll down to the Spacing panel and click the Kerning Table button.The Kerning Table dialog opens with the current (target) embroideryalphabet displayed.The Choose Source dropdown list displays all alphabets and TrueTypefonts that contain kerning tables.Note The Zero Table command is enabled if the current (target)alphabet already has a kerning table. If you click this button, you areprompted to confirm removal of kerning information.4 Choose a suitable alphabet or TrueType font from the list and click CopySource to Table to load its kerning table to the current embroideryalphabet.If the current alphabet already contains a kerning table, you areprompted to overwrite it.Editing kerning valuesYou have created a lettering object which has Automatic Kerning toggledON.Choose similaralphabet or fontCurrent (target)alphabetCopy kerningtable to currentalphabetUse Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape selected objects, edit stitchangles, and adjust start/end points.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 661To edit kerning values1 Select a lettering object with automatic kerning and click the Reshapeicon.2 Click the diamond control point in the centre of the letter.3 Drag selected letter/s along the baseline or use arrow keys to adjust thespacing. See Adjusting individual letter spacing on-screen for details.Tip Alternatively, to move multiple letters, right-click the diamondcontrol point of the first letter and drag. All letters to the end of the linemove as one.4 Repeat as many times as necessary to fine-tune all letter spacings in theobject.5 Select one or more blocks of contiguous letters by Ctrl-clicking theirdiamond control points or dragging a selection box around them.Each block may contain two or more letters.6 Select Special > Alphabet > Update Kerning Values.You are prompted with a confirmation message box stating that theoperation will affect letter spacing of new lettering objects.7 Click OK.A new kerning value is generated for each contiguous pair of selectedletters of the same alphabet or font, and written to the associatedkerning table.

User-refined alphabetsSometimes you find that you want to reshape a letter to improve itsappearance, perhaps to suit a particular lettering height. ES Designer letsyou save the letter as an alternative version. In fact you can save multipleversions of the same letter within the same alphabet. Each version can haveES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 662a unique height range. When using the letter in a design, the height settingwill automatically determine which version is used. The feature therebyallows you to permanently record fixes to particular lettering problems andthereafter automatically apply them.Note The software preserves all user-refined alphabet letters when a newversion is installed. Only factory default letters are overwritten. Similarly all

user-refined alphabets are preserved unchanged.Saving user-refined lettersUser-refined letters are saved via the Save Letter option. This is enabledonly if an alphabet letter or converted and/or reshaped TrueType font letteris currently highlighted in the design window or selected in Reshape mode.One and only one letter may be saved at a time. In the example below, theletter ‘a’ tends to close over at reduced sizes. You may want to open it up.By saving it as a user-refined letter, any changes made will be automaticallyapplied to new lettering objects using the alphabet in the specified sizerange.To save a user-refined letter1 Create a lettering object using the embroidery alphabet letters or aTrueType font. See Creating Embroidery Lettering for details.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape selected objects, edit stitchangles, and adjust start/end points.Letter ‘a’ opened up atDefault ‘a’ too narrow at smaller size smaller sizeES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 6632 Size the lettering object and reshape the letter as required. SeeReshaping individual letters on-screen for details.Tip The Stitch Angle and Reshape Object tools let you add, delete,or adjust stitch angles in lettering objects. See Adjusting stitch anglesfor details.3 With the letter selected (by clicking the diamond control point), selectSpecial > Alphabet > Save Letter.The Save User-Refined Letter dialog opens.4 Set the height range for the letter:! All: the letter will be used at all letter heights (effectively replacingthe factory default).! Greater than: the letter will only be at heights greater than thatspecified.! Less than: the letter will only be at heights less than that specified.5 Give the new letter a unique name that you can easily identify—bydefault, the new version is given the name ‘User 1’.Select modified letterName the newversionSpecify theheight rangeES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 664If the name has already been used for that letter, you will be promptedto overwrite the existing saved letter. You can use the same name forother letters.6 Click OK.A confirmation message appears when the letter has been saved. Notethat changes to the selected letter are not automatically applied to thecurrent lettering object.7 To apply changes to all the same letters in the selected object, select theUse saved version checkbox in the Object Properties > Special >Lettering dialog and click Apply. See also Selecting alphabets.Managing user-refined lettersUser-refined letters are managed via the Manage User-Refined Lettersoption. This menu item is only enabled when a lettering object with analphabet containing user-refined letters is currently selected.To manage user-refined letters1 While the letter is selected, select Special > Alphabet > ManageUser-Refined Letters.modifiedletter ‘a’default letter ‘a’

Changes applied toboth lettersSelect to useuser-refined lettersES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 665The Manage User-Refined Lettering dialog opens.The name of the alphabet is shown at the top of the dialog. If thealphabet is a TrueType font, the TT font symbol is shown before thename.! The original factory default letter is identified by the name ‘Factory’.For converted TrueType font letters, the word ‘Convert’ appearsinstead of ‘Factory’. These labels cannot be edited.! With embroidery alphabets generated entirely by you, the originaldigitized letter is named ‘User 1’ by default. Every version of theletter, including the original, is editable.2 Use the left and right arrow buttons or dropdown list to select auser-refined letter in the current alphabet.3 Make any of the following modifications:! Click and rename any of the versions, except ‘Factory’ or ‘Convert’,as required.! Delete any selected version name except ‘Factory’ by clicking Delete.If the letter is a TrueType font conversion, all versions may bedeleted. If the letter is user-defined—i.e. non-Wilcom—you candelete all versions except one.! Deselect the Use checkbox of any version if you don’t want toinclude it in the alphabet but don’t want to delete it. Whendeselected, the size range formerly occupied by the letter isdistributed evenly between the closest neighboring versions whichhave their Use checkbox checked.4 Adjust the height range for the selected version of the letter by movingthe slider bars.Swap height rangesby moving selectedversion up or downAdjust height range for theselected letter versionSelect letter version toinclude in alphabetScroll to next orprevious letterClick andrename versionas requiredES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 666The height is shown in the current units set in the Regional Options ofyour PC. These can only be changed via the Control Panel.5 Swap height ranges of the selected version of the letter with the MoveUp and Move Down buttons.6 Click OK to confirm changes.

Creating custom alphabetsYou digitize letters for a custom alphabet just like other embroidery objects.Custom letters can be made up of multiple objects, and may be letters,numbers, symbols or pictures. You can use artwork from sources such ascalligraphy books to create alphabet letters.Note You can also create new alphabets by converting TrueType fonts. Seealso Converting TrueType fonts to embroidery alphabets.Choosing artwork to create custom alphabetsYou can use artwork to create alphabet letters in the same way you do otherobjects. Before digitizing, however, establish whether the letter shapes aresuitable for embroidery, and determine reference height and baseline for the

alphabet.Warning Because of copyright laws, you cannot simply select letters froman existing embroidery alphabet and save them directly to anotheralphabet.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 667Letter shapesFor best results, letter columns should be of similar width, without tightcurves or sharp corners, or very fine, very wide, or curved serifs.Reference height and baselineReference height is the maximum height of capital letters. Although theremay be subtle differences between upper and lower case letters, it is auseful guide for digitizing. See also Saving custom alphabets.Tip Place letters along a standard baseline to help digitize at a standardheight. Draw in the baseline if you are digitizing from artwork, or use a gridline as your guide. Descenders in letters such as y or g generally fall belowthe baseline.Tip Use E or H as reference letters to determine the height and baseline forthe alphabet. These letters work well because they sit on the baseline anddo not extend above the standard cap-height.corners too sharpdifferences in columnwidth too greatserifs too long and fineletter heightbaselineES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 668Letter spacing and widthLetter width varies with the letter shape and spacing. When you digitizeletters, you enter two reference points to mark the width, and a third tomark the height.Default spacing affects ‘kerning’ or spacing across all letters. Additionalwidth can be added as spacing around individual letters.Tip For italic styles, you may need some overlap between letter extents.Digitizing custom lettersYou can digitize letters from backdrop images, convert vector objects, ordigitize freehand using any of the input method tools. You can also copycharacters and symbols from the Windows Character Map into an externalgraphics program. Here you can modify them as you like, save them to agraphics file, and use it as a design backdrop. See also Using the CharacterMap.Letter stitching sequence is based on the alphabet join type you select whensaving it. If you save using the Closest Join or Bottom Join methods,ES Designer applies automatic branching to the letters. In this case, youdon’t need to worry about the direction individual letter strokes will stitchin. When branching is applied, ES Designer determines where each strokestarts and ends, adding travel runs as necessary. However, it is gooddiscipline to digitize the strokes in the direction they are most likely to bestitched in. It is also important to specify the stroke order as this ismaintained when sequencing is calculated. See also Saving customalphabets.If you want to specify the stitching sequence and connectors yourself,digitize the letter in sequence and manually digitize the connectingstitching. You then need to select As Digitized as the alphabet join method.See also Changing lettering join method.letter widthletter widthspacingincreasedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 669To digitize custom letters

1 Select an input method.If you are digitizing the sequence and connectors manually, use anyinput method. If you want the letter to be automatically resequencedwith Closest Join or Bottom Join, use Input A, Input B, Input C andComplex Fill objects.2 Select the stitch type.Tip Most letters use Satin or Tatami.3 Digitize each section of the letter.! Where one stroke butts up against the side or end of another, createan ‘underlap’ to bind the two strokes together. Underlaps should beabout a third of the stroke width or less, but may be half for thinstrokes.! Try to avoid having more than two strokes on top of each other asthis causes thread buildup and can lead to thread breaks.Sometimes modifying the shape can improve it.! Sometimes it is helpful to angle the ends of underlaps so that a fewstitches are ‘caught’ by the overlapping stroke. This prevents a gapappearing if the stitches of the top stroke pull back.underlapsoverlap / underlapES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 670! Where a stroke crosses another stroke, such as in the letter t, onestroke is commonly broken into two parts. For thin objects, you maydigitize the above stroke in one piece, crossing over or under theother.4 Adjust outlines using the Reshape Object tool if necessary.When the letter is the correct shape, save it as a custom letter. See alsoSaving custom letters.Saving custom lettersWhen you create a new letter, you need to select an alphabet for it, give ita name, specify its height, and indicate whether to preserve any machinefunctions. You also need to indicate its spacing settings by digitizingreference points on-screen.Warning Do not use the tilde (~) symbol when naming letters. This is aspecial character for entering letters with multiple-character names. SeeSelecting custom alphabets for details.To save custom letters1 Digitize the objects that make up the new letter, and select them.See Digitizing custom letters for details.2 Select Special > Alphabet > Make Letter.Use Alphabet > Make Letter (Special menu) to create a new letter.Select wholecharacterES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 671The Make Letter dialog opens.3 Select an alphabet from the Alphabet Name list. See also Savingcustom alphabets.4 Enter a name for the letter in the Letter field.For example, if you digitized the letter H, enter H in the Letter field.Tip You can create names with multiple characters to identify specialletters—e.g. ‘Star’ for a star symbol, or ‘e-acute’ for é. See alsoSelecting custom alphabets.5 In the Reference Height field, enter a height for the letter.The letter is recorded at this height regardless of its original size. Youcan also set height on-screen by selecting the Digitize ReferenceHeight checkbox. When you return to the design window, you areprompted to digitize the height. If you select Digitize ReferenceHeight, the value in the Reference Height field is ignored.Tip Letters are generally 20 to 40 mm in height. See also Standard

Alphabets.6 Deselect Remove Functions only if you want to keep any machinefunctions in the object.The letter may, for example, include deliberate color changes or othermachine functions. Such letters require the As Digitized join type. Seealso Changing lettering join method.7 Click OK.8 Click to mark two reference points for letter width and the baseline.Enter reference heightEnter letter nameSelect alphabetSelect to set height on-screenDeselect to include functionsES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 672The distance between reference points determines the letter width,including any spacing either side of the letter. This then determines‘standard spacing’ between letters. See also Letter spacing and width.Note The reference points you digitize also determine where the lettersits on the baseline.9 If you selected Digitize Reference Height in the Make Letter dialog,you are prompted to digitize a third reference point to mark letterheight. See also Reference height and baseline.A message confirms that the letter has been saved to current alphabet.10 Click OK.Saving custom alphabetsUse custom alphabets to store any letters you create. To make a newalphabet, you name it and set the default spacing and join type for adjacentletters. You also specify the file type.To save custom alphabets1 Digitize the objects that make up the new letter, and select them.See Digitizing custom letters for details.2 Select Special > Alphabet > Make Letter.1 21 21 2Select whole letterES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 673The Make Letter dialog opens.3 Click New.The New Alphabet dialog opens.4 Enter a name for the alphabet in the Alphabet Name field.5 Enter the default spacing in the Default Letter Spacing field.Tip Use 8-10% for standard alphabets such as block and serif styles and0% for script-style alphabets.6 Select a default method of joining adjacent letters from the Default JoinType list.! As Digitized: preserves the original stitching sequence of eachletter as it was digitized, as well as any stitch types and machinefunctions used in its creation.! Closest Join: resequences entry and exit points in adjacent lettersto join them at the closest point.! Bottom Join: resequences entry and exit points in adjacent lettersto create a connector along the lettering baseline.See also Changing lettering join method.7 Click OK.8 Enter additional values for the selected letter in the Make Letter dialog.See Saving custom letters for details.9 Click OK.Click to createnew alphabet

Enter alphabet nameEnter default spacingSelect join methodES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 674Selecting custom alphabetsTo use a custom alphabet, select it like any other alphabet. If a letter has amulti-character name, you can only access it from the Lettering dialogusing the special tilde (~) symbol.To select custom alphabets1 Right-click the Lettering icon.The Object Properties > Special > Lettering dialog opens.2 Select a custom alphabet from the Alphabet list.3 Enter the names of the letters you want to use in the text box.! If the letter name is a single character—e.g. ‘A’—enter thatcharacter.! If the letter name consists of more than one character—e.g.‘Star’—enter a tilde (~) followed by the letter name.Right-click Lettering (Input toolbar) to select a custom alphabet.Select customalphabetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 675Tip Combine letters that use single or multiple characters in their nameby prefacing the single character with two tildes—e.g. ~Star~~A~Star.See also Saving custom letters.4 Set the formatting values as you would for other lettering objects. SeeFormatting lettering for details.5 Click Apply.6 Add the lettering to your design. See Adding lettering to embroiderydesigns for details.

Modifying custom alphabetsYou can modify custom alphabets by changing names, default letterspacings and join types. If an alphabet is no longer required you can deleteit. You can also rename, delete or reshape letters within custom alphabets.Modifying alphabetsModify custom alphabets by changing names, default letter spacings andjoin types. If an alphabet is no longer required, delete it.To modify alphabets1 Select Special > Alphabet > Modify Alphabet.The Modify Alphabet dialog opens.2 Select an alphabet from the Alphabet > Name list.Use Alphabet > Modify Alphabet (Special menu) to modify custom alphabets.SelectalphabetClick to renamealphabetES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 676! To rename the alphabet, click Rename. Enter a new name in theRename Alphabet dialog and click OK.! To delete an alphabet, click Delete. A message prompts you forconfirmation.! To change default letter spacing, enter a new value in the DefaultLetter Spacing field. See also Adjusting spacing settings.! To change the default join type, select a new one from the DefaultJoin Type list. See also Adjusting stitching sequence and joinmethod.3 Click OK.Modifying custom lettersRename, delete or reshape letters within custom alphabets.To modify custom letters

1 Select Special > Alphabet > Modify Alphabet.The Modify Alphabet dialog opens.2 Select an alphabet from the Alphabet > Name list.Enter new nameUse Alphabet > Modify Alphabet (Special menu) to rename, delete or reshape letterswithin custom alphabets.SelectalphabetSelect letterES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 6773 Select a letter from the Letter > Name list.! To delete a letter, click Delete. A message prompts you forconfirmation.! To rename a letter, click Rename. Enter a new name in the RenameLetter dialog and click OK.Tip You can use names with more than one character.4 Click OK.Reshaping custom lettersTo change the shape of letters in custom alphabets, ungroup them andchange their outlines and stitch angles using the Reshape Object tool.Warning When you ungroup, the letter is converted back to objects, andletter details such as alphabet and baseline are lost. When you have finishedreshaping, you have to enter these details again.Enter new nameUse Ungroup (Standard toolbar) to ungroup a letter into its componentobjects.Use Reshape Object (Pointer toolbar) to reshape custom letters.Use Alphabet > Make Letter (Special menu) to create a new letter.ES 2006 Chapter 28 Custom Alphabets 678To reshape custom letters1 Select a letter and ungroup.2 Click the Reshape Object icon and reshape the objects as required.3 When you have finished reshaping, select the objects.4 Select Special > Alphabet > Make Letter.The Make Letter dialog opens.5 Select the alphabet to which the letter belongs from the AlphabetName list.6 Select the letter name from the Name list.Note To save the letter under a different name, enter a new name.7 Click OK.8 Confirm you want to replace the old letter with the new.Reshape objectsSelect alphabetSelect letter nameES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 679

Merging alphabetsYou can merge letters from two or more alphabets with the stand-alonealphabet merging utility. Files to be merged must be placed in theES Designer userletw folder of your installation.To merge alphabets1 Select Start > Programs > MS-DOS Prompt.2 When the DOS prompt appears, change to the bin directory of yourES Designer installation.This is usually C:/ESWin/bin.3 Choose whether to automatically overwrite or receive prompt.! To automatically overwrite the letters in the first file with letters ofthe same name from the other file(s), type:alphcat.exe file1.ESA file2.ESA file3.ESA.! To receive a prompt message before a letter is overwritten, type:

alphcat.exe file1.ESA file2.ESA file3.ESA /Y.Press Y or N to confirm whether to overwrite.4 Click Yes to merge.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 680

PART VIIDESIGN PROCESSING &ENCODINGDesign processing and encoding involve all the less ‘glamorous’, back-endoperations of embroidery design and manufacture. This is where youactually output your designs to machine, disk, printer, cutter, and so on. Forthis, you will need an understanding of embroidery file types as well asdifferent machine formats. Depending on your setup, you will also need anunderstanding of traditional storage media including embroidery disks andpaper tapes.Processing design filesThis section describes how to select conversion options for opening andsaving different stitch and outline design formats. It also provides detailsabout the processing of Melco CND outline files, including color merging, aswell as reassigning colors to both stitch and Melco CND files. See ProcessingDesign Files for details.Changing machine formatsThis section describes how to select a machine format for a design, outputit using other formats, and customize machine formats to meet yourmachine’s specific requirements. See Changing Machine Formats for details.ES 2006 Design Processing & Encoding 681Outputting designsThis section describes how to create production worksheets. It explains howto send designs as email attachments, as well as how to output designs asdrawings and images. Cutting appliqué shapes is also covered, as well asstitching designs with Stitch Manager. See Outputting Designs for details.Embroidery disks and paper tapesThis section describes how to read from and write embroidery design filesto embroidery disk and paper tape. See Embroidery Disks and Paper Tapesfor details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 682

Chapter 29

Processing Design FilesBy default ES Designer saves to its native file format, EMB. This formatcontains all information necessary both for stitching a design and for latermodification. When opening designs created or saved in other formats,ES Designer converts the design internally to EMB format. You can thenmodify it using the full range of ES Designer features. Depending on the filetype, you may need to provide additional information to assist ES Designerin the conversion process.This section describes how to select conversion options for opening andsaving different stitch and outline design formats. It also provides detailsabout the processing of Melco CND outline files, including color merging, as

well as reassigning colors to both stitch and Melco CND files.

Embroidery design formatsEmbroidery designs are saved in one of two formats—‘outline’ format or‘stitch’ format.Note For details of specific formats supported by ES Designer, seeSupported embroidery file formats.Outline filesOutline or ‘condensed’ files are high-level formats which contain objectoutlines, object properties and stitch data. When you open an outline file inES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 683ES Designer, corresponding stitch types, input methods and effects areapplied.Outline files can be scaled, transformed and reshaped without affectingstitch density or quality. After modification, you can choose to save yourdesign to EMB format, or to a different format altogether.Note Some outline files, such as Wilcom INP and Gunold PCH, containincomplete information. Old format ESD designs are somewhere between anoutline and a stitch file. They contain stitch data, information about selectedstitch types, densities, and machine functions. They do not, however,contain information about shapes and lines. ESD files require object/outlinerecognition if you want to perform object editing in ES Designer. SeeOpening stitch files in ES Designer for details.Stitch filesDifferent embroidery machines understand different languages. Each has itsown control commands for the various machine functions. Before you canstitch a design, it must be in a format which can be interpreted by themachine. Stitch or ‘expanded’ designs are low-level formats for direct useby embroidery machines. They contain only stitch coordinates and machinefunctions. They are generally created ‘on the fly’ when sending designs tomachine. They can also be output to embroidery disk or paper tape. SeeEmbroidery Disks and Paper Tapes for details. See also Supported File andMachine Formats and Disk Types.When they are read into ES Designer, stitch files do not contain objectinformation such as outlines or stitch types, but present the design as acollection of stitch blocks called Manual objects. Manual objects are createdwherever machine functions—e.g. color changes or trims—are detected inComplexFill objectES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 684the design. They have only General and Connector properties. Manualobjects, in turn, consist of individual stitches, called Manual stitches.Stitch designs are generally not suited to modification because stitches arenot regenerated. However, ES Designer patented Stitch Processortechnology can interpret object outlines, stitch types and spacing from stitchdata with some success. In this way, you can re-constitute old tape formatfiles and other stitch file format designs for modification in ES Designer.These recognized designs can be scaled with stitches recalculated for thenew outlines. Processing is effective for most stitch designs but cannotproduce the same level of quality as original outlines and may not handlesome fancy stitches.By default, stitch files are converted to outlines and objects upon openingbut you can also choose to open them without recognition. Designs openedin this way can be output for stitching in another format. Or you can editstitches and add new elements. For such purposes, you do not need toretrieve information about how the design was created.You can scale stitch format designs which have been opened withoutobject/outline recognition. However, because the stitch count does notchange, the density increases or decreases with the design size. Thus you

ManualobjectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 685should not scale stitch designs by more than ±5% or some areas may betoo thickly or too thinly covered.Alternatively, you can process the whole or selected parts of a design afterediting. You can even split larger manual objects into smaller objects, andprocess them individually.Note With or without object/outline recognition, stitch files can be saved inEMB format once they are opened in ES Designer.File sourcesWhile embroidery files are broadly classified as ‘outline’ (condensed) or‘stitch’ (expanded), ES Designer internally tags files as belonging to one offour types–Native Design, Imported Outlines, Processed Stitches, orImported Stitches.Original stitchdesignScaled stitchdesign openedwithoutobject/outlinerecognitionFile source DescriptionNative Design Designs created in ES Designer (or equivalent).Imported Outlines Designs read from non-EMB outline–CND or PCH–wherestitches have been generated in ES Designer (orequivalent) from original outlines and stitching data.Processed Stitches Designs read from stitch files where stitches have beenregenerated by processing.ES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 686For information about the source of a design file, refer to the DesignProperties dialog. See Viewing design information in ES Designer fordetails.

Opening stitch files in ES DesignerIf you want to scale a design, edit an outline or change a stitch type, thenthe design or selected elements must be converted into objects using StitchProcessor. By default, stitch files are converted to outlines and objects uponopening. If you do not want to scale the design by more than ±5%, or onlywant to make minor stitch edits, or output in another format, you canchoose to open the stitch file without object/outline recognition. The designis then presented as a collection of manual objects. If you only want toconvert selected parts of a design, you can open the file withoutobject/outline recognition and process only the required stitch blocks.Tip To ensure object outlines, stitch types, stitch density and colors arecorrect, it is always a good idea to check and edit designs after conversion.To improve the quality of a stitch file, it is often better to edit stitches beforeconversion.Object/outline recognitionWhen you convert a stitch file to outline format, ES Designer reads stitchdata stitch-by-stitch according to the needle penetration points. Itrecognizes stitch types, spacing and length values, stitch effects, and candetermine object outlines.All filled areas in a design become Input A or Run objects with fill or outlinestitch properties as well as general and connector properties. Stitch typesare assigned as Satin, Tatami, or Program Split depending on the pattern ofneedle penetrations. With Tatami, ES Designer recognizes stitch spacingand length, and applies a random factor. If a design is converted from ESDImported Stitches Designs read from stitch files, where outlines may or maynot have been recognized, but stitches have not beenregenerated through stitch processing.

Note, however, that if you change a stitch design–e.g. adda lettering object–the status changes to ProcessedStitches even though the imported stitches may not havebeen regenerated.File source DescriptionES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 687format, Zigzag and Triple Run objects are also recognized. If an object is notrecognized, it becomes (or remains) a manual object with general andconnector properties only. As such, it will not scale well.Recognized object outlines and stitch values are stored as object propertiesin ES Designer. This means you can scale and transform recognized designsin the usual way. You can also change the stitch density of the whole orselected parts of a design, and/or of certain stitch types.Tip ES Designer Stitch Processor is intended primarily to enable there-use of stitch format designs, but it also provides a convenient method forchanging the object properties of EMB designs. You can change stitchdensity as a percentage without having to select objects individually. SeeAdjusting stitch density for details.Recognition limitationsES Designer cannot recognize the backstitch type for Tatami fills. Beforescaling a design, select the correct backstitch in the Object Propertiesdialog. If a stitch type is not recognized accurately, the values in the ObjectProperties dialog will not match the stitches. The stitches will remain thesame as in the original design, until you make changes and regeneratethem. If you change the design, stitches will be regenerated according tothe object properties.Tip Designs converted from tape format files and expanded designs whichhave non-standard stitch types may require editing in ES Designer to ensurethat the object outlines, stitch types, stitch density and colors are correct.Opening stitch files with object/outline recognitionWhen you open stitch files with object/outline recognition, you can set openoptions to determine how to convert the design. Options vary with the typeof stitch file you select.Note Open options should reflect how the design was originally digitized,not how you want it now. Experiment with the settings to get the bestresults.To open stitch files with object/outline recognition1 Open the file from your hard disk, or read it from tape or embroiderydisk.ES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 688The Open dialog opens.2 Select a stitch format from the Files of Type list and select the file toopen.3 Click Options.The Open Options dialog opens.Note Depending on the file type selected, different options areavailable.4 Select the Objects/Outlines checkbox.5 Select a different machine format from the Machine Type list asrequired.6 Enter the number of jumps to recognize as trims.When ES Designer encounters this number of consecutive jumps, it willconvert them to a trim function.Select format ClickOptionsSelect fileSelectObjects/OutlinesSelect machineformat

Select output typefor stop codesEnter number ofjumps as trimsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 689Warning If this value is different from the original design, trimfunctions will be not be inserted correctly.7 Use the Stop Code as panel to select the output type for stop codes asrequired.! Color Change: Stop codes are interpreted as Next Colorcommands. The next color is selected from the default color palette.! Stops: Stop codes are interpreted as Explicit Stops. The machinestops stitching.! Custom: Lets you map thread colors to every stop code in the file.This means you can color code stitch file designs which do notcontain needle addressing information, before opening the file. SeeReassigning colors to stitch and Melco CND files for details.8 Select or deselect the Automatic Connectors checkbox as required.! Deselect to open designs with connectors recognized as Manualobjects. This avoids stitch editing problems caused by automaticconnectors. This is recommended for open fills.! Select to open appropriate designs with automatic connectorswithout having to use object/outline recognition.9 Check the status of your embroidery machine as required, then selectthe correct setting—Speed1 or Speed2—from the list (if available).On some Barudan machines there is a speed switch. Depending on itsposition, fast is assigned as either Speed1 or Speed2. For example, ifyou select Speed1, each fast speed function will be translated into aSpeed1 command.10 Click Advanced to set advanced recognition options. See Adjustingadvanced recognition settings for details.11 Click OK.12 Click Open.Select requiredspeedES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 690The selected design is processed and converted to Input A or Runobjects with fill or outline stitch properties as well as general andconnector properties. If an object is not recognized, it becomes amanual object with general and connector properties only.Note Stitch Processor adds the missing information to the file, butdoes not change the stitches. See also Adjusting stitch density.Opening stitch files without object/outline recognitionBy opening a stitch file without object/outline recognition, you can outputthe design without change, edit individual stitches, and perform minorscaling and transforming actions without losing the original stitchinformation. Alternatively, you can process the whole or selected parts of adesign after editing. See also Recognizing object/outlines after editing.To open stitch files without object/outline recognition1 Open the file from your hard disk, or read it from tape or embroiderydisk.The Open dialog opens.2 Select a stitch format from the Files of Type list and select the file toopen.3 Click Options.ManualobjectInput AobjectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 691

The Open Options dialog opens.4 Deselect the Objects/Outlines checkbox.5 Set other open options as required.Depending on the file type selected, different options are available. SeeOpening stitch files with object/outline recognition for details.6 Click OK.7 Click Open.The design opens as a collection of manual objects with only general andconnector properties.Tip At this point, you can edit the stitches so that the Stitch Processorcan recognize the stitch types and object outlines more accurately:! Eliminate Stitch Shortening and Jagged Edge effects for smooth,accurate outlines.! Remove small stitches from the design.DeselectObjects/OutlinesManualobjectES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 692! The exit point of a column may be on the same side as the entrypoint. You may need to add an extra stitch at the end so that theStitch Processor can recognize the outline accurately.See Editing Stitches and Machine Functions for details.Recognizing object/outlines after editingYou can process a stitch file, or selected parts of it, to recognize objects andoutlines, or adjust its size and stitch density. Processing a stitch file is similarto converting it to an outline file when opening except that you can processonly selected objects or stitches. You can also split larger manual objectsinto smaller objects, and process them individually. See also Splittingobjects and Converting selected stitches to objects.Tip You can also use the Process feature to change stitch count and densityfor the whole design, or for objects of a particular stitch type only. SeeAdjusting stitch density for details.To recognize object/outlines after editing1 Open a stitch file without object/outline recognition. See Opening stitchfiles without object/outline recognition for details.2 Edit parts of the design as required. See Editing Stitches and MachineFunctions for details.3 Select the part of the design you want to process.You can select the whole design or individual manual objects.Use Process (Generate toolbar) to adjust stitch density of the whole orselected parts of a design.Manual objectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 6934 Click the Process icon.The Process dialog opens.5 In the Stitch Values panel, enter the number of Target Stitches aseither a percentage or absolute value (in millimeters).6 Adjust the density for each stitch type as required.You can change the density for selected objects and/or for specific stitchtypes only. See also Adjusting stitch density of certain stitch types.Note If a design contains objects created with other stitch types, thetarget stitch count will not be achieved as these objects will not change.7 Click Recognition to set advanced recognition options as required. SeeAdjusting advanced recognition settings for details.8 Click OK.Adjust stitchdensitiesEnter targetstitch count

Adjust PullCompensationClick to accessadvancedrecognitionoptionsES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 694The selected objects are processed and converted to Input A or Runobjects with fill or outline stitch properties as well as general andconnector properties. If an object is not recognized, it remains a manualobject with general and connector properties only. In this case, thetarget stitch count may not be reached.Note Stitch Processor adds the missing information to the file, but doesnot change the stitches. See also Adjusting stitch density.Adjusting advanced recognition settingsYou can fine-tune how ES Designer converts stitch files using the advancedrecognition settings. By default, ES Designer converts stitches as Tatami,Satin, or Run stitches according to the settings in the Recognition -Advanced Options dialog. You can change these values, or choose not toconvert a certain stitch type at all.Generally, the default settings provide the best results for the mostfrequently used fill styles—Tatami and Satin—their properties—stitch lengthand spacing—and edge effects, such as stitch shortening. Default settings,however, cannot always guarantee the best results as the variety ofembroidery designs is virtually unlimited.Manual objectconverted toInput A and Runobjects, or left asManualOriginal designopened without stitchrecognitionOpened with stitchrecognition -pattern splits recognizedas TatamiES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 695Tip When using the advanced object/outline recognition options, select onlythose options you want to be recognized. This will minimize the time takento process the design and ensure stitches are preserved.To adjust advanced recognition settings1 Access the Open Options dialog. See Opening stitch files withobject/outline recognition for details.2 Click Advanced.The Recognition - Advanced Options dialog opens.3 In the Tatami panel, select Recognize Tatami in order to processTatami fills, and adjust conversion options as required:! Stitch Spacing: enter spacing range to recognize. If the rowspacing falls outside this range it will not be converted to Tatami.! Min Stitch Length: enter minimum stitch length to recognize asTatami.Select torecognize TatamistitchesSelect torecognize SatinstitchesSelect torecognize RunstitchesSelect torecognize

Jagged EdgesSelect torecognizeSplitsSet space andstitch lengthroundingSelect SegmentsResolution andMerging FactorsSelect to recognizerandom needlepenetrationsES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 696! Random Factor: select to allow for random needle penetrations.Deselect the Recognize Splits checkbox to detect Random Factormore accurately.4 In the Satin panel, select Recognize Satin in order to process Satinstitching, and adjust stitch spacings as required—if the row spacing fallsoutside the specified range it will not be converted to Satin.5 In the Run panel, select Recognize Run in order to process Runstitching, and adjust conversion options as required:! Max Stitch Length: enter maximum stitch length to recognize.! Length Variation: enter percentage by which stitch length can varyin Run objects.6 In the Parameter Consistency panel, set options for Complex Fillsegment recognition.! Spacing Rounding: enter rounding value for stitchspacings—‘snaps’ spacing values in Tatami and Satin fills to specifiedincrements.Tatami Spacing range 0.4 mmto 1.5 mm, Random Factor notselectedTatami Spacing range0.4 mm to 1.5 mm,Random Factor selectedSatin Spacing range0.5 mm to 5.0 mmSatin Spacing range0.1 mm to 2.0 mmRun, Max Stitch Length4 mm Length Variation 10%Run, Max Stitch Length 4 mmLength Variation 90%ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 697! Stitch Length Rounding: enter rounding value for stitchlengths—‘snaps’ stitch length values in Tatami fills to specifiedincrements.For example, if the Tatami minimum stitch length is 4 mm, and theStitch Length Rounding is 0.4 mm, stitches from 3.80 to 4.20 mm are‘snapped’ to 4.0 mm, and recognized as Tatami.7 In the Effects panel, select Jagged in order to recognize the JaggedEdge effect. Specify a minimum range in millimeters—anythingvariation greater than this value will be recognized as Jagged Edge.8 In the Splits panel, select Recognize Splits to recognize splits in Tatamifills, and adjust conversion options as required.! Program Splits as User Defined Splits: recognize split patterns asuser-defined splits. Note, however, that user-defined splits arescaled when the design is scaled. This results in stitch lengthsgetting longer as the design is enlarged, thus limiting scaling. Withnative program splits, on the other hand, patterns—shape, size andspacing—remain the same after objects are scaled. See alsoTextured Fills.

! Recognize Auto Splits: recognize Auto Splits in Satin objects.Otherwise, patterns created with Auto Split will be recognized asTatami. See also Splitting long stitches with Auto Split.Tatami Spacing range: 0.4 mm to 1.5 mm,Spacing Rounding: 0.01 mm,Stitch Length Rounding: 0.2 mmTatami Spacing range: 0.4 mm to 1.5 mm,Spacing Rounding: 0.05 mm,Stitch Length Rounding:0.5 mmJagged selected, border objectrecognized as jagged edgeJagged NOT selected, borderobject recognized as ManualES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 698! Recognition Level: restrict recognition of Program Splits byincreasing percentage. Decrease to increase recognition. A lowpercentage number will detect more areas as Satin with UserDefined Split than Tatami.Tip Program splits are reliably recognized when patterns are notoverlapping.Warning Split patterns can be complex, so the recognition process cantake up to five times longer with this option. Do not use it unless thedesign contains Program Splits, User Defined Splits with Tatami or Satin,or Auto Splits.9 In the Segments Resolution/Merging Factors panel, enter values tofine-tune the recognition of segments and objects.! Spacing: this value expresses the ratio between stitch spacings inadjacent stitch blocks—e.g. adjacent spacings of 0.6 mm and1.0 mm gives a ratio of 1.67. A value of 2.0 in the Spacing fieldmeans that these stitch blocks will be recognized as one segment orobject. A value of 1.5 means that they will not. The default value is3.0. Normal Satin and Tatami stitching ranges in spacing from 0.3 to0.6 mm, so most continuous sections of stitching of the same typewill not be split. To preserve spacing variations for color-blendeddesigns and more artistic designs, you may need to reduce thespacing factor. In manually punched designs which include stitchingwith irregular spacing, segment breaks can be reduced by increasingthe factor.! Height: this value expresses the ratio between heights of stitchblocks. It is important in recognizing Complex Fill shapes,particularly with holes.Tip Generally, the lower these values, the larger the number ofsegments/objects likely to be identified. Normally you want to obtaindesign information with a minimum number of identifiedUser Defined SplitAuto SplitES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 699segments/objects. In practice there is always a compromise betweendesign recognition quality and the minimum number of correctlyidentified segments/objects.10 Click OK.Tip To revert to the original conversion settings, click Reset.

Opening Melco CND outline filesMelco Condensed (CND) is the native file format of Melco embroiderydigitizing software. CND files store only digitized outlines and stitch values.When you open CND designs in ES Designer, these outlines are scaled andstitches recalculated to preserve density. ES Designer recognizes all Melcomachine functions and stitch types, including Partition Lines and ComplexFill, and automatically converts them to EMB format. However, CND files donot contain specialty features such as Pull Compensation or Auto Spacing,

nor do they include actual stitches, thread colors, or design icons.There are several versions of CND, all of which can be read by ES Designer.While these designs scale accurately, the number and placement of stitchesmay differ somewhat from the original design. You may notice somedifference (±5%) in the stitch counts between original and converted files.This is because of differences in the software methods used to calculatestitches. ES Designer cannot interpret certain specialty features of CNDdesign objects because there is no direct equivalent. However, stock designsdo not normally use these features and will generally convert withoutproblem.Tip Before CND designs are stitched out, an EXP format file is created. TheEXP stores the actual stitches and can be stitched directly. This file too canbe opened in ES Designer. See Opening stitch files in ES Designer fordetails.When you open Melco CND files, the Melco stitch types used in the designare converted to ES Designer stitch types—Satin, Run, Tatami, etc. YouRecognized objectsshown in different colorsSpacing: 0.5 mm,Height: 2 mmSpacing: 3 mm,Height: 4 mmES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 700can change conversion settings to adjust the spacing, stitch length, effectsand defaults applied to ES Designer stitch types. You can also set scalingvalues to open the design at a different size to the original. See also Savingdesigns in Melco CND format.Note For details of how each CND stitch type is converted, see Conversionof Melco CND format to Wilcom EMB.To open a Melco CND outline file1 Open the file from your hard disk, or read it from tape or embroiderydisk.The Open dialog opens.2 Select Melco (CND) from the Files of Type list and select the file toopen.3 Click Options.Select CNDformatSelect fileES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 701The Condensed File Input Values dialog opens.4 In the Scale Factor panel, enter the scale at which you want to openthe design.New dimensions are expressed as a ratio of the original design size. Forexample, to scale to 120% of the original, enter a scale factor of 1.2 ineach field.5 In the Adjust panel, enter the spacing and length values to apply to thedesign as a percentage of the original values.You can adjust Satin spacing, Run stitch length as well as Tatamispacing and length.6 In the Auto Color Merge panel, choose whether you want to readthread color information from CND files.Select AutoColor MergeoptionEnter scalevaluesAdjust stitchvaluesSelect effectsto applyAdjust default

valuesScale FactorX: 1.00Y: 1.00Scale FactorX: 0.50Y: 1.00ES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 702This ensures that stitches are displayed in the correct colors whenconverted to EMB. See Color merging Melco CND files and Reassigningcolors to stitch and Melco CND files for details.7 In the Effects panel, select the effects you want to apply to the design.For information about these effects, see the relevant sections of themanual:! Auto Spacing: See Applying Auto Spacing to Satin stitch.! Short Stitches: See Reducing stitch bunching with stitchshortening.! Fractional Spacing: See Reducing stitch bunching with fractionalspacing.8 In the Default Values panel, adjust the default values for SatinSpacing, Stitch Length and Maximum Stitch Length as required.If the CND design was created with values different to the factorysettings, you can override them in these fields.! To save new settings as defaults, click Save.! To revert to the Melco factory settings, click Reset.9 Click OK.10 Click Open.The selected design opens in the Design window. You can scale thedesign directly on screen, or via the Object Properties dialog. You canalso rotate, mirror and skew the design. See Modifying Designs fordetails.

Color merging Melco CND filesThe Auto Color Merge feature reads thread color information for CND filesfrom an associated TXT file so that stitches are displayed in the correctcolors when they are converted to EMB.Tip Your EMB and other design files can be converted to and from other fileformats using ES Design Explorer. Use it to batch process multiple CNDdesigns using Auto Color Merge. See Converting design files in folders fordetails.Setting up the color merge TXT fileAuto Color Merge reads and interprets a TXT file that contains color namesfrom a thread chart. You can create this text file manually with a text editorES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 703such as MS Notepad. The text file must have the same file name as the CNDfile—e.g. Fish.TXT and Fish.CND. Both files must also reside in the samefolder. For the Auto Color Merge function to work correctly, information inthe text file must be entered in a certain format.Example text file: FishA typical text file might look like this:FishUses curve effectsFile: Fish55.9mmW X 74.5mmHST: 6,780Colors: 81. Tropical Sunset2. Saffron3. Pale powder Blue4. Tropical Sunset5. Pale powder BlueCurve effect6. Tropical White7. Tropical Sunset

8. Pale powder Blue

Text file structureAll text files contain some or all of the following elements.Text file element Mandatory Description ExampleDesign name This is the name of the design as it appearsin File > Information > DesignProperties > Subject.FishComments Lines inserted here appear under File >Information > Design Properties >Comments.Uses curve effectsFile name ! This is the file name of the CND design file.The file extension should not be included.File: FishDesign size Enter the expected design size for thedesign. The actual design size is derivedfrom the software.55.9mmW X74.5mmHStitch count Enter the expected stitch count for thedesign. The actual stitch count is derivedfrom the software.ST: 6,780Number of colors ! States the total number of colors in thedesign.Colors: 8ES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 704Reading Melco CND files with Auto Color MergeWhen opening a CND file which has a TXT file associated with it, you mustspecify the thread chart used when the design was originally created in EDS(or other design software). The thread colors nominated in the text file willcorrespond to the selected thread chart. Alternatively, you can assign colorsmanually to every Color Stop code in the file. See also Reassigning colors tostitch and Melco CND files.To read Melco CND files with Auto Color Merge1 Select File > Open.The Open dialog opens.2 Select a CND design.3 Click Options.Thread name 1!Enter the first thread name. The name ofthe thread is searched against the ThreadChart. The thread name is shown in the File> Design Properties > Stop Sequencetab.1. Tropical SunsetThread name 2 ! Enter the second thread name. 2. SaffronThread name 3 ! Enter the third thread name. 3. Pale Powder BlueThread name 4 ! Enter the fourth thread name. 4. Tropical SunsetThread name 5 ! Add any extra threads to this list. 5. Pale Powder BlueThreadcommentsPlace comments below the relevant threadnumber.Curve effectThread name 6 ! 6. Tropical WhiteThread name 7 ! 7. Tropical SunsetThread name 8 ! 8. Pale Powder BlueText file element Mandatory Description Example

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 705The Condensed File Input Values dialog opens.4 Select a color merge option from the Auto Color Merge panel.! If you want to read thread color information for the selected CND filefrom an associated TXT file, select From File and follow the stepsbelow.! If you want to assign colors manually to every Color Stop code in thefile, select Custom and click Define Stop Sequence. See Reassigningcolors to stitch and Melco CND files for details.5 If you have chosen to associate a text file with your CND file, select acorresponding thread chart from the Auto Color Merge dropdown list.Note Any thread color named in the text file must correspond to a colorin the selected thread chart. If not, it will default to black.6 Click OK.The design opens, the stitches appear in the correct thread colors, andthe color palette displays the selected thread chart.Select threadchartAssign colorsmanuallyno chart selected—defaultcolors assignedoriginal colors correctlyassigned from text fileone color not correctlymatched—defaults to blackES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 706

Reassigning colors to stitch and Melco CND filesWhen you open a stitch file or CND file, a design without color codeassignment automatically uses the default color palette. You can, however,map thread colors to every Color Stop code in the file. This means thatbefore opening the file you can color-code designs which do not containneedle addressing information.Note In order to assign colors correctly, you need to consult a productionworksheet for the necessary color sequence information.To reassign colors to a stitch or Melco CND file1 Select File > Open.The Open dialog opens.2 Select a stitch file or CND design and click Options.If you’ve selected a stitch file, the Open Options dialog opens. If CND,the Condensed File Input Values dialog opens. This procedure is thesame.3 Select Custom and click Define Stop Sequence.without color codeassignmentwith color codeassignmentSelect Define StopSequenceCND fileStitch fileSelect Define StopSequenceES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 707The Define Stop Sequence dialog opens. Initially the Building StopSequence grid is empty.4 Select a thread chart and first color.5 Click Assign Color.The color and the description are entered at the current Stop in theBuilding Stop Sequence grid.Note The selection moves to the next color in the thread chart. Two

consecutive same colors are not allowed and Assign Color is disabled.6 Click Assign Stop to enter an explicit Stop code.Select threadchartSelect colorClick toassign colorES 2006 Chapter 29 Processing Design Files 708Stop is entered in the Description field.Note A Stop Sequence Warning message displays if a redundant colorfunction is assigned. Press Delete to delete a selected entry in the stopsequence. Click Reset to delete all the entries.7 Use the Extra Stop codes as panel to select the output type for extrastop codes.! Color Changes: Extra Stop codes are interpreted as Next Colorcommands. The next color is selected from the default color palette.! Stops: Extra Stop codes are interpreted as Explicit Stops. Themachine stops stitching.! Repeat Sequence: If you select fewer colors than the designrequires, the selected colors are repeated. For example, if yourdesign requires four colors and you’ve only selected two in theBuilding Stop Sequence list, colors 3 & 4 will be the same asoriginal colors 1 & 2.8 Repeat the operation as many times as indicated in the productionworksheet.9 Click OK.The design will have the desired colors and the correct number of ColorChanges.Note You can convert color changes to an explicit Stop Code. You canalso remove Color Stops by assigning the same color number toconsecutive color blocks.Click toassign stopChoose howextra stops areto be interpretedES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 709

Chapter 30

Changing Machine FormatsDifferent embroidery machines speak different languages. They have theirown control commands for the various machine functions. Before you canstitch a design, it must be in a format which can be understood by theembroidery machine. When you select a machine format, ES Designertranslates the digitized design into machine functions that can beunderstood by that machine. If required, you can customize machineformats to meet specific machine requirements.This section describes how to select a machine format for a design, outputit using other formats, and customize machine formats to meet yourmachine’s specific requirements.ES 2006 Chapter 30 Changing Machine Formats 710

Selecting machine formatsWhen you create a design, you need to select an embroidery machineformat for it. You can change the machine format if machine values areincorrect for your particular machine. You can even change the machineformat for a particular design. You should only modify formats if you nolonger require the original values. Otherwise see Creating custom formats.Note You do not need to change the design’s native machine format in

order to output to a different machine type. See Outputting to differentmachine formats for details.To select a machine format1 Select Machine > Select Machine Format.The Select Machine Format dialog opens.2 From the Available Machine Formats list, select the required machineformat.3 Adjust machine formats as required:! To check or modify settings for the selected format, click Values. Seealso Adjusting standard machine format settings.! To create a new format based on the selected one, click Create. Seealso Creating custom formats.4 Click OK.Use Select Machine Format (Machine menu) to change the machine format.Select machineformatClick to adjustformatClick to createnew formatES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 711Note If a selected machine format does not support a particularfunction in the design—either automatically or manually inserted—it issimply ignored.

Outputting to different machine formatsOnce a design is complete, you can stitch it out to any supported embroiderymachine without changing the original design format. If a selected machineformat does not support a particular function in the design—eitherautomatically or manually inserted—it is simply ignored.Note To change the original format, see Selecting machine formats.To output to a different machine format! Click the Stitch to Stitch Manager icon, then select a different formatfrom the Output as Machine Format list. See Stitching designs withStitch Manager for details.Use Stitch to Stitch Manager (Standard toolbar) to send a design to amachine for stitching.Use Save to Embroidery Disk (Standard toolbar) to save a design to anembroidery disk.Select machineformatES 2006 Chapter 30 Changing Machine Formats 712! Click the Save to Embroidery Disk icon, then select a different machineformat from the dropdown list. See Saving designs to embroidery diskfor details.! Select File > Paper Tape > Punch, then select a different machineformat from the dropdown list.

Adjusting standard machine format settingsDifferent machines require different settings. When you select a machineformat, you only modify values relevant to that machine. Typical modifiablevalues are stitch and jump length, trim functions and color changefunctions. Use the Machine Format Values dialog to define values to allowwhen outputting to a specific machine format.Select machineformatSelect machineformatES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 713Note Not all values described here are available for all machine formats.Use these instructions to enter values that apply to your selected format.

See your embroidery machine manual for more information about machineformats.Setting stitch and jump length valuesWith some machines you can set the maximum frame movement, minimumstitch length to recognize, and automatic jump length.To set stitch and jump values1 Access the Machine Format Values > Standard dialog. See Selectingmachine formats for details.Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.2 In the Maximum Stitch field, enter the maximum stitch length to allow.The value you enter depends on the tape code used by your machine:! Binary coding system: 12.7 mm—e.g. Barudan machines! Ternary coding system: 12.1 mm—e.g. Tajima machines3 In the Minimum Stitch field, enter the minimum stitch length to allow.This sets the default Small Stitches value. See Removing small stitchesautomatically for details.Tip Generally the minimum stitch length is increased for densematerials and thick threads to prevent thread breakage.4 In the Maximum Jump field, enter the maximum jump length to allow.This sets the default Auto Jump value. See Adjusting Auto Jump settingsfor details.Tip Shorter jump values generally improve stitch quality and reducewear on the machine but may increase stitch-out time.5 Click Save then Close.Adjust stitch andjump settingsES 2006 Chapter 30 Changing Machine Formats 714Setting trim functionsWith some machine formats you can specify how to format and interprettrim commands. Some machines understand specific trim codes. Othermachines interpret multiple jumps as a trim command. Machines without anautomatic trimmer may not know how to interpret trim commands, and mayeven shift the design when a trim code is encountered. For these machinesyou need to deselect the Output Trims checkbox so that trim functions areignored when the design is stitched.To set trim functions1 Access the Machine Format Values > Standard dialog. See Selectingmachine formats for details.Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.2 In the Trim panel, select the Output Trims checkbox to include trimfunctions when outputting to the selected machine format.Note If you deselect the Output Trims checkbox, the trim functionsare not removed from the design but simply ignored for the selectedmachine format.3 Specify the trim function format to use:! Jumps: for machines that interpret multiple jumps as trims. Youalso need to enter the required number of jumps.! Trim Code: for machines that require specific trim codes.4 Click Save then Close.Setting color change functionsMachines interpret the Color Change function differently—either as aNeedle Number or Stop command.Select to outputtrim functionsSelect trimfunction formatES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 715Needle number commandsNeedle Number commands tell the machine to move to the next needle

whenever a Color Change function is encountered. Each color in the designcorresponds to a needle number in the order listed in the Colors list. SeeChanging thread colors for details.Note The machine must have the correct thread colors loaded for eachneedle to stitch out correctly.For needle addressing machines, you need to specify how many needles areon the machine. This tells the machine how often it needs to stop for theoperator to change threads. For example, for a design with 25 colors to bestitched out on a machine with five needles, it must stop after every fivecolor changes in order for the operator to change threads. Needle Numbercommands are sometimes combined with Jump commands to indicate colorchanges.Stop commandsStop commands allow the operator to manually change threads whenever aColor Change function is encountered. They are generally used withmachines that only have one needle or do not support needle addressing.Stop commands are sometimes combined with Jump commands to indicatecolor changes.To set color change functions1 Access the Machine Format Values > Standard dialog. See Selectingmachine formats for details.Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.2 In the Color Change panel, select a method to use to interpret colorchange functions.! Needle No: converts color change functions to Needle Numbercommands.Select method to interpretcolor change functionsSelect optionalfunctions as requiredEnter number of needlesES 2006 Chapter 30 Changing Machine Formats 716! Stops: converts color change functions to Stop commands.! Stop & Jump: converts color change functions to Stop and Jumpcommands.! Needle No and Jumps: converts color change functions to NeedleNumber and Jump commands.3 For needle-addressing machines, enter the number of needles on themachine in the No of Needles field.4 Select the Use Group Addressing checkbox as required.Some machines can group two heads together so you can stitch a designusing needles from both heads. For example, if a machine has two headsand nine needles per head, the machine moves the hoop from the firsthead under the second head, which allows you to stitch 18 colorswithout a manual change.Note If this is the case, enter the combined number of needles on themachine in the No of Needles field.5 Select the First CC required checkbox as required.Some machines require a First CC code to initialize the machine andbring the head back to the first color change needle position.6 Select the Return to Start checkbox as required.This returns the needle to the start of the design, preparing the machinefor the next run of the same design.7 Click Save then Close.Setting borer functionsSome embroidery machines are equipped with a borer. The borer oftenreplaces one of the needles. You need to specify the needle position of theborer and its offset value. Borers are often ‘knife’ attachments where thecutting position is offset 12 mm from the main needle. Before the machine

starts, the frame moves so that the borer is in the correct position. Thisextra frame movement compensates for the borer offset. Some machinesautomatically adjust for this offset when a Borer In function is encountered.These machines should have an offset value of 0. Similarly, if you are usinga boring needle (instead of a knife), you do not need an offset value. Seeyour embroidery machine’s manual for details.To set borer functions1 Access the Machine Format Values > Standard dialog. See Selectingmachine formats for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 717Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.2 In the Boring panel, enter the required borer offset.! If your machine automatically inserts an offset when a Borer Infunction is encountered, enter an offset of 0 mm.! If your machine requires an offset value, enter an offset of 12.0 mm.3 Enter the needle number to which the borer is attached.4 Click Save then Close.Setting end-of-design functionsSome machines require an explicit End of Design function code in order torecognize when the end of the design has been reached. Some machines donot understand the End of Design function code, requiring a Stop codeinstead. For example, Tajima machines recognize the explicit End of Designfunction code while Happy machines require a simple Stop. See also Settingthe Start of Design / End of Design sequence.To set end-of-design functions1 Access the Machine Format Values > Standard dialog. See Selectingmachine formats for details.Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.2 In the End of Design panel, select the appropriate option for yourmachine:! End of Design: some machines require an explicit End of Designfunction code—e.g. some Tajima machines.! Stop: some machines require a Stop code instead—e.g. Happymachines.Enter borer offsetEnter needle number ofborerSelect relevantoptionES 2006 Chapter 30 Changing Machine Formats 7183 Click Save then Close.

Adjusting advanced machine format settingsThe Advanced tab lets you set additional machine format options. Again,the available settings depend on the selected machine format. You can setthe color change sequence, insert special codes for the start or end of adesign, and enter speed settings. There are also miscellaneous settings,including whether to change the fabric tension during boring, and whetherto rewind tape when stitching is complete. Use the Machine Format Valuesdialog to define values to allow when outputting to a specific machineformat.Note Not all values described here are available for all machine formats.Use these instructions to enter values that apply to your selected format.See your embroidery machine manual for more information about machineformats.Warning Only change Advanced values if you are familiar with the codesused by your embroidery machine.Setting the color change sequenceSome machines cannot interpret Color Change commands unless they

form part of a ‘color change sequence’ made up of empty stitches and emptyjumps before and after each Color Change command. Check therequirements of your machine to determine whether you need to enter colorchange sequence values. In the Advanced tab, the Color ChangeSequence panel reads from top to bottom, in the order the codes appear inthe sequence. The first two fields show the number of Empty Stitches andEmpty Jumps to insert before the Color Change command. The otherES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 719fields show the Empty Jumps and Empty Stitches to insert after thecommand.To set the color change sequence1 Access the Machine Format Values > Advanced dialog. See Selectingmachine formats for details.Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.2 In the Color Change Sequence panel, enter the color change sequence.! In the first 0:0 field, enter the number of empty stitches to insertbefore the Color Change.! In the first 0:0 Jump field, enter the number of empty jumps toinsert before the Color Change.! In the second 0:0 Jump field, enter the number of empty jumps toinsert after the Color Change.! In the second 0:0 field, enter the number of empty stitches to insertafter the Color Change.3 Click Save then Close.Color Change Sequence in Stitch Listmatches sequence defined in MachineFormat Values Advanced tabEnter number of EmptyStitches and Jumps to insertbefore Color ChangeEnter number of EmptyJumps and Stitches to insertafter Color ChangeES 2006 Chapter 30 Changing Machine Formats 720Setting the Start of Design / End of Design sequenceIn addition to any End of Design function, some machines require extramore empty stitches and empty jumps in order to stitch the start and endof a design. Other machines require a Stop function. Depending on themachine type, you may also require commands to initialize the machine ortrigger the frame-out command after stitching.Note Remember that these fields show the number of extra codes youwant to insert in addition to the default settings.To set the Start of Design/End of Design sequence1 Access the Machine Format Values > Advanced dialog. See Selectingmachine formats for details.Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.2 In the Start of Design panel, enter the start of design sequence.! In the 0,0 Jump field, enter the number of empty jumps to insert atthe start of the design.! In the 0,0 field, enter the number of empty stitches to insert at thestart of the design.3 In the End of Design panel, enter the end of design sequence.! In the 0,0 field, enter the number of empty stitches to insert at theend of the design.! In the 0,0 Jump field, enter the number of empty jumps to insert atthe end of the design.4 Select the Set Needle Number checkbox as required.Enter number of EmptyStitches and Jumps to insertat end of design

Enter number of EmptyJumps and Stitches to insertat start of designES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 721Where available, this option initializes the machine and brings the headback to the first color change needle position.5 Select the Frame Out checkbox as required.Where available, this option triggers the frame to exit after stitching thedesign.6 Click Save then Close.Setting speed optionsSome machines can stitch at different speeds. Depending on your machine,you may then be able to select different speeds to use when you startstitching or for when the borer is engaged. You need to first assign thespeeds as Speed 1 and Speed 2 in the Machine Format Values dialog.To set speed options1 Access the Machine Format Values > Advanced dialog. See Selectingmachine formats for details.Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.2 In the Speed panel, select the Boring Auto Speed Changes checkboxas required.This option slows the machine automatically whenever the borer isengaged.Select to initialize machineand bring head back to firstneedle positionSelect to trigger frameto exit after stitch outSelect and adjustspeed optionsES 2006 Chapter 30 Changing Machine Formats 7223 From the Start list, select the preferred starting speed—Fast or Slow.4 From the Fast list, select the faster setting on your machine—Speed 1or Speed 2. Check your machine manual for details.5 Click Save then Close.Setting miscellaneous advanced optionsDepending on the selected machine format, you may also be able to selectwhether to reduce the tension on the fabric while boring, and indicatewhether to rewind the tape when stitching is complete.To set miscellaneous advanced options1 Access the Machine Format Values > Advanced dialog. See Selectingmachine formats for details.Note Only fields relevant to the selected machine format will appear.2 Select the Tension Control for Boring checkbox as required.This option reduces the fabric tension when the borer is engaged.3 Select the Stop before rewind at end checkbox as required.This option stops the machine at the end of the design and rewinds thetape.4 Select the Rewind with jump at end checkbox as required.This option inserts a jump at the end of the design and rewinds the tape.5 Click Save then Close.

Creating custom formatsES Designer provides standard formats for most machines. However, if yourmachine is different, you may need to customize the machine formatsettings. For example, if you have different models of the same type ofembroidery machine, different functions may require different values. Thereare two ways to customize machine formats:Set miscellaneousspeed options

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 723! Create a new format, based on the original, and make it available to alldesigns. See Creating custom machine formats for details.! Modify the format for a specific design, creating a custom format to useonly with that design. See Customizing machine formats for specificdesigns for details.Note If necessary, you can update the standard machine format itself.However, you should only do this if the original values are no longer used.See Adjusting standard machine format settings for details.Creating custom machine formatsYou can create a new machine format based on a standard machine format,and make it available to all designs.To create a custom machine format1 Select a machine format on which to base the new format. See Selectingmachine formats for details.2 Click Create.The Machine Format Values > Standard dialog opens.3 In the Format Name field, enter a name for the new format.The name of the format you based it on and a number appear as thedefault—e.g. Melco - 1.4 In the Comment field, enter any information that will help you identifythe machine format—e.g. No Trim.5 Adjust the machine format settings as required. See Adjusting standardmachine format settings for details.Use Select Machine Format (Machine menu) to change machine format settings.Enter formatnameAdjust settingsES 2006 Chapter 30 Changing Machine Formats 7246 Click the Advanced tab and adjust the settings as required. SeeAdjusting advanced machine format settings for details.7 Click Save then Close.The new format appears in the Available Machine Formats list.Customizing machine formats for specific designsYou can create a custom machine format for use with the current design.Use this feature if you need to modify machine format values for a designwithout changing the original format. The custom format appears in theselection list.Note The custom format is based on the selected machine format for thedesign. If you want to base it on a different machine format, select it fromthe Select Machine Format dialog. See Selecting machine formats fordetails.To customize machine format for a specific design1 Select Machine > Machine Format Values.The Machine Format Values > Standard dialog opens.2 Adjust the machine format settings as required. See Adjusting standardmachine format settings for details.3 Click the Advanced tab and adjust the settings as required. SeeAdjusting advanced machine format settings for details.Note You cannot change the Name or Comment fields. The custommachine format is automatically named using the original machineformat and design name—e.g. Melco - Design1.Use Machine Format Values (Machine menu) to customize machine formats forspecific designs.Adjust settingsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 7254 Click OK.A new machine format is created for the design. It appears in the SelectMachine Format dialog and is saved with the design.

Removing custom machine formatsYou can remove custom machine formats from your system when they areno longer required.To remove custom machine formats1 Access the Select Machine Format dialog and select a machine formatto remove. See Selecting machine formats for details.Note You cannot remove machine formats that come with the software.You can only remove a custom format which you created.2 Click Remove.A confirmation box appears.3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion, then click OK.

Checking control commandsIf you change the machine format of a design that contains manual machinefunctions, you may need to check whether the functions are compatible withthe new format. Generally, functions that cannot be performed by the newmachine type are simply ignored. If an ignored function was inserted on anempty stitch or empty jump, the stitch or jump is automatically removed.Sometimes, however, functions may not be correctly translated. Forexample, trim commands may be misinterpreted, as some machines usetrim codes, and others a sequence of jumps.Note If a function is not available in the new machine format, the wordIgnored appears in brackets after the function name.To check control commands! Travel to the position of the machine function. See Traveling by machinefunction for details.! Alternatively, use the Stitch List to identify and select a given machinefunction. See Editing stitches and functions with Stitch List for details.ES 2006 Chapter 30 Changing Machine Formats 726The machine function name appears in the Prompt line. Extrainformation may appear in brackets after the function name—e.g.needle number.

Support for the Barudan FDR-II machineThe ES 2006 release provides support for the new Barudan FDR-II machineformat which is a backward-compatible extension of the older FDR format.The FDR-II format supports all machine types that Barudan produce but isassociated with the control panel rather than a particular machine. Currentlythe BED* machine series uses the new DR controller which supports theFDR-II format. The new FDR-II format is required by Lockstitch machineswith sequin attachments, Chenille with programmable needle height, andChenille-combination machines. Older machines interpret the additionalinformation in FDR-II format as Stop codes.In ES Designer, the new Barudan FDR-II Chenille Combination machineformat—available with the Chenille Option—supports Lockstitch, Chenille,and Sequin stitching in the one design. It switches from Lockstitch toChenille whenever it encounters a Chain or Moss command, and fromChenille back to Lockstitch whenever it encounters a Lockstitch Needlecommand. The new format can combine up to 15 Lockstitch needles and 6Chenille ‘loopers’.Two new machine formatsTwo new Barudan FDR-II machine formats are now available—‘Lockstitch’and ‘Chenille Combination’. Lockstitch format is available in all productlevels while Chenille Combination is only available with the Chenillecost-option. See also Selecting machine formats.BEDRH model—FDR-IIformat is also supportedby BEDSH and BEDYHmachinesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 727

Barudan FDR-II Lockstitch machineThe Barudan FDR-II Lockstitch machine uses a modified Machine FormatValues dialog. FDR-II combines and extends the capabilities of the existingtwo Barudan Lockstitch machines. The Barudan FDR-II supports up to 15needles. You still need to set the number of needles to match that of theactual machine which may have 8, 9, 12 or 15 needles. The Barudan Zseries machines also support up to 15 needles but only the FDR-II supportsSequin encoding. See also Adjusting standard machine format settings.Note Barudan FDR-II cannot be saved to T03 or DSB stitch file formatswithout loss of Sequin encoding.Two new BarudanFDR-II formatsavailableES 2006 Chapter 30 Changing Machine Formats 728Barudan FDR-II Chenille Combination machineBarudan FDR-II Chenille Combination is implemented as a uniquecombination of Lockstitch, Chenille, and needle addressing, meaning thatyou can combine Lockstitch and Chenille stitches within the same design.This format is now provided as part of the Chenille cost-option.ES 2006 allows you to select any needle or looper. To do so, we haveintroduced the concept of the ‘Chenille Colors’ machine format value. ThisBarudan FDR-II supportsup to 15 needlesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 729value notionally divides the palette into Lockstitch and Chenille colors—e.g.a value of 6 means that the first six colors in the palette are reservedChenille Colors, while Color Slot #7 and above are reserved for Lockstitch.Therefore, picking Color Slot #7 will change to Lockstitch.Encoding of Chenille functionsThe Barudan FDR-II machine can encode multiple Chenille states on a singlestitch:! Stitch Mode (Lockstitch/Chain/Moss)! Needle Height (H00...H10)! Looper Number (Chenille Color 1...6)First six color slotsreserved for ChenilleBarudan FDR-II supports upto 15 Lockstitch needles and6 Chenille loopersES 2006 Chapter 30 Changing Machine Formats 730Thus, a Chain, a Looper, and a Needle Height function can all co-exist on thesame empty stitch. The stitch list display has been updated specifically forthe new Barudan FDR-II machines (old machines are unaffected).Logical functions display as follows:! Color Change: (Palette #1) ... (Palette #100)! Needle Height: (H00) ... (H10)Physical functions display as follows:! Needle: (Needle #C01) ... (Needle #C15)! Looper: (Looper #1) ... (Looper #6)! Chain: (CC)! Moss: (CL)Adjustable starting Needle Height settingYou can now set the starting needle height via the Advanced tab of theMachine Format Values dialog for the Barudan FDR-II ChenilleCombination machine format. The default value is ‘H06’. The Chenille needleheight should vary with the thread type—thickness, material, etc—andsometimes type of stitching—Chain or Moss—together with stitch length.The starting needle height is simply the height the system assumes themachine to be set to at the start of the design. You should only change the

software setting if you know the machine to be set to a different startingheight.Three Chenille statesencoded on singlestitchES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 731Stitching out existing designs on the FDR-II machineIf you want to stitch out an existing Lockstitch or Chenille design on aBarudan FDR-II Chenille Combo machine, you must ensure that allLockstitch colors are higher than the allocated Chenille colors. Here’s howyou do it:! Open the Color-Object List and collapse all the colors.! For each color block, ensure the color number for Lockstitch objects ishigher than the allocated number of Chenille Colors—e.g. greater than6. At the same time, ensure that Chenille objects use a color slot equalChange software setting ifyou know the machine is setto a different default startingheightEnsure that Chenilleobjects use a color slotequal to or less thanallocated number ofChenille ColorsES 2006 Chapter 30 Changing Machine Formats 732to or less than the allocated number of Chenille Colors. If not, changecolors. It doesn’t matter what the actual color is. The palette can beadjusted at any time. In the example here, the red ES object is allocatedColor Slot #2 while the red Wilcom object is allocated Color Slot #9. Thefirst is a Chenille object, the second a Lockstitch object.Warning Conversely, if you want to change from the Barudan FDR-IIformat to a pure Chenille or pure Lockstitch machine, you have to divide theLockstitch and Chenille portions of the design (cut and paste). Changingfrom the Barudan FDR-II to another needle-based machine will change allthe lockstitch needles—e.g. Needle 1 in a default Barudan FDR-II machinewill become Needle 7 in a regular Barudan machine because it uses ColorSlot #7.Sequin encodingThe new Sequin Jump function is a variation of Sequin Off. Sequin Jumpturns off the sequin device, but unlike a full Sequin Off does not raise thesequin head. This allows the machine to quickly and efficiently make jumps,then turn Sequin On again to continue dropping sequins.Sequin Jump functions are inserted automatically if a connector occursbetween two sequin objects of the same color has jumps. Sequin Offfunctions are inserted if a connector occurs between:! a sequin and a non-sequin object! two sequin objects of different color! two sequin objects of different sequin type.A new Sequin Off Mode dialog is invoked whenever you insert or edit aSequin Off function and click OK. The dialog prompts you to force theSequin Jump turns offsequin device withoutraising sequin headES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 733sequin head to be raised or stay down as required. See also Editing machinefunctions.Sequin device addressingYou must ensure that the correct needle is used for sequin digitizing. Asequin device is attached to a needle, typically Needle #1 (left side) or therightmost needle (8, 9, 12, or 15) of the Lockstitch head. You must manuallyselect the needle—i.e. by picking the correct needle slot for the sequin

device when digitizing sequin objects.Warning If the wrong needle is selected and the FDR-II machine receivesa Sequin On command, the sequin device will not be turned on.Change Sequin OffmodeES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 734

Chapter 31

Outputting DesignsYou can output embroidery designs in a variety of ways—punching to papertape, sending appliqué shapes to a cutter, saving designs to specificmachine formats and/or to embroidery disk, or sending directly to machinefor stitching.Note Wilcom ES provides alternative means for sending designs directly toembroidery machine for stitching. Depending on your software options, youcan send the design to a machine using either Stitch Manager or ES MachineManager. Stitch Manager is described in this section. ES Machine Manageris described in a separate ES Machine Manager Supplement.From the same design file, you can also output a production worksheet forthe embroidery machine operator. Designers frequently want to distributetheir designs for viewing in real colors, in TrueView or otherwise, with orwithout fabric backgrounds. In ES Designer you can save both designimages and production worksheets to disk or email them direct.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 735This section describes how to create production worksheets. It explains howto send designs as email attachments, as well as how to output designs asimages. Cutting appliqué shapes is also covered, as well as stitching designswith Stitch Manager.Note For details of reading from and writing to embroidery disk and papertape, see Embroidery Disks and Paper Tapes.

Creating production worksheetsThe production worksheet is the link between the designer and theembroidery machine operator. It contains a design preview as well asessential production information, including the design size, the colorsequence and any special instructions. You can customize productionworksheets before printing. You can also print multiple colorways, icons ofcolor blocks, and backgrounds.Note If certain thread colors are not available on your printer, they may bemapped to a different color, including white. If a color is mapped to white,it will be invisible on the worksheet. Print the design in TrueView color, orblack and white, or turn off color mapping. See your printer manual for moreinformation.Printing or plotting production worksheetsCreate a hard copy of the production worksheet using a printer or plotter.Set worksheet and printer options before you print, or use the currentoptions.Tip Preview the production worksheet before you print to check whether itis correct. See Previewing production worksheets for details.To print or plot a production worksheet1 Select File > Print.Use Print (Standard toolbar) to print production worksheets for the currentdesign using the current settings.ES 2006 Chapter 31 Outputting Designs 736The Print dialog opens.2 Select the printer or plotter you want to use, and enter the number ofcopies of the worksheet you require.Note To customize the worksheet, click Options, and change the

settings as required. See Setting production worksheet print options fordetails.3 If you are using a plotter, click Properties, and set the pen colors tocorrespond with the thread colors in the design.Refer to your plotter’s manual for information on setting up pen colors.4 Click OK.Setting production worksheet print optionsSet production worksheet options to show the information you want in theformat you require. You can specify the data to print, graphics to include,zoom factor, and general options such as company name. You can use acolor printer or a plotter to produce production worksheets. If you are usinga color printer, you can print in TrueView.To set worksheet print options1 To access the Print Options dialog, either select File > Print or File >Print Preview.Click to previewworksheetClick to customizeworksheetUse Print (File menu) to access production worksheet print options.Use Print Preview (File menu) to access production worksheet print options.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 7372 Click Options.The Print Options dialog opens.3 Select the option to print a production worksheet or appliqué patterns.When the appliqué patterns is selected all other options are grayed out.See Printing appliqué patterns for details.4 In the Information to Print panel, select the information type toinclude.! Full information: shows details specified in the CustomizeWorksheet dialog. See Customizing production worksheetinformation for details.! Short information: shows summary information about the design.This and the previous options include information provided in theSummary tab of the Design Properties dialog. See Viewing designinformation in ES Designer for details.! Stop sequence: lists all stops in the design together with the stitchnumber at which they occur, color number, and thread color nameand brand. See also Printing multiple colorways.! None: shows the design preview only.! Current Colorway: prints the design in the current colorway only.! Selected Colorways: prints multiple colorways. See Printingmultiple colorways for details.5 In the Zoom panel, set the zoom factor for the design preview. Thiscontrols the size of the preview on the worksheet.Set zoom factorfor designpreviewSelect othergeneral optionsSelectinformation typeto includeSelect graphicalfeatures toincludeSelect worksheetor appliquéES 2006 Chapter 31 Outputting Designs 738! 1.0: shows the design at its actual size.! Show All: scales the design to fill the available space on the

worksheet.! Custom: lets you set a specific zoom factor.6 In the Graphics panel, select the graphical features to include.If you select TrueView, the Draft Quality checkbox becomes available.Select this checkbox for quicker printing at lower resolution.Tip Click Standard to reset the printing options to the original values.7 Click Display Repeats to set display options for Schiffli repeats.This is only available with the Schiffli Option. See the Schiffli OptionSupplement for details.8 In the General panel, select the other options you require.! Print in English: deselecting this checkbox prints worksheets in thesame language as the Windows operating system. This feature isuseful when printing to plotters where the device driver does notsupport the character set you require.! Extents Box Around Design: places an outline around the design.! Company Name: prints a specified company name on theworksheet. Select a company name from the list, or enter a new one.! Color Film: prints color blocks in the design as they appear in theColor List. Consecutive objects of the same color form a single‘color block’. See Printing color film for details.9 Click OK.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 739Customizing production worksheet informationYou can fine-tune production worksheet information when Full Informationis the selected text option.To customize production worksheet information1 To access the Print Options dialog, either select File > Print or File >Print Preview.2 Click Options.The Print Options dialog opens.3 In the Information to Print panel, select the Full Informationcheckbox.4 Click Customize.The Customize dialog opens.5 In the Blocks to Print panel, select the design statistics to include onthe worksheet.! Left/Right/Up/Down: the margins between the edges of the designand the edges of the design area.! End X/Y: the coordinates of the last stitch.! Max/Min Stitch: the maximum and minimum stitch lengths in thedesign.! Thread Chart Type: the thread chart name used in the design.! Thread Usage: thread usage statistics by color.! Total Bobbin: total bobbin thread length.6 In the Columns in Stop Sequence panel, select the statistics for eachcolor block.Use Print (File menu) to access production worksheet print options.Use Print Preview (File menu) to access production worksheet print options.ES 2006 Chapter 31 Outputting Designs 740! Stitch Count: number of stitches per color.! Needle Number: the needle number stitching each color block.! Brand: name of the color (may vary from name of thread chart).! Element Name: user-defined name to identify each color block. SeeNaming design elements via Design Properties for details.! Show Colors in Summary: includes actual color samples in thecolorways summary table/s. See also Printing multiple colorways.7 Select the Use Left Side checkbox to print on the left side.By default, text prints on the right of the page.

8 Click OK.Printing multiple colorwaysYou can print your design in the current or multiple colorways. See alsoWorking with colorways.To print multiple colorways1 To access the Print Options dialog, either select File > Print or File >Print Preview.2 Click Options.The Print Options dialog opens.3 Select Selected Colorways to print multiple colorways.Tip Select Current Colorway to print the design in the currentcolorway only.4 Click Colorways.Use Print (File menu) to print designs in multiple colorways.Use Print Preview (File menu) to print designs in multiple colorways.Select CurrentColorway or SelectedColorwaysES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 741The Colorway Options dialog opens.5 Select Selected Colorways and then select one or more colorways fromthe list.! To select a range of items, hold down Shift as you select.! To select multiple items, hold down Ctrl as you select.Alternatively, select All Colorways to print out all the colorways in thedesign.Each colorway is printed on a separate sheet.6 Click OK to return to the Print Options dialog.7 In the Graphics panel, select Background if you want to include thebackground color or fabric with the colorway.Tip Select Crop to Design to crop the space around the design.8 Click OK.Select one or morecolorways from thelistSelect Backgroundto include onworksheetES 2006 Chapter 31 Outputting Designs 7429 Click OK in the Print dialog or Print Now in the Print Preview dialog.A colorway summary sheet is also printed. To print colors in the colorwaysummary table/s, make sure the Show Colors in Summary is selectedin the Customize Worksheet dialog. See Customizing productionworksheet information for details.Printing color filmThe Color Film option lets you print color blocks in the design as theyappear in the Color-Object List. Consecutive objects of the same color forma single ‘color block’. See also Selecting and viewing objects with theColor-Object List.To print color film1 To access the Print Options dialog, either select File > Print or File >Print Preview.2 Click Options.The Print Options dialog opens.Use Print (File menu) to print separate color films of the design for selectedcolorways.Use Print Preview (File menu) to print separate color films of the design for selectedcolorways.Select Color FilmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 743

3 Select the Color Film checkbox.4 Click OK.5 Click OK in the Print dialog or Print Now in the Print Preview dialog.A separate color film prints for selected colorways. See also Printingmultiple colorways.Printing appliqué patternsPrint a copy of appliqué patterns to use in cutting out fabric pieces. Eachappliqué pattern piece is numbered according to the stitching sequence.One copy of the placement outlines is printed to show how their positionsrelate to each other. This copy is printed to fit one page. A second copy ofthe placement outlines is printed at 100% scaling, with each outlineseparated for use in cutting the fabric.Note Automatically create all the stitching you need for appliqué using theAuto Appliqué input method. See Digitizing for appliqué for details.Use Print Preview (File menu) to print appliqué patterns.ES 2006 Chapter 31 Outputting Designs 744To print an appliqué pattern1 Select File > Print Preview.2 Click Options icon.Print Options dialog opens.3 Select the Appliqué Patterns option.Each appliqué pattern piece is numbered according to the stitchingsequence.Select AppliquéPatternsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 7454 Click OK.5 Click Print Now.

Sending designs as email attachmentsYou can attach designs to emails from the design window or via the Opendialog.To send designs as email attachments1 Do one of the following:! With the design open in the design window, select File > Send, orUse Send (File menu) to send a design as an email attachment.Use Open (Standard toolbar) to send a design as an email attachment.ES 2006 Chapter 31 Outputting Designs 746! Click the Open icon to display the Open dialog. Select the file tosend, then right-click it. The popup menu appears. Select Send To> Mail Recipient.The email application for your system is launched, and a new email iscreated with the design file attached.2 Enter mailing details and send.

Outputting designs as imagesOnce a design is digitized in ES Designer, you can output object outlines asa vector file. This can then be downloaded to a laser cutter through aprogram such as CorelDRAW®. This can serve various purposes such asappliqué cutting, multimedia, screen printing, and so on.Designers frequently want to distribute their designs for viewing in realcolors, in TrueView or otherwise, with or without fabric backgrounds. Thismight be for stock design sales purposes, for approval of digitized designs,or for presentation on the web or in catalogs. ES Designer lets you save bothdesign images and production worksheets to disk or email them direct.Saving designs as vector imagesYou can copy embroidery outlines directly to the Windows clipboard. Usingthe Microsoft Clipboard Viewer, you can then save them to CLP format. Thisfile can then be opened in a program such as CorelDRAW®.

Note You may need to install Microsoft Clipboard Viewer from yourWindows operating system installation CD.Select Send To >Mail RecipientES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 747To save designs as vector images1 Select the object/s whose outlines you want to copy.2 Press Ctrl+C to copy them to the clipboard.3 Open Microsoft Clipboard Viewer.The copied outlines appear in the Clipboard Viewer window.4 Save the outlines as CLP file format.This file can now be opened in a program such as CorelDRAW®.Capturing designs as bitmap imagesYou can save design images to disk or email them direct. This might be forstock design sales purposes, for approval of digitized designs, or forpresentation on the web or in catalogs. The image can be captured as aSave outlines asCLP formatUse Capture Design Bitmap (File menu) to save a design as a bitmap image.ES 2006 Chapter 31 Outputting Designs 748bitmap with or without background color or fabric. It can be captured inTrueView or otherwise, and can include connectors, outlines and any otherdisplay options provided in ES Designer.To capture a design as a bitmap image1 Open the embroidery design.2 Select File > Capture Design Bitmap.The Capture Design Bitmap dialog opens.3 Select a Selection option:! Whole Design (1:1): captures the screen image in a ratio of 1:1.! Current Design Window: captures the screen image at thecurrently selected zoom factor.! Custom: lets you specify a capture area. After clicking OK, you areprompted to enter a ‘rectangle origin’ and ‘rectangle corner’ todefine the area to capture.4 Select an Output option:! Save to Disk: lets you save the screen capture to disk. After clickingOK, the Save Capture Screen dialog opens, allowing you to selecta location, name and format for the captured design image.Select OutputoptionSelect OutputformatSelect imageselection optionSelect to includebackground color orfabricClick to enterrectangle originClick to enterrectangle cornerES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 749! Send via Email: lets you send the screen capture as email. Afterclicking OK, a new email message opens with the image attached.! Both Save and Send: lets you both save to hard disk and send asan email attachment.5 Select an output format for the screen image from the dropdownlist—BMP, JPG, etc.6 Select Include Background/Fabric to include the background color orfabric with the screen capture.7 Click OK.

Cutting appliqué shapesUse the Cut Appliqué feature to send appliqué shapes from a design file toa laser cutter. ES Designer extracts outlines from the design and sends themto the cutter. Only closed outlines are extracted. You can also send drawingobjects directly to the cutter using this feature. ES Designer also lets yououtput object outlines as a vector file. This can then be downloaded to alaser cutter through a program such as CorelDRAW®. See To save designsas vector images for details.Note Before you send appliqué shapes to a cutter, make sure it is set upon your system with the correct Windows (printer) driver. Somecutters—e.g. Ioline—use a standard driver for HP-7475 plotters. Once thedriver is installed in Windows, there is no need for a separate hardwaresetup in ES Designer.Image captured asWhole Design (1:1)Use Cut Appliqué (File menu) to send appliqué shapes from a design file to a lasercutter.ES 2006 Chapter 31 Outputting Designs 750To output appliqué shapes1 Create your appliqué object and duplicate it. See Creating appliquéobjects for details.2 Select the duplicated object and click the Complex Fill icon.3 Enter stitch angles or press Enter to accept the default.This creates a Complex Fill object.4 Select and ungroup the Complex Fill object.This converts the embroidery object into a drawing object.5 Repeat these steps for all applique objects in the design.6 Select all the drawing objects and cut them to the clipboard.7 Start a new design and paste them into it.Tip If you need more than one copy of the appliqué shape, createmultiple copies of the shape, and arrange them so you get the mostefficient use from the appliqué fabric.8 Select File > Cut Appliqué.The Print dialog opens.9 From the Name list, select the appliqué cutter.10 Click OK.Tip If you intend to reuse the design, save the appliqué shapes fileunder a similar name.

Saving designs for machineDifferent embroidery machines understand different languages. Each has itsown control commands for the various machine functions. Before you canstitch a design, it must be in a format which can be interpreted by theAppliqué object Converted to ComplexFill objectConverted to drawingobjectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 751machine. Stitch or ‘expanded’ designs are low-level formats for direct useby embroidery machines. They contain only stitch coordinates and machinefunctions. They are generally created ‘on the fly’ when sending designs tomachine. They can also be output to embroidery disk or paper tape. SeeEmbroidery Disks and Paper Tapes for details. See also Supported File andMachine Formats and Disk Types.Saving designs in Melco CND formatYou can save files to Melco CND format from ES Designer. Designs originallycreated in ES Designer generally give the best results. Other file types maynot have all the data necessary for successful conversion. Some stitchquality features, stitch types, and decorative fills and effects do not convert

well to CND format. If you intend to save a file in CND format, you shouldonly use input methods, stitch types and effects that are compatible withMelco EDS-III software.Note For details of how each CND stitch type is converted, see Conversionof Melco CND format to Wilcom EMB.ES Designer has two save as CND output options—Superstar Compatibleand Output Tatami as Complex Fill. Superstar-compatible machines donot have trimmers. The Output Tatami as Complex Fill option is forcontrolling Turning Tatami fills.Trim functionsIf you want to stitch a design to a machine without trimmers, then setmachine values to not output Trim codes. Then digitize the design formanual trimming. Early versions of CND do not support Melco Trim codes.In this case, set the machine format values to output Trims as Jumps. Seealso Adjusting standard machine format settings and Adding connectorsmanually.Turning Tatami fillsWhen you save to CND format, you need to specify how to convert turningTatami stitches. Objects with curving Tatami stitches—e.g. Input Aobjects—are not supported by early versions of CND format. ForSuperstar-compatible machines, turning Tatami stitches are simplyconverted to Walk stitches, the EDS equivalent of Manual. For earliermachines, Turning Tatami fills need to be converted to normal Tatami—i.e.with a single stitch angle—then to Normal Fill, the EDS equivalent of normalTatami.ES 2006 Chapter 31 Outputting Designs 752To save designs in Melco CND format1 Select File > Save As.The Save As dialog opens.2 Select Melco (CND) from the Files of Type list.3 In the File name field, enter a name for the design.4 Click Options.The Save Options dialog opens.5 Select the required option for converting Turning Tatami fills.! Superstar Compatible: converts Turning Tatami to Walk (EDSequivalent of Manual). Complex Fill Tatami is output as NormalFill (EDS equivalent of Tatami).! Output Tatami as Complex Fill: converts Turning Tatami fills tonormal Tatami—i.e. with a single stitch angle—then to EDS NormalFill.Note These functions are also available when you send a CND designfor stitching.6 Click OK.7 Click Save.Saving designs in CSD formatThe CSD Save Option allows you to select between CSD Type I and Type II.Type II was introduced in CS 1.2B software for the POEM machine. It is alsoused by the Singer EU software for the POEM machine. Type II CSD filesadditonally store the thread color RGB values and also an icon of the design.See also Opening stitch files in ES Designer.To save designs in CSD format1 Select File > Save As.The Save As dialog opens.2 Select CSD from the Files of Type list.Select requiredoptionES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 7533 In the File name field, enter a name for the design.

4 Click Options.The Save Options dialog opens.5 Select the required CSD file type option.6 Click OK and then Save.Saving designs in ZSK-TC formatWhen encoding to ZSK-TC, the systemwrites the sequin attachment number.Attachment numbers are assigned toeach palette entry through a tablelisting in the Save Options dialog.When a ZSK-TC format design isopened, ES Designer reads andinterprets the sequin attachmentnumber. No other format currentlysupports attachment numbers. Any setsequin sizes will be used to set the sizevalues in the Sequin Palette. If thesizes are the same and the sequindescription does not contain a color,then the #1 attachment sequin typewill have blue (0, 0, 255) color and the#2 attachment will have red (255, 0, 0) color. See also Opening stitch filesin ES Designer.To save designs in ZSK-TC format1 Select File > Save As.Select CSD filetype optionES 2006 Chapter 31 Outputting Designs 754The Save As dialog opens.2 Select ZSK TC (*.Z??) from the Files of Type list.3 In the File name field, enter a name for the design.4 Click Options.The Save Options dialog opens. When saving as ZSK-TC, attachmentnumbers are assigned to each palette entry through a table listing.5 Set the sequin attachment numbers to #1 or #2 as required by yourmachine.By default, attachment numbers are set to the ZSK default #1(right-hand attachment) but these are editable.6 Click OK and then Save.Click to accessoptionsSelect imageselection optionES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 755

Stitching designs with Stitch ManagerYou can send designs directly to connected embroidery machines forstitching with Stitch Manager. When you send several designs in a row, theyare automatically queued and stitched out one at a time. See also Settingup embroidery machines.Note You can also use ES Machine Manager to send designs to machinefrom within ES Designer, ES Design Explorer or Design Workflow.ES Machine Manager lets you view and manage job queues. See theES Machine Manager Supplement for details.To stitch designs with Stitch Manager1 Open the design.2 Click the Stitch to Stitch Manager icon.The Stitch to Stitch Manager dialog opens.3 From the Machine Identification list, select an embroidery machine.Click Setup to modify the machine’s settings as required. See Setting up

embroidery machines for Stitch Manager for details.4 From the Output as Machine format list, select the correct machineformat.Click Values to modify the machine format settings as required. SeeAdjusting standard machine format settings for details.Note This field is automatically updated if the target machine format isdifferent to the current format. Select the Prompt Changing MachineFormat checkbox if you want to be prompted when the Output asMachine Format field updates.Use Stitch to Stitch Manager (Standard toolbar) to send a design to amachine for stitching.Select embroiderymachineSelect machineformatES 2006 Chapter 31 Outputting Designs 7565 If the design includes a Team Names object, click Options and specifystitching details. See Outputting team name designs for details.6 Click OK to return to the Stitch to Stitch Manager dialog.7 Click OK.The Stitch Manager dialog opens listing the files to be stitched out.Tip To delete a design from the queue, select it and click Cancel.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 757

Chapter 32

Embroidery Disks and PaperTapesEmbroidery disks are specially formatted floppy disks used to transferdesigns from computer to embroidery machine. You can format embroiderydisks and save designs to them from within ES Designer. The format youuse will depend on the selected embroidery machine. You can also opendesigns from embroidery disk directly into ES Designer.Paper tape is the traditional medium for storing designs in stitch dataformat. You can read paper tape designs of various formats intoES Designer. Once a design is read, you can output it without change,modify it and output it in its original format, or save it as an EMB file. Youcan also punch designs to paper tape from ES Designer.This section describes how to read from and write embroidery design filesto embroidery disk and paper tape.ES 2006 Chapter 32 Embroidery Disks and Paper Tapes 758

Storing designs on embroidery diskEmbroidery disks are specially formatted floppy disks used to store designs.They are primarily used to transfer designs from computer to embroiderymachine. Designs are generally stored in stitch data format, although MelcoCND, for example, is a ‘condensed’ file format. You can open designs fromembroidery disks of various formats directly into ES Designer. Once it isread, you can output it without change, modify it and output it in its originalformat, or save it as an EMB file. You can optionally convert it into objects.After conversion, the design can be scaled and changed. See Opening stitchfiles in ES Designer for details.Tip You can save to embroidery disk in any machine format withoutchanging the format of the original design.Embroidery floppy disksMost embroidery machines are equipped with the same floppy disk drivesas those used in PCs. So that you can transfer your designs, make sure yourPC floppy disk drive can read, write and format floppy disks that your

embroidery machine uses. For example, if your machine requires a DoubleDensity (DD) disk, you must use this format even if your computer has aHigh Density (HD) floppy disk drive.Floppy disk typesDifferent floppy disks store different amounts of data:Disk drives and floppy disksDifferent floppy disk drives read and write floppy disks of different capacity:Capacity Density Code360 Kb Single-Sided Single-Density SS/SD720 Kb Double-Sided Double-Density DS/DD1.44 Mb Double-Sided High-Density DS/HD2.88 Mb also called Double-Sided High-Density DS/HDComputer Disk Drive 360 Kb 720 Kb 1.44 Mb 2.88 MbSingle Density !ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 759Currently most computer models have one 3.5" floppy disk drive. Thecapacity of a floppy disk drive depends on its controller. Most computershave a High Density 1.44 Mb drive which can read both Double Density 720Kb and High Density 1.44 Mb floppy disks. Most embroidery machines useDouble Density or High Density disks so there is usually no problemtransferring designs. See also Supported embroidery disk formats.Controller cards for Melco embroidery disksOld floppy disk drives were designed to format, read and write 3.5" DoubleSided Single Density (DS/SD) disks which could store 360 Kb ofinformation. This is the format that Melco uses.Only a few floppy disk controllers support single density floppy disks. If youwant to format and use Melco 3.5" disks, you need to disable the onboardfloppy disk controller through the PC BIOS and install a floppy disk controllercard which supports IMB 3740 single density format (FM). The followingfloppy disk controller cards have been tested and proved suitable for Melcoembroidery disks.Currently there are no floppy disk controller cards available for laptopcomputers which are suitable for formatting, reading and writing Melcoembroidery disks.If you want to stitch designs on Melco Star or Superstar machines but yourdisk drive cannot produce a Melco format disk, you can connect fromDouble Density † !High Density (1.44) † ! !High Density (2.88) † ! ! !† Can only be formatted with correct controller installed.Computer Disk Drive 360 Kb 720 Kb 1.44 Mb 2.88 MbFloppy Disk Controller CapacityWestern Digital WD37C65 single/double densityNEC Electronics Inc. μPD765A/7265 single/double densityIntel 8272A single/double densityPOWER I/O 5000AT/5100AT(with SMC type chip numbered FDC37C664QF)high density 2.88 Mb(requires DOS 6.0 or later)ES 2006 Chapter 32 Embroidery Disks and Paper Tapes 760ES Designer using a Wilcom DCi unit to send designs directly to machine(Windows 9x only).Testing embroidery disksSome newer PC hardware and operating systems do not support some ofthe older embroidery disk formats. Check that your PC can read, write andformat embroidery machine formats using Wilcom’s Test Disk utility. If theutility returns errors associated with any embroidery formats, your PC willnot support the reading, writing or formatting of these disks. See alsoSupported embroidery disk formats.

Newer PCs cannot usually handle Melco format. To enable formatting inMelco, a multiple input/output card capable of formatting single densitydisks is needed. See Controller cards for Melco embroidery disks for details.Note Wilcom Test Disk only works under Windows 98/ME.To test embroidery disks1 On the Windows taskbar, click the Start button and select Programs >Wilcom ES > Test Disk.The Test Disk window opens.2 Select Test Disk > All.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 761The Disk Format Test Selection dialog opens.3 In the Floppy Disk Drive panel, select a disk drive from the list.4 In the Disk Format Type panel, select the embroidery formats tocheck.5 Insert a DS/DD disk in the floppy drive.Warning Don’t use a floppy disk containing data that you want to keepas the Test Disk utility erases all data contained on it.6 Click OK.When testing finishes, the Test Results dialog will display. Your PC willnot support the reading, writing or formatting of specified diskettes.Tip The MelCheck feature in the Test Disk menu is identical to theMelco feature in the Disk Format Test Selection dialog.Reading designs from embroidery diskYou can open designs of other formats from specially formatted embroiderydisks. See also Supported embroidery disk formats.To read designs from embroidery disk1 Insert the embroidery disk in your computer’s floppy disk drive.Select disk driveto testSelect embroideryformats to checkUse Open As (Standard toolbar) to open a design from an embroidery disk.ES 2006 Chapter 32 Embroidery Disks and Paper Tapes 7622 Click the Open As icon.The Open Embroidery Disk dialog opens.3 From the Look In list, select the floppy disk drive.4 Select the disk format. Either:! Select the format from the Diskette Format list.! Select the Auto Detect checkbox and let ES Designer automaticallydetermine the format. This generally takes longer.5 Click OK.The Open From Embroidery Disk dialog opens.6 From the Designs of Type list, select a design type.Any designs saved on disk are listed in the panel. If no designs are listed,make sure that the correct drive and disk format are selected.Note If the Options button is available, you can set recognition optionsfor the design. See Opening Melco CND outline files, Opening stitch fileswith object/outline recognition and Opening stitch files withoutobject/outline recognition for details.7 Click Open.Select driveSelect formatSelect designtypeES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 763Note If you have problems with embroidery disks, see Testingembroidery disks for details.Formatting embroidery disksEmbroidery disks must be formatted to suit the embroidery machine you

intend to use or the machine will not be able to read the design. Mostcomputers have a High Density 1.44 Mb drive which can read both DoubleDensity 720 Kb and High Density 1.44 Mb floppy disks. Most embroiderymachines use Double Density or High Density disks so there is usually noproblem with transferring designs. See your embroidery machine’s manualfor details of the appropriate disk type.Warning Use the disk type required by the embroidery machine, not thecomputer. For example, if a machine requires DD disks, you must use DDdisks even though your computer may have an HD drive. If your machinecan only read single density disks you may need to install a special floppydisk controller card in your computer. See also Supported embroidery diskformats.To format embroidery disks1 Insert a 3.5" floppy disk of the correct density in your computer’s floppydisk drive.Note Use the disk type required by the embroidery machine, not thecomputer. See Embroidery floppy disks for details.2 Select File > Embroidery Disk > Format.The Format Embroidery Disk dialog opens.3 From the Drive list, select the floppy disk drive.4 From the Diskette Format list, select the required disk format.5 Click OK.Use Embroidery Disk > Format (File menu) to format an embroidery disk.Select driveSelect formatES 2006 Chapter 32 Embroidery Disks and Paper Tapes 764A confirmation message appears.6 Click OK to confirm.The Format dialog opens.Warning This is a Windows system dialog and may vary with the particularoperating system you are using.7 From the Capacity list, select the disk storage capacity.8 In the Format Options panel, select the ‘full format’ option:Quick Format erases all data from the disk but does not reformat it.Untick the option to reformat a blank disk. See your Windows manualfor details.9 Click Start.A progress bar appears. You are prompted when formatting is complete.Note If you have trouble with formatting a Melco embroidery disk,check if your floppy disk drive can read and write single density floppydisks. See Testing embroidery disks for details.Saving designs to embroidery diskSave designs to embroidery disk to stitch out on a specific machine. Whenyou save to a new format, the design is converted to encode the machinefunctions and commands supported by the particular machine.Select diskformatSelect formatoptionEnter disklabelUse Save to Embroidery Disk (Standard toolbar) to save a design to anembroidery disk.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 765Note Embroidery disks must be correctly formatted before you savedesigns to them. See Formatting embroidery disks for details.To save designs to embroidery disk1 Insert the embroidery disk in your computer’s floppy disk drive.2 Click the Save to Embroidery Disk icon.The Save to Embroidery Disk dialog opens.

3 From the Look In list, select the floppy disk drive.4 Select the disk format. Either:! Select the format from the Diskette Format list.! Select the Auto Detect checkbox and let ES Designer automaticallydetermine the format.Any designs already saved on disk are listed in the panel.Note If the disk is not formatted, or its format is not correct, clickFormat. See Formatting embroidery disks for details.5 In the Design Name field, enter a name for the design.6 In the Filename field, enter a name for the design file.7 If the Number field is enabled, enter a file number.Not all machine formats require this information. This option is greyedout if the file naming mechanism is not supported by the particularembroidery disk type. Tajima uses a free-form file name, so both anumbering system and a text file name system are supported, as seenin the dialog.Select driveSelect formatEnter file numberif requiredEnter design nameEnter file nameClick to view orEnter machine modify settingsformat anddesign file typeES 2006 Chapter 32 Embroidery Disks and Paper Tapes 7668 From the Machine Format list, select a machine format.Some machines can read different formats. For example, some Tajimamachines can read Barudan as well as Tajima.Tip To view or modify machine format settings, click Values. SeeAdjusting standard machine format settings for details.9 From the Design Type list, select the file type to save to embroiderydisk. Only one file type is generally available.10 If available, select the Save Icon checkbox to include a thumbnailimage of the design with the design file.This icon appears in the machine control panel during stitch-out.11 Click Save.Warning Wait until the light on the floppy disk drive stops flashingbefore removing the disk.

Storing designs on paper tapePaper tape is the traditional medium for storing designs in stitch dataformat. Now largely replaced by floppy disk, they are still used by oldermachines. More specifically, stitch data paper tapes are eight-channel papertapes which, in effect, are hard copies of 8 bit binary data. Paper tapes arenormally punched by the designer and read into the embroidery machine ata later time.You can read paper tape designs of various formats into ES Designer. Oncea design is read, you can output it without change, modify it and output itin its original format, or save it as an EMB file. You can optionally convertthe design into objects. After conversion, the design can be scaled andchanged. See Opening stitch files in ES Designer for details.You can also punch designs to paper tape from ES Designer. You can selectthe output format type and include labels with the design. You can alsochoose to rewind the tape after punching, or punch in the reverse stitchingsequence.Reading designs from paper tapeUse Paper Tape > Read (File menu) to read a paper tape design.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 767You can read paper tape designs of various formats into ES Designer. Once

a design is read, you can save it as an EMB file. See also Supported papertape formats.Tip Create backups of your paper tape designs by reading them intoES Designer, then saving them to hard disk or embroidery disk in the samemachine format. This does not change the design in any way.To read designs from paper tape1 Make sure the tape reader is connected and configured correctly andthat a tape is loaded. See Setting up paper tape readers for details.Warning Do not read the optional label which is at the beginning of thetape as it is not part of the stitch data.2 Select File > Paper Tape > Read.The Choose Read Tape Type dialog opens.3 From the Choose input machine list, select the required machineformat.Note Make sure you select the correct format as it cannot be detectedautomatically by ES Designer.4 Click OK.The Tape Manager dialog opens.Select machineformatClick toaccess serialport settingsSelect requiredreaderSelect to confirmtape reader setupbefore readingES 2006 Chapter 32 Embroidery Disks and Paper Tapes 7685 Set up the paper tape reader if not already configured. See Setting uppaper tape readers for details.6 Click Read.If the Confirm Setup checkbox is selected, the Read from Tape dialogopens displaying technical details of the reader connection. Click OK tocontinue.Punching designs to paper tapeYou can punch designs to paper tape from ES Designer. You can select theoutput format type and include labels with the design. You can also chooseto rewind the tape after punching, or punch in the reverse stitchingsequence.To punch designs to paper tape1 Make sure the tape reader is connected and configured correctly andthat a tape is loaded. See Setting up paper tape punches for details.2 Select File > Paper Tape > Punch.The Choose Write Tape Type dialog opens.3 From the Choose output machine list, select the required machineformat.Note Make sure you select the correct format as it cannot be detectedautomatically by ES Designer.4 Click OK.Use Paper Tape > Punch (File menu) to punch a design to a paper tape.Select machineformatES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 769The Tape Manager dialog opens.5 Set up the paper tape punch if not already configured. See Setting uppaper tape punches for details.6 Click Punch.If the Confirm Setup checkbox is selected, the Punch to Tape dialogopens displaying technical details of the punch connection. Click OK to

continue.Click toaccess serialport settingsSelect optionsas requiredSelect requiredtape punchSelect to confirmpunch setupbefore punchingES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 770

PART VIIIDESIGN MANAGEMENTES Design Explorer provides an efficient way for viewing and browsingembroidery designs. With this tool, you can browse design files stored onyour computer hard disk, CD-ROM, or floppy disk. It recognizes all designfile formats used by ES Designer.Embroidery ClipartThis section describes how to view, search and sort embroidery clipart. Italso explains how to record it and manage keywords. See EmbroideryClipart for details.ES Design Explorer basicsThis section describes how to use ES Design Explorer to access and viewdesigns in folders. It also covers cutting, copying, pasting, and deletingdesigns in folders. See ES Design Explorer Basics for details.ES Design Explorer advanced functionsThis section describes the more advanced workings of ES Design Explorerfrom sorting files to stitching, punching, and converting designs. It alsodescribes how to print and publish catalogs of designs, as well as how toarchive dormant or unused designs. See ES Design Explorer AdvancedFunctions for details.ES 2006 Design Management 771Note ES Design Explorer helps you manage designs in folders. It is not amulti-user database for company-wide design management. Wilcom DesignWorkflow is a central design storage and management application. Anydesign format that can be read by ES Designer can be stored in DesignWorkflow. Design Workflow uses Microsoft SQL technology and is a truemulti-user tool, allowing far greater control of designs throughout yourcompany. For this type of requirement, refer to the Design Workflow UserManual.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 772

Chapter 33

Embroidery ClipartThe Embroidery Clipart feature is a powerful productivity tool which makeswhole designs and design fragments easily available. This allows you torecycle commonly used design elements and greatly speeds up the processof creating new designs. Use the clipart library to permanently store usefulembroidery elements and assign keywords to them. Summary informationsuch as width and height, number of stitches and colors is automaticallyrecorded.The library displays all design elements currently recorded to your personal

database. Behind this functionality is the powerful Microsoft DatabaseEngine or MSDE. Sort and search functionality is provided to filter your listaccording to name, keywords, number of colors, or number of stitches. Oncea suitable design element is located, simply drag-and-drop it as ‘embroideryclipart’ into the current project. Automatically find the nearest matchbetween selected clipart element colors and the current palette.Note Used in conjunction with Design Workflow, the Embroidery Clipartlibrary allows you to share embroidery elements between multiple users.Available as a cost option, Design Workflow is an embroidery designcentralization and management solution for businesses that shareembroidery files across a network. It can serve as the repository for yourdesigns and design elements making the task of securing, searching for, andmanaging your assets much easier.This section describes how to view, search and sort embroidery clipart. Italso explains how to record it and manage keywords.

Viewing and selecting embroidery clipartClick Show Clipart (Clipart toolbar) to open the embroidery clipart.Use Match to Palette (Embroidery Clipart dialog) to find the nearest matchbetween the selected clipart element colors and the color palette.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 773The Embroidery Clipart library displays all design elements currentlyrecorded to your personal database. You may want to put together a designsuch as a wreath with components such as ribbons, leaves, fruit and flowers.With the Clipart Library this becomes a simple task.To view and select embroidery clipart1 Click the Show Clipart icon.The Embroidery Clipart dialog opens. The design elements currentlyrecorded are displayed.The dialog consists of three main sections:! The Search For panel allows you to specify either names orkeywords to search the library for a specific design. There is also adropdown list to specify the sorting order.! The Clipart panel contains thumbnail images of designs in the clipartlibrary, ready to be dragged and dropped onto the design window.! The toolbar contains three icons—Properties, Match To Palette,and Search Web Clipart.2 Click-and-drag the dialog to any position you require.The dialog is ‘modeless’ and can stay on screen while you work.3 Browse the library using the scroll bar.Scroll to browseClick to sort by name,color or stitchesSearch for names orkeywordsToggle Match to Palette on or offES 2006 Chapter 33 Embroidery Clipart 774You can use the search and sort functions. See Searching and sortingembroidery clipart for details.4 Click a clipart thumbnail to select, or hover your mouse over it to viewsummary information.Note Before using the clipart in your design, decide whether to toggleMatch to Palette on or off:! On: when you insert your clipart, its colors are matched to thecurrent color palette.! Off: unique colors in the clipart are added to the current colorpalette.See also Setting inserted embroidery file options.5 Drag-and-drop the design element into the design window to open.Alternatively, right-click the thumbnail and select Insert from the popup

menu.Hover cursorover thumbnailColors addedto paletteColors matchedto paletteRight-click andselect InsertES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 775

Searching and sorting embroidery clipartThere are more efficient ways of finding an appropriate design element thanscrolling and browsing through your entire library. Depending on what youintend to do, it is helpful to narrow the search for design elements whichbest suit your purpose.Sorting the clipart libraryYou can sort the clipart thumbnails by different criteria.To sort the clipart library1 Click the Show Clipart icon.The Embroidery Clipart dialog opens.2 Click the Sort by list.3 Select:! Name Ascending or Descending to sort by namesalphabetically—Ascending sorts letters from A to Z and numbersfrom lowest to highest, Descending sorts in reverse order.! Colors Ascending or Descending to sort by the number of colors.! Stitches Ascending or Descending to sort by the number ofstitches.Click Show Clipart (Clipart toolbar) to open the embroidery clipart.Select to sort by nameand number of colors orstitchesES 2006 Chapter 33 Embroidery Clipart 776Searching the clipart library by nameYou can search the clipart thumbnails by names.To search the clipart library by name1 Click the Show Clipart icon.The Embroidery Clipart dialog opens.2 Type in the name you want to find in the Names field.Tip You can use a ‘wildcard’ if unsure of the exact name:! Use asterisk (*) at the end of a string of letters. The asterisk (*)must be placed at the end of the string—it cannot appear at thebeginning or in the middle of the string.! Use a question mark (?) if you are not sure of an individual characterin a name—e.g. T?re will return both Tyre and Tire. The questionmark (?)must be used as a substitute for a single character in aname.3 Click Search.Searching the clipart library by keywordYou can search the clipart thumbnails by keywords.Click Show Clipart (Clipart toolbar) to open the embroidery clipart.deer Enter nameClick to searchClick Show Clipart (Clipart toolbar) to open the embroidery clipart.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 777To search the clipart library by keyword1 Click the Show Clipart icon.The Embroidery Clipart dialog opens.2 Click the Browse button next to the Keywords field.

The Keywords dialog opens.Note Alternatively, simply enter keyword(s) in the Keywords field witha space between them.3 Key in required letters to filter the keywords list as required.4 Select a keyword and click the Move button or double-click to move itto the Selected Keywords column.deer Click to select keywordsClick to searchClick to remove all fromselected keywords listKey in lettersto filter listSelect keywordto searchRacketRealisticRibbonRifleRingSailSail boardingSantaSeaShapesSnow

Click to move to selectedkeywords listClick to remove fromselected keywords listES 2006 Chapter 33 Embroidery Clipart 778Note To remove a keyword from the Selected Keywords list, select itand double-click or click the Remove button. To remove all the selectedkeywords click the Remove All button.5 Click OK to transfer selected keywords to the Keywords search field.6 Click Search.All clipart elements associated with the selected keywords are displayedin the list.

Recording embroidery clipartUse the Record to Clipart function to record design elements or even anentire design to the clipart library. Assign a name and keywords to eachdesign element you record.Recording designs to the clipart libraryThe Record to Clipart option is enabled when at least one embroideryobject is selected. Use it to record design elements or even an entire design.To record a design to the clipart library1 Select a design you want to record.2 Click the Record to Clipart icon.Use Record to Clipart (Clipart toolbar) to record a design to the embroideryclipart.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 779The Record to Clipart dialog opens.Note Design information, such as number of colors and stitches, height,width, and date and time created, cannot be modified. You can,however, overwrite the default numeric name.3 Enter a meaningful name for the design in the Name field.4 Assign one or more keywords. See Assigning keywords to clipart fordetails.5 Click OK.Assigning keywords to clipartKeywords play an important part in organizing the clipart library. This isespecially so as it grows in size and diversity. Finding a suitable designelement can take time but searching on keywords speeds up the process bynarrowing the selection. Any number of keywords can be assigned to thesame clipart element.

AnimalBallBaseballBasketballBicycle

Assign namePreviewClick to add keywordClick to remove all fromassigned keywords listClick to move to assignedkeywords listClick to remove fromassigned keywords listClick Show Clipart (Clipart toolbar) to open the embroidery clipart.Click Object Properties (Embroidery Clipart dialog) to set properties forselected objects.ES 2006 Chapter 33 Embroidery Clipart 780To assign keywords to clipart1 Click the Show Clipart icon.The Embroidery Clipart dialog opens.2 Select a clipart thumbnail.3 Open the clipart properties dialog by any of the following means:! Double-click the thumbnail.! Click the Object Properties icon on the Embroidery Clipart dialog.! Right-click the thumbnail and select Properties from the popupmenu.The Clipart Properties dialog opens.4 Click New to create a new keyword.The Add Keyword dialog opens.5 Click OK.6 Select a keyword and click the Move button or double-click to move itto the Selected Keywords column.Select keywordAnimalBallBaseballBasketballBicycle

Assign keywords todesign elementClick to addkeywordType in newkeywordLove

ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 781Note To remove a keyword from the Selected Keywords list, select itand double-click or click the Remove button. To remove all the selectedkeywords click the Remove All button.7 Click OK.Selected keywords are associated with the clipart. These can now beused during clipart searches. See Searching and sorting embroideryclipart for details.

Managing keywordsManaging keywords is an essential part maintaining the clipart libraryefficiently. You can add keywords to your list for future use without havingto assign them to a particular design. You can also remove keywords andmodify them with the Manage Keywords feature.Adding, modifying and deleting keywordsManage keywords by adding, modifying or deleting keywords.To add, modify and delete keywords1 Click the Manage Keywords icon.Use Manage Keywords (Clipart toolbar) to manage keywords for the clipart.

ES 2006 Chapter 33 Embroidery Clipart 782The Manage Keywords dialog opens.2 Click Add or press Alt+A to add a keyword.The Add Keyword dialog opens.3 Enter a keyword and click OK.The keyword is added to the list.4 To modify a keyword, select and click Modify or press Alt+M.ActorAnimalAppliqueArchitectureBallBasketballBeetleBellsBoatBuildingButterflyCartoonCatsChildrenChristmasCrab

Click to addClick to modifyClick to deleteBalloon Type in keywordES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 783The Modify Keyword dialog opens.5 Enter a new keyword or select a replacement keyword from the list.6 Click OK.The old keyword is replaced with the new one in the Manage Keywordsdialog.7 To remove a keyword, select and click Delete or press Alt+D.You are prompted to confirm deletion.8 Click OK.The keywords list is updated. Clips using old keywords will be updatedwith any modified keywords.Importing and exporting keywordsAside from adding, modifying and deleting keywords, you can manage yourkeyword collection by exporting to a text file. You can later restore keywordsby re-importing the text file.To import or export keywords1 Click the Manage Keywords icon.ActorAnimalAppliqueArchitectureBallBasketballBeetleBellsBoat

Baboon Enter new keywordUse Manage Keywords (Clipart toolbar) to manage keywords for theembroidery clipart.ES 2006 Chapter 33 Embroidery Clipart 784The Manage Keywords dialog opens.2 To import keywords, click Import or press Alt+I.The Open dialog opens.3 Browse and select the text file you want to import.4 Click Open.Keywords are imported to the Manage Keywords dialog.Note When you import keywords, only unique keywords are appendedto any existing list. Duplicates are ignored.5 To export the keywords in the list, click Export or press Alt+E.ActorAnimalAppliqueArchitecture

BallBasketballBeetleBellsBoatBuildingButterflyCartoonCatsChildrenChristmasCrab

Click to importClick to exportSelect to importOnly Text (TXT) formatavailableBrowse proper locationES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 785The Save As dialog opens.6 Browse and type in a filename.7 Click Save.The keywords are saved to a text file where each keyword is written toa separate line.

Setting Design Workflow as an Enterprise EngineWhen you install ES Designer, the Embroidery Clipart feature is installedwith the Microsoft Database Engine or MSDE together with a sample clipartlibrary. When you first open the library, it displays all the design elementscurrently recorded to your personal sample database installation. However,if you are running Design Workflow on a company-wide network, you mayType in file nameBrowse proper locationActorAnimalAppliqueArchitectureBallBasketballBeetleBellsBoatBuildingButterflyCartoonCatsChildrenChristmasCollieColumn

ES 2006 Chapter 33 Embroidery Clipart 786want to share the Embroidery Clipart library across the entire organization.It is a relatively simple matter for your the DW Administrator to configure adedicated Embroidery Clipart database and provide all users with a MicrosoftDatabase Engine file shortcut to connect to the database.Note Used in conjunction with Design Workflow, the Embroidery Clipartlibrary allows you to share embroidery elements between multiple users.Available as a cost option, Design Workflow is an embroidery designcentralization and management solution for businesses that shareembroidery files across a network. It can serve as the repository for yourdesigns and design elements making the task of securing, searching for, andmanaging your assets much easier.To set Design Workflow as an Enterprise Engine1 Select Special > Clipart > Set Design Workflow as Enterprise Engine.The Open dialog opens.2 Browse to the location of the supplied UDL file.3 Select and click Open.Your clipart library will be linked to the enterprise clipart database. Thismeans that any design elements you record to the clipart library can beaccessed by all other users of the clipart database.Note If you do not have the Design Workflow option activated on your

dongle, the menu will display a Learn About Design Workflow Engineoption. This explains the benefits of using the engine across theenterprise.Select UDL toconnect toOnly UDL formatavailableBrowse to networklocationES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 787

Chapter 34

ES Design Explorer BasicsES Design Explorer provides an efficient way for viewing and managingembroidery designs. With this design management tool, you can browsedesign files stored on your computer hard disk, CD-ROM, or floppy disk, aswell as cut, copy, paste and delete them. It recognizes all design file formatsused by ES Designer. See also Supported File and Machine Formats and DiskTypes.Note ES Design Explorer helps you manage designs in folders. It is not amulti-user database for company-wide design management. For this type ofrequirement, refer to the Design Workflow User Manual.This section describes how to use ES Design Explorer to access and viewdesigns in folders. It also covers cutting, copying, pasting, and deletingdesigns in folders.

Opening ES Design Explorer and viewing designsES Design Explorer does not require a separate installation. It works as anintegral part of Wilcom ES and is easy to set up and get started. ES DesignExplorer displays thumbnails and limited design information whenever adesign folder is accessed. You can filter the contents of the display windowto show only certain file types. You can also rename folders, add sub-foldersand delete folders without leaving ES Design Explorer.Opening ES Design ExplorerNavigating to design folders with ES Design Explorer is very similar tobrowsing with Windows Explorer. Your access to design folders on yournetwork is only limited by network access rights determined by your SystemAdministrator. ES Design Explorer lets you view any supported design fileDouble-click the desktop icon to open ES Design Explorer. ES Designerwill open by default.ES 2006 Chapter 34 ES Design Explorer Basics 788type residing in design folders. See also Supported File and MachineFormats and Disk Types.Note If you start ES Design Explorer from the desktop or from the WindowsStart button, ES Designer will also open. If your computer is slow or youhave many applications running, ES Design Explorer may not open.To open ES Design Explorer1 Double-click the ES Design Explorer icon on the Windows desktop.ES Design Explorer and ES Designer open in separate windows.ES Design Explorer defaults to the Design folder, showing all of yourEMB designs as thumbnails.Tip If ES Designer is hiding ES Design Explorer from view, switchbetween them using the Windows Alt+Tab function.Note The thumbnail image generation process can be very slow onolder machines or if there are a lot of designs in the selected folder.Holding down the Alt key will abort the redraw. The thumbnail will bedrawn using a default yellow exclamation mark. This does not mean thatthe design is missing. See also Locating missing files.

2 Drag the split bar between the folders and thumbnails to the left or tothe right to resize the window sections.3 To find a design which is not in the current folder—e.g. C:\Designs—usethe folder listing to locate the required folder.folder listingdesign thumbnailscontained inselected folderstatus barmenu barsplit bartoolbarfiles dropdownChange Design ViewES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 789Tip If not all drives or folders are displayed, click the + to the left of MyComputer to show all local and network drives available to your PC.4 Click a folder in the folder listing to display its contents in the displaywindow.You can list the folder contents in different ways. See Viewing designproperties for details.Tip Close ES Design Explorer in View by Details mode so that it opensmore quickly next time.Displaying design thumbnails and summary informationThe designs in ES Design Explorer can be listed as thumbnails only (thedefault), thumbnails and summary information, or design information only.Tip Designs can also be displayed full screen using ES Designer. SeeOpening designs in ES Designer for details.To display design thumbnails and summary information1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a folder. See Viewing designproperties for details.2 Use the viewing options to view designs in the display format yourequire:! To display the designs as thumbnails only, click the Change DesignView icon and select Thumbnails from the dropdown menu. Or,select View > Design Thumbnails.Click to Change Design View to select thumbnails only, thumbnails withstitching details, or summary information only.thumbnail viewES 2006 Chapter 34 ES Design Explorer Basics 790! To display the designs as thumbnails with stitching details, click theChange Design View icon and select Summary from the dropdownmenu. Or, select View > Design Thumbnails and Summary.! To display the designs in a detailed list, click the Change DesignView icon and select List from the dropdown menu. Or, select View> Design List. By default, designs are listed showing design name,file size, file type, version, etc. See also Customizing design lists.Note The number of selected designs is displayed in the status bar atthe bottom of the ES Design Explorer window.Viewing designs in the whole windowIt is often more convenient to view designs in folders and databases in thewhole window. When doing so, you can always browse for designs using theLook In list or Browse Location option.To view designs in the whole window1 Click the Show/Hide folders icon.Summary viewList viewClick Show/Hide folders to hide the folder listing.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 791Designs are now viewable across the window.

2 To view designs in another folder, select from the Look in dropdown list.Tip Alternatively, select View > Browse Location to open the BrowseFor Folder dialog.Viewing zipped designs in foldersES Design Explorer lets you archive and view design files in folders whichhave been archived by means of the popular WinZip utility. This is a softwareprogram which bundles files into a single compressed file with the extension*.ZIP. This can be useful for sending or receiving multiple files via email. Seealso Archiving design files.Click to run infull-screen modeES 2006 Chapter 34 ES Design Explorer Basics 792To view zipped designs in folders1 Open ES Design Explorer and browse to the folder containing the zippeddesign files.! If the folder contains individually zipped designs, these will appeardirectly in the display window. The file name will appear in italics.! If the folder contains zipped files containing multiple designs, thesewill appear in the folder listing.2 Select the zipped file to view its contents.Locating missing filesIf users incorrectly move files, the normal design thumbnail is usuallyreplaced by a ‘missing design’ thumbnail when ES Design Explorer is nextopened. Each color indicates the likely cause:Zipped designnames appear initalicsZipped designfile appears infolder listingIcon DescriptionThis means that ES Design Explorer cannot find the design file.Replace missing files from backup or another source. If this is notpossible, delete the record or refresh the directory. See alsoRefreshing the display.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 793

Adjusting view settingsES Design Explorer allows you to customize window settings. It lets youcustomize the toolbar layout. You can switch between ‘locales’—English,French, German, etc—at any time. Occasionally you may need to refresh thedisplay. You can also change the way selected designs are highlighted,whether thumbnail files are created, and so on. Design Workflow even letsyou customize design lists to display only the fields you require in any orderyou prefer.Changing localeDuring installation of the ES Design Explorer software, optional languages(locales) can be selected for dialogs and messages—e.g. English, French,German, etc. You can switch between these locales at any time afterinstallation.Warning If the default locale is not the same as the language of theOperating System, then this option will not work properly. See also ‘locale’in Windows Help for information about changing Windows to suit differentlocales.To change locale1 Open ES Design Explorer. See Opening ES Design Explorer for details.This means that ES Design Explorer has found an up-to-datethumbnail but doesn’t recognize the format. Use Validate andRefresh to update the display. ES Design Explorer will try to makea replacement next time the folder is opened or refreshed. See

also Refreshing the display.ES Design Explorer recognizes a pre-determined set of file typesas per the file type dropdown list. If it sees a design that has therequired file suffix—EMB, BMP, etc—but it is unable to read thefile, it will display the green question mark. Locate the file anddelete it.Icon DescriptionSelect Change Locale (View menu) to switch between locales.ES 2006 Chapter 34 ES Design Explorer Basics 7942 Select View > Change Locale to open the locale required.The Choose Locale dialog opens.Note Only those locales selected when ES Design Explorer wasinstalled will be listed.3 Select the locale required, and click OK to make the change.Tip See also ‘locale’ in Windows Help for information about changingkeyboards, fonts and so on to suit different locales.Refreshing the displayOccasionally, your screen will not show changes you have made until yourefresh the display. Changes to folders may not display either until yourefresh the folder listing. If graphics and thumbnails still do not appearcorrectly, or if you have updated your Wilcom ES software, you may need to‘validate and refresh’.To refresh the display! To refresh the display window, select View > Refresh, or press F5.! To refresh folders in the folder listing, select View > Refresh Folder.Alternatively, select the node you want to refresh, right-click and selectRefresh Folder from the popup menu.! To validate and refresh a folder, select View > Validate and Refresh.Tip Occasionally, ES Design Explorer displays red, blue or greenquestion marks and a short description instead of a graphic thumbnail.See Locating missing files for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 795Modifying user preferencesYou can change several default settings in ES Design Explorer:! the way selected designs are highlighted! what happens when you double-click designs.To modify user preferences1 Open ES Design Explorer. See Opening ES Design Explorer for details.2 Select View > User Preferences.The User Preferences dialog opens.3 In the Options panel, select Highlight in Full to fully highlight eachthumbnail as it is selected.If you only require selected thumbnail borders to be highlighted, clearHighlight in Full.Tip The color and intensity of highlights can be changed in the WindowsControl Panel to suit each user. See Windows Help for details about‘Display Settings’.4 In the Double-click Options panel, select either:! Open Design: if you want the normal Windows action when youdouble-click a design name or thumbnail, or! Show Properties: if you want to open the Properties dialog fordesigns that you double-click.5 Click OK to save the settings.Tip If you need more space in the display window for viewingthumbnails, click the Hide/Show folder listing button.Select User Preferences (View menu) to set design view user preferences.Set userpreferencesES 2006 Chapter 34 ES Design Explorer Basics 796

Customizing design listsDesign Workflow lets you customize design lists to display only the fields yourequire in any order you prefer.To customize design lists1 To display the designs in a detailed list, click the Change Design Viewicon and select List from the dropdown menu. Or, select View > DesignList.By default, designs are listed showing design name, date first designed,when last changed, when first recorded, etc.2 Right-click the column header and select the Customize Column fromthe popup menu. Alternatively, select View > Customize Columns >Design List.The Columns dialog opens.3 Exclude a field from the listing by deselcting the associated checkbox.Select CustomizeColumnSelect / deselectfields to include inlistingClick to reorderselected fieldsClick to hideselected fieldsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 797Alternatively, highlight the field and select Hide.4 Adjust the order of selected fields with the Move Up and Move Downbuttons.Alternatively, select the column header in list view and drag-and-drop toa new location.

Browsing designs in foldersInformation about designs in folders can be viewed in the Properties dialog.Designs can then be browsed using navigation buttons and slide showbuttons on this dialog.Tip You can also filter the contents of any design folder to show only certaintypes of file—e.g. EMB only. See Sorting files in folders for details.Viewing design propertiesInformation about designs in folders can be viewed in the Properties dialog.The data is extracted directly from design files created in ES Designer. Youcannot add, delete and edit these fields.Tip Designs in folders can be browsed using navigation buttons and slideshow buttons on the Properties dialog. See Sorting files in folders fordetails.To view design properties1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See Viewing designproperties for details.Drag-and-dropheader to newlocationClick Design Properties to view information about selected designs.ES 2006 Chapter 34 ES Design Explorer Basics 7982 Double-click a design or click the Design Properties icon.The Properties dialog opens showing all stitch information derived fromthe design file together with user-defined information.Stitch information from the design file appears grayed out and cannotbe edited. The Design, Description, and Selected fields are rangedacross the top of the dialog. Use the Selected field at the top of thedialog to select or deselect designs in the main window as you movebetween designs. See Sorting files in folders for details.Tip If not all text is visible in a field, select the field and use the Arrow,

Home and End keys to scroll. Alternatively, resize the dialog.3 Click OK to close.Browsing through designs in foldersNavigation buttons on the Properties dialog allow you to move forwards,backwards, as well as to the start and end of all designs in the selectedfolder. Similarly, you can move forward and back through selected designs.As you browse, the Properties dialog displays a thumbnail together withrelevant design information.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 799Tip When you find the design you want, right-click the name or thumbnailand select Open with Wilcom ES Designer to open it in ES Designer. Orchoose File > Open to open bitmaps images in a third-party graphicsprogram.To browse through designs in a folder1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.2 Select or sort the designs as required. See also Sorting files in folders.3 Open the Properties dialog. See Viewing design properties for details.4 Browse through the entire folder or a selection of designs as required.! If you want to browse the entire folder, use the red navigationbuttons.These allow you to move to the first design, last design, previousdesign and next design in the folder.! Use the Selected checkbox to select or deselect designs as youbrowse.! If you want to browse through selected designs, use the bluenavigation buttons.These allow you to move to the first selected design, last selecteddesign, previous selected design and next selected design in thefolder.5 Click OK.navigation buttonsClick to selector deselectdesignsfolder navigation selection navigationstart end start endES 2006 Chapter 34 ES Design Explorer Basics 800Browsing designs using slide show buttonsAll designs in folder can be displayed as a slide show. The slide show is runfrom the Properties dialog which displays each design’s thumbnail togetherwith relevant information. You can control the speed and direction of theslide show.To browse designs using slide show buttons1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.2 Select or sort the designs as required. See also Sorting files in folders.3 Open the Properties dialog. See Viewing design properties for details.4 Click the Forwards or Backwards button to start the slide show.The slide show automatically scrolls through every design in the folder.5 Click + or - to increase or decrease the speed.6 Click the Stop button to stop.

Accessing designs in foldersES Design Explorer lets you select designs residing in folders. Onceselected, you can manipulate them in a variety of ways—e.g. cutting,copying, pasting, editing the record, and converting designs to otherformats. You can also open designs in ES Designer directly from ES DesignExplorer for viewing or editing.

Tip With the file selected, right-click to open a popup menu which includesthe commands Open, Print, Convert, Punch to Tape, Stitch to Machine, andDelete.Selecting designs in foldersDesigns must be selected before an action can be performed—e.g. view,open or copy a design. A group of designs, a range, or all the designs in aslide show buttonsstopbackwardsfast/slowforwardsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 801database can be selected. A group is made up of any selected designs. Arange is a series of consecutive designs.To select designs in a folder1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See Viewing designproperties for details.2 Display designs as thumbnails or as a details list. See Displaying designthumbnails and summary information for details.Tip The thumbnail image generation process can be very slow on oldermachines or if there are a lot of designs in the database. Holding downthe Alt key will abort the redraw. The thumbnail will be drawn using adefault yellow exclamation mark.3 Sort designs by required category—e.g. sort by customer to list eachcustomer’s designs consecutively. See Sorting files in folders for details.4 Select a design or designs.! To select a range of items, hold down Shift as you select.! To select multiple items, hold down Ctrl as you select.! To select all designs in the current folder, select Edit > Select All orclick Ctrl+A.5 To deselect all selected designs, select Edit > Deselect All, or click anyunselected design.Tip To deselect a single design amongst a group of selected designs,click it again while holding down the Ctrl key.Opening designs in ES DesignerAny designs selected in the ES Design Explorer display window can beopened in ES Designer for viewing or editing.To open designs in ES Designer1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See Viewing designproperties for details.2 Select a design or designs.Click Open Design to open a selected design or designs in ES Designer.ES 2006 Chapter 34 ES Design Explorer Basics 802Tip If you want to open several designs at once, select the details listview. See Displaying design thumbnails and summary information fordetails.3 Click the Open icon.All selected files are opened.4 Alternatively, if displaying designs as thumbnails, double-click a singledesign thumbnail.Make sure Double-click Options > Open Design is selected in theUser Preferences dialog. See Modifying user preferences for details.The selected design or designs are displayed in the ES Designer windowready for editing.Tip To switch between ES Designer and ES Design Explorer:! Hold down the Alt key, then tap the Tab key until the ES Designericon is highlighted. Release the Alt key.! Alternatively, click the ES Designer icon on the Windows taskbar.Creating new designs with custom templates

You can open a new design template in ES Designer from within ES DesignExplorer.To create new designs with a custom template1 Select File > New.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 803ES Designer opens and the New dialog appears.Note If there is no template other than default, the New dialog maynot appear.2 Select a template from the list.3 Click OK.Reconnecting ES Design Explorer to ES DesignerOccasionally ES Design Explorer may encounter a problem preventing itfrom connecting with ES Designer. Follow the instructions below (in thesame order as they are listed) to find the solution.To reconnect ES Design Explorer with ES Designer! Check that your dongle security device is connected.! Open ES Design Explorer and check that it runs correctly on itsown—close ES Design Explorer, then open ES Designer by clicking itsicon on the Windows Desktop.! If none of the above correct the problem, re-install ES Designer.! Check that the version of ES Designer you are running is the same asthat registered in ES Design Explorer’s Shortcut Properties:ES 2006 Chapter 34 ES Design Explorer Basics 804! Right-click the ES Design Explorer icon on your Windows Desktop,then select Properties. The Design Explorer Properties > Shortcutdialog opens.! Read the last text item in the Target field—e.g. ...version=2006This version should be identical to the version of ES Designer youare running. If it is not, change it to the correct version and click OK.! Install ES Designer again.shortcutES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 805

Chapter 35

ES Design Explorer AdvancedFunctionsDesigns in ES Design Explorer folders can be sorted in various ways. This isuseful when you want to select designs for stitching out, printing, archiving,and so on. Once a design is selected in an ES Design Explorer folder, youcan send it direct to an embroidery machine or punching machine. You canalso batch-convert your EMB and other design files to and from other fileformats directly from ES Design Explorer.Create design catalogs containing thumbnail images and/or summaryinformation. These can be sent to a printer, published on your website orintranet, and exported in formats suitable for spreadsheet and databaseprograms, and for integration with third-party e-commerce solutions.Archive design files in folders with the built-in WinZip utility. This can beuseful for sending or receiving multiple files via email. You can even viewdesign files within ‘zipped’ archives.This section describes the more advanced workings of ES Design Explorerfrom sorting files to stitching, punching, and converting designs. It alsodescribes how to print and publish catalogs of designs, as well as how toarchive dormant or unused designs.

Sorting files in foldersThe simplest way to sort files in ES Design Explorer folders is by file

type—e.g. EMB files only. Designs can be further sorted in the followingways:! As simple sorts using View > Sort by (Name, Type, Size, or Date).The designs are arranged according to the sort selection. The designscan be sorted whether they are displayed as thumbnails or as a detailslist.ES 2006 Chapter 35 ES Design Explorer Advanced Functions 806! As simple sorts using details list headings: by File Name, Size, FileType, Version, Date, Stitches, or Description. Designs are arrangedaccording to the heading selected, and repeating the sort reverses theorder. Designs must be displayed as a details list.! As a complex sort in up to two levels in ascending or descending order:by Colors, Date Designed, Design Name, File Type, Height,Stitches, Version, Width or None. Designs can be displayed asthumbnails, thumbnails with stitching details, or details lists.Limiting file types displayedWith ES Design Explorer you can filter the contents of any design folder toshow only certain types of file—e.g. only EMB files.To limit file types displayed1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer and viewing designs for details.2 Click the Files dropdown on the toolbar.3 Select:! All Files to show every file type in the folder.! Artwork Files to display only BMP and PNG files.! Any other option to display only files of that type—e.g. templates.Running simple sorts using the View menuYou can sort your thumbnails or details lists by any of four types.To run a simple sort using the View menu1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8072 List the designs as either thumbnails or as a details list. See Displayingdesign thumbnails and summary information for details.3 Select View > Sort by Design Name, Sort by File Type, Sort by FileSize, or Sort by Last Changed.The designs will be sorted according to the option selected.Running simple sorts using the details listYou can sort details lists by clicking the column headings.To run a simple sort using the details list1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.2 List the designs as a details list. See Displaying design thumbnails andsummary information for details.3 Click the heading at a column to be sorted—e.g. Design Name.The designs will be sorted in the order of the selection.4 Click the heading again to reverse the order.Running complex sortsYou can sort designs by various criteria such as Colors, Design Date, DesignName, File Type, etc. ES Design Explorer lets you sort them by up to twolevels, in ascending or descending order.Click columnheading to sortUse Sort to run a complex sort using the Sort dialog.ES 2006 Chapter 35 ES Design Explorer Advanced Functions 808To run a complex sort1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.

2 List the designs as a details list. See Displaying design thumbnails andsummary information for details.3 Click Sort icon.The Sort dialog opens.4 Select the first sort criterion:! Select the main category you want from the Sort By list—e.g.Colors.! Select Ascending to sort letters from A to Z and numbers fromlowest to highest, or Descending to sort in the reverse order.5 Select the second level sort criterion:! Select a different category from the And Then By list—e.g.Stitches.! Select Ascending or Descending.6 Click OK.In the above example, the details list will display all designs by color,together with number of stitches used.

Emailing designs directSelect Level 1criterionSelect Level 2criterionUse Email Selected Designs to email design information direct.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 809ES Design Explorer lets you email design information direct. This includesall files associated with the design record, including design files, TrueView,thumbnail, artwork and stitchout images as well as stitch files.To email designs direct1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.2 Select one or more design records and either:! Click the Email Selected Designs icon on toolbar, or! Right-click the design record and select Email Design from thepopup menu.The Email Design Options dialog opens.3 Select the files you want to include in the email.Email selecteddesignsSelect files toincludeES 2006 Chapter 35 ES Design Explorer Advanced Functions 810Note If all options are grayed out, your administrator must configurethe email settings for your user account.4 Click OK.The selected files are attached to an email and the subject line populatedwith the names of the selected designs.

Stitching and punching designs directOnce a design is selected in a folder, you can:! send it direct to any embroidery machine connected to the ES Designersystem.! send it direct to any punching machine and punch the tape.Tip When a file is selected, right-click to open a popup menu which includesthe commands Open, Print, Convert, Punch to Tape, Stitch to Machine, andDelete.Stitching designs directSelect one or more designs in a folder using ES Design Explorer. You canthen stitch to any embroidery machine connected to your ES Designersystem.To stitch a design direct

1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.2 Select and sort the design(s) to be stitched using Sort or Search. SeeSorting files in folders and Selecting designs in folders for details.3 Click the Stitch Selected Designs icon.Use Stitch Selected Designs to stitch a design directly to machine.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 811The Stitch Options dialog opens.4 Select a machine type and format from the lists.To define or modify the machine’s settings. See Setting up embroiderymachines for Stitch Manager for details.5 Click OK.The ES Machine Manager window opens. See the ES MachineManager Supplement for details.Punching designs directSelect one or more designs in a folder using ES Design Explorer. You canthen punch to any paper tape punching machine connected to yourES Designer system.To punch a design direct1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.2 Select and sort the design(s) to be punched using Sort or Search. SeeSorting files in folders and Selecting designs in folders for details.3 Click the Punch Selected Designs icon.The Punch Options dialog opens.4 Select a machine type from the list and click OK.Select machine typeand formatUse Punch Selected Designs to punch a design directly to a punchingmachine.Select machine typeES 2006 Chapter 35 ES Design Explorer Advanced Functions 812The Tape Manager dialog opens. See Punching designs to paper tapefor details.

Printing and publishing designsCatalogs of designs in a folder contain thumbnails and/or summaryinformation. These can be sent to a printer, published on your website orintranet, and exported in formats suitable for spreadsheet and databaseprograms, and for integration with third-party e-commerce solutions.Tip Before printing, publishing or exporting, sort the designs into usefulgroups. For example, sort by Type or search by Customer. See Sorting filesin folders for details.Printing production worksheetsYou can print production worksheets for selected groups of designs infolders, and include thumbnails of each design in the worksheet.Note Unlike Print Designs, this option can provide all of the design andsewing information available, but it uses far more paper to do so. See alsoPrinting design catalogs.To print a production worksheet1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.2 Select and sort the designs to be printed using Sort. See Sorting files infolders for details.Select tape punchSelect to label tapeSelect to automaticallyrewind tape before stitchingSelect to punch inreverse direction

Use Print Selected Designs to print production worksheets.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8133 Click the Print Selected Design icon.The Print dialog opens.4 Select the printer you want to use, and enter the number of copies ofthe worksheet you require.5 To customize the worksheet, click Options.The Print Options dialog opens.6 Set production worksheet options to show the information you want inthe format you require. See Setting production worksheet print optionsfor details.7 Click OK when finished, then ensure that your printer settings arecorrect in the Windows Print Setup dialog.Note The dialog and the settings available will vary from printer toprinter. See your printer manual for details.8 Click OK.Printing design catalogsPrinted catalogs of your designs are a handy sales and marketing tool. Theycontain thumbnails of the designs plus limited text details. You can preparecatalogs of all your designs, and others to suit specific markets, types ofdesign, and individual customers.Set zoom factorfor designpreviewSelect othergeneral optionsSelectinformation typeto includeSelect graphicalfeatures toincludeSelect worksheetor appliquéES 2006 Chapter 35 ES Design Explorer Advanced Functions 814To print a design catalog1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.2 Select and sort the designs to be printed in the catalog using Sort. SeeSorting files in folders for details.3 Select File > Print Catalog.The Print Catalog Options dialog opens.4 Change the Scale (%) amount if you want your thumbnails bigger orsmaller.5 Select Summary if you want design details to be printed.6 Click Preview as required.7 Click Printer to select a printer, paper size and other options in theWindows Print dialog for the printer attached to your PC.8 Click OK to print the catalog.Select for design detailsChange the scaleClick to previewClick to set printer settingsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 815Tip If the catalog requires more than one page, you can select whichpage to print in the Windows Print dialog.Publishing design catalogs for browser viewingYou can convert your designs to the HTML and PNG formats suitable forviewing by any browser, such as Microsoft Internet Explorer. This allows youto publish designs throughout the company via an intranet, or throughoutthe world via the internet. You can also attach catalogs to emails and send

them as design samples.To publish a design catalog for browser viewing1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.2 Select and sort the designs to be published in the catalog using Sort.See Sorting files in folders for details.3 Select File > HTML Catalog.The HTML Catalog Options dialog opens.4 Change the Scale (%) amount if you want your thumbnails bigger orsmaller.5 Adjust the number of rows and number of columns for the final output,which will appear as a table.6 De-select Summary if you don’t want design details to appear.7 Enter a filename and location in the File Name field—e.g.C:\Designs\Catalogs\Crests.htm—or accept the default settings.Tip Make a separate folder for each catalog—the catalog conversion willgenerate a PNG file for a thumbnail of each design, another PNG file fora TrueView of each design, and an HTML file for each page.8 Click OK to start converting the designs.Change the scaleAdjust number s of rows and columnsEnter filename and locationES 2006 Chapter 35 ES Design Explorer Advanced Functions 816Your browser—e.g. Windows Internet Explorer—will open automaticallyat the first page of designs when the conversion is finished.If your browser does not open automatically:! Open your browser—e.g. Windows Internet Explorer—via theWindows Start button.! Click the Address field, browse to the selected folder, anddouble-click the first HTM file containing thumbnails—e.g.Crests1.htm.There will be at least two HTM files with similar names—e.g.Crests.htm, Crests1.htm, etc. The filename without a number is theindex to all of the HTM files.Your browser will display one or more design thumbnails in the window.9 Examine the contents of the page.Click Next Page to view the next screen of thumbnails.Tip Double-click a thumbnail to view its TrueView image in real size.10 Repeat the procedure to adjust thumbnail size and table layout asrequired.Exporting design catalogsDesign details can be converted to Tab and CSV (Comma Separated Valuefiles) formats suitable for use by most spreadsheets. See your spreadsheetprogram for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 817To export a design catalog1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.2 Select and sort the designs to be exported to the catalog using Sort. SeeSorting files in folders for details.3 Select File > Export Design List.The Export to File Options dialog opens.4 Click either Tabs or Commas, depending on your spreadsheet program’srecommended format.The Save As dialog opens.5 Select a folder and filename to store the CSV or TXT file.6 Click Save.The designs will be generated and saved in the selected format.

Converting design files in foldersUse Convert Selected Designs to convert from one design file type toanother.ES 2006 Chapter 35 ES Design Explorer Advanced Functions 818You can convert your EMB and other design files to and from other fileformats directly from ES Design Explorer.Tip You can use this capability in conjunction with the Auto Color Mergefeature. The Auto Color Merge feature reads thread color information forCND files from an associated TXT file so that stitches are displayed in thecorrect colors when they are converted to EMB. See Color merging MelcoCND files for details.To convert design files in folders1 Open ES Design Explorer and select a design folder. See OpeningES Design Explorer for details.2 Select the file(s) to be converted. See Selecting designs in folders fordetails.3 Click the Convert Selected Design icon.The Convert Options dialog opens.4 Select the file types you want to convert to.5 Browse to the folder where you want to store the converted designs,using the Browse button.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 819The Browse for Folder dialog opens.6 Click OK to start the conversion.The converted designs will be stored in the nominated folder.Note Embroidery disks must be formatted to suit the embroiderymachine you intend to use or the machine will not be able to read thedesign. Select File > Format Embroidery Disk to format a disk torequired format. See Formatting embroidery disks for details.

Archiving design filesES Design Explorer lets you archive and view design files in folders whichhave been archived by means of the popular WinZip utility. This is a softwareprogram which bundles files into a single compressed file with the extension*.ZIP. This can be useful for sending or receiving multiple files via email.Saving design files to a single compressed fileES Design Explorer provides a shortcut to the WinZip utility via the toolbar.To save design files to a single compressed file1 Open ES Design Explorer. See Opening ES Design Explorer for details.2 Select a folder and select the design(s) you want to archive.Use WinZip to archive selected designs to a single compressed file.ES 2006 Chapter 35 ES Design Explorer Advanced Functions 8203 Click the WinZip icon or right-click the design(s) and select Create ZipArchive from the popup menu.! If you have selected one design file, the system will create a ZIP filetaking the design’s name as its own.! If you have selected more than one design file, the Create ZipArchive dialog opens.4 Choose whether to archive the selected files individually or as a singlefile:! Create one archive containing multiple designs: creates a ZIP filefor every design, taking the design’s name as its own.! Create individual archives for each design: opens the Save Asdialog.5 Enter a file name for your zipped file and click Save.The selected designs are copied to the zip file. You can view them in thespecified folder. See Viewing zipped designs in folders for details.Extracting design files from a zipped archive

ES Design Explorer allows you to extract design files from a zipped archive.This is useful, for example, if you are receiving zipped designs via email.To extract design files from a zipped archive1 Open ES Design Explorer. See Opening ES Design Explorer for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8212 Select the folder which contains the design or designs you want toextract.3 Select the individual design to extract in the display window or thezipped file in the directory tree.4 Within the zipped file, select the design(s) you want.! To select multiple items, hold down Ctrl as you select.! To select a range of items, hold down Shift as you select.5 Select File > Extract Zip Archive.The Save As dialog opens prompting you to specify the location of theextracted file.6 Choose a location and click Save.Zipped designnames appear initalicsZipped designfile appears infolder listingES 2006 Chapter 35 ES Design Explorer Advanced Functions 822The designs are extracted to the selected location. If you have savedthem to a location referenced by ES Design Explorer, you can now viewthem. See Opening ES Design Explorer and viewing designs for details.

Organizing designs in foldersYou can rename, duplicate and edit database information without openingdesigns. You can also rename folders, add sub-folders and delete folderswithout leaving ES Design Explorer.Renaming, adding and deleting foldersYou can rename, add and delete folders without leaving ES Design Explorer.To rename, add or delete folders1 Open ES Design Explorer. See Opening ES Design Explorer and viewingdesigns for details.2 Browse to the folders you want to rename, delete or add folders to. SeeBrowsing designs in folders for details.3 Add, rename, or delete folders as required:! To add a sub-folder to another, select the folder and right-click.Select Add Folder and type in the name when the new sub-folderappears.! To rename a folder, select it and right-click. Select Rename from thepopup menu, and type in the new name.! To delete a folder, select it and right-click. Select Delete Folder fromthe popup menu. You will be prompted to confirm the deletion.Copying and pasting designsOnce a selected design is copied, it can then be pasted to another locationusing Paste. A copied design can be pasted any number of times.To copy and paste a design1 Open ES Design Explorer. See Opening ES Design Explorer and viewingdesigns for details.2 Select any number of designs. See Selecting designs in folders fordetails.3 Select Edit > Copy.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8234 Change to another folder using the directory if required.A design can be pasted to the same folder as the original design.5 Select Edit > Paste.

If the selected design—e.g. Bear.EMB—is pasted into the current folder,and the current folder contains the original design, or a file of the samename, the new design is automatically named Copy of Bear.EMB. Youcan then change the name of the new file by right-clicking its name,selecting Rename and typing the new name. Press Enter to completethe name change.Note If you rename the file, ensure that the three letter extension—e.g.EMB—is not altered.Cutting and pasting designsWhen a selected design is cut, the design is removed from the current folder.The design can then be pasted at another location using the Pastecommand.To cut and paste designs1 Open ES Design Explorer. See Opening ES Design Explorer and viewingdesigns for details.2 Select any number of designs. See Selecting designs in folders fordetails.3 Select Edit > Cut.A confirmation dialog opens.4 Click Yes to cut the design.5 Browse to the folder where you want to paste the file or files.6 Select Edit > Paste to paste the selected design into the new folder.If a design of the same name already exists, each pasted copy isrenamed.Renaming designs in foldersDuplicate designs, designs with misleading names, and designs withmisspelled names can be quickly renamed without opening them.ES 2006 Chapter 35 ES Design Explorer Advanced Functions 824To rename a design in a database or folder1 Open ES Design Explorer. See Opening ES Design Explorer and viewingdesigns for details.2 Ensure that the design you select is not currently open in ES Designer.3 Right-click and select Rename from the popup menu.The Rename Design dialog opens.4 Enter the new name.5 Click OK.The original design name is overwritten.Deleting designsDelete designs to remove them permanently from your PC.To delete designs from ES Design Explorer1 Open ES Design Explorer. See Opening ES Design Explorer and viewingdesigns for details.Renameselected designBear Enter new nameES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8252 Select any number of designs. See Selecting designs in folders fordetails.3 Select Edit > Delete.A confirmation dialog opens.4 Click Yes to delete the design.Warning The file is removed permanently from the folder.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 826

PART IX

HARDWARE & SOFTWARESETUPSetting up hardwareThis section describes how to set up digitizing tablets, embroiderymachines, paper tape readers and punches, and scanners. It also describeshow to calibrate the monitor. See Setting up Hardware for details.Using digitizing tabletsThis section describes how to register both the menu chart and enlargementdrawing on the digitizing tablet so that ES Designer can interpret thecommands you select as well as the outlines you digitize. It also explainshow to change the drawing scale, shift an enlargement drawing, and how toselect preset spacing values using the menu chart. See Using DigitizingTablets for details.Changing system settingsThis section describes how to change TrueView display, grid spacing andpositioning, and design window scrolling options. It also describes how tosave designs automatically as you work. There is also information about howto adjust the pointer position display, paste position options, and othergeneral options. See Changing System Settings for details.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 827

Chapter 36

Setting up HardwareYou will need to connect peripheral devices for use with ES Designer. Thesemay include digitizing tablets, plotters, printers, paper tape readers andpunches, appliqué cutters, scanners and embroidery machines. Differentdevices are set up in different ways—some in Windows, via the ControlPanel, others within ES Designer itself.This section describes how to set up digitizing tablets, embroiderymachines, paper tape readers and punches, and scanners. It also describeshow to calibrate the monitor.Note For instructions on connecting devices to your computer and settingup in Windows, see the documentation for the device as well as yourMicrosoft Windows documentation.

Peripheral device connection settingsPeripheral devices can be connected to your computer via serial ports,parallel ports, a specialized network card or an ethernet network.Note Local area networks (LANs) commonly use ethernet networks formachine connection.Serial port settingsPC serial COM ports are male connectors, and can be either 9-pin or 25-pin.They are named COM1, COM2, COM3, etc. When you set up a digitizer ormachine that is connected via a serial port, you need to enter the serial portsettings in ES Designer as part of the setup procedure. See Setting updigitizing tablets or Setting up embroidery machines for Stitch Manager.Use Hardware Setup (Special menu) to access serial port settings.

ES 2006 Chapter 36 Setting up Hardware 828The number of available ports limits the number of devices you can connect.If additional ports are required, you can add them. Multi-port serial cardscan also be used. See a PC technician about your requirements.The following table provides standard settings for various devices. They area guide only. Settings for the same device may vary according tomanufacturer. Check the documentation supplied with the device beforesetting up.Note You must be able to identify the ports on your computer. If in doubt,consult a PC technician.To enter serial port settings1 Select Special > Hardware Setup.The Hardware Setup dialog opens.2 Select a device from the Type list and select an item in the Namecolumn, then click Values.Device Port Baud Hand -shakingDatabitsStopbits ParityDigitizer * COM1 9600 None 8 1 NonePlotter COM2 9600 XOn/XOff 8 1 NoneTape Punch COM2 4800 XOn/XOff 8 1 NoneTape Reader COM2 4800 XOn/XOff 8 1 NoneEmbroideryMachineCOM2 9600 Hardware 8 1 None* The digitizer applies only to 21D, 45, 65Select deviceClick to accessdevice settingsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 829The <Device> Setup dialog opens.3 In the Connected To panel, select a serial port from the Port list.4 Click Setup.The Serial Port Setup dialog opens.5 Enter the Baud rate, Data Bits, Stop Bits and Parity and Handshakingsettings for the device.Note The port settings must match those of the embroidery machineor selected device. The type of handshaking must match the type ofcable you are using. Check the communications setup section of thedocumentation that came with the device.6 Click OK.Parallel port settingsParallel ports are used to connect some embroidery machines. They arenamed LPT1, LPT2, etc. When you set up the machine, select the parallelport and the required protocol, and complete the machine setup procedure.See Setting up embroidery machines for Stitch Manager for details.Network settingsIf an embroidery machine connection uses a Melco StarLAN network with aMelco StarLAN card, enter the network settings. You do this as part of theprocedure for setting up or modifying machines in ES Designer. See Settingup embroidery machines for Stitch Manager for details.Click SetupSelect serial portEnter port settings forembroidery machine orselected deviceES 2006 Chapter 36 Setting up Hardware 830

See the document Connecting Melco Embroidery Machines to WilcomES Designer Embroidery software for more information. This document isavailable on the Wilcom website (http://www.wilcom.com.au).Ethernet settingsEnter the following information when setting up embroidery machines thatare connected using an ethernet network. See also Setting up embroiderymachines for Stitch Manager.To enter ethernet connection settings1 Click the Stitch to Stitch Manager icon.The Stitch to Stitch Manager dialog opens.2 In the Machine Identification field, select a machine from the list andclick Setup.The Embroidery Machine Connection dialog opens.3 Select Ethernet from the Port list.An additional field, Peripheral Name, and two checkboxes appear inthe Connected To panel.4 From the Peripheral Name list, select the embroidery machine you aresetting up.Use Stitch to Stitch Manager (Standard toolbar) to access ethernetconnection settingsClick to accessconnection settingsSelectmachineSelectEthernetSelectembroiderymachineSelect optionas requiredES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 831If the machine you require is not in the list, click Find. The systemsearches for all machines connected on the ethernet and adds them tothe list.5 Select Auto Delete to automatically delete files from machine memoryafter stitching is complete.6 Select Auto Queue to automatically queue the design as the next oneto stitch. Deselect it to send the design to the end of the existing queue.7 Complete the machine setup as normal. See Setting up embroiderymachines for Stitch Manager for details.

Setting up digitizing tabletsDigitizing tablets generally connect to COM1 but can connect to anyavailable serial COM port. They must be set up in ES Designer to specify theformat and the preferred pointer display mode. ES Designer can onlysupport one tablet at a time. You can select from standard digitizer formatsor, if the format you need is not available, define a new one. See Definingand modifying digitizing tablet formats for details.Digitizing tablet limitationsES Designer V6.0 and V6.1 cannot use the Windows-compatible drivers ofsome tablets—e.g. GTCO and Calcomp tablets. Earlier versions of WinTab donot free the COM port, even when it is not in use. This means ES Designeris unable to communicate with the digitizing tablet. Check with the tabletmanufacturer to obtain a version of tablet software which will free the portwhen not in use. Alternatively, the software may disable or uninstall WinTab,or use another COM port when working with ES Designer.Setting up digitizing tabletsYou can set up your digitizing tablet in ES Designer to define the requiredformat and pointer display mode. The pointer display mode can be set to

Point or Stream. If you change this setting on the digitizing tablet itself,you must also change it in ES Designer.Point modeIn Point mode, the pointer on the screen does not move when you movethe digitizer puck on the tablet. The pointer position on the design area ofUse Hardware Setup (Special menu) to setup digitizing tablets.ES 2006 Chapter 36 Setting up Hardware 832the design window is only updated when you click a button on the digitizerpuck.Stream modeIn Stream mode, the pointer position is continually updated. When youmove the digitizer puck on the tablet, the pointer moves on the screen.Note If you use Stream mode, you need to set the digitizer to transmit at20 data packets per second or less. The baud rate for the digitizing tabletand serial port must both be set to 9600 baud. See Serial port settings fordetails.To avoid loss of data at high speed, it is important to set up the digitizercorrectly. If it can only transmit at greater than 20 data packets per second,reduce the baud rate of the digitizer from 9600 baud to 2400 baud.To set up a digitizing tablet1 Connect the digitizing tablet and puck using the accompanyinginstructions, and run ES Designer.2 Select Special > Hardware Setup.The Hardware Setup dialog opens.3 From the Type list, select Digitizer.4 To change the settings of the existing tablet, select it and click Values.Select DigitizerClick to accessdigitizer settingsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 833The Digitizer Setup dialog opens.5 In the Name field, enter a name for the digitizing tablet.6 In the Comment field, enter a comment as required.7 In the Format panel, select a required digitizer format from the list.Alternatively, select Auto Detect to automatically match the format tothe connected digitizer.Note Not all digitizers can be automatically detected by ES Designer.For these tablets, you can define a new format or modify existing formatsettings. See Defining and modifying digitizing tablet formats for details.8 From the Input Mode list, select Point or Stream.Note This setting must be the same as the one you specified on thedigitizing tablet.9 From the Port list, select the COM port to which the digitizer isconnected.10 Click Setup to access the serial port settings.These settings must be the same as those set on the digitizing tablet,or ES Designer will not be able to communicate with it. See Serial portsettings for details.Note If you selected Stream mode, set the Baud value to 9600.11 Click OK to return to the Hardware Setup dialog.12 Click Close.Enter nameSelect digitizerformatSelect input modeSelect COM port Click to accessserial port settingsES 2006 Chapter 36 Setting up Hardware 834Defining and modifying digitizing tablet formatsIf the digitizing tablet format you require is not set up in ES Designer, you

can create a new format, or modify an existing format to match the outputof your tablet. Before you start, review the documentation provided with thedigitizing tablet, and select a supported format. Use the specified settingsto create the new format in ES Designer.Note This functionality is provided for advanced users with knowledge ofthe data protocols supported by their digitizing tablet. Only use it if yourdigitizing tablet does not work with any existing formats.To define or modify digitizing tablet formats1 Access the Digitizer Setup dialog. See Setting up digitizing tablets fordetails.2 In the Format panel:! To modify an existing format, select the format and click Modify.! To define a new format, click New.The Digitizer User-Defined Format Setup dialog opens.3 In the Format Name field, enter a name for the new or modified format.4 In the Format String field, enter the format string your digitizing tabletoutputs.Select digitizerformatModify existingformatCreate new formatEnter formatnameEnter formatstring for tabletEnter digitizingscaleES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 835Obtain this information from the digitizing tablet documentation.5 In the Scale field, enter the scale at which you are digitizing.For example, a scale of 3.0 means your on-screen design will be onethird of the size you digitized.6 Click OK to return to the Digitizer Setup dialog.7 Click OK.Note To set up the digitizing tablet with the new or modified format,complete the standard setup procedure. See To set up a digitizing tabletfor details.

Setting up embroidery machinesBefore you can send designs for stitching, you must configure the machinein ES Designer. You can add machines, change settings for machinesalready set up, or delete machines that are no longer used. ES Designerprovides alternative means for sending designs directly to machine.Depending on your software options, you can stitch to machine using eitherStitch Manager or ES Machine Manager. For details about Stitch Manager,see Stitching designs with Stitch Manager. ES Machine Manager is describedin a separate ES Machine Manager Supplement.Setting up embroidery machines for Stitch ManagerTo set up a machine you need to define a name, the port it is attached to,and the protocol it uses. You can select whether to download directly to theselected machine or to receive a confirmation message each time. For everymachine, you need to select the machine formats it supports. You can selectfrom among standard formats, or create new formats if necessary. SeeChanging Machine Formats for details.Tip Machines that support serial feedback need to be set up in ES MachineManager. See the ES Machine Manager Supplement for details.Use Hardware Setup (Special menu) to setup embroidery machines for StitchManager.ES 2006 Chapter 36 Setting up Hardware 836To set up embroidery machines for Stitch Manager

1 Connect the embroidery machine using the accompanying instructions,and run ES Designer.The identical port settings must now also be entered in ES DesignerHardware Setup.2 Select Special > Hardware Setup.The Hardware Setup dialog opens.3 From the Type list, select Direct Machine Connection.! To change the settings of an existing machine, select it, then clickValues.! To add a new machine, click New. If no machines are set up, you areautomatically prompted to add a new one.The Embroidery Machine Connection dialog opens.4 In the Name field, enter a name for the machine.5 In the Comment field, enter a comment if desired.6 From the Port list, select the COM port to which the machine isconnected. See also Ethernet settings.Select DirectMachineConnectionClick to addmachineClick to accessmachine settingsEnter machinenameSelect COMport andprotocolClick toaccess serialport settingsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 837Tip See Connecting Melco Embroidery Machines to WilcomES Designer Embroidery software for more information. Thisdocument is available on the Wilcom websitehttp://www.wilcom.com.au.7 From the Protocol list, select the protocol for the connection betweenthe computer and embroidery machine.The connection type on the computer will be either standard serial,parallel, serial to parallel converted (DCi serial), or an interface cardsuch as Melco Starlan or Ethernet card.See the documentation supplied with the embroidery machine todetermine the appropriate connection.8 Click Setup to access the serial port settings.These settings must be the same as those set on the embroiderymachine, or ES Designer will not be able to communicate with it. SeeSerial port settings for details.9 In the Connected To panel, select Auto Download to directly downloaddesigns to the assigned machine. Deselect it to confirm before sending.10 In the Machine Type panel, select the compatible machine formats.To do this, select compatible machine types in the Available list, andclick > to move them to the For this machine list.Note Machine format values can be added or changed if required. SeeChanging Machine Formats for details.11 Click OK to return to the Hardware Setup dialog.12 Click Close.Deleting embroidery machines from Stitch Managermachine typessupported by yourmachineClick arrow buttons to swapmachine types between fields

Selectmachine typeUse Hardware Setup (Special menu) to delete embroidery machines from StitchManager.ES 2006 Chapter 36 Setting up Hardware 838Delete embroidery machines from your system setup if they are no longerrequired.To delete embroidery machines from Stitch Manager1 Select Special > Hardware Setup.The Hardware Setup dialog opens.2 From the Type list, select Direct Machine Connection.3 Select a machine and click Delete.4 Click OK.

Setting up paper tape readers and punchesSet up paper tape readers and punches from within ES Designer. The valuesyou enter here are the default values when reading and punching tapes.Paper tape formats supported in ES Designer include Tajima, Barudan,Zangs, ZSK and Pfaff.Setting up paper tape readersTo set up a paper tape reader, you need to connect it, select a machineformat and enter the serial port settings for it.To set up paper tape readers1 Connect the tape reader using the accompanying instructions, and runES Designer.2 Select File > Paper Tape > Read.Select DirectMachineConnection Click Delete toremove themachineSelect machineto deleteUse Paper Tape > Read (File menu) to setup paper tape readers and punches.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 839The Choose Read Tape Type dialog opens.3 From the Choose input machine list, select the required machineformat.Note Make sure you select the correct format as it cannot be detectedautomatically by ES Designer.4 Click OK.The Tape Manager dialog opens.5 Select the Confirm Setup checkbox if you want to confirm the setup ofthe tape reader before reading.6 In the Reader Setup panel, select the required reader from the ReaderName list.7 Click Setup to access the serial port settings.These settings must be the same as those set on the tape reader, orES Designer will not be able to communicate with it. See Serial portsettings for details.8 Click Exit.Setting up paper tape punchesSet up paper tape punches in ES Designer to select the machine format, andspecify options such as labels, rewinding and punching in the reversesequence.Select machineformatClick toaccess serialport settingsSelect required

readerSelect to confirmtape reader setupbefore readingUse Paper Tape Punch (File menu) to setup paper tape punches.ES 2006 Chapter 36 Setting up Hardware 840To set up paper tape punches1 Connect the tape punch using the accompanying instructions, and runES Designer.2 Select File > Paper Tape > Punch.The Choose Write Tape Type dialog opens.3 From the Choose output machine list, select the required machineformat.Note Make sure you select the correct format as it cannot be detectedautomatically by ES Designer.4 Click OK.The Tape Manager dialog opens.5 Select the Confirm Setup checkbox if you want to confirm the setup ofthe tape punch before punching.6 From the Punch Name list, select the required tape punch.Select machineformatClick toaccess serialport settingsSelect optionsas requiredSelect requiredtape punchSelect to confirmpunch setupbefore punchingES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 841Note The list contains a number of default entries. If the reader youwant is not available, you can add a new one. See Setting up paper tapereaders for details.7 Click Setup to access the serial port settings.These settings must be the same as those set on the tape punch, orES Designer will not be able to communicate with it. See Serial portsettings for details.8 Select the With Label checkbox to include a label with the design andtype the label text in the field.The machine format and date are also included.9 Select the AutoRewind at Start checkbox, if supported by the machineformat, to automatically rewind the tape before stitching.10 Select the Reverse Direction checkbox to punch in the reversedirection to the current stitching sequence.This lets you punch directly from tapes that were stored on take-up rollswithout rewinding.11 Click Exit.

Setting up scannersES Designer supports TWAIN-compatible scanners.To set up scanners1 Connect the scanner using the accompanying instructions.2 Set it up in Windows using the accompanying instructions and/or theMicrosoft Windows documentation.3 Start ES Designer.4 Select File > Scanner Setup.Use Scanner Setup (File menu) to setup scanners.ES 2006 Chapter 36 Setting up Hardware 842The Select Source dialog opens displaying a list of scanner drivers

loaded on your computer.5 Select the scanning driver to use, then click Select.Note If you have trouble with scanning after re-starting ES Designer,there may be a conflict with previously installed scanner drivers.Re-install ES Designer and test the scanner. If the selected scannerdriver does not work in ES Designer, select another scanner driver fromthe list. There are usually two installed for each scanner.

Calibrating the monitorYou need to calibrate your monitor so that designs at 1:1 scale appear atreal size. Do this when you first install ES Designer or whenever you changeyour monitor.To calibrate the monitor1 Select Special > Hardware Setup.The Hardware Setup dialog opens.2 From the Type list, select Display Monitor.Selectscanning driverUse Hardware Setup (Special menu) to calibrate the monitor.Click to accessscreen calibrationsettingsSelect DisplayMonitorES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8433 Click Values.The Screen Calibration dialog opens.4 Measure the height and width of the dialog box.5 Enter the measurement in the Width and Height fields.6 Click OK to return to the Hardware Setup dialog.7 Click Close.Measure widthMeasureheightES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 844

Chapter 37

Using Digitizing TabletsYou can use a digitizing tablet and puck with ES Designer as an alternativeto digitizing directly on-screen. To use a tablet, you place an enlargementdrawing on the active area, and use the puck to mark reference points. Youcan also select commands with the puck and menu chart provided with thesoftware.This section describes how to register both the menu chart and enlargementdrawing on the digitizing tablet so that ES Designer can interpret thecommands you select as well as the outlines you digitize. It also explainshow to change the drawing scale, shift an enlargement drawing, and how toselect preset spacing values using the menu chart.Note Before you start, you need to set up your digitizing tablet. See Settingup digitizing tablets for details.

Registering the menu chartThe menu chart provided with the software lets you select commandsdirectly on the digitizing tablet. Before you can use it, you need to registerit. A copy of the menu chart is provided in this manual together with a keyto the menu chart icons. See Quick Reference for details.Tip If you prefer to use a bigger or smaller menu chart, scale it—e.g. on aphotocopier—and register the scaled version.To register the menu chart1 Select Special > Tablet.

Use Tablet (Special menu) to register the menu chart.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 845The Tablet Setup dialog opens.2 In the Menu Chart panel, select the Register Menu checkbox.3 Deselect all other checkboxes and click OK.4 Place the menu chart on the digitizing tablet, leaving room for theenlargement drawing.5 Click the three menu chart reference points with Button 1 of the digitizingpuck.Select RegisterMenuMenu ChartMenu Chart RefPoint 2Menu Chart RefPoint 1Digitizing PuckButton 1Menu Chart RefPoint 3ES 2006 Chapter 37 Using Digitizing Tablets 846Note Unless you move the menu chart, you do not need to register itagain.

Preparing an enlargement drawingWhen you digitize with a tablet, you use an enlargement drawing to tracethe shapes and outlines of the design in the same way you use backdropson-screen. Before you start, you need to prepare the enlargement drawing.To prepare an enlargement drawing1 Convert the artwork to a technical drawing.Generally the drawing will be three times larger than the finalembroidery.Tip If the drawing is in hard copy, scale it using a transparency projectoror photocopier. If you used a graphics application to create the artwork,scale it before you print it out.2 Modify the drawing to make it suitable for embroidery:! Define shapes that can be easily filled with stitches.! Overlap and distort shapes to compensate for push-pull.! Draw digitizing guidelines—e.g. stitch angle lines.3 Draw origin and rotation reference points.These points set the position and orientation of the enlargement drawingon the digitizing tablet.Tip If the drawing is bigger than the digitizing tablet, enter additionalpoints to help you shift the drawing as you digitize. See also Shifting anenlargement drawing.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8474 Write the name and scale of the enlargement drawing for futurereference.

Registering an enlargement drawingWhen you place an enlargement drawing on the digitizing tablet, you needto register it so ES Designer can interpret the design. To register anenlargement drawing, enter the scale, and digitize the origin and rotationpoints on the tablet. The origin and rotation points should be marked on theenlargement drawing. If they are not, you need to draw them in.Note The menu chart and enlargement drawing should not overlap. If theydo, you may need to shift the design as you digitize, or move and re-registerthe menu chart. See Shifting an enlargement drawing and Registering themenu chart.To register an enlargement drawing1 Select Special > Tablet.

Use Tablet (Special menu) to register an enlargement drawing.originrotation referencepointscalename flower3:1ES 2006 Chapter 37 Using Digitizing Tablets 848The Tablet Setup dialog opens.2 In the Drawing Scale panel, enter the scale of the enlargementdrawing.Tip To calculate the scale, divide the height of the enlargement drawingby the required height of the final embroidery. Enlargement drawingsare generally prepared at a scale of 3.00.3 In the Drawing Position panel, select the Register Drawing checkbox.4 In the Menu Chart panel, deselect the Register Menu checkbox.5 In the Default panel, select the Save as defaults checkbox.This saves the registration information for this drawing so you do nothave to re-register each time you resume digitizing.6 Click OK.7 Place the enlargement drawing on the digitizing tablet.8 Click the origin and rotation points of the drawing with Button 1 of thedigitizing puck.Enter drawingscaleDeselect RegistermenuSelect Save asdefaultsSelect RegisterDrawingES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 849This completes the registration.

Changing the drawing scaleYou can change drawing scale during digitizing. When you change the scale,ES Designer automatically resizes the object outlines and regenerates thestitches.To change the drawing scale1 Select Special > Tablet.The Tablet Setup dialog opens.2 In the Drawing Scale panel, enter the new drawing scale.Tip To calculate the scale, divide the height the enlargement drawingby the required height of the final embroidery. Enlargement drawingsare generally prepared at a scale of 3.00.3 Select the Resize Design to Match Drawing checkbox.4 In the Drawing Position panel, select the Register Drawing checkbox.Use Tablet (Special menu) to change the drawing scale.originrotation referencepointflower3:1Enter newdrawing scaleSelect RegisterDrawingSelect Resize Design toMatch DrawingES 2006 Chapter 37 Using Digitizing Tablets 8505 Click OK.6 Digitize the origin and the rotation reference points to re-register at thenew size.

The design is resized to the new scale.

Shifting an enlargement drawingIf the drawing is bigger than the digitizing tablet, you can move it across thetablet and continue digitizing. To move a drawing you need to draw, anddigitize, two additional reference points. These points must be over theactive part of the digitizing tablet, both before and after the move.Note If the enlargement drawing overlaps the menu chart when you shiftit, move the chart and register it again. See also Registering the menu chart.To shift an enlargement drawing1 Draw additional reference points on the enlargement drawing.Position the points so that they will be on the active part of the digitizingtablet both before and after the move.Tip If you are shifting the drawing up or down, draw the additionalreference points horizontally. If you are shifting the drawing left or right,draw the reference points vertically.2 Select Special > Tablet.The Tablet Setup dialog opens.3 In the Drawing Position panel, select the Shift Drawing checkbox.4 Deselect the Register Drawing and Register Menu checkboxes, andclick OK.Use Tablet (Special menu) to shift an enlargement drawing.Select Shift DrawingDeselect Register DrawingDeselect Register MenuES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8515 Click the additional reference points with Button 1 on the digitizing puck.6 Move the drawing so that the part you want to digitize next is over theactive area of the digitizing tablet, and click the additional referencepoints again.The drawing is re-registered in the new position.

Using a digitizing puckWith a digitizing tablet, you generally use a puck instead of a mouse to markreference points and select commands from the menu chart.ES 2006 Chapter 37 Using Digitizing Tablets 852To use a digitizing puck! Position the cross-hairs of the puck over a point on the enlargementdrawing or menu square, then press one of the four buttons.

Selecting preset spacing valuesUse the menu chart to select preset spacing values for Satin and Zigzagstitch types as well as preset stitch lengths for Run and Triple Run objects.To select preset spacing values1 Select the stitch type you want to use.Note For Satin stitch, turn off Auto Spacing.2 Move the puck over the Spacing 1/2/3/4 menu chart icon and click thebutton that corresponds to the preset value you require.Function Button Mouse or keyb’dequivalent DescriptionDigitize cornerpoint1 [ Digitize corner reference pointwhen digitizing outlines.Digitize curvepoint2 ] Digitize curve reference pointwhen digitizing outlines.Terminateomitting laststitch

3 M • Terminate input omittinglast stitch—i.e. the fill isterminated on the oppositeside as the last input point.• Toggle between selected fillstitch type and input method,and the Run input tool.Terminateincluding laststitch4 R • Terminate input includinglast stitch—i.e. the fill isterminated on the same sideas the last input point.• Toggle between selected fillstitch type and input method,and the Manual input tool.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 853Each button on the puck accesses the next preset style with differentspacing values. For example, if the stitch type is Satin, clicking Button1 accesses <PRESET_SATIN_1>. Button 2 accesses<PRESET_SATIN_2>, and so on.Tip The spacing value displays in the Status Line next to the stitchtype.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 854

Chapter 38

Changing System SettingsES Designer lets you adjust various system settings controlling theappearance of designs on screen, display of design information, thebehavior of the design window, and other settings.This section describes how to change TrueView display, grid spacing andpositioning, and design window scrolling options. It also describes how tosave designs automatically as you work. There is also information about howto adjust the pointer position display, paste position options, and othergeneral options.Note With the implementation of multiple colorways, the concept of the‘background’ changed. Background colors and fabrics are now considereddesign properties rather than system settings. In addition, display colors forborer, unsewn, selected, object outline, as well as grid and guides are alsopart of the colorway definition. See Working with colorways for details.

Setting design element view optionsYou can set options to show or hide design elements such as needle points,connector and function markers in your design. For example, view needlepoints to select stitches for editing, functions to check color changes orstops, and connectors to help position stitch entry and exit points.Note You can display or hide design guides in any combination. No designguides display while in TrueView.To set design element view options1 Select Special > Options.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 855The Options > View Design dialog opens.2 Select the options to display.! TrueView: shows what the embroidery will look like. See alsoViewing designs in TrueView.! Stitches: all stitches in the design are visible.! Outlines: all outlines in the design are visible. See also Viewing

stitches and outlines.! Needle Points: all needle points in the design are visible.! Connectors: all connectors in the design are visible.! Function Symbols: all function symbols in the design are visible.See also Viewing needle points, connectors and functions.

Setting TrueView optionsChange TrueView settings for different effects. You can:! change the thickness of the pictured thread! change the direction of the light source! set the maximum number of colors to use.Select designelements to displayRight-click to set TrueView (Standard toolbar) options.ES 2006 Chapter 38 Changing System Settings 856To set TrueView options1 Right-click the TrueView icon.The Options > View Design dialog opens.2 Select the TrueView checkbox and click TrueView Options.The TrueView Options dialog opens.3 Select a thread thickness from the Thread Thickness list.If you display a design at a zoom factor larger than actual size, selectthick thread for good coverage. This only affects the TrueView display,not the actual thread values. To change thread thickness settings, seeAdding your own colors to thread charts.4 Select the lighting direction from the Light Source list.SelectTrueViewClick to accessTrueView 0ptionsSelect thread thicknessSelect light sourceSelect maximum number of colorsTrueView—thick thread, light above TrueView—thin thread, corner lightES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8575 Enter the maximum number of colors to display in TrueView from theMax Number of Colors list.6 Click OK.

Setting image viewing optionsYou can dim bitmap image backdrops on your screen to make it easier toview stitches when they are the same color as the image. You can also showcolored vector images as outlines only. Dimming, however, only applies tobitmap images—you cannot dim vector drawings. Similarly, you can’t showbitmap images as outlines only.To set image viewing options1 Right-click either the Show Bitmap or Show Vectors icon.The Options > View Image dialog opens.2 To dim a bitmap image backdrop, select the Dimmed checkbox.Use Show Bitmap (Standard toolbar) to show and hide bitmap images.Right-click to set image display options.Use Show Vectors (Standard toolbar) to show and hide vector images.Right-click to set image display options.Show vector outlinesDim bitmap imagedimmed bitmapimageoriginal bitmapimageES 2006 Chapter 38 Changing System Settings 8583 To view a colored vector image as outlines, select the Show Wireframecheckbox.

4 Click OK.

Setting grid optionsYou can change grid spacing, select a reference point and turn Snap to Gridon or off in the Options dialog.Setting grid reference point and spacingAlign the grid to a reference point in the design—e.g. when you want a gridline to intersect the center of the design, or to sit under a particular object.See also Changing display colors.To set grid reference point and spacing1 Right-click the Grid icon.The Options > Grid and Guides dialog opens.2 Select the Show Grid checkbox to display the grid.Vector outlinesonlyOriginal vectorimageRight-click Show Grid (Standard toolbar) to set grid reference point andspacing.Select to display gridSelect to align grid to a pointEnter horizontal and vertical spacingClick to save for current templateES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8593 Select the Set Reference Point checkbox to align a significant point ofthe design with a grid line or grid point.For example, you can set the grid reference point to the design center.This is easier and faster than moving the whole design.4 Enter Grid Spacing values for horizontal and vertical grid lines.Tip To use these settings as defaults for the current template, clickSave.5 Click OK.If you selected Set Reference Point, mark the reference point on yourdesign. The grid aligns so that horizontal and vertical grid lines intersectat this point.Setting Snap to Grid/GuidesUse the improved Snap to Grid and/or Snap to Guides feature to alignobjects in your design with the nearest grid or guide lines. Reference points,control points or leading edges of objects snap to grid and/or guides duringdigitizing, sizing, reshaping, or positioning operations. When any of theseoperations is taking place, grid or guide lines change color temporarily toindicate that ‘snap to’ is active.Note Each design has its own set of guides and its own zero point for therulers. When a design is saved, the ruler zero point and positions of theguides, if any, are saved with it. In the factory-shipped Normal template,rulers are on and there are no guides. If you save any template, the stateof the rulers and guides are included in that template.Right-click Show Grid (Standard toolbar) to set the Snap to Grid and Snap toGuides options.Right-click Show Rulers and Guides (Standard toolbar) to set the Snap toGrid and Snap to Guides options.Snap to Gridin X onlySnap to Gridin X and YES 2006 Chapter 38 Changing System Settings 860To set Snap to Grid/Guides1 Right-click the Grid or Rulers and Guides icon.The Options > Grid and Guides dialog opens.2 Select the Show Grid checkbox if not already activated.3 Select the Snap to Grid checkbox as required.

4 Select an axis setting from the Method list.! In X and Y: snaps objects to the nearest horizontal and vertical gridline intersection.! In X: snaps objects to the nearest horizontal grid line.! In Y: snaps objects to the nearest vertical grid line.5 Select the Show Rulers and Guides checkbox if not already activated.6 Select the Snap to Guides checkbox as required.7 Click OK.Tip To temporarily disable Snap to Grid/Guides as you digitize, holddown Alt.

Setting auto scroll optionsSelectShow GridSelect Snapto GridSelect Snapto GuidesSelect ShowRulers andGuidesSelect Options > Auto Scroll (Special menu) to set Auto Scroll options.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 861Use Auto Scroll to scroll the design automatically while you are digitizing.This can be more convenient than using panning or the scroll bars.To set auto scroll options1 Select Special > Options.The Options > View Design dialog opens.2 Select the Auto Scroll tab.3 Select the Auto Scroll checkbox to apply Auto Scroll.4 Select the Move Pointer After Scroll checkbox to move the position ofthe pointer after each scroll.5 Adjust the Autoscroll Response field as required.Enter smaller values to increase scrolling speed.6 Select the pointer position after scrolling from the Move Input Point Tolist.! Center: center of the window. Use this setting for large movements.! Midway: halfway between the original pointer position and thecenter of the window. Use this setting for smaller movements—e.g.when zooming into a small area of the design.! Corner: the edge of the screen. Use this setting for slow scrolling.7 Click OK.The effect of this setting will only become apparent when you start todigitize. The design window will automatically scroll to follow the currentcursor position.Tip Hold down the Shift key to temporarily deactivate Auto Scroll.

Setting reshape optionsSelect Auto Scroll and MovePointer After ScrollAdjust auto-scroll speedand pointer positionSelect Options > Reshape (Special menu) to set object reshaping options.ES 2006 Chapter 38 Changing System Settings 862Stitch generation during reshaping operations can slow down your system,depending on your computer specification. The Reshape options let youchoose whether stitches are generated immediately or only after Enter ispressed.To set reshape options1 Select the Reshape tab by one of the following means:! Right-click the Reshape Object icon in the pointer toolbar

! Select Special > Options > Reshape! Select View > Design Options > Reshape.2 Select amongst the three options for generating stitches immediately:Lettering and Motif Run checkboxes are selected by default. Outlinesand stitches are updated immediately after reshaping. If left unchecked,any changes made are not updated until Enter is pressed.

Setting automatic save and backup optionsSave your work automatically at regular intervals using Auto Save toprotect you from losing work in the event of hardware or software failure.You can also create backup files for emergency use.Tip Backup files should be kept in a separate location to the original files,preferably off-site.To set automatic save and backup options1 Select Special > Options.The Options > View Design dialog opens.Select object typesfor immediate stitchgenerationSelect Options (Special menu) to set automatic save and backup options.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8632 Select the General tab.3 Select the Auto Save Design Every checkbox.4 Enter the auto-save frequency in the Minutes field.5 To create a backup every time you save a design, select the AlwaysCreate Backup Copy checkbox.The design will be saved in the BACKUP folder of your Wilcom ESinstallation. It will have the same name as the original file with theextension BAK.Warning Backup files remain in the BACKUP folder until you deletethem. To prevent the folder from using too much hard disk space, deleteunwanted files regularly.6 Click OK.

Setting pointer position displayWhen you move the mouse or digitizer puck, the pointer position isdisplayed in the Status Bar at the bottom of the screen. You can optionallydisplay the pointer position relative to the last digitized point or stitch point,or as an absolute value from the first needle point of the design.Interpreting pointer position valuesThe X and Y values show the horizontal and vertical distance of the pointerfrom the relative or absolute point. The L value is the length of the lineSelect to auto-save designsSelect to auto-backup designsES 2006 Chapter 38 Changing System Settings 864connecting two points, while A is the angle of that line, relative to thehorizontal.A negative X value indicates that the second point was placed to the left ofthe first point, while a negative Y value displays when the second point isbelow the first. Negative angles indicate angles of more than 180º—e.g. anangle of -60º is equal to 300º.Tip You can measure on-screen distances using the values in the StatusBar. See Measuring distances on-screen for details.Setting pointer position display optionsYou can optionally display the pointer position relative to the last digitizedpoint or stitch point, or as an absolute value from the first needle point ofthe design.To set pointer position display options1 Select Special > Options.X: horizontal Y: vertical L: length A: angle

X = 28.49 mmlength = 32.90 mmStatus bar12Y = 16.45 mmX = - 28.49 mmlength = 32.90 mm21Y = -16.45 mm90º0º135º180º-135º45º-45º-90ºA = 30º21Select Options (Special menu) to set pointer position display options.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 865The Options > View Design dialog opens.2 Select the General tab.3 Select a Relative or Absolute setting for the pointer.! Relative: shows pointer position relative to the last digitized pointor stitch point. Useful while digitizing or editing stitches.! Absolute: shows pointer position as an absolute value from the firstneedle point of the design. Useful for checking that the design fits agiven area.4 Click OK.Tip You can change the appearance of the pointer, so it displays as across-hair. See Setting other options for details.

Setting inserted embroidery file optionsWhenever you copy and paste or insert an embroidery design or elementfrom one file to another, the respective color palettes are merged. You havethe option of adding the source palette to the target palette or of matchingthe source palette to the nearest colors in the target palette. Use theGeneral tab to set one of these options as the default.To set inserted embroidery file options1 Select Special > Options.The Options > View Design dialog opens.2 Select the General tab.3 Select an inserted embroidery file option:Select relative orabsolute pointerpositionSelect Options (Special menu) to set inserted embroidery file options.Select insertedembroidery fileoptionES 2006 Chapter 38 Changing System Settings 866! Add to Palette: unique colors in the design are added to the currentcolor palette.! Match to Palette: when you insert a design, colors are matched tothe current color palette. The system finds the nearest match basedfirst on RGB values, and then on Brand and Code.Note Depending on the option selected, the Add/Match to Palettetoggle button in the Embroidery Clipart Chooser defaults to ‘in’ or ‘out’.See Viewing and selecting embroidery clipart for details.

4 Click OK.

Setting paste position optionsYou can control where an object is positioned when pasted into a design. Thedefault is to paste objects at the position set by the coordinates in theObject Properties dialog. If you are pasting within the same design, this isthe same position from which the object was copied or cut. Other pasteposition options are available.Note Paste options control the physical position of the object in the design,not its position in the stitching sequence.To set paste position options1 Select Special > Options.The Options > View Design dialog opens.Colors addedto paletteColors matchedto paletteSelect Options (Special menu) to set paste position options.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8672 Select the General tab.3 Select a Paste position setting:! Object Property Position: Objects are pasted according to thecoordinates in the Object Properties dialog.! Shift Pasted Objects: Objects are pasted slightly offset from theiroriginal position.! Center at Current Stitch: Objects are centered at the currentneedle position marker.! Start at Current Stitch: Objects are positioned after the currentneedle position marker.4 Click OK.

Setting Object Property ‘apply’ optionsThe most important dialog in ES Designer is the Object Properties dialog.This is a ‘modeless’ dialog, meaning that it stays in the design window aslong as you need it. By default, modified object properties to take effectimmediately. Alternatively, set the default to apply settings by means of thecontrol buttons at the bottom of the Object Properties dialog.Select pasteposition settingPasted object offsetfrom originalSelect Options (Special menu) to set default object property ‘apply’ settings.ES 2006 Chapter 38 Changing System Settings 868To set Object Property ‘apply’ options1 Select Special > Options.The Options > View Design dialog opens.2 Select the General tab.3 Select the required Object Properties option:! Apply Changes Immediately: Any changes made to selectedobjects via the Object Properties dialog take effect immediately.! Use Apply Button: Any changes made to selected objects via theObject Properties dialog take effect after pressing the Apply button.See also Accessing object properties.4 Click OK.

Setting other optionsUse the Special > Options > General tab to:! Set stitch counts to display as cumulative totals! Turn the small stitch filter on and off! Change cursor type! Check design integrity.

! Display design source when opening designs that may not scale well.! Display measure tooltip when using the Measure command.To set general options1 Select Special > Options.The Options > View Design dialog opens.Select objectproperties defaultSelect Options (Special menu) to set stitch count display, small stitch filter, cursortype and integrity of the design.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 8692 Select the General tab.3 Select one or more of these options.! Cumulative Stitch Count: displays stitch count as a cumulativetotal in the Stop Sequence tab of the Information dialog. See alsoViewing design information in ES Designer.! Run Small Stitch Filter on Output: automatically removes smallstitches when the file is output to disk or machine. See alsoRemoving small stitches automatically.! Cross Hair Cursor: changes the default cursor pointer tocross-hairs for more precise positioning. It is best used together withthe grid.! Always Check Design Integrity: checks design integrity whenopening a design and during digitizing.! Show Measure Tooltip: shows length and angle in a tooltip whenmeasuring distances on screen. See Measuring distances on-screenfor details.! Show Design Source: issues a warning dialog when openingdesigns that may not scale well—i.e. where the design is a convertedstitch or non-EMB outline format.Tip Use the tooltip with the crosshair cursor on for a more accuratemeasurement.4 Click OK.Select othergeneral optionsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 870

PART XPRODUCT

DIFFERENTIATION TABLEES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 871

Product Differentiation TableCapability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online ManualBasics Basic ProceduresToolbar docking and parking "! "! "! "! "! Toolbar docking and parkingContext-sensitive popup menus ! ! ! ! ! Using popup menusModeless object properties "! "! "! "! "! Accessing object propertiesMultiple undos/redos "! "! "! "! "! Undoing and redoing commandsOpen designs (EMB) ! ! ! ! ! Opening designsCreate new designs (normal, customtemplates)! ! ! ! ! Creating new designsGenerate stitches ! ! ! ! ! Generating stitches

Display grids, rulers and guides "! "! "! "! "! Displaying grids, rulers and guidesDisplay measurements ! ! ! ! ! Measuring distances on-screenSelect machine format ! ! ! ! ! Selecting machine formatsSave designs ! ! ! ! ! Saving designsObject Selection Working with Design ObjectsSelect all objects in a design ! ! ! ! ! Selecting all objects in a designSelect individual objects "! "! "! "! "! Selecting objects with Select ObjectSelect objects while ‘traveling’ ! ! ! ! ! Selecting objects ‘on the fly’Select groups of objects ! ! ! ! Selecting objects with Polygon Select/LineSelectSelect objects by color ! ! ! ! Selecting objects by colorSelect objects by stitch type ! ! ! ! Selecting objects by stitch typeSelect objects with Color-Object List Color-ObjectList! ! ! ! Selecting and viewing objects with theColor-Object ListDesign Viewing Viewing DesignsZoom and pan designs "! "! "! "! "! Zooming and panning designsShow design in Overview window ! ! ! ! ! Working with the Overview WindowShow / hide selected objects ! ! ! ! ! Showing and hiding selected objectsShow objects by color ! ! ! ! ! Viewing design objects by colorShow design outlines and stitches ! ! ! ! ! Viewing stitches and outlinesShow design in TrueView TrueView ! ! ! ! ! Viewing designs in TrueView! Included as standard #Cost option " New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects onlyES 2006 Product Differentiation Table 872Show design needle points,connectors and functions! ! ! ! ! Viewing needle points, connectors andfunctionsTravel through design by stitches,color, function! ! ! ! ! Viewing the stitching sequenceShow stitch sequence Slow Redraw ! ! ! ! ! Redrawing the stitching sequence slowlyShow multiple colorways "! "! "! "! "! Viewing colorwaysChange background "! "! "! "! "! Changing background colors and fabricsChange display colors "! "! "! "! "! Changing display colorsShow design information in WindowsExplorer! ! ! ! ! Viewing design information in WindowsExplorerShow design properties ! ! ! ! Viewing design information in ES DesignerEstimate total thread usage ! ! ! ! Estimating total thread usageName design elements ! ! ! ! Naming design elements via Design PropertiesPreview production worksheet ! ! ! ! ! Previewing production worksheetsShow/hide vector images "! "! "! Showing and hiding backdropsShow/hide bitmap images ! ! ! ! ! Showing and hiding backdropsInput Methods Digitizing MethodsDigitize individual stitches Manual ! ! ! ! ! Digitizing individual stitchesDigitize individual stitches Triple Manual ! ! ! Digitizing individual stitchesDigitize lines Run ! ! ! ! Digitizing linesDigitize columns and borders Input C # ! ! Digitizing columns of fixed widthDigitize columns of varying width Input A ! ! ! Digitizing columns of varying widthDigitize shapes with turning stitches Input B ! ! ! Digitizing asymmetrical columns of turningstitchesDigitize complex shapes with fixedangleComplex Fill ! ! ! Creating complex shapes with fixed stitchanglesDigitize complex shapes with turningangles

Fusion Fill™ # ! Creating complex shapes with turning stitchesDigitize objects with holes ! ! ! Adding boundariesOutline and Fill Stitches Fill and Outline StitchesSingle stitch Run ! ! ! ! Digitizing lines (Input Methods)Triple stitch Triple Run ! ! ! Digitizing lines (Input Methods)Satin stitch Satin L ! ! ! ! Creating fills with Satin stitchSatin Auto Spacing Auto Spacing L ! ! ! ! Applying Auto Spacing to Satin stitchCapability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual! Included as standard #Cost option " New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects onlyES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 873Triple Satin Triple Satin L ! ! ! ! Adjusting Satin stitch countTatami stitch Tatami L ! ! ! ! Creating fills with Tatami stitchTatami backstitch L ! ! ! ! Selecting a Tatami backstitchZigzag stitch Zigzag L ! ! ! ! Creating outlines with Zigzag stitchE Stitch E Stitch ! ! ! Creating outlines with E StitchBackstitch and Stemstitch Backstitch ! ! ! Creating decorative outlinesColorways and Thread Charts Colorways and Thread ChartsChange thread colors ! ! ! ! ! Changing thread colorsSet up color palettes "! "! "! "! "! Setting up color palettesMultiple colorways "! "! "! "! "! Adding and deleting colorwaysName design elements "! "! "! "! "! Naming design elements via the Color PaletteEditorSplit color blocks "! "! "! "! "! Splitting color blocksMatch image colors to threads ! ! ! ! ! Matching image colors to threadsCustomize thread charts ! ! ! ! ! Customizing thread chartsAutomatic Connectors Connecting Embroidery ObjectsApply automatic connectors L ! ! ! ! Using automatic connectorsAdd tie-offs and trims manually L ! ! ! ! Adding connectors manuallyAdd empty stitches and empty jumpsmanually! ! ! ! ! Adding empty stitches and empty jumpsAdd jumps with penetrations offmanuallyL ! ! ! ! Adding jumps with penetrations offAdjust travel run stitch length ! ! ! ! Adjusting travel run stitch lengthStitch Quality Improving Stitch QualityApply automatic underlay Auto Underlay L ! ! ! ! Strengthening and stabilizing with automaticunderlaysApply pull compensation PullCompensationL ! ! ! ! Compensating for fabric stretchAdjust column width Column Width L ! ! ! ! Adjusting column widthReverse stitch direction ! ! ! Reversing stitch directionCreate smooth joins ! ! ! Creating smooth joinsReduce stitch bunching StitchShorteningL ! ! ! ! Reducing stitch bunching with stitch shorteningCapability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual! Included as standard #Cost option " New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects onlyES 2006 Product Differentiation Table 874Reduce stitch bunching FractionalSpacingL ! ! ! ! Reducing stitch bunching with fractionalspacingControl corner stitching Smart Corners ! ! ! ! Controlling corner stitchingAdjust stitch density LG ! ! ! ! Adjusting stitch densityRemove small stitches automatically ! ! ! ! ! Removing small stitches automaticallySet automatic start and end points Auto Start &End

"! "! "! "! "! Setting automatic start and end pointsVector Images Digitizing with Vector ImagesCreate vector outlines—open,polygon, squares, circlesDrawing # # ! Creating vector outlinesImport vector images ! ! ! Importing and exporting vector imagesExport vector images ! ! Importing and exporting vector imagesInsert / paste vector images ! ! ! Importing and exporting vector imagesSmooth vector objects ! ! ! Smoothing vector objectsColor vector objects ! ! ! Coloring vector objectsMerge vector and embroideryobjectsShaping # ! Merging vector and embroidery objectsTrim vector and embroidery objects Shaping # ! Trimming vector and embroidery objectsSplit vector and embroidery objects Shaping # ! Splitting vector and embroidery objectsPreserve original objects Shaping "# "! Preserving original objectsOverlap shaped objects Shaping "# "! Overlapping shaped objectsBitmap Images Digitizing with Bitmap ImagesScan bitmap images (using Win95Twain)! ! ! Scanning artwork into ES DesignerCrop images ! ! ! Cropping images for digitizingEdit image using a graphics package ! ! ! Editing bitmaps in third-party applicationsInsert/paste bitmap images ! ! ! ! ! Inserting and saving bitmap imagesSave bitmap images as separatefiles! ! ! ! ! Saving bitmap images as separate filesSmooth bitmap images ! ! ! Smoothing bitmap imagesImage Processing Preparing Images for Automatic DigitizingReduce colors ! ! ! Preparing non-outlined imagesSharpen outlines ! ! ! Preparing outlined imagesCapability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual! Included as standard #Cost option " New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects onlyES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 875Automatic Digitizing Automatic DigitizingConvert artwork to vector drawing Auto Trace # "! ! Converting bitmaps to outlines with Auto TraceConvert artwork to embroideryobjectsPoint & Stitch # "! ! Digitizing shapes with Point & StitchMatch palette colors to an image Match toPalette# # ! Matching palette colors to an imageAutomatic digitizing Smart Design ! ! ! Digitizing designs with Smart DesignCreate embroidery from photos Photo Flash ! ! ! ! ! Creating embroidery from photographsCombine and Resequence Combining and Resequencing ObjectsCombine objects anddesigns—copy, paste, clone, etc"LG "! "! "! "! Combining objects and designsSplit objects ! ! ! ! Splitting objectsResequence embroidery objects ! ! ! ! Resequencing embroidery objectsAutomatic object sequencing Branching ! ! Automatic branchingArrange and Transform Arranging and Transforming ObjectsPosition, align and distribute objects "LG "! "! "! "! Positioning, aligning and distributing objectsGroup and lock objects "LG "! "! "! "! Grouping and locking objectsScale objects "LG "! "! "! "! Scaling objectsMake objects same size "LG "! "! "! "! Making objects the same sizeRotate objects "LG "! "! "! "! Rotating objectsSkew objects "LG "! "! "! "! Skewing objectsMirror objects "LG "! "! "! "! Duplicating and mirroring objectsMirror-merge objects Mirror-Merge # ! Reflecting designs with Mirror-Merge

Create wreath objects Mirror-Merge # ! Creating wreaths with Mirror-MergeConvert and Reshape Converting and Reshaping ObjectsConvert between vector drawingsand embroidery objects# ! ! Converting vector objects to embroideryConvert between Run and Triple orInput C objects! ! ! ! Converting between run objectsConvert Input A or B to Complex Fillor Fusion Fill™! ! ! Converting Input A or B to Complex Fill orFusion Fill™Convert Complex Fill to AutoAppliqué# ! ! Converting Complex Fill to Auto AppliquéCapability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual! Included as standard #Cost option " New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects onlyES 2006 Product Differentiation Table 876Reshape objects using control points "L "! "! "! "! Reshaping embroidery objectsReshape circle, star and ring objects ! ! ! ! Reshaping circle, star and ring objectsAdjust stitch angles of Complex Fillobjects! ! ! ! ! Adjusting stitch anglesAdd stitch angles to Input A, Input Band Complex Fill objects! ! ! Adjusting stitch anglesChange entry / exit points L ! ! ! ! Changing entry and exit pointsKeep / omit last stitch ! ! ! Keeping or omitting the last stitchStitches and Machine Functions Editing Stitches and Machine FunctionsSelect and deselect stitches ! ! ! ! Selecting and deselecting stitchesInsert, move or delete individualstitches! ! ! ! Editing stitchesConvert selected stitches to objects ! ! ! ! Converting selected stitches to objectsInsert/edit/clear machine functions ! ! ! ! ! Editing machine functionsEdit stitches and functions with StitchListStitch List ! ! ! ! Editing stitches and functions with Stitch ListFilter stitches by function/stitchlengthStitch List ! ! ! ! Editing stitches and functions with Stitch ListObject Properties, Styles and Templates Object Properties, Styles and TemplatesChange properties of existingobjects"! "! "! "! Changing properties of existing objectsMake selected object propertiescurrent"! "! Making selected object properties currentModify current property settings "! "! "! Modifying current property settingsApply current settings to existingobjects"! "! "! "! Applying current settings to existing objectsChange default properties "L "! "! "! "! Changing default property settingsDefine styles ! ! Defining new stylesAssign favorite styles ! ! Assigning favorite stylesMerge styles ! ! Merging stylesCreate design templates ! ! ! ! ! Creating design templatesSave current properties to atemplateL ! ! ! ! Saving current properties to a template

Revert to NORMAL template ! ! ! ! ! Reverting to the NORMAL templateCapability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual! Included as standard #Cost option " New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects onlyES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 877Specialized Digitizing Techniques Specialized Digitizing TechniquesCreate circles, stars and rings ! Digitizing circles, stars and ringsReinforce outlines Backtrack /Repeat! ! Reinforcing outlinesRemove underlying stitching # ! Removing underlying stitchingSplit long stitches Auto Split ! ! ! ! Splitting long stitches with Auto SplitPreserve long stitches Auto Jump ! ! ! ! Preserving long stitches with Auto JumpCreate offset outlines Offset Object "! "! Creating outlines and filling holesFill holes in Complex Fill objects ! ! Filling holes in objectsAdd borders to designs "! "! "! "! Adding borders to designsCreate appliqué designs Auto Appliqué # ! ! Digitizing for appliquéCreate partial appliqué shapes Partial Appliqué # ! ! Creating partial cover appliqué objectsTextured Fills Textured FillsCreate textures with stippling Stipple "# "! "! Creating textures with stipplingCreate textures with Tatami offsets Tatami Offset "L "! "! "! "! Creating textures with Tatami offsetsCreate textures with program splits Program Split "! "! "! Creating textures with program splitsCreate textures with Flexi Split Flexi Split ! ! Creating textures with Flexi SplitCreate user-defined split effects User-DefinedSplit! Creating user-defined splitsArtistic Stitch Effects Artistic Stitch EffectsCreate Jagged Edges Jagged Edge ! ! ! Creating jagged edgesCreate open stitching with Trapunto Trapunto ! ! Creating open stitching with TrapuntoCreate Accordion Spacing AccordionSpacing# ! Creating accordion spacing effectsCreate Color Blending Color Blending # ! Creating color blending effectsCreate Contour Stitch and SpiralStitchContour ! ! Creating contoured stitch effectsCreate curved fills with FlorentineEffectFlorentineEffect! ! Creating curved fills with Florentine EffectCreate curved fills with Liquid Effect Liquid Effect ! ! Creating curved fills with Liquid EffectMotif Runs and Fills Motif Runs and FillsCreate motif runs Motif Run "# "! "! Creating motif runsCreate motif fills Motif Fill "# "! "! Creating motif fillsCapability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual! Included as standard #Cost option " New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects onlyES 2006 Product Differentiation Table 878Create 3D effects with motif fills 3D Warp ! ! Applying 3D effects to motif fillsInsert single motifs # ! ! Selecting and inserting single motifsRotate, mirror and scale motifs # ! ! Rotating, mirroring and scaling motifsCreate motifs # ! ! Saving motifsCreate motif sets # ! ! Creating motif setsSequins and Boring Sequins and BoringSet up custom sequin palette "# "# "! Setting up custom sequin palettesCreate sequin runs Sequin Run "# "# "! Creating sequin runsDigitize individual sequins Sequin Manual "! "! "! "! Digitizing individual sequinsConvert sequin artwork to SequinRun"# "# "! Converting sequin artwork to Sequin Run

Scale and reshape sequin runs "! "! "! "! Scaling and reshaping sequin runsDigitize boring holes "! "! "! "! Digitizing boring holesEmbroidery Lettering Embroidery LetteringAdd lettering to embroidery designs "! "! "! "! "! Adding lettering to embroidery designsAdd baselines—horizontal, vertical,arc, circle, custom! ! ! ! ! Working with lettering baselinesFormat lettering—italic, bold,justified! ! ! ! ! Formatting letteringAdjust letter spacing "! "! "! "! "! Adjusting letter spacingEdit lettering text ! ! ! ! ! Editing lettering textScale lettering ! ! ! ! ! Scaling letteringSkew and rotate lettering objects ! ! ! ! ! Transforming lettering objectsAdjust individual letters—reposition,transform, reshape, recolor! ! ! ! ! Adjusting individual lettersAdjust and reshape baselines ! ! ! ! ! Adjusting baselinesChange stitch types of letteringobjects! ! ! ! ! Changing lettering stitch typesAdjust lettering stitching sequence ! ! ! ! ! Adjusting letter sequencingChange lettering join method ! ! ! ! ! Changing lettering join methodAdjust lettering underlay settings "! "! "! "! "! Adjusting lettering underlay settingsAdd special characters and symbols ! ! ! ! ! Adding special characters and symbolsCreate special effects withenvelopes! ! ! ! ! Creating special effects with envelopesCapability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual! Included as standard #Cost option " New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects onlyES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 879Add multiple names to designs Team Names ! ! ! ! ! Team letteringView and edit individual team names Team Names ! ! ! ! ! Viewing and modifying individual team namesCreate individual designs with teamnamesTeam Names ! ! ! ! ! Creating individual designs with team namesCreate a matrix of team namedesignsTeam Names "! "! "! "! "! Creating a matrix of team name designsCustom Alphabets Custom AlphabetsConvert TrueType fonts toembroidery alphabetsConvert TTF "! "! "! ! ! Converting TrueType fonts to embroideryalphabetsAutomatic letter kerning Auto Kerning "! "! "! "! "! Automatic letter kerningUser-refined alphabets "! "! "! "! "! User-refined alphabetsCreate custom alphabets # # ! Creating custom alphabetsMerge alphabets ! ! ! ! ! Merging alphabetsDesign Formats Processing Design FilesConvert stitch files to EMB format ! ! ! ! ! Opening stitch files in ES DesignerOpen/save designs in Melco CNDformat! ! ! ! ! Opening Melco CND outline filesColor merge Melco CND files ! ! ! ! ! Color merging Melco CND filesReassign colors to stitch/CND files ! ! ! ! Reassigning colors to stitch and Melco CNDfilesMachine Formats Changing Machine FormatsOutput to different machine formats ! ! ! ! ! Outputting to different machine formatsCreate custom machine formats ! ! ! ! ! Creating custom formatsModify standard machine formats ! ! ! ! ! Adjusting standard machine format settings

Adjust standard machine formatsettings (stitch/jump length, trim,color change, boring)! ! ! ! ! Adjusting standard machine format settingsAdjust advanced machine formatsettings (color change sequence,start/end design, speed)! ! ! ! ! Adjusting advanced machine format settingsDesign Output Outputting DesignsPrint / plot production worksheets ! ! ! ! ! Printing or plotting production worksheetsCustomize production worksheetinformation! ! ! ! ! Customizing production worksheet informationCapability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual! Included as standard #Cost option " New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects onlyES 2006 Product Differentiation Table 880Print backgrounds on productionworksheets! ! ! ! ! Customizing production worksheet informationPrint multiple colorways ! ! ! ! ! Printing multiple colorwaysPrint color blocks ! ! ! ! ! Printing color filmPrint appliqué patterns ! ! ! ! ! Printing appliqué patternsSend designs as email attachments ! ! ! ! ! Sending designs as email attachmentsSave designs as vector images ! ! Saving designs as vector imagesSave designs as bitmap images ! ! ! ! ! Capturing designs as bitmap imagesCut appliqué shapes ! ! ! Cutting appliqué shapesStitch designs to machine with StitchManager! ! ! ! ! Stitching designs with Stitch ManagerStitch designs to machine withES Machine Manager (1-4 machinesonly)! ! ! ! ! ES Machine Manager SupplementEmbroidery Disks and Paper Tapes Embroidery Disks and Paper TapesRead designs from embroidery disk "! "! "! "! "! Reading designs from embroidery diskFormat embroidery disks ! ! ! ! ! Formatting embroidery disksSave designs to embroidery disk "! "! "! "! "! Saving designs to embroidery diskRead designs from paper tape ! ! ! ! ! Reading designs from paper tapePunch designs to paper tape ! ! ! ! ! Punching designs to paper tapeEmbroidery Clipart Embroidery ClipartView and select embroidery clipart "# "# "# "# "# Viewing and selecting embroidery clipartSearch and sort embroidery clipart "# "# "# "# "# Searching and sorting embroidery clipartRecord designs to the clipart library "# "# "# "# "# Recording designs to the clipart libraryAssign keywords to clipart "# "# "# "# "# Assigning keywords to clipartAdd, modify and delete keywords "# "# "# "# "# Adding, modifying and deleting keywordsImport and export keywords "# "# "# "# "# Importing and exporting keywordsDesign Management (ES Design Explorer) Design ManagementView design thumbnails andsummary information! ! ! ! ! Displaying design thumbnails and summaryinformationView zipped designs in folders ! ! ! ! ! Viewing zipped designs in foldersChange locales ! ! ! ! ! Changing localeModify user preferences ! ! ! ! ! Modifying user preferencesCapability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual! Included as standard #Cost option " New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects onlyES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 881Customize design lists ! ! ! ! ! Customizing design listsView design properties ! ! ! ! ! Viewing design properties

Browse designs in folders ! ! ! ! ! Browsing through designs in foldersBrowse with slide show ! ! ! ! ! Browsing designs using slide show buttonsOpen designs in ES Designer ! ! ! ! ! Opening designs in ES DesignerCreate new designs with customtemplates! ! ! ! ! Creating new designs with custom templatesRun simple and complex sorts ! ! ! ! ! Sorting files in foldersLimit file types displayed ! ! ! ! ! Limiting file types displayedEmail designs direct ! ! ! ! ! Emailing designs directStitch and punch designs direct ! ! ! ! ! Stitching and punching designs directPrint production worksheets ! ! ! ! ! Printing production worksheetsPrint design catalogs ! ! ! ! ! Printing design catalogsPublish design catalogs for browserviewing! ! ! ! ! Publishing design catalogs for browser viewingExport design catalogs ! ! ! ! ! Exporting design catalogsConvert design files in folders ! ! ! ! ! Converting design files in foldersArchive design files ! ! ! ! ! Archiving design filesRename, add and delete folders ! ! ! ! ! Renaming, adding and deleting foldersCopy and paste designs ! ! ! ! ! Copying and pasting designsRename designs in folders ! ! ! ! ! Renaming designs in foldersDelete designs ! ! ! ! ! Deleting designsPeripheral Devices Setting up HardwareSerial / parallel ports support ! ! ! ! ! Peripheral device connection settingsNetwork support ! ! ! ! ! Peripheral device connection settingsEthernet support ! ! ! ! ! Peripheral device connection settingsDigitizer tablet support ! ! ! Setting up digitizing tabletsEmbroidery machine support ! ! ! ! ! Setting up embroidery machinesPaper tape reader and punchsupport! ! ! ! ! Setting up paper tape readers and punchesScanner support ! ! ! Setting up scannersCalibrate monitor ! ! ! ! ! Calibrating the monitorCapability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual! Included as standard #Cost option " New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects onlyES 2006 Product Differentiation Table 882Digitizing Tablets Using Digitizing TabletsRegister menu chart ! ! ! Registering the menu chartRegister enlargement drawing ! ! ! Preparing an enlargement drawingChange drawing scales ! ! ! Changing the drawing scaleSystem Settings Changing System SettingsSet design element view options ! ! ! ! ! Setting design element view optionsSet TrueView™ options ! ! ! ! ! Setting TrueView optionsSet image viewing options ! ! ! ! ! Setting image viewing optionsSet grid options "! "! "! "! "! Setting grid optionsSet auto scroll options ! ! ! ! ! Setting auto scroll optionsSet reshape options "! "! "! "! "! Setting reshape optionsSet automatic save and backupoptions! ! ! ! ! Setting automatic save and backup optionsSet the pointer position display ! ! ! ! ! Setting pointer position displaySet paste options LG ! ! ! ! Setting paste position optionsSet general options ! ! ! ! ! Setting other optionsCapability Feature 21L 21E 21D 45 65 Reference in Online Manual! Included as standard #Cost option " New/improved feature/option L For lettering only LG For lettering and grouped objects onlyES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 883

PART XIQUICK REFERENCEES 2006 Introduction 884

IntroductionAll commands in ES Designer can be accessed via the various menus, both‘dropdown’ and ‘popup’, toolbar icons, menu chart (for use with digitizingtablets), as well as ‘access’ and ‘shortcut’ keys. Many commands can beaccessed by more than one method. The Command Reference lets you seeat a glance which method best suits you. It will also help DG/ML andPunchant Designer users who have converted to ES Designer to identifywhere equivalent commands are located.Note While the Graphical User Interface (GUI) elements in ES Designer areorganized somewhat differently to DG/ML and Punchant, they provideexactly the same functionality, and more.ES Designer main windowThis image shows the main Graphical User Interface (GUI) elements forES Designer.Design WindowTitle and Menu barsStandard toolbarStitch Types toolbarColor toolbarStatus barPrompt linePointer toolbarInput toolbarGeneral object propertiesShow Vertical toolbarTravel toolbarImage toolbarES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 885

Equivalent Feature NamesThis table lists equivalent feature names for the three products, Wilcom ES,DG/ML, and Punchant. For more information about these features, refer tothe Command Reference Table below.Wilcom ES DG/ML Punchant3D Warp 3D Effect 3D EffectBranching Smart Connect BranchingCoil Swirl SwirlConvert True Type Font Smart Font Quick FontCut Appliqué Cut Appliqué Print Drawing ObjectsFilled Holes Fill Holes Auto Fill HolesFlexi Split Elastic Split Stream SplitFlorentine Effect Curve Line Fill Wave EffectIsland Coil Island Swirl Contour SwirlLiquid Effect Two Curve Fill Double Wave EffectOffset Object Parallel Offset Parallel OffsetPaste Vectors Paste Special Paste SpecialPerpendicular Fill Lattice LatticePhoto Flash Image Shot Picture StitchPoint & Stitch™ Point & Stitch™ Auto ConvertSlow Redraw Slow Redraw Redraw ControllerSmart Design Smart Design Quick StitchTeam Names Name Merge Name DropES 2006 Command Reference Table 886

Command Reference TableThis table lists all the commands available in ES Designer and details of howto access them. Note that, in the case of popup menus, the table shows thecontext in which a given menu displays; this may include the ‘designwindow’, ‘stitch list’, etc. For details of toolbar names, check also the ESDesigner main window.The listing is grouped according to the chapters of the User Manual. Forfurther information about each command, refer to the relevant chapter. Fordetails about the Chenille and Schiffli commands, refer to the relevant UserManual Supplements. For details of how to use the tablet icons, refer to theMenu Chart appendix in the User Manual.Command DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet ShortcutBasicsAbout ES HelpClose File A+F+CCross Stitch InsertExit File A+4Generate Stitches Stitch Generate gHelp Topics Help 1Measure View mNew File Standard C+NOnline Manual HelpOpen File Standard A+F+O orC+OQuick Reference Guide HelpRedo Edit Standard C+YRelease Notes HelpRequest Form HelpSave File Standard A+f+S orC+S] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 887Save as File A+f+A orC+SSecurity SpecialShow Image Toolbar Show VerticalGrid and Guides ViewShow Grid ] Standard V+GShow Rulers and Guides ] Standard C+RShow Input Toolbar Show VerticalShow Pointer Toolbar Show VerticalShow Travel Toolbar Show VerticalToolbars ViewUndo Edit Standard C+ZWilcom Web page HelpNew Window WindowCascade WindowTile Horizontally WindowTile Vertically WindowArrange Icons WindowSplit Window WindowDesign ViewingCenter Current Stitch View 6 or CDesign Properties FileOverview Window View Standard V+vPan View 7 or P

Previous View View 5 or VRedraw View 4 or RCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Command Reference Table 888Show Connectors ] Standard V+CShow Functions ] SL Standard V+FShow Needle Points ] Standard . (period)Show Outlines ] Standard LShow Stitches ] Standard STrueView™ ] Standard TView By Color ViewShow All > Design View DW Zoom 2 or 0(zero)Show All > Selected Object View DW V+0Zoom 1:1 View Zoom 1Zoom Box View DW Zoom 8 or BZoom Box in Overview Window Zoom V+BZoom Factor View 3 or FZoom In 2X View Zoom 9 or zZoom Out 2X View Zoom 0 or V+zShow (hidden object) COLHide (selected object) COLHide Others COL V+SUnhide All COL E+V+SShow Bitmaps ] Standard DShow Vectors ] StandardObject SelectionAdd Next Object to Selection C+TaCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 889Add Previous Object toSelectionC+V+TaDeselect All Edit DW or COL E / XColor-Object List View Standard V+lPolygon Select = Pointer C+lLine Select = PointerSelect All Edit DW or COL C+ASelect at Current NeedlePosition V+OSelect By > Color EditSelect By > Stitch Type EditSelect Object Below 2+[Select Next Object TSelect Previous Object V+TSelect Multiple Objects C+[Select Range of Objects V+[Select Object Tool Pointer OSelects On / Off Edit Standard Q

Viewing Stitching SequenceSlow Redraw View V+RStart / End Design = Travel h / eTravel 1 Stitch = Travel l / rTravel 10 Stitches = Travel t / bTravel 100 Stitches = Travel - / +Travel 1000 Stitches = TravelTravel by Color = Travel z / xCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Command Reference Table 890Travel by Function = TravelTravel by Object = Travel V+T /C+TTravel by Segment = Travel C+l / rManual DigitizingChange between Fill Stitch andManual RChange between Fill Stitch andRun sEmbroidery Object > Input A ] Insert InputEmbroidery Object > Input B ] Insert InputEmbroidery Object > Input C ] Insert InputEmbroidery Object > Fusion Fill ] Insert InputEmbroidery Object > ComplexFill ] Insert InputEmbroidery Object > Manual Insert InputEmbroidery Object > Run ] Insert Input V+NEmbroidery Object > TripleManual Insert InputEmbroidery Object > Triple Run ] Insert InputEmbroidery Object > Backstitch ] Insert InputEmbroidery Object > Stemstitch ] Insert InputEmbroidery Object > Motif Run ] Insert InputFinish Digitizing aComplex/Fusion Fill Boundary RFinish Digitizing an Object -Keep Last Stitch RFinish Digitizing an Object -Omit Last Stitch sDelete Last Input Point BCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 891Fill StitchesStitch Effects StitchStitch Type > E Stitch ] Stitch Stitch TypeStitch Type > Satin ] Stitch Stitch Type V+IStitch Type > Tatami ] Stitch Stitch Type V+MStitch Type > Zigzag ] Stitch Stitch TypeObject Properties, Styles and TemplatesApply Current Properties Stitch DW Styles

Apply Style Stitch StylesDefine Style StitchMake Properties Current DW StylesUse Style Favorite 1 ] DW StylesObject Properties = View orStitch DW or COL StandardColorways and Thread ChartsMatch Bitmap Color DWSet Color MachineCurrent Colorways o ColorMulti-Colorway Box ColorBackground ColorColor Slot ColorAdd Color to Palette ColorCompact Palette ColorSplit Palette Color ColorColor Palette Editor ColorCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Command Reference Table 892Connecting Embroidery ObjectsEmpty/Empty Jump Function = PointerPenetrations Machine GenerateTie-off PointerTrim PointerBitmapsInsert File ImagePaste Vector > As Bitmap EditPaste Vector > As Vector EditSave Bitmap As FileScan FileSmooth Vector Curves ImageCrop Bitmap ImageCrop Bitmap with Polygon ImageEdit Bitmap Using > CorelPHOTO-PAINT ImageEdit Bitmap Using > Paint ImageEdit Bitmap Using > Paint ShopPro ImageReduce Colors Image DW ImageSharpen Edges Image DW ImageVectorsDraw Vector > Ellipse Image ImageDraw Vector > Line Image ImageDraw Vector > Polygon Image ImageDraw Vector > Polyline Image ImageCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 893Draw Vector > Rectangle Image ImageMake Complex Shape Image V+HShaping

Shaping > Weld Arrange DW ShapingShaping > Intersect Arrange DW ShapingShaping > Exclude Arrange DW ShapingShaping > Front-Back Arrange DW ShapingShaping > Back-Front Arrange DW ShapingShaping > Flatten Arrange DW ShapingShaping > Divide Arrange DW ShapingShaping > Combine Arrange DW ShapingShaping > Keep Source Objects ShapingShaping > OverlapsAutomatic DigitizingAuto Trace Image UC+mConvert > Stitch Angles Special DW Pointer C+HConvert > Complex Fill DW InputConvert > Input C DW InputConvert > Auto Applique DW InputConvert > Run DW InputConvert > Triple Run DW InputConvert > Motif Run DW InputConvert > Backstitch DW InputCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Command Reference Table 894Convert > Stemstitch DW InputConvert > Drawing DWPoint & Stitch™ (Toolbar) View C+IMatch to Palette Point &Stitch™Outline Run Point &Stitch™Pickout Run Point &Stitch™Tatami Fill Point &Stitch™Tatami Fill without Holes Point &Stitch™Turning Satin Point &Stitch™Photo Flash InsertSmart Design InsertCombining and ResequencingBranching Edit COL Standard ICopy Edit DW Standard UC+C orV+DCut Edit DW Standard UC+X orC+ZDelete Edit DW XDuplicate Edit DW C+dPaste Edit Standard C+v orV+ZPaste > Center at Current Stitch DWPaste > Object PropertyPosition DWPaste > Shift Pasted Objects DWPaste > Start at Current Stitch DWResequence > By Selects EditResequence > By Color Edit

Command DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 895Split Object EditArranging ObjectsGroup Arrange COL Arrange C+gUngroup Arrange COL Arrange C+ULock Arrange COL Arrange kUnlock Arrange COL V+KUnlock All COL ArrangeAlign Left Arrange ArrangeAlign Horizontal Centers Arrange ArrangeAlign Right Arrange ArrangeAlign Top Arrange ArrangeAlign Vertical Centers Arrange ArrangeAlign Bottom Arrange ArrangeAlign Center Arrange ArrangeSpace Evenly > Across Arrange ArrangeSpace Evenly > Down Arrange ArrangeMake Same Size > Width Arrange ArrangeMake Same Size > Height Arrange ArrangeMake Same Size > Both Arrange ArrangeTransforming ObjectsArray Mirror-MergeReflect Mirror-MergeRowsRow SpacingCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Command Reference Table 896ColumnsColumn SpacingWreath Mirror-MergeKaleidoscope Mirror-MergeWreath PointsRadiusInitial AngleTransform EditTransform Special EditMirror Horizontally DW TransformMirror Vertically DW TransformRotate 45 CCW TransformRotate 45 CW TransformRotateSkewReshaping and EditingChange Reshape Node Type [+sKeep Last Stitch/Omit LastStitch = PointerMaintain proportions whileresizing V+;Move Object horizontal or

vertical C+;Nudge selected object [+rReshape Object Pointer HStitch Angles Special Pointer C+HCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 897Show Reshape Nodes Reshape A+NShow Stitch Angles Reshape A+aShow Start/End ReshapeStitch and Function EditingBackground Color SLBlack text SLClear Function Machine SLEdit Function Machine SLInsert Function Machine SLMove Stitch (dialog) SLMultiColored text SLSelect / Deselect Stitches TSet Color MachineShow All (Stitches) SLShow Functions SLShow Stitches (dialog) SLStitch Edit Pointer EStitch List View Standard V+JStop MachineStitch QualityAuto Jump ] Stitch TypesAuto Spacing These options can only beaccessed via the ObjectAuto Split Properties > Fills > SatinAuto Start and End ] Stitch GenerateAuto Underlay ] Stitch Types UCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Command Reference Table 898Fractional Spacing ] Stitch TypesPull Compensation ] Stitch TypesReverse Curves ImageShortening ] Stitch TypesSmall Stitches StitchSmart Corners ] Stitch TypesSpecialized DigitizingBacktrack = PointerRepeat = PointerBorers Machine GenerateEmbroidery Object > AutoApplique ] Insert InputPartial Applique ] StitchEmbroidery Object > Circle = Insert InputEmbroidery Object > Ring ] Insert InputEmbroidery Object > Star = Insert Input

Filled Holes InsertOffset Object InsertRemove Overlaps ArrangeArtistic EffectsAccordion Spacing ] Stitch TypesTrapunto ] Stitch TypeColor Blending ] Insert GenerateFlexi Split ] Stitch TypesJagged Edge ] Stitch TypesCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 899Make Program Split SpecialMake Line(s) for > FlorentineEffect ] Special Stitch TypesMake Line(s) for > Liquid Effect ] Special Stitch TypesMake Line(s) for > User DefinedSplit ] Special Stitch TypesStitch Type > Contour ] Stitch Stitch TypesStitch Type > Program Split ] Stitch Stitch TypesStipple Fill ] GenerateMotif Runs and Fills3D Warp ] Stitch TypesEmbroidery Object > Motif Run ] Insert InputMotif > Make SpecialMotif > Use SpecialStitch Type > Motif Fill ] Stitch Stitch TypesSequinsVectors to Sequins SequinSequin Manual SequinSequin Run Auto SequinSequin Run Manual SequinSelect Sequin ShapeAdd to Sequin Palette SequinClipartClipart > Show Clipart Special ClipartClipart > Record to Clipart Special Clipart C+EClipart > Manage Keywords Special ClipartCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Command Reference Table 900Clipart > Set Design Workflowas Enterprise Engine SpecialLetteringEmbroidery Object > Lettering ] Insert Input aEnvelope > Bridge EditEnvelope > Delete EditEnvelope > Diamond EditEnvelope > Pennant EditEnvelope > Perspective EditTeam Names Insert InputTeam List View Standard

Custom AlphabetsAlphabet > Convert True TypeFont SpecialAlphabet > Make Letter SpecialAlphabet > Modify Alphabet SpecialAlphabet > ManagingUser-Refined Letters SpecialAlphabet > Save Letter SpecialAlphabet > Update KerningValues SpecialDesign OutputProcess Edit GenerateRecognize Object Outlines EditMachine Format Values MachineSelect Machine Format MachineCapture Design Bitmap FileCut Appliqué FileExport As FileCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 901Print File Standard A+f+por C+pPrint Preview File StandardRecord in Database FileSend FileStitch to Machine Manager FileStitch to Stitch Manager File StandardEmbroidery Disks and Paper TapesEmbroidery Disk > Format FileEmbroidery Disk > Open FileEmbroidery Disk > Save As FileEmbroidery File > DOS Disk InsertEmbroidery File > EmbroideryDisk InsertPaper Tape > Punch FilePaper Tape > Read FileOpen As StandardSave to Embroidery Disk StandardHardware Setup and System SettingsHardware Setup SpecialScanner Setup FileDesign Options ViewOptions SpecialTurn off automatic scroll V (holddown)Digitizing TabletBackspaceEnterCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Command Reference Table 902

InformationInsert Auto FrameMenu Chart HelpNoPreset SpacingShift DrawingShift MenuSpaceTabTablet Special V+DYes RChenilleChain ChenilleOptionChenille Manual Supplement HelpCompound Chenille ] ChenilleOptionMoss ChenilleOptionNeedle Height ChenilleOptionStitch Type > Coil ] Stitch ChenilleOptionStitch Type > Island Coil ] Stitch ChenilleOptionStitch Type > Perpendicular Fill ] Stitch ChenilleOptionStitch Type > Straight ] Stitch ChenilleOptionView by Machine Function> Chain / Moss ViewSchiffliDesign Repeat Special V+WCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 903Schiffli Repeats View WShow Repeats Schiffli WSchiffli Arrangement SpecialBlattMachine >InsertFunctionSL > InsertFunction Schiffli [Stepp ditto ditto Schiffli ]End Jump ditto ditto SchiffliBegin Jump ] ditto ditto SchiffliSlow ditto ditto SchiffliFast ditto ditto SchiffliBorer In ditto ditto SchiffliBorer Out ditto ditto SchiffliBorer Depth ditto ditto ;Boring Tension Start /Boring Tension End \RPM- ditto ditto Schiffli "RPM+ ditto ditto Schiffli :

Fadenleiter- ditto ditto Schiffli >Fadenleiter+ ditto ditto Schiffli <Thread Brake- ditto ditto SchiffliThread Brake+ ditto ditto SchiffliDrop Sequin ditto ditto SchiffliView by Machine Function >Stepp/Blatt ViewCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Command Reference Table 904View by Machine Function >Schiffli Needles In/Out ViewClear Function Machine SL SchiffliEdit Function Machine SLCommand DropdownMenuPopupMenu Toolbar Tablet Shortcut] Right-click toolbar icon to access associated settings. = Use left/right buttons with toolbar icon to toggle these functions.Popup menus: DW = Design Window SL = Stitch List COL = Color-Object ListES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 905

Keyboard ShortcutsGeneral functionsTo .. Pressstart new design C+Nopen design C+O orA+F+Oclose design A+F+Csave design C+S orA+f+Ssave as A+f+Aprint design C+P orA+f+precord to clipart C+Eshow/hide Point & Stitch toolbar C+Ishow/hide Grid V+Gshow/hide Rulers and Guides V+Gshow/hide Overview window V+Vshow/hide Color-Object List V+Lshow Stitch List V+Jopen Lettering dialog Aopen digitizing tablet setup V+Dmeasure distance on-screen Mundo command C+Zredo command C+Ycancel command Eopen online help 1exit application A+4Digitizing functionsTo .. Pressfinish digitizing object (keep laststitch)Rfinish digitizing object (omit laststitch)

sfinish digitizing Complex Fill/FusionFill boundaryRdelete last input point Bgenerate stitches Gapply Satin stitch V+Iapply Tatami stitch V+Mapply Run stitch V+Nswitch between fill and run stitch sswitch between fill and manual stitch Rswitch between continuous andnormal Input AV+Atoggle Auto Underlay on/off uactivate Auto Trace C+Mactivate Branching Imake Complex Shape vector object V+HSelecting objectsTo .. Pressselect all objects C+Adeselect all objects E or Xactivate Select Object tool odeactivate Select Object tool Eselect object at current needlepositionV+Oselect multiple objects C+[select range of objects V+[select next object Tselect previous object V+Tselect object beneath 2+[add next object to selection C+Tadd previous object to selection C+V+Tactivate Polygon Select tool C+Ltoggle Selects On/Off Qgroup selected objects C+Gungroup selected objects C+Ulock selected object Kunlock all locked objects V+KViewing designsTo .. Press ortoggle TrueView on/off Tshow/hide stitches Sshow/hide outlines Lshow/hide needle points . (period)show/hide connectors V+Cshow/hide function symbols V+Fshow whole design E, V+s* Turn TrueView offDigitizing functions (cont)To .. PressES 2006 Keyboard Shortcuts 906fit design to window 0 (zero) 2fit selected objects to window V+0 (zero)hide others V+sshow/hide image Dzoom in 2X Z 9zoom out 2X V+Z 0zoom to 1:1 scale (100%) 1specify zoom factor F 3

zoom box B 8zoom box in Overview window V+Bactivate panning P 7deactivate Auto Scroll V (hold down)center current stitch in designwindowC 6return to previous view V 5redraw screen r 4activate Slow Redraw * V+RViewing stitching sequenceTo travel .. Press or †to start of design h 7to end of design e 1to next color d 3to previous color u 9to next segment * C+r C+6to previous segment * C+l C+4to next object C+Tto previous object V+T100 stitches forward ^ +100 stitches backward ^ -10 stitches forward ^ b 210 stitches backward ^ t 81 stitch forward ^ r 61 stitch backward ^ l 4select/deselect stitches *T* Stitch Edit tool selected ^ No object selected † Keypad, NumLock offViewing designs (cont)To .. Press or* Turn TrueView offCutting & pasting objectsTo .. Press orcut object C+X V+Dcopy object C+C C+Zpaste object C+V V+Zduplicate object C+Ddelete selected objects or lastobjectDModifying objects & stitchesTo .. Press or clickmove selected object horizontally orvertically* C+:nudge selected object [+t b l rmaintain proportions while resizing †V+:activate Reshape Object tool Hactivate Show Stitch Angles tool A+aactivate Show Reshape Nodes tool A+Nchange reshape node type ^ [+Mactivate Stitch Angles tool C+Hactivate Stitch Edit tool Eadd stitch angles (Fusion Fill™) C+Hcheck design integrity !* Drag object † Drag handle ^ Select control pointSchiffli functionsTo .. Pressinsert Blatt/Stepp function [ ]insert Fadenleiter Plus/Minus < >

insert Boring Tension Start/End / \insert RPM Plus/Minus : "change Schiffli borer depth ;show Schiffli repeats WES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 907

PART XIIMENU CHART- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --

- ( )--- -*

-+,

-----

- -

5-6 7 -- 8- +

- 9& *"WILCOM1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20not in all models; no en todos los modelos; nao emtodos os modelos; non in tutti i modelli; pas dans tousles modèles; nicht verfügbar für alle Modelle© Copyright 1990-2005Wilcom International Pty. Ltd.

WILCOM 2006ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 909

Menu Chart KeyPressing a different button on your digitizing puck can affect a command onyour Menu Chart in different ways:! Generally, a command will simply be executed—e.g. Save file, Undocommand, Generate stitches, etc.! Some commands toggle a function on or off—e.g. Auto Jump On/Off,TrueView On/Off, etc. The same or different puck buttons may toggle thecommand.! Other commands affect sequence—e.g. Travel to Start/End of Design,Travel to Next/Previous Function. Different buttons generally controldirection—i.e. forward / backward.

! Some commands let you select options or adjust values which affect thecommand—e.g. Program Split display options, Fractional Spacingvalues.The key at the bottom of the table explains the action that a particularbutton press performs in combination with a given command icon.Icon Command 1 2 3 4 Icon Command 1 2 3 4Save ! Information !Undo ! Redo !Select All ! Deselect All !Auto Start / End ! Show Rulers &Guides ! $Remove SmallStitches ! Exit !Show All ! Previous View !

⌧ toggle on/off ! activate & deactivate $ change values ' view options (backward )forward

iES 2006 Menu Chart Key 910Pan ! Center CurrentStitch !Redraw Screen ! Zoom Box !Zoom 1:1 ! Zoom Factor !Zoom In 2X ! Zoom Out 2X !TrueView ! ' & Show Stitches ! ' &Show Outline ! ' & Show NeedlePoints ! ' &Show Connectors ! ' & Show FunctionSymbols ! ' &Show Grid ! $ & Show Repeat ⌧ $Show Drawing ! $ &Show1. Chain/Moss2. Stepp/Blatt3. Needle In/Out⌧ ⌧ ⌧Satin ! $ $ Tatami ! $ $Zigzag ! $ $ E-Stitch ! $ $Program Split ! $ $ Motif Fill ! $ $Icon Command 1 2 3 4 Icon Command 1 2 3 4

⌧ toggle on/off ! activate & deactivate $ change values ' view options (backward )forward1 ?+ –ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 911Contour ! $ $ Flexi Split ! $ &Florentine Effect ! $ ! Liquid Effect ! $ !Auto Jump ! $ & Stitch Shortening ! $ &PullCompensation ! $ & FractionalSpacing ! $ &AutomaticUnderlay ! $ & Jagged Edge ! $ &Trapunto ! $ &1/4. User DefinedSplit2/3. Split Alternate! ! & &AccordionSpacing ! $ & 3D Warp ! $ &Coil ! $ $ Straight ! $ $

Perpendicular Fill ! $ $ Island Coil ! $ $CompoundChenille ! $ & Needle Height ⌧Chain ⌧ Moss ⌧Select Object ⌧ Polygon Select ⌧Icon Command 1 2 3 4 Icon Command 1 2 3 4

⌧ toggle on/off ! activate & deactivate $ change values ' view options (backward )forward

3DES 2006 Menu Chart Key 912Reshape Object ⌧ Stitch Edit ⌧1. Keep LastStitch2/4. Omit LastStitch! ! ! Tie Off ⌧Trim ⌧ 1. Empty Stitch2/4. Empty Jump ! ! !Add Stitch Angles ⌧ 1. Backtrack2/4. Repeat ! ! !Next Color ⌧ $ $Input A ! Input B !Complex Fill ! $ $ Fusion Fill ! $ $Auto Appliqué ! Lettering ! $ $Input C ! $ $ Run ! $ $Triple Run ! $ $ Motif Run ! $ $Backstitch ! $ $ Stemstitch ! $ $Icon Command 1 2 3 4 Icon Command 1 2 3 4

⌧ toggle on/off ! activate & deactivate $ change values ' view options (backward )forwardÂ

AES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 913Travel to Start /End ( ) ) Travel by Object ( ) )Travel bySegment ( ) ) Travel by Color ( ) )Travel byFunction ( ) )Travel by 1000Stitches ( ) ) Travel by 100Stitches ( ) )Travel by 10Stitches ( ) ) Travel by 1 Stitch ( ) )Circle ! Ring !Star ! Stipple !Manual ! Triple Manual !Sequin Manual ! Sequin Run Auto ! $ !Sequin RunManual ! $ ! Make Motif !Select Motif ! Use Motif !Smart Corners ! $ & Preset Spacing1/2/3/4 ! ! ! !Icon Command 1 2 3 4 Icon Command 1 2 3 4

⌧ toggle on/off ! activate & deactivate $ change values ' view options (backward )forward

1000 10010 11234

ES 2006 Menu Chart Key 914Auto Spacing ! $ & Auto Split ! $ &Cut ! Copy !Paste Options †1/2/3/4! ! ! ! Move !1. Penetrations on4. Penetrations off ! ! 1. Borers in4. Borers out ! $ !1. Insert Fast2/4. Add Fast ‡ ! ! !1. Insert Slow2/4. Add Slow ‡ ! ! !1. Insert Stepp2/4. Add Stepp ‡ ! ! !1. Insert Blatt2/4. Add Blatt ‡ ! ! !1. Insert AutoFrame2/4. Add AutoFrame ‡! ! !Drop Sequin ! Sequin Palette $ $ $ $1. Insert Stop2/4. Add Stop ‡ ! ! !1. Insert Function2/4. ClearFunction! ! !Shift Drawing ! Shift Menu !Tab ! Backspace !Icon Command 1 2 3 4 Icon Command 1 2 3 4

⌧ toggle on/off ! activate & deactivate $ change values ' view options (backward )forwardSTOPES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 915† Paste Options: 1. Paste - Object Property Position, 2. Paste - Shift Pasted Objects,3. Paste - Center at Current Stitch, 4. Paste - Start at Current Stitch.‡Add / Insert functions: See Machine function types for details.Cancel ! Delete !No ! Yes !Spacebar ! Enter !Icon Command 1 2 3 4 Icon Command 1 2 3 4

⌧ toggle on/off ! activate & deactivate $ change values ' view options (backward )forwardES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 916

PART XIIIAPPENDICESES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 917

Appendix A

Supported File and MachineFormats and Disk Types

This section provides details of the file and disk types supported byWilcom ES. Details are also provided about the conversion of Melco CND,Wilcom INP, and Gunold PCH design formats to and from EMB. The sectionalso provides details of supported paper tape formats, as well as vector andbitmap (raster) formats.Note There are many additional Schiffli file formats to suit specific Schifflimachines. Wilcom ES supports the most important of these. See the ESSchiffli User Manual Supplement for details.

Supported embroidery file formatsThere are two types of embroidery file format:! Outline: Outline or ‘condensed’ files usually contain digitized shapesand lines, selected stitch types and stitch values and effects.! Stitch: Stitch or ‘expanded’ files generally contain stitches and machinefunctions and are only suited to specific embroidery machines.Wilcom file formatsWilcom ES uses its own native EMB embroidery file format which combinesthe advantages of outline files and stitch files. Outlines, stitches, threadcolors, and other data are stored together. Outlines mean the file can bescaled and manipulated on an object basis while the stitch data preservesmanual stitch-by-stitch edits and touchups. Features of most third-partyES 2006 Appendix A Supported File and Machine Formats and Disk Types 918products are supported. Variants and precursors of the EMB file format arealso shown in the table below.Note † ESD is the native file format of DOS ES, the precursor to the currentES Designer. It is actually a stitch file format with stitch blocks, stitch typesand parameters, and an icon. It has few of the advantages of the currentEMB file format.Note ‡ Wilcom INP is the native file format of Wilcom Computer EmbroideryDesign software. It is an outline file format but it contains no stitch data.Wilcom INP designs can be directly converted to EMB files althoughES Designer interprets some of the stitch types differently. See Conversionof Wilcom INP format to Wilcom EMB for details.Supported outline file formatsWilcom ES supports the following outline file (condensed) formats:Extension Format Read WriteAMT artista template !AMT42 Explorations template !ART V4.0 artista design file !ART42 Explorations project file !EMB Wilcom ES design file (up to ES 2006) ! !EMC Clipart Files ! !EMT Wilcom ES templates ! !ESD † Wilcom DOS format !INP ‡ Wilcom condensed format !Extension Format Read WriteCND Melco condensed file ! !PCH Gunold APS !ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 919Note See below for conversion details when reading these files into EMBformat or writing to CND format. See Melco CND format and Conversion ofGunold PCH format to Wilcom EMB.Supported stitch file formatsWilcom ES supports the following stitch file (expanded) formats:Extension Format Read Write10O Toyota ! !ARX artista cross stitch files !BRO Bits & Volts !CSD POEM/Singer/Huskygram ! !DAT Hiraoka DAT ! !

DSB † Barudan ! !DST Tajima ! !DSZ ¥ ZSK—Tajima machine format ! !EMX ‡ Wilcom Cross Stitch !ESL Wilcom ESL ! !ESS Wilcom ESS ! !EXP Melco ! !HUS Husqvarna/Viking ! !INB Inbro Files ! !JEF Janome/Elna/Kenmore format (V1.0) ! !KSM Pfaff ! !MJD Time & Space MJD ! !PCD Pfaff ! !PCQ Pfaff ! !† includes needle addressing data ¥ Two options—ZSK1 and ZSK2 (see note) ‡ Can only be writtenby ES Cross Stitch application § TAP and MON files are written together—TAP is the stitch file, MONthe header file.£ Used with Transport Code Disks (see note)ES 2006 Appendix A Supported File and Machine Formats and Disk Types 920Note ZSK1 format is used with older ZSK machines, generally those olderthan 1991 which have no more than 7 needles. ZSK2 is for newer ZSKmachines, those characterized by a single top thread trimmer. The trim isPCS Pfaff ! !PEC Deco, Brother, Babylock ! !PES Deco, Brother, Babylock ! !PMU Proel !PUM Proel DOS !SAS Saurer SLC ! !SEW Janome/Elna/Kenmore ! !STC Gunold !STX Datastitch !TAP / MON § Happy ! !T01 Tajima—Wilcom DST format ! !T03 Barudan—Wilcom DSB format ! !T04 Zangs ! !T05 ZSK—Wilcom DSZ format ! !T09 Pfaff—Wilcom KSM format ! !T10 Wilcom Plauen ! !T15 Wilcom Saurer ! !U?? † Barudan ! !VEP Hiraoka VEP !XXX † Compucon ! !Z?? £ ZSK TC machine format ! !Extension Format Read Write† includes needle addressing data ¥ Two options—ZSK1 and ZSK2 (see note) ‡ Can only be writtenby ES Cross Stitch application § TAP and MON files are written together—TAP is the stitch file, MONthe header file.£ Used with Transport Code Disks (see note)ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 921the most significant differentiating factor between the two types. If the ZSKmachine accepts Transport Code Disks, then ZSK TC Machine Format mustbe used.

Melco CND formatMelco Condensed (CND) is the native file format of the Melco embroiderydigitizing software. CND files store only digitized outlines and stitch values.See also Opening Melco CND outline files.Conversion of Melco CND format to Wilcom EMBWhen you open CND designs in ES Designer, outlines are scaled and stitches

recalculated to preserve density. ES Designer recognizes all Melco machinefunctions and stitch types, including Partition Lines and Complex Fill, andautomatically converts them to EMB format. This table details how Melcofeatures are converted.Melco CND EMB NotesStitch TypesColumn Stitches Input A, Satin stitchSimple Fill Complex Fill, Tatami The stitch angle is determined bythe longest stitchline.Complex Fill Complex Fill Melco EDS Complex Fill arerecognized and converted toWilcom ES Complex Fill.Column Fill Input A, Tatami fillWalk RunBean Stitch Triple RunSingleline ColumnInput, CenterlineInput CSingleline ColumnInput, Left Line /Right LineInput CSide 1 / Side 2ES 2006 Appendix A Supported File and Machine Formats and Disk Types 922Conversion of Wilcom EMB format to Melco CNDYou can save files to Melco CND format from ES Designer. Designs originallycreated in ES Designer generally give the best results. Other file types maynot have all the data necessary for successful conversion. This table detailshow Wilcom ES stitch types and effects are converted to CND format.Partition Lines Tatami partition linesUnderlaysComplex Underlay Tatami underlay inComplex Fill objectEdge Walk Edge RunCenter Walk Center Run Column Stitches onlyNarrow Column ZigzagMachine functionsNeedle Up Jump, Begin JumpReset Stitch End JumpManual Lock Stitch Added in Tie OffAutomatic LockStitchTie In, Tie Off If Automatic Lock Stitch is set forevery Color Change, and at thestart and end of the design, tie offand tie in stitches are inserted inthe EMB design.Chain ChainMoss MossNeedle Height Needle HeightSlow SlowFast FastBorer In/Out Borer In/OutSequin On/Off Sequin On/OffMelco CND EMB NotesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 923Tip When you convert to CND, many Wilcom ES effects will be lost. If it isimportant to preserve the effects, save in Melco EXP stitch format instead.Alternatively, turn off all effects before saving to CND format. See also BestWilcom ES input methods for Melco CND output.EMB Melco CND Notes

Stitch typesManual WalkRun WalkTriple Run Bean Stitch Only if the design is an originalWilcom EMB designTriple Run(run count > 3)Bean Stitch Reverts to Triple Run (run count = 3).Satin stitch Column FillTatami - standard Fill Stitch Use Complex Fill to make sure thatthe stitch lines are parallel.Tatami - with randomfactor appliedWalkTatami - with sharplyturning stitchesWalk or Complex Fill Changes to Walk if Superstarcompatible, otherwise Complex Fillwith a fixed angle.Tatami - with slightlyturning stitchesFill Stitch, severalsectionsThe shape is divided into severalsections, filled with parallel Fill Stitch.There may be small gaps betweenthese sections.Zigzag Walk Density is not preserved when thedesign is scaled.E Stitch (Inputs A, B& C)Column StitchesE Stitch (ComplexFill)WalkStitch settingsRun length Set length CND Walk stitch length is the sameas EMB Run stitch length.ES 2006 Appendix A Supported File and Machine Formats and Disk Types 924Tatami length andspacingFill or Complex FillsettingsThe length and density of FillStitches will be the same as EMBTatami length and spacing.UnderlaysCenter RunWalk Uses CND Auto Underlay.Edge RunZigzagDouble ZigzagZigzag (for objectswith Satin cover only)Narrow ColumnEffectsAccordion Spacing Not preserved The effect is lost.Motif Fill Not preserved The effect is lost.Contour Stitch Not preserved The effect is lost.Flexi Split Not preserved The effect is lost.Auto Split Not preserved The effect is lost.Jagged Edge Not preserved The effect is lost.

Trapunto style Not preserved The effect is lost.Program Split Not preserved The effect is lost.User Defined Split Not preserved The effect is lost.Photo Flash Walk Density is not preserved when thedesign is scaled.Quality featuresPull Compensation Not preserved The original shape is preserved. Theeffect is lost.Fractional Spacing Not preserved In ES Designer, turn on FractionalSpacing and set it to 0.5mm.Although there is no direct equivalentin CND, effectively it uses a fixedfractional spacing with a value equalto 0.5.EMB Melco CND NotesES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 925Stitch Shortening Not preserved Outlines are more accuratelyrecognized if Stitch Shortening isturned off.Auto Spacing Not preserved Auto Spacing is converted to fixedspacing, based on the averagespace value. It is best to turn off AutoSpacing when digitizing a design forCND.Smart Corners Not preserved Avoid digitizing pointed ends.Machine functionsColor Change / StopfunctionsColor Change / Stop Functions inserted on stitches insideobjects are not converted.Empty Walk Two MK1 points are repeated at thecurrent position.Jump Needle UpNeedle Up Needle UpTie In (Lettering) WalkTie Off WalkEnd Jump Reset StitchBegin Jump Needle UpNeedle Height Needle HeightMoss MossChain ChainTrim Trim The ability to output without Trimfunction does not apply to thisversion.EMB Melco CND NotesES 2006 Appendix A Supported File and Machine Formats and Disk Types 926Best Wilcom ES input methods for Melco CND outputThis table details which input methods give the best results when digitizinga design for Melco EDS-III CND output.

Conversion of Gunold PCH format to Wilcom EMBPCH ‘Punch and Stitch’ is the native file format of the Gunold EmbroideryDesign software. Gunold PCH designs can be directly converted to EMB filesalthough ES Designer interprets some of the stitch types differently. Thistable details how Gunold PCH features are converted to EMB format.Input method Compatibility NotesInput A, B, C OK Use with Satin only.Complex Fill OK Only use with Tatami fill. Do not digitizepointed ends as they will be ‘squared off’during conversion. Cut off pointed ends witha straight line, parallel to the stitch angle, toavoid conversion problems.

Fusion Fill™ NotrecommendedFusion Fill™ objects are separated into asingle object per segment. Conversions mayproduce undesired results.Circle OKRing NotrecommendedThe exit point will be on the wrong side of theshape.Star NotrecommendedThe stitches are output as Walk.End - Keep LastStitchOK The exit point should always be on theopposite side to the entry point.End - Omit LastStitchDo not use Start digitizing the next shape on theopposite side instead.Gunold PCH EMBOutline typesParallel Input ASerial Input CBlock Outline Complex FillES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 927Run RunIncline RunManual ManualStitch typesSatin SatinCeding TatamiRandom Ceding Tatami with random factor appliedStep TatamiPiping ContourOBI TatamiZigzag ZigzagCross not supportedPhoto not supportedSatin underlaysnone noneSingle Center RunEdge Edge RunZigzag ZigzagCross ZigzagEdge Zigzag Edge Run + ZigzagEdge Cross Edge Run + ZigzagNetting Double ZigzagDouble Zigzag Double ZigzagTriple Zigzag Double ZigzagStep / block fill levelsComplex Fill Holes in Complex FillGunold PCH EMBES 2006 Appendix A Supported File and Machine Formats and Disk Types 928

Conversion of Wilcom INP format to Wilcom EMBWilcom INP is the native file format of Wilcom Computer Embroidery Designsoftware. Wilcom INP designs can be directly converted to EMB filesalthough ES Designer interprets some of the stitch types differently. Thistable details how Wilcom INP features are converted to EMB format.Form Fill User Defined Split in Complex Fill

Vector Fill User Defined Split in Complex FillBlock Fill Program Split in Complex FillMiscellaneousBranches Grouped object (uses letteringsequence algorithm)Random - side 1 /side 2Jagged Edge effectPitch Stitch SpacingLength Stitch lengthStitch angle Complex Fill stitch angleU turn BacktrackCompensation Pull CompensationCorner mode Smart CornersShort / Long Stitch ShorteningSquare backstitchSatinStepStraight stitchTrapuntoStyles MotifsPatterns noneGunold PCH EMBWilcom INP EMB NotesAuto Spacing Auto Spacing Values are different. Can bechanged before stitching.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 929Backtrack/Repeatsection/markedSeparate objects areadded.Functions are supportedcorrectly.Backup Lock Satin tie offBorderline Tatami Borderline TatamiBorer In/Out Borer In/OutCED Block lettering Block2 alphabet Font can be changed afterconversion.CED Block, Jump out Block2 alphabet Manual edits and trimmingCircle CircleES Cross Stitch Paths imported asRun objects onlyChange the stitch type to MotifRun to generate cross stitch.Delete Stitch Manual only, ignoredfor other stitch typesCan be editedFamily of Curves Split Satin, single curve assplit lineNoticeably different from Satin.You can copy imported curve toget multiple curves.Alternating number is ignored.Geflecht Standard Tatami Can be editedMatching Tatami Non-matching Tatami Complex Fill will have matchingTatami.Motifs Patches Normal objectsNeedle In/Out End/Begin JumpOther MultiheadMachine FunctionsStop (with info label) For example, Insert Appliqué isconverted to Stop.

Program Stitch Manual stitchRing RingScattered Tatami Tatami with randomfactor appliedWill look slightly differentSchiffli Functions Stepp/Blatt only,others are ignoredSlow/Fast Slow/FastSplit Alternate TatamiWilcom INP EMB NotesES 2006 Appendix A Supported File and Machine Formats and Disk Types 930

Supported machine formatsWilcom ES supports the following machine formats:Split Stitch Standard Tatami Looks different but can be editedTajima style Lock Tajima tie off OK most of the timeTourenblat E Stitch Looks different, so that it is easyto locate and editTrim/Tie In/Tie Off Connector propertiesTurn fill (spacingmeasured alongshape boundary)Wilcom ES turn fill(generally fewerstitches)Will look different but can bere-digitized in smaller sectionsUnderlays — slant Zigzag underlay Can be added manuallyUnderlays, 3 or 4layersTwo underlays only Can be editedWilcom INP EMB NotesFormat Machines SupportedTajimaTajima TMCE-600Tajima TMCE-600BarudanBarudan FDR-II LockstitchBarudan FDR-II Chenille CombinationBarudan ChenilleBarudan Z SeriesSWFMelcoMelco ChenilleES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 931

Supported embroidery disk formatsYou can write a design to a disk which is formatted for a specific embroiderymachine. The disk can then be read through the machines’s Floppy DiskReader. The following disk formats are supported:PfaffToyotaZangsZSK 1ZSK 2ZSK TCInbroSchiffliFormat Machines SupportedFormat Density Read WriteBarudan 2HD DS/HD ! !Barudan FDR DS/DD ! !

Barudan FMC DS/DD ! !Barudan S-FMC DS/HD ! !DOS DS/HD ! !Happy DS/HD ! !Tajima DS/HD ! !Toyota DS/HD ! !ZSK DS/DD ! !ZSK TC DS/HD ! !ES 2006 Appendix A Supported File and Machine Formats and Disk Types 932Note DS/HD is 1.44Mb while DS/DD is 720Kb.LimitationsMicrosoft Windows XP only supports the following floppy disk formats:! 1.44 Mb 3.5" floppy disk (read, write, format)! 720 Kb 3.5" floppy disk (read and write only)—workaround available forformatting. See below.! 1.2 Mb 5.25" floppy disk (read and write only)! 360 Kb 5.25" floppy disk (read and write only)Windows XP will not format DS/DD 720 Kb floppy disks via the normalinterface—i.e. My Computer, Windows Explorer. The reason for this is thatgeneral computer technology is moving away from the 720 Kb format. SinceWilcom ES uses Windows formatting utilities for DOS format, the formattingof 720 Kb floppy disks is not possible through Wilcom ES. However, if youhave a current formatted DS/DD 720 Kb disk, Windows XP can read thisdisk.Note Formatting non-DOS disks—Barudan FMC, Barudan FDR, BarudanS-FMC, ZSK—under Windows XP is unaffected by this issue, as Wilcom ESuses its own formatting software.Formatting 720 Kb disks under Windows XPIt is still possible, however, to format 720 Kb disks under Windows XP, via aDOS command. There are two ways to enter this command:1. Download the 'WinXP_720K.bat' file from the Wilcom Support Center atwww.wilcom.com.au/support. This is a simple batch file which performs thesteps you would otherwise have to perform manually as well as promptingyou what to do.OR2. Follow the instructions below to perform the commands yourself:To format a 720 Kb disk under Windows XP1 In Windows XP, select Start > All Programs > Accessories >Command Prompt.2 Enter format /t:80 /n:9 a:3 Click OK.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 933You will be prompted to insert a new disk in drive A:.4 Press Enter when ready.After the disk has been 100% formatted, you will be prompted to giveit a label or name.5 Key in a label (or leave it unlabelled) and press Enter.You will be prompted to format another disk.6 Click Y for Yes or N for No.Once formatted, your 720 Kb DOS disk can be used as you would aregular 1.44 Mb disk under Windows XP.

Supported paper tape formatsWilcom ES supports the following paper tape formats:

Supported image formatsArtwork can be imported into ES Designer in both vector and bitmap(raster) formats. See Digitizing with Bitmap Images for details.Supported vector image formats

Wilcom ES supports the following vector image formats:Format Read WriteTajima ! !Barudan ! !Zangs ! !ZSK ! !Pfaff ! !Extension Format Read WriteDXF AutoCAD !EMF Enhanced Metafile ! !EPS Encapsulated Postscript ! !ES 2006 Appendix A Supported File and Machine Formats and Disk Types 934Supported bitmap image formatsWilcom ES supports the following bitmap image formats:PS Postscript !WMF Windows Metafile !Extension Format Read WriteExtension Format Read WriteBMP Windows Bitmap ! !JPG JPEG File Interchange ! !PNG Portable Network Graphics !PCX PC Paintbrush ! !ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 935

Appendix B

Object Types, Stitch Types, andEffectsNot all stitch types can be applied to all object types. Nor can all stitcheffects be applied to all stitch types or objects. The tables below describethe relationships between the various object and types supported byES Designer, as well as the stitch effects which can be applied to them.

Object interconversionThis table describes the relationship between object types andinterconversion options. See Converting between object types for details.Object TypesVectorInput AInput BInput CComplex FillFusion Fill™Auto AppliquéCircleRingRunVector ! ! ! ! !Input A ! ! !Input B ! ! !Input C ! !Complex Fill ! !!Fusion Fill™ ! ! !Auto Appliqué ! ! !Circle !* ‘Run’ in this case refers to all outline input types—Run, Triple Run,Motif Run, Stemstitch, Backstitch. These are all interconvertible.ES 2006 Appendix B Object Types, Stitch Types, and Effects 936

Corresponding object and stitch typesThis table describes the relationship between object types and stitch types.See Digitizing Methods and Fill and Outline Stitches for details.Ring !Run ! ! !Lettering !Object TypesVectorInput AInput BInput CComplex FillFusion Fill™Auto AppliquéCircleRingRun* ‘Run’ in this case refers to all outline input types—Run, Triple Run,Motif Run, Stemstitch, Backstitch. These are all interconvertible.Stitch TypeInput MethodSatinTatamiZigzagE StitchProgram SplitMotif FillContourStipple †Run ‡Input A ! ! ! ! ! ! !Input B ! ! ! ! ! ! !Input C ! ! ! ! ! ! !Complex Fill ! ! ! ! ! ! !Fusion Fill™ ! ! ! !Auto Appliqué ! ! ! !Circle ! ! ! ! ! ! !† Strictly speaking, Stipple is not a stitch type. It is an operationthat converts filled objects into run stitches.‡ ‘Run’ in this case refers to all outline input types—Run, TripleRun, Motif Run, Stemstitch, Backstitch. All are considered bothinput methods and stitch types and all are interconvertible.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 937

Corresponding stitch types, input methods, and effectsThis table describes the relationship between stitch types, input methods,and effects supported by Wilcom ES. Note that, in some cases, stitch typeand input method are one and the same—e.g. Run stitch.Star ! !Ring ! ! ! ! ! ! !Run * !Lettering ! ! ! ! ! !Stitch TypeInput MethodSatinTatamiZigzagE StitchProgram SplitMotif Fill

ContourStipple †Run ‡† Strictly speaking, Stipple is not a stitch type. It is an operationthat converts filled objects into run stitches.‡ ‘Run’ in this case refers to all outline input types—Run, TripleRun, Motif Run, Stemstitch, Backstitch. All are considered bothinput methods and stitch types and all are interconvertible.Stitch EffectsInput MethodAuto JumpShorteningPull CompensationFractional SpacingAuto UnderlaySmart CornersJagged EdgeTrapuntoUser Defined SplitAccordion Spacing3D WarpFlexi-SplitFlorentine EffectLiquid EffectSatinInput A ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Input B ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Input C ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !ES 2006 Appendix B Object Types, Stitch Types, and Effects 938Complex Fill ! ! ! ! ! ! !Fusion Fill™ ! ! ! ! ! ! !Auto Appliqué ! ! ! ! ! ! !Circle ! ! ! ! ! ! !Ring ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !TatamiInput A ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Input B ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Input C ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Complex Fill ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Fusion Fill™ ! ! ! ! ! ! !Circle ! ! ! ! ! ! !Ring ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !ZigzagInput A ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Input B ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Input C ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Complex Fill ! ! ! ! ! ! !Auto Appliqué ! ! ! ! ! ! !Circle ! ! ! ! ! ! !Star ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Stitch EffectsInput MethodAuto JumpShorteningPull CompensationFractional SpacingAuto UnderlaySmart CornersJagged EdgeTrapuntoUser Defined SplitAccordion Spacing

3D WarpFlexi-SplitFlorentine EffectLiquid EffectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 939Ring ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !E StitchInput A ! ! ! ! !Input B ! ! ! ! !Input C ! ! ! ! !Complex Fill ! ! ! !Auto Appliqué ! ! ! !Circle ! ! ! !Ring ! ! ! ! !Program SplitInput A ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Input B ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Input C ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Complex Fill ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Fusion Fill™ ! ! ! ! ! ! !Circle ! ! ! ! ! ! !Ring ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !Motif FillComplex Fill ! ! ! !ContourInput A ! !Stitch EffectsInput MethodAuto JumpShorteningPull CompensationFractional SpacingAuto UnderlaySmart CornersJagged EdgeTrapuntoUser Defined SplitAccordion Spacing3D WarpFlexi-SplitFlorentine EffectLiquid EffectES 2006 Appendix B Object Types, Stitch Types, and Effects 940Input B ! !Input C ! !Circle !Ring ! !RunRun !Triple RunTriple Run !Motif RunMotif Run !Stitch EffectsInput MethodAuto JumpShorteningPull CompensationFractional SpacingAuto UnderlaySmart CornersJagged Edge

TrapuntoUser Defined SplitAccordion Spacing3D WarpFlexi-SplitFlorentine EffectLiquid EffectES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 941

Appendix C

Standard AlphabetsThe samples below show all alphabets that are standard with yourWilcom ES software. The recommended stitch method for each alphabet isindicated. This setting defines how letters in a sequence are to bejoined—i.e. Closest Join (CJ), Bottom Join (BJ), As Digitized (AD). SomeAs Digitized alphabets also need to be applied with with OriginalValues—e.g. all appliqué alphabets, where values are important, and otherslike Kidnap, where open stitching is used. See Changing lettering joinmethod for details.For best results when stitching, do not exceed the recommended maximumor minimum sizes. Note, however, that recommended maximum andminimum heights refer to UPPER CASE letters. Most embroidery fonts aredigitized from an original TrueType Font (TTF), some of which havelower-case letters—e.g. a and c—which are about 70% the height of acapital letter. As a result, these letters may be too small to embroider neatly.You may need to increase the size of the lower-case characters to suit theembroidery.Lettering size will determine the type of underlay you need to apply. Apartfrom stabilizing, underlay helps give ‘loft’ to raise your lettering off thefabric. Lettering with heights under 5 mm should not have underlay. Letters6 mm to 10 mm can have a center-run underlay applied. Lettering largerthan 10 mm is large enough for edge-run underlay. See Strengthening andstabilizing with automatic underlays for details.Not all characters are available in all alphabets. You can create specialcharacters in each alphabet by holding down the Alt key on your keyboardand typing 0 (zero), its code, using the numbers on the keypad. Forexample, to type ê with the code 234, type Alt + 0234. The accented letterwill appear when you release the Alt key. See also Using the Character Map.

TrueType Font

Embroidery LettersES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 942

2 Color Plain Script2 Color Plain Script is an old fashioned script which is made special by usingtwo colors.Alphabet contains Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsColors 2 colorsStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type As DigitizedRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 13 mm

Maximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 943

AgathaAgatha is a traditional decorative style suitable for initials/monograms andpersonalization.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 944

AlgerianAlgerian is an ornate all caps alphabet.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 1.2 in 30 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 945

AnacondaAnaconda is suitable for most fabrics due to its constant width.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9European/special charactersPunctuation and symbolsColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 946

Angle BlockAngle Block is an angular block alphabet which can be used for many typesof situation.Alphabet contains Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 4.0 in 100 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 947

ArchitectArchitect is a compact modern alphabet with fairly narrow columns, bestsuited in larger sizes.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 948

Arial RoundedArial Rounded is based on the widespread 20th century realist sans-serif.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 1.8 in 45 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 949

ArnoldArnold is a fancy alphabet with a medieval feel.Alphabet contains Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 950

Art BlockArt Block is a simple alphabet which is easy to read.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 3.0 in 75 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 951

Avant GardeAvant Garde is based on the same name sans-serif reminiscent of 1920sstyling.

Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.2 in 5 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 952

BauhausBauhaus is a simple, clean, rounded sans-serif reminiscent of 1920s styling.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 953

BlacklightBlacklight is a modern sans-serif alphabet with a noticeable italic slant androunded ends. It is a popular style for advertising and designs with acarefree feeling.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 954

Block CapsBlock Caps is a plain block capital alphabet.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.2 in 5 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 955

Block1Block1 is a traditional sans-serif alphabet. It is more compact than theBlock2 alphabet, making it useful for lettering where space is at a premium.

In capitals, it works well with enveloping.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 956

Block2Block2 is a traditional block-style alphabet, popular for corporate logo work.It is quite bold and usually does not require additional pull compensation. Italso works well with enveloping.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.3 in 55 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 957

BodoniBodoni is a classic, high-contrast alphabet best suited to larger sizes or withvery stable fabric.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 958

Book ScriptBook Script is an elegant script that can be used in many differentsituations.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 1.0 in 25 mmMaximum 2.2 in 55 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 959

Border Block2Border Block2 is a two-color variant of Block2.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 2 colorsStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type As digitizedRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 13 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 960

CarlaCarla is a brush-style script with lower-case letters which do not connect. Itcan be used for personalization, sporting goods and many other uses.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 961

CastleCastle is an easy-to-read sans-serif alphabet with large lower-case letters.The stylish look suits both corporate and personal text.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 962

Casual SerifCasual Serif is a modern alphabet which would look good on casual wear andsporting goods.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 13 mmMaximum 2.2 in 55 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 963

CaymanCayman is a bold, script-style alphabet with connecting lower-case letters.The thickness of the strokes is even throughout. It is popular and versatile.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 964

CenturionCenturion is a compact alphabet with strokes curving into serifsperpendicular to the letter strokes. It is more suited to medium-larger sizes.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 13 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 965

ChanceryChancery is based on one of the most popular calligraphy scripts. It is oftenused in logos and is very popular for personalization.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 966

Cheltenham TallCheltenham Tall is a bold yet compact serif style. It is suitable for corporatelettering where there is limited space. In capitals, it also works well withbridge enveloping.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mm

Maximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 967

CheshireCheshire is a brush style italic alphabet based on a font of the same name.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 968

City MediumCity Medium is a modern very squarish athletic-style alphabet, withhalf-serifs. Its solidity makes it well suited to large lettering on heavierfabrics, such as athletic wear and jeans.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 3.0 in 75 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 969

City ScriptCity Script is an elegant and versatile script which adds a stylish touch toyour lettering designs.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 970

CivicCivic is an angular modern alphabet. Its solidity makes it well suited to largelettering on heavier fabrics, such as athletic wear and jeans.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9European/special charactersPunctuation and symbolsColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter height

Minimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 971

CollegeCollege is a bold serif block alphabet. It is suitable for athletic-style letteringon garments, and for general use in logos, etc.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 1.4 in 35 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 972

College AppliquéCollege Appliqué is a large alphabet suitable for making appliqué letters forcollege, school and university wear. The letters each have three colors, firsta guide run, then a zigzag tack-down, and finally a Satin stitch.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching AppliquéDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connect/Join As Digitized, Original Stitch ValuesRecommended letter heightMinimum 1.0 in 25 mmMaximum 3.2 in 80 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 973

ColumboColumbo is a very rounded style. It suits children’s wear, sportswear andmodern designs.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9European/special charactersPunctuation and symbolsColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 1.2 in 30 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 974

CopperplateCopperplate is the classic banknote, business card, and prestige font.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9European/special charactersPunctuation and symbolsColors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest Join

Recommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 975

CroissantCroissant is a specialist fancy style, giving a completely different look frommost other alphabets. It is suitable for restaurants, homewear and otherpeople-oriented designs.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 976

DauphinDauphin is a fancy alphabet with proportionally large lower-case and longascenders. It creates an old-style, formal and elegant impression.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 977

Dextor NormalDextor Normal is a distinctive style. It has squarish letters in upper-case,with the effect of an open bar on the left size. It makes an attractivemonogram.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.35 in 9 mmMaximum 2 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 978

Easy AppliqueEasy Applique makes applique letters which have uneven stroke width androunded serifs. The letters each have three colors, first a guide run, then azigzag tackdown and finally a coverstitch.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special characters

Colors 1 colorStitching AppliqueDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 1.2 in 30 mmMaximum 4.0 in 100 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 979

Easy ScriptEasy Script is a basic script-style alphabet, with simply-formed capitalletters. The thickness of the strokes is reasonably uniform, making this styleusable across a wide range of sizes.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorDefault Letter Spacing 0%Stitching Manual RunstitchingConnector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 980

EnchantmentEnchantment is a classic romantic alphabet suitable for monograms or toconvey a medieval feel to restaurants or advertising material.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.75 in 10 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 981

EnergyEnergy is a fun, fast-paced style, which looks like quickly-written,hand-printed notes. It is suitable for larger lettering in youth-orienteddesigns.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Recommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 982

EnviroEnviro is a distinctive non-serif style with rounded ends on columns, and aslanted effect on some letter shapes. It is suited to finer fabrics, and smallsizes may need extra pull compensation.

Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 13 mmMaximum 3.0 in 75 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 983

Fancy MonogramFancy Monogram is a special monogramming alphabet using the followingletters. To create a monogram, use the key shown below for left letter, uppercase for the central letter, and lower case for the right letter. Special keysare used for each border (see table). For example, to create the firstmonogram shown below type !Bc;A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z! “ # $ % & ‘ ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 :; @ [ ] ‘< ? _ | |Alphabet contains A - Z (left, center and right letters) 3 letter and 2 letter borders andflourishes (see above)Colors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 1.0 in 25 mmMaximum 5.0 in 125 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 984

FlaresFlares has a hint of serif created by the flared ends of the strokes. It is verystylish, and suitable for masculine monograms.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 985

Flair ScriptFlair Script is a graceful script with added flairs underneath. Flairs either fitsnugly under the letters or are lowered to accommodate descenders.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsFlair charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter height

Minimum 0.75 in 10 mmMaximum 3.2 in 80 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 986For Flair characters type keys as shown. Flairs can be for letters with or withoutdescenders. For example, for the first example, type 4 abc[.3 -5 letters type [ 5 -7 letters type \ 7 - 9 letters type ]3 -5 letters type ‘ 5 -7 letters type { 7 - 9 letters type |9 -11 letters type @ 11 - 13 letters type _ (underscore)9 -11 letters type $ 11 - 13 letters type }ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 987

FlashFlash is a modern non-serif style, reminiscent of hand printing using a thickfelt-tip pen. It is quite bold and has a noticeable italic slant.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 988

Folio CondensedFolio Condensed is a modern, dense and condensed sans-serif alphabetsuitable for company logos.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 2.8 in 7 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 989

Formal ScriptFormal Script is an upright calligraphy script style where the letters do notjoin. The style is bold and extended, and suited for monograms, homeware,etc.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 1.4 in 35 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 990

FuturaFutura is a classic, geometric sans-serif alphabet suitable for general use inlogos, etc.

Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 991

Futura Border 2 ColorFutura Border 2 Color is a two-color variant of Futura.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 2 colorStitching CAPSDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type As DigitizedRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.65 in 16 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 992

Futura OutlineFutura Outline is a bordered, one-color variant of Futura.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.6 in 15 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 993

GaelicGaelic is based on the old writing styles of Welsh and Irish texts. It isdecorative and suited for a wide range of uses such as souvenirs, linen,restaurants, some ethnic designs, etc.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.45 in 11 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 994

GaramondGaramond is based on one of the most popular typefaces originating in the16th century. It is often used for business and corporate text.

Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 995

Glory AppliquéGlory Appliqué makes appliqué letters which have uneven stroke width androunded serifs. The letters each have three colors, first a guide run, then aZigzag tack-down and finally a Satin stitch.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorDefault Letter Spacing 10%Stitching AppliquéConnect/Join Type As Digitized, Original Stitch ValuesRecommended letter heightMinimum 1.2 in 30 mmMaximum 4.0 in 100 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 996

Goudy SansGoudy Sans is a popular font for corporate styles. Its bold lettering makesit suitable for use at smaller sizes or on heavy fabrics.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 997

GreekGreek is a classic serif-style. It is suited for educational institutions,restaurants, and events such as marriages and births in Greek communities.Alphabet contains Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 998

Greek ScriptGreek Script is a script style containing only upper-case characters. It issuitable for monograms.

Alphabet contains Characters A - ZColors 1 colorStitching Foreign - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 12 mmMaximum 4.0 in 100 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 999

Greek SpionicGreek Spionic is a modern Greek Block alphabet.Alphabet contains Characters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsColors 1 colorStitching Foreign - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 10 mmMaximum 2.0 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1000

HanaHana is based on classic upright calligraphy script style where the letters donot join.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersTo access " (left quotes), press *To access " (right quotes), press "Colors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 13 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1001

Handel GothicHandel Gothic is a chunky sans-serif alphabet. Its bold lettering makes itsuitable for use at smaller sizes or on heavy fabrics.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1002

HandicraftHandicraft is a modern narrow upright block, more suited for use on stablefabrics.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbols

European/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.5 in 65 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1003

Handy ScriptHandy Script is a delicate script which is useful for formal occasions.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 13 mmMaximum 3.0 in 75 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1004

Hebrew ChayaHebrew Chaya is a modern Hebrew font.Alphabet contains Hebrew letters, numbers, punctuationColors 1 colorStitching Foreign - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1005

HelveticaHelvetica is the great all-purpose sans-serif alphabet, clean and simple, andsuitable for any fabric.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1006

Helvetica SmallA variant of Helvetica, this alphabet is specifically created for use in smallsizes.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%

Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.2 in 4 mmMaximum 0.3 in 7 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1007

HoboHobo is a bold, relaxed style, with curves throughout. It has an Art Decofeel, and can be used in most situations.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1008

ImpressImpress is a modern non-serif block style which is suitable for designs.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1009

InformalInformal is an unstructured very black alphabet style, in upper-casecharacters only. It includes alternate versions of the accented letters Ö(Oumalut) and Ü (Uumlaut).Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 1.2 in 30 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1010

Italian ScriptItalian Script is a well-proportioned script which looks good for formaloccasions.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Satin

Default Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 4.0 in 100 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1011

KabelKabel is a modern non-serif block style alphabet suitable for casual designs.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1012

Karin ScriptKarin Script is a modern rounded script in which the letters do not join up.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimumMaximumES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1013

Kindergarten BlockKindergarten Block is a fun alphabet which has many applications forchildren’s wear.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 3.6 in 90 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1014

KidsKids is a fun alphabet, based on children’s hand-writing.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest Join

Recommended letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 12 mmMaximum 1.2 in 30 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1015

KroneKrone is a solid serif alphabet, very stylish, and suitable for masculinemonograms.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1016

LariatLariat is a fun script-like alphabet without letters joining. It is suitable forchildren’s clothing and monograms.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 2 colorsStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 12 mmMaximum 1.2 in 30 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1017

Legal BlockLegal Block is a solid square alphabet. This makes it useful for small letteringon thicker fabrics such as denim.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.24 in 6 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1018

LydianLydian is a modern non-serif alphabet style. The varying widths in the lettersgive an impression of being written with a pen nib.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%

Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1019

MandarinMandarin is an alphabet consisting of upper-case characters, with an Asianinfluence. It is used for Asian restaurants, martial arts clubs, etc.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1020

MatisseMatisse is a stylish, modern alphabet.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1021

MatrixMatrix gives a more interesting and relaxed style than most serifs.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1022

Memo ScriptMemo Script is a narrow easy-to-read script which creates a simple, elegantfeel.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest Join

Recommended letter heightMinimum 0.24 in 6 mmMaximum 1.0 in 25 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1023

Micro BlockMicro Block has been designed for use specifically where small legible blockletters is required.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.2 in 4 mmMaximum 0.25 in 8 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1024

MicrogrammaMicrogramma is a slightly boxy, wide, sans-serif alphabet.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1025

MicroscanMicroscan has a modern ‘hi-tech’ look. It is suitable for a wide variety ofapplications.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1026

Miniature BlockMinature Block is a rounded block alphabet which can be used when verysmall letters are needed.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest Join

Recommended letter heightMinimum 0.15 in 4 mmMaximum 0.24 in 6 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1027

Narrow BlockNarrow Block is a condensed, but elegant block which can be used when textneeds to fit in a narrow space.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.6 in 15 mmMaximum 4.0 in 100 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1028

News OutlineNews Outline has a Satin outline around the outside edge of the lettershapes. The letters have solid, heavy appearance, with a serif-effect. Thisalphabet should be used in larger sizes.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest Join,unsavedRecommended letter heightMinimum 1.2 in 30 mmMaximum 3.0 in 75 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1029

Old EnglishOld English is based on traditional medieval English calligraphy script. It isused for specialist lettering, and is especially popular for school, college anduniversity badges.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1030

OliviaOlivia is based on Time-Script font. It is a bold alphabet with script-likelower-case letters.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special characters

Colors 1 colorStitching Normal - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1031

Outline BlockOutline Block is based on the Block2 alphabet. It presents the outlinewithout the fill, giving it an open feel.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 13 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1032

PixiePixie is a thin, modern alphabet based on Pixidium. It is most suited for usein larger sizes.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 13 mmMaximum 1.2 in 30 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1033

Point MonogramPoint Monogram is a special monogramming alphabet using the followingletters. To create a monogram, use the key shown above for left letter, uppercase for the central letter, and lower case for the right letter. Special keysare used for borders (see table). For example, to create the first monogramshown below, type !Bc;A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z! “ # $ % & ‘ ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 :; @ [ ] ‘< > _ | {} = \ ?Alphabet contains A - Z (left, center and right letters)—3 letter and 2 letter borders andflourishes (see above).Colors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.7 in 18 mmMaximum 6.0 in 150 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1034

Round BlockRound Block is based on a bolded Arial, the widespread 20th century realistsans-serif.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.8 in 20 mmMaximum 1.4 in 35 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1035

RoyaleRoyale is an elegant calligraphic script style with a rich, classy look and smalllower-case letters. It is reminiscent of wedding and similar invitations, andis suitable for gifts and special occasions.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 13 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1036

Run BlockAlphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum in mmMaximum in mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1037

Run ScriptAlphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum in mmMaximum in mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1038

Schoolbook

Schoolbook is a classic serif-style alphabet. It has been popular for manyyears and is common in logos and educational designs.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1039

Script1Script1 is a hand-writing style where lower-case letters join together. It ispopular for monograms, but is not suitable for use with many capital letterstogether. It includes alternate versions of upper-case I and accented Ì Í Î Ï.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 12 mmMaximum 3.0 in 75 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1040

Script2Script2 is a bold script of the Brush style, which looks as it was written witha brush-type pen. It is suitable for use on heavier fabrics such as towelling.It includes alternate versions of upper-case I and accented Ì Í Î Ï.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1041

Script3Script3 is a stylish script with fine curves and flourishes. It is popular forpersonalizing garments. Use extra pull compensation at smaller sizes. Itincludes alternate versions of upper-case I and accented Ì Í Î Ï.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter height

Minimum 0.5 in 12 mmMaximum 4.0 in 100 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1042

SeagullSeagull is a modern alphabet style with a slight serif-type flare to the lettershapes, making it more elegant than classic serif fonts. It can be used inmany situations.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 1.8 in 45 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1043

Seal MonogramSeal Monogram is a special monogramming alphabet using the followingletters. To create a monogram, use the key shown below for left letter, uppercase for the central letter, and lower case for the right letter. Special keysare used for borders (see table). For example, to create the first monogramshown below type !Bc;A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z! “ # $ % & ‘ ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 :; @ [ ] ‘< ? _ | {} = \ >Alphabet contains A - Z (left, center and right letters)—3 letter and 2 letter borders andflourishes (see above).Colors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.7 in 18 mmMaximum 6.0 in 150 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1044

Serif1Serif1 is heavy-weight serif style, with the serifs being stitched lengthways.It is typically used on heavier fabrics where the lettering needs to be quitebold.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 1.25 in 30 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1045

Serif2Serif2 is similar in many ways to the Times Roman font, with variable widthstrokes and curved serifs. It is commonly used in corporate work, but is not

suitable at very small sizes because the serifs lose definition.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 1.25 in 30 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1046

Serif3Serif3 is a medium weight alphabet with squared serifs which stitchcross-ways. It is less bold than Serif1 and suitable for lettering in logos at avariety of sizes.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1047

Slim BlockSlim Block is a thin block alphabet which can be used in situations where thelettering does not need to stand out boldly.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.8 in 20 mmMaximum 8.0 in 200 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1048

Small Block1Small Block1 is a version of Block1 alphabet specifically for use at smallsizes. The letter shapes allow for the proportionally larger amount of pulland distortion that occur at these small sizes. This makes the alphabetunsuitable for larger sizes.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.2 in 4 mm

Maximum 0.25 in 6 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1049

Small Block2Small Block2 is a version of Block2 alphabet specifically for use at smallsizes. Its bold style means that additional pull compensation is not needed.The letter shapes allow for the proportionally larger amount of pull anddistortion that occur at these small sizes. This makes the alphabetunsuitable for larger sizes.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.2 in 4 mmMaximum 0.25 in 6 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1050

Small Serif 1Small Serif1 is a variant of Serif 1, a heavy-weight serif style, with the serifsbeing stitched lengthways. This alphabet can be used at smaller sizes thanthe Serif 1 minimum—i.e. < 6 mm.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended CAP letter heightMinimum 0.2 in 4 mmMaximum 0.25 in 6 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1051

SouvenirSouvenir is a rounded and informal alphabet, evoking a nostalgic, friendlyfeeling.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1052

SpeedySpeedy is a bold, fast-paced modern alphabet.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Satin

Default Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 8 mmMaximum 1.2 in 30 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1053

Super BlockSuper Block is a very narrow block alphabet. It has simple easy-to-readletters which can be used when width is an issue.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1054

SwissBased on the very popular Swiss721 font, this is recommended in all logoswhere an even-width alphabet is needed.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.4 in 10 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1055

Swiss Run HollowBased on Swiss alphabet, in this variant Satin is replaced by Run stitchoutlines.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersDefault Letter Spacing 10%Colors 1 colorStitching CAPS - RunConnector/Join type As DigitizedRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.6 in 15 mmMaximum 4.0 in 100 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1056

Swiss Run SatinSwiss Run Satin is a specialist alphabet, used with As Digitized joinmethod. The letters consist of Satin borders with a double-run pickout on alledges. This alphabet is intended for use at medium to large-sizes.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special characters

Colors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connect/Join Type As DigitizedRecommended letter heightMinimum 1.0 in 25 mmMaximum 3.0 in 75 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1057

TahomaTahoma is a traditional san-serif alphabet, popular for corporate logo work.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1058

Text BlockText Block is a classic non-serif block style alphabet. It is a general purposealphabet, being slightly wider than Block1, but more compact than Block2.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 1.8 in 45 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1059

Times RomanTimes Roman is based on Times New Roman serif font that got its namefrom ‘The Times of London’ newspaper for which it was designed in 1932.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%3Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.4 in 40 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1060

Times SmallTimes Small is a variant of Times Roman, specifically designed for use insmaller sizes.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special characters

Colors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.2 in 4 mmMaximum 0.25 in 6 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1061

TypewriterTypewriter looks similar to the old-style font on typewriter ‘golf-balls’. Thisstyle is suitable for designs with a nostalgic theme.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 13 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1062

Upright ScriptUpright Script is a freehand script alphabet.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 0%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.5 in 13 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1063

UrbaneUrbane is solid block-style alphabet with simple clean lines. It is suitable foruse on heavier fabrics.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 1.6 in 40 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1064

Utility BlockUtility Block is a simple rounded block. It can be used for small lettering asit has bold letters.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special characters

Colors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 4.0 in 100 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1065

VerdanaVerdana is a modern sans-serif font that is very popular with web designs.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1066

VictorianVictorian is an opulent font reminiscent of late 19th century stylings.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 1.0 in 25 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1067

VikingViking is an alphabet consisting of capital letters, based on old-style Nordicscripts It is suited to medium and larger sized lettering.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching CAPS - SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.35 in 9 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Appendix C Standard Alphabets 1068

Western SerifWestern Serif can be used anywhere a western or cowboy feel is needed.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching Satin

Default Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.3 in 7 mmMaximum 2.0 in 50 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1069

WestminsterWestminster is a solid rounded alphabet that will work well on mostmaterials.Alphabet containsCharacters A - Z, a - z, 0 - 9Punctuation and symbolsEuropean/special charactersColors 1 colorStitching SatinDefault Letter Spacing 10%Connector/Join type Closest JoinRecommended letter heightMinimum 0.25 in 6 mmMaximum 2.4 in 60 mmES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1070

Appendix D

Motif SamplesMotifs available in Wilcom ES can be one of two types — single or two-part.Single motifs can be used on their own in a Motif Run or Motif Fill. Two-partmotifs consist of two separate motifs combined to form a single pattern forMotif Fills.This section contains samples of the motifs available in Wilcom ES. Usethese tables to see what a particular motif looks like. The table also includesrecommended size and layout specifications. If they have changed for anyreason, revert to the settings using the values in these tables. See Creatingmotif runs and Creating motif fills for details.

Single motifsThe following table shows single motifs available in Wilcom ES together withtheir size values. It also shows the spacing values for Motif Runs, andcolumn, row and offset recommended values for Motif Fills.Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetArrow01 3.9 3.1 3.9 3.9 3.1 0.0Arrow02 4.4 3.3 4.4 4.4 3.3 0.0Arrow03 4.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 3.0 0.0ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1071Arrow04 4.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 3.0 0.0Arrow05 4.0 2.5 4.0 4.0 3.5 0.0Arrow06 10.1 10.0 10.6 10.1 10.0 0.0Arrow07 5.0 4.0 5.2 5.0 4.0 0.0Arrow08 5.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 4.0 0.0Blocks01 3.0 5.0 2.0 2.0 5.0 1.0Blocks02 3.2 5.0 2.3 2.3 6.0 0.0Blocsk03 2.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 0.0Blocks04 2.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 3.0 0.0Blocks05 4.0 5.5 3.0 3.0 6.0 0.0Name Motif Sample

Size in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1072Blocks06 2.6 2.4 2.4 2.4 1.8 1.2Blocks07 6.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 4.0 0.0Blocks08 6.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 4.0 0.0Blocks09 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 0.0Blocks10 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 0.0Blocks11 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Blocks12 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Blocks13 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6 5.6Blocks14 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1073Blocks15 3.8 5.0 3.8 3.8 5.0 0.0Blocks16 3.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 4.0 0.0Blocks17 10.1 10.0 10.2 10.1 10.0 0.0Blocks18 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 0.0Blocks19 12.0 3.0 12.1 12.0 3.0 0.0Blocks20 3.0 6.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 0.0Blocks21 8.9 3.6 9.0 8.9 3.6 0.0Blocks22 6.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 0.0Blocks23 4.0 6.5 4.0 4.0 6.5 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1074Blocks24 6.0 6.0 6.1 6.0 6.0 0.0Blocks25 6.8 8.9 6.8 6.8 8.9 0.0Blocks26 7.5 8.5 7.5 7.5 8.5 0.0Blocks27 4.0 8.0 4.0 4.0 8.0 0.0Blocks28 6.0 8.0 6.0 6.0 8.0 0.0Blocks29 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Blocks30 8.0 10.0 8.0 8.0 10.0 0.0Blocks31 9.0 8.0 9.0 9.0 8.0 0.0Blocks32 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Bow01 10.0 3.1 10.0 10.0 3.1 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1075Bow02 8.0 4.0 8.0 8.0 4.0 0.0Circle01 4.2 4.0 5.0 5.0 4.0 2.5Circle02 9.6 13.1 9.1 9.6 13.1 0.0Circle03 10.7 9.1 10.7 10.7 9.1 0.0Cloud01 7.2 6.1 7.2 7.2 6.1 0.0Cloud02 8.3 5.7 8.2 8.3 5.7 0.0Cross01 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0

Cross02 5.7 5.7 5.8 5.7 5.7 0.0Cross03 4.0 4.0 4.0 5.0 5.0 0.0Cross04 8.0 8.0 8.0 10.0 8.0.0 5.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1076Cross05 6.0 8.0 6.0 6.0 8.0 0.0Cross06 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 0.0Cross07 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 0.0Cross08 8.0 8.0 8.1 8.0 8.0 0.0Cross09 6.0 6.0 6.1 6.0 6.0 0.0Cross10 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7 0.0Cross11 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Cross12 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Cross13 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Cross14 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1077Cross15 8.0 7.0 8.0 8.0 7.0 0.0Curve01 8.0 4.0 8.0 8.0 5.0 4.0Curve02 15.0 6.9 15.0 15.0 6.8 0.0Curve03 7.5 5.0 3.9 3.9 5.0 0.0Curve04 7.5 3.8 7.5 7.5 4.1 2.5Curve05 14.0 10.0 14.7 14.0 10.0 0.0Curve06 19.1 20.5 19.4 19.1 20.5 0.0Curve07 10.0 5.0 10mm 10.0 5.0 0.0Curve08 9.1 5.1 9.1 9.1 5.1 0.0Curve09 3.4 6.6 2.9 3.4 6.6 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1078Curve10 10.3 10.0 10.2 10.3 10.0 0.0Curve11 10.0 5.6 9.9 10.0 5.6 0.0Curve12 5.3 4.0 5.3 5.3 4.0 0.0Curve13 8.2 5.9 7.8 8.2 5.9 0.0Curve14 9.0 7.0 9.0 9.0 7.0 0.0Curve15 10.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 0.0Curve16 8.0 28.0 8.0 8.0 28.0 0.0Curve17 8.0 6.0 8.0 8.0 6.0 0.0Curve18 9.0 10.0 9.0 9.0 10.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1079Curve19 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 0.0Heart01 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 0.0

Kite01 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Kite02 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Kite03 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Kite04 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Kite05 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Kite06 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Kite07 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1080Kite08 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Kite09 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Kite10 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 2.0Kite11 8.0 10.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 4.0Kite12 10.0 10.0 10.1 10.0 10.0 0.0Kite13 4.7 5.0 4.8 4.7 5.0 0.0Kite14 9.0 10.0 9.0 9.0 10.0 0.0Kite15 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Kite16 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 0.0Leaf01 8.6 6.8 6.0 6.0 6.7 1.8Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1081Leaf02 8.7 7.2 6.2 6.2 7.3 0.0Leaf03 6.5 3.0 6.6 6.5 3.0 0.0Lines01 3.8 5.6 2.8 2.8 6.5 0.0Lines02 2.2 3.6 1.3 1.2 3.6 0.0Lines03 6.8 2.0 6.8 6.8 2.0 3.4Lines04 6.0 5.0 6.0 6.0 5.0 0.0Lines05 19.9 20.3 20.0 19.9 20.3 0.0Lines06 20.3 20.5 21.0 20.3 20.5 0.0Lines07 5.0 4.0 5.1 5.0 4.0 0.0Lines08 10.0 8.0 9.9 10.0 8.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1082Lines09 6.0 1.4 6.0 6.0 1.4 0.0Lines10 8.6 7.7 8.6 8.6 7.7 0.0Lines11 10.0 12.0 10.0 10.0 12.0 0.0Lines12 9.0 10.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 0.0Lines13 8.0 9.0 8.0 8.0 9.0 0.0Lines14 10.0 12.5 10.0 12.5 12.5 0.0Lines15 8.0 9.0 8.0 8.0 9.0 0.0Lines16 4.0 10.0 4.0 10.0 10.0 0.0Music01 6.1 9.8 3.9 6.1 9.8 0.0Scroll01 6.0 4.8 6.0 6.0 6.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacing

Motif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1083Scroll02 6.5 5.6 6.5 6.5 4.3 2.8Scroll03 10.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 6.3 0.0Scroll04 10.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 6.3 0.0Scroll05 9.5 9.0 9.5 9.5 9.0 0.0Scroll06 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 0.0Shapes01 9.5 9.0 9.5 9.5 9.0 0.0Shapes02 10.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 0.0Shapes03 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 0.0Shapes04 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1084Shapes05 10.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 0.0Shapes06 8.0 9.0 8.0 8.0 9.0 0.0Shapes07 8.5 8.0 8.5 8.5 8.0 0.0Shapes08 9.0 8.5 9.0 9.0 8.5 0.0Shapes09 7.0 8.0 7.0 7.0 8.0 0.0Shapes10 7.0 9.0 7.0 7.0 9.0 0.0Shapes11 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Shapes12 10.0 8.5 10.0 10.0 8.5 0.0Shapes13 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 0.0Shapes14 9.0 10.0 9.0 9.0 10.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1085Shapes15 7.5 9.0 7.5 7.5 9.0 0.0Shapes16 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 0.0Shapes17 10.4 9.5 10.4 10.4 9.5 0.0Shapes18 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 0.0Shapes19 10.0 12.0 10.0 10.0 12.0 0.0Shapes20 9.0 9.5 9.0 9.0 9.5 0.0Shapes21 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Shapes22 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 0.0Shapes239.5 9.0 9.5 9.5 9.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1086Shapes24 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 0.0Shapes25 12.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 10.0 0.0Shapes26 8.0 9.0 8.0 9.0 9.0 0.0Shapes27 9.0 8.0 9.0 9.0 8.0 0.0Shapes28 10.0 12.0 10.0 10.0 12.0 0.0Shapes29 8.5 9.0 8.5 8.5 9.0 0.0Shapes30 10.0 12.0 10.0 10.0 12.0 0.0Shapes31 12.0 10.0 12.0 12.0 10.0 0.0Shapes32 8.5 9.0 8.5 8.5 9.0 0.0

Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1087Shapes33 8.0 9.0 8.0 9.0 9.0 0.0Shapes34 9.0 10.5 9.0 9.0 10.5 0.0Shapes35 4.0 7.5 4.0 4.0 7.5 0.0Shapes36 8.0 8.5 8.0 8.0 8.5 0.0Shapes37 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 0.0Shapes38 7.0 4.0 7.0 7.0 4.0 0.0Shapes39 8.0 9.5 8.0 8.0 9.5 0.0Shapes40 9.0 8.0 9.0 9.0 8.0 0.0Shapes41 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1088Shapes42 7.5 7.0 7.5 7.5 7.0 0.0Shapes43 10.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 0.0Shapes44 9.0 10.0 9.0 9.0 10.0 0.0Square01 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Square02 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Square03 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Square04 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Square05 4.0 4.1 4.0 4.0 4.1 0.0Square06 4.0 4.0 8.0 8.0 4.0 4.0Star01 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1089Star02 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0Star03 6.0 4.0 7.0 7.0 4.0 3.5Star04 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 0.0Star05 6mm 8.0 6.0 6.0 8.0 3.0Star06 6.0 8.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 0.0Star07 5.0 4.4 5.3 5.0 4.4 0.0Star08 10.0 10.0 10.1 10.0 10.0 0.0Star09 20.1 20.6 20.6 20.1 20.6 0.0Star10 8.7 10.0 8.7 8.7 10.0 0.0Star11 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1090Star12 8.0 7.8 8.0 8.0 7.8 0.0Star13 8.0 9.0 8.0 8.0 9.0 0.0Star14 9.6 9.0 9.6 9.6 9.0 0.0Star15 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Star16 10.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 0.0

Star17 8.0 9.0 8.0 8.0 9.0 0.0Star18 10.0 9.0 10.0 10.0 9.0 0.0Star19 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 0.0Star20 8.0 9.0 8.0 8.0 9.0 0.0Star21 9.5 9.0 9.5 9.5 9.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1091Star22 8.0 9.5 8.0 8.0 9.5 0.0Star23 8.0 11.0 8.0 8.0 11.0 0.0Star24 9.0 10.0 9.0 9.0 10.0 0.0Wave01 10.0 7.0 8.0 8.7 7.0 0.0Wave02 15.0 10.0 15.8 15.0 10.0 0.0Wave03 10.9 7.8 10.9 10.9 7.8 0.0Wave04 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0Xmas01 7.3 8.8 7.4 7.3 8.8 0.0ZigZag01 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 0.0ZigZag02 8.0 4.0 8.0 8.0 5.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1092ZigZag03 4.6 4 4.6 4.6 5.0 0.0ZigZag04 7.0 4.0 7.0 7.6 3.0 0.0ZigZag05 4.0 4.0 4.0 2.0 5.0 1.0ZigZag06 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.0 4.1 0.0ZigZag07 10.0 10.0 10.2 10.0 10.0 0.0ZigZag08 10.0 10.0 10.7 10.0 10.0 0.0ZigZag09 12.0 12.0 12.3 12.0 12.0 0.0ZigZag10 9.9 10.0 10.3 9.9 10.0 0.0ZigZag11 18.5 19.1 19.2 18.5 19.1 0.0ZigZag12 20.2 20.1 20.4 20.2 20.1 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1093ZigZag13 19.5 8.1 19.8 19.5 8.1 0.0ZigZag14 18.0 9.1 18.4 18.0 9.1 0.0ZigZag15 12.1 11.1 12.4 12.1 11.1 0.0ZigZag17 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0ZigZag18 14.0 7.0 14.0 14.0 7.0 0.0ZigZag19 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0 0.0ZigZag20 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0ZigZag21 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0ZigZag22 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0ZigZag23 9.0 10.0 9.0 9.0 10.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row Offset

ES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1094ZigZag24 8.0 9.0 8.0 8.0 9.0 0.0ZigZag25 10.0 7.5 10.0 10.0 7.5 0.0ZigZag26 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0ZigZag27 12.0 8.0 12.0 12.0 8.0 0.0ZigZag28 8.0 9.0 8.0 8.0 9.0 0.0ZigZag29 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 0.0Name Motif SampleSize in mm MotifRunSpacingMotif FillX Y Column Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1095

Two-part motifsThe following table lists the two-part motifs that are available in Wilcom ES,and the resulting pattern. It also shows the size, column, row and offsetvalues for Motif Fills..

Motif A Motif B SampleSize in mm Motif FillX Y Col Row OffsetDuet01a Duet01b a=7.0b=7.0a=5.0b=3.07.0 3.5 0.0Duet02a Duet02b a=12.0b=12.0a=6.0b=9.012.0 6.0 0.0Duet03a Duet03b a=12.0b=12.0a=6.0b=9.012.0 6.0 0.0Duet04a Duet04b a=9.0b=9.0a=8.0b=3.09.0 4.5 0.0Duet05a Duet05b a=6.4b=6.4a=4.8b=3.26.4 3.2 0.0Duet06a Duet06b a=4.4b=4.4a=2.2b=2.44.4 1.9 1.1ES 2006 Appendix D Motif Samples 1096Duet07a Duet07b a=4.8b=4.8a=4.4b=4.24.8 2.2 1.3Duet08a Duet08b a=11.6b=11.6a=4.4b=4.4

11.2 2.9 0.0Duet09a Duet09b a=6.5b=6.5a=5.0b=5.06.5 3.4 3.3Duet10a Duet10b a=8.0b=8.0a=4.0b=4.08.0 4.0 0.0Duet11a Duet11b a=5.2b=12.0a=3.8b=9.05.2 3.8 0.0Duet12a Duet12b a=15.0b=13.5a=8.4b=7.813.5 3.9 0.0Motif A Motif B SampleSize in mm Motif FillX Y Col Row OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1097

Appendix E

Program Split SamplesThis section contains samples of the program split patterns available inWilcom ES. Use the table to see what a particular program split looks like.The table also includes the recommended size, column, row and offsetsettings. If they have changed for any reason, revert to the settings usingthe values in this table. See Adjusting program split stitch settings fordetails.Name Pattern SampleSize in mm Column RowX Y Spacing Offset Spacing OffsetArrowhd 6.0 6.0 4.5 0.0 6.0 0.0Bars 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 0.0Basket[

9.0 7.5 9.0 0.0 4.5 4.5Basket2 9.0 9.0 6.0 0.0 6.0 0.0Bird 6.0 4.9 6.0 0.0 4.9 0.0Blocks1 12.0 12.0 12.0 0.0 8.0 8.0ES 2006 Appendix E Program Split Samples 1098Blocks2 12.0 12.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 8.0Breaker 10.0 6.0 10.0 0.0 6.0 0.0Brick 6.0 3.0 6.0 0.0 3.0 3.0Brick2 6.0 6.0 4.0 0.0 4.0 4.0Chain 10.0 6.0 6.7 0.0 7.0 3.3Chevron 6.0 3.0 6.0 0.0 6.0 3.0Chevron2 2.5 6.0 2.5 0.0 6.0 0.0Chevron3 7.0 3.0 7.0 0.0 3.0 0.0Circle 6.0 6.0 8.0 0.0 6.0 4.0Crosstile 7.0 7.0 5.5 -5.5 5.5 5.5Name Pattern SampleSize in mm Column RowX Y Spacing Offset Spacing OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1099Cube 6.0 6.0 6.0 1.5 6.0 1.4

Diadem 10.0 6.7 10.0 0.0 6.7 5.0Diamnd2 4.0 8.0 4.0 4.0 8.0 0.0Diamond 6.0 6.0 6.0 0.0 6.0 0.0Driver 8.0 4.0 8.0 0.0 4.0 1.5Ellipse 4.0 6.0 4.6 0.0 5.0 2.3Flame 6.0 3.7 6.0 0.0 3.6 3.0Greekey 6.0 4.0 6.0 0.0 6.0 2.0Heart 6.0 6.5 6.0 0.0 6.4 3.0Herringbone8.0 4.0 8.0 0.0 4.0 0.0Name Pattern SampleSize in mm Column RowX Y Spacing Offset Spacing OffsetES 2006 Appendix E Program Split Samples 1100Hexagon 6.0 7.0 6.0 0.0 5.2 3.0Hexagon2 7.0 6.0 7.0 0.0 6.0 0.0Jem 10.0 10.0 10.0 0.0 9.5 5.0Keyhole 4.0 2.7 5.3 0.0 2.7 2.7Leaf 10.0fr 5.0 10.0 0.0 5.0 5.0Melody 10.0 6.0 10.0 0.0 5.0 5.0Metal 5.0 9.4 5.0 0.0 8.5 2.5Passage 10.0 10.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 0.0Piccolo 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 0.0Roma 10.0 5.5 10.0 0.0 6.0 5.0Name Pattern SampleSize in mm Column RowX Y Spacing Offset Spacing OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1101Rope 7.5 5.0 3.8 0.0 5.5 1.9Scale 6.4 3.5 6.4 0.0 3.5 3.2Scale2 3.5 6.4 3.5 3.2 6.4 0.0Seville 6.7 5.6 6.7 0.0 4.5 4.5Star5 6.0 5.7 6.0 0.0 5.7 3.0Steps 8.0 8.0 6.0 -6.0 6.0 6.0Suncros 10.0 10.0 4.0 -6.0 4.0 6.0Suncross2 11.0 11.0 6.8 -1.3 6.8 1.3Swing 6.0 8.2 4.5 0.0 8.2 0.0Name Pattern SampleSize in mm Column RowX Y Spacing Offset Spacing OffsetES 2006 Appendix E Program Split Samples 1102Tick 6.8 7.9 6.8 0.1 6.0 6.0Tile1 8.0 8.0 8.0 0.0 8.0 0.0Tile2 12.0 12.0 12.0 0.0 12.0 0.0Tile3 10.1 10.0 10.0 0.0 10.0 0.0Tile4 6.0 6.0 6.0 0.0 6.0 0.0Triangl 6.0 5.2 6.0 0.0 5.2 3.0Triangle3 7.5 6.5 7.5 0.0 6.5 0.0Vine 8.5 2.8 8.5 0.0 3.5 2.0Wave[

6.0 1.3 6.0 0.0 4.0 3.0Wave2 9.9 3.2 9.9 2.9 3.2 0.0Name Pattern SampleSize in mm Column RowX Y Spacing Offset Spacing OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1103Wave3 10.0 4.5 10.0 0.0 4.5 0.0Whirl 7.5 7.5 7.5 0.0 7.5 0.0Wild 8.5 8.0 8.5 0.0 7.5 4.5Xmastre 16.0 16.0 13.3 8.0 16.0 0.0Ziggy 5.0 8.0 4.0 0.0 8.0 0.0Name Pattern Sample

Size in mm Column RowX Y Spacing Offset Spacing OffsetES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1104

Appendix F

TroubleshootingThis section provides advice for solving problems in ES Designer. If youencounter a problem, refer in the first instance to the following references:! Wilcom ES User Manual—select Help > Online Manual (or printedversion)! Wilcom ES Online Help—select Help > Help Topics! Windows Online Help—select Start > Help or Help and Support! Microsoft Windows knowledge base! Documentation supplied with your hardware, if the problem ishardware-related.For information about other Wilcom products, check the relevantSupplement or Online Help. For the most up-to-date support informationabout ES Designer and other Wilcom products, visit the Wilcom SupportCenter at www.wilcom.com.au/support. You will need to register in order toobtain access.

System requirementsBefore you install, or if you experience operating problems of any sort, makesure that your computer/s meet the system requirements.PC requirementsCheck that your PC meets the system requirements. Check CPU/RAM as wellas hard disk space. The table below provides minimum and recommendedsystem requirements.Hardware Item Minimum Requirements RecommendedCPU Pentium III (800 MHz) or higher Pentium IV or higherOperating System Windows 2000 / Win XP SP1 ‡ Windows XP Professional SP1 or laterES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1105Supported operating systems ‡! Wilcom ES 2006 and Wilcom DW 2006 do not support Win98 or WindowsNT.! ES Designer, ES Design Explorer, and Wilcom DW 2006 all require IE 6.0or higher—IE 6.0 is included with the Wilcom ES installation CD and isalso available from the Microsoft website.Free Hard Disk space †Wilcom ES 2006 occupies up to 200 Mb of hard disk space, depending onthe options installed.Wilcom DW 2006 free hard disk requirement depends on the installationtype. The following are indicative figures only:! Client: min 200 MBInternet Connection For access to Wilcom website for regular product information and updatesBrowser IE 6.0 IE 6.0 or aboveMemory (RAM) 128 MB 512 MB (for running multiple applications)Hard Disk Size 8 GB 20 GB or more, especially for databaseusersFree Hard Diskspace †1 GB after installation (nondouble-spaced)More than 2 GB after installation ifrunning multiple applicationsGraphics Card Support for High Color (16-bit) and highresolution (1024 x 768)32 MB or higher graphics card

(non-integrated)Monitor ¥ 17" at 1024 x 768 resolution 20" at 1152 x 864 or largerScanner, Printerand/or PlotterWindows compatible, any connection method—e.g. parallel, USBSerial Ports Standard COM port if connecting to an embroidery machine via direct serialconnection or Wilcom DCi. Note: To connect multiple machines, consult your localWilcom Support.USB Ports Dedicated USB port (V1.0 or V2.0) Dedicated USB port (V1.0 or V2.0)Mouse Serial, PS/2 or USB mouse PS/2 or USB mouseData drives CD-ROM drive for software installation Backup device—e.g. CD/DVD burner,tape backup, removable hard driveSound card Not required Required for multimedia training productsHardware Item Minimum Requirements RecommendedES 2006 Appendix F Troubleshooting 1106! Server: min 2 GB.Note Average 1000 designs will occupy 150 MB of disk space.Screen resolution ¥Some controls may be hidden on the user interface if you run your monitorat low resolutions. The physical size of your monitor will have a bearing onthe optimum screen resolution.Check CPU/RAM specificationsCheck your CPU and RAM specifications, and the version of Windows you arerunning to ensure they meet Wilcom ES requirements.To check CPU/RAM specifications1 On the Windows desktop, right-click the My Computer icon and selectProperties.The System Properties > General dialog opens.2 Check the Windows version, the CPU and the amount of RAM.Check your hard disk spaceCheck that your hard disk has enough space to run ES Designer effectively.This must be greater than 300 MB before intallation. After installation youwill need 100 Mb free or 10% of your total hard drive space, whichever isthe greater amount.To check your hard disk space1 Double-click the My Computer icon on your Windows Desktop.The My Computer window opens.2 Right-click the hard-disk drive icon (usually C:) and select Properties.The Properties > General dialog opens.This tab shows the hard-disk capacity as well as any free space.

Security device messagesThis section describes the messages related to the Wilcom security device.Most security device messages are caused by incorrect connection, accessES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1107codes, interference or conflict with other hardware devices. To preventsecurity device errors, enter all access codes as soon as you receive them.If you miss any, some features may become unavailable, or ES Designermay stop working altogether. Consult your computer technician if moreassistance is required.Tip If you need to provide security device information to Wilcom Supportor your reseller, send a screengrab of the Security Device dialog. Thissaves you transcribing the information and ensures that accurate details aresent. See Quick Start Guide.Invalid Access CodeHardware key driver not foundPlease attach your dongle and restart your softwareMessage Invalid Access CodeCause • The access codes you are trying to enter are incorrect for your

security device.• You are missing a set of codes.Suggestion Check the Identity Code provided against the Identity Code in theSecurity Device dialog of ES Designer. If they don’t match,note the security device Serial Number and current Identity Codeand contact your distributor. See Quick Start Guide.Message Error 14: Hardware key driver not foundCause The dongle driver is not installed, or an incorrect driver isinstalled.Suggestion 1. Click on OK to close the error message window.2. Reinstall the Hasp HL device drivers using the command lineHaspdinst.exe /i /kp from the installation bin directory. Thedriver installation program will inform you if a reboot is required.3. Run the embroidery software again.Message Error 7: Please attach your dongle and restart your softwareCause The dongle can not be detected by the computer or the dongle isfaulty.ES 2006 Appendix F Troubleshooting 1108Invalid Product when starting ES DesignerTimeout warningMissing Files

Unrecoverable errorsThe system may generate unrecoverable errors when opening designs orES Designer itself.Suggestion Log on to the Wilcom Support Centerhttp://www.wilcom.com.au/support and download the latestdongle driver and install. If this does not solve the problem, thedongle maybe faulty. Please contact your local Wilcom reseller /disturbutor. See also Installing the dongle driver.Message ‘Invalid Product’ displays when starting ES Designer.Cause The dongle is faulty or incorrect access codes have beenentered.Suggestion Note your security device numbers—Serial Number and IdentityCode—and contact your distributor or reseller. See Quick StartGuide. New codes can normally be provided to re-enable yourdongle. If the dongle is faulty, you will need a replacement.Message Your Security Device will time out in xx days.Cause New access codes are required or sent codes have not beenentered.Suggestion If you have not received new access codes, note your securitydevice numbers—Serial Number and Identity Code—andcontact your distributor or reseller. See Quick Start Guide.Message Some files may be missing.Cause Corrupted hard disk, virus attack or security violation.Suggestion Re-install the software. If the problem persists, further diagnosethe problem. For example, run a virus checking program andscan the disk to check that the hard disk is not corrupted.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1109Unrecoverable error when opening designUnrecoverable error when starting ES Designer

ES Design Explorer problemsThe following section relates to any ES Design Explorer connection problemsyou may experience.Timeout warning when starting ES Design ExplorerUnknown Format in ES Design ExplorerProblem When opening a design, the message ‘unrecoverable error,shutting down’ displays.Cause The design is corrupt.Solution Email the design to your local reseller/distributor for further

analysis.Problem When starting ES Designer the message ‘unrecoverable error,shutting down’ displays.Cause A design in the Recover folder is corrupt.Solution Use the Purge Recovery utility to delete any corrupted files.Alternatively, delete them manually using Windows Explorer.See also Deleting files with Purge Recovery.Message The connection to ES Designer has timed out.Cause ES Design Explorer requires ES Designer to be running in orderto verify security. If ES Design Explorer is started withoutES Designer already running and ES Designer takes longer toload than ES Design Explorer expects, the error message willappear. This can happen on a slow PC, or a PC that is low onresources.Suggestion Start ES Designer before starting ES Design Explorer.Message Unknown Format (in place of design thumbnails)Cause Your ES Design Explorer program shortcut has the wrong ESDesigner version specified in the Target Path field of the shortcut.ES 2006 Appendix F Troubleshooting 1110Thumbnails slow to generate in ES Design ExplorerDesign files not showing up in ES Design Explorer

Device connection problemsThe following section relates to any embroidery machine and digitizingtablet connection problems you may experience in ES Designer.Problem connecting to Melco embroidery machineSuggestion Right-click the relevant ES Design Explorer icon and selectProperties. Change the statement to match the version you arerunning with ES Design Explorer, e.g.‘C:\Program Files\Wilcom\DE2006\WilcomDesignExplorer.exe’might become:‘C:\Program Files\Wilcom\DE2006\WilcomDesignExplorer.exeversion=2006x’where ‘x’ is the software version revision found under Help >About ESSelect the 'Unknown Format' thumbnails and select View >Validate & Refresh to regenerate the thumbnails.Problem Thumbnails are slow to generate in ES Design Explorer.Cause The first time ES Design Explorer accesses a folder containingdesign files, it has to generate each design's thumbnail image. Ifthe folder contains many files, it can take time to generate thethumbnails.Suggestion Note: Thumbnails only have to be generated once, after whichaccessing folders is significantly faster.Problem Design files not showing up in ES Design Explorer.Cause You have chosen to display only one type of embroidery file.Suggestion Check which file types you have chosen to display in ES DesignExplorer. Select 'All Files' to display all available files.Problem Problem connecting to Melco embroidery machine fromES DesignerCause Direct connection to Melco machines is not supported underWindows 2000 / XP.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1111Machine/digitizer connection suddenly stops workingMachine/digitizer connection stops working afterreinstallation of ES DesignerMissing connection settingsSuggestion View the document Melco Connect Support Notes.pdf either atC:\Program Files\Wilcom\ES2006\Support Notes\MelcoConnect Support Notes.pdf or at the Wilcom Support site atwww.wilcom.com.au/support in the Wilcom Library section.

Problem The machine connection suddenly stops working. Nothing haschanged on the PC or the embroidery machine, and no machineconnection settings have changed in ES Designer.Cause The physical connection from the PC to the embroidery machinehas been broken, or there is a conflict with another device.Suggestion Check that the cable connections are all sound. Check that thecable has not been damaged. For digitizing tablets, run theconnection test. See Testing digitizing tablet connections fordetails.If you have recently installed new hardware—e.g. asoundcard—disable or remove the device. If that resolves theproblem, consult a PC technician to determine how to assignWindows resources so that they don’t conflict with the machineconnection setup.Problem Machine and/or digitizer connection has stopped working.ES Designer recently reinstalled.Cause Reinstallation of ES Designer over an existing installation usingthe 'Typical’ or ‘Compact’ installation method will overwriteexisting machine and digitizer connection settings with thedefault settings.Suggestion To ensure settings from the existing installation are merged intothe new installation, select the 'Custom Install' option. You will beprompted to merge existing settings into the new installation.Tip: Always keep a note of any custom settings—machine ordigitizer connection, user-defined split settings, etc—for use incase of emergency. For instance, your hard drive may crash andyou may need to install ES Designer on a different PC.Problem You don’t have a record of the connection settings required to setup your embroidery machine or digitizing tablet.ES 2006 Appendix F Troubleshooting 1112Digitizing tablet is not listed in ES DesignerWindows-compatible digitizing tablet not recognized

General problemsThe following section relates to general problems you may experience inES Designer.Suggestion See Setting up Hardware for details of how to set up the device.Visit the Wilcom Support Centre www.wilcom.com.au/support.This lists connection information for most popular devices. If notalready a member of the WSC, you will need to register as alicensed user of Wilcom software.Problem The digitizing tablet is not listed in the list of formats inES Designer, and 'Auto Detect' is not detecting the tablet.Cause If your connection settings are correct, you may need to set up acustom 'format string'. This is a string of letters or characterswhich tells the software how to interpret the format of the datacoming from the digitizing tablet.Suggestion Use the DigiTest utility to determine the digitizing tablet’s formatstring. See Testing digitizing tablet connections for details.Enter the string in the The Digitizer User-Defined Format Setupdialog. See Defining and modifying digitizing tablet formats fordetails.Problem A Windows-compatible digitizing tablet is installed butES Designer doesn't recognize it.Cause ES Designer is not capable of utilizing Windows drivers fordigitizing tablets.Suggestion You need to set up the tablet in ES Designer. See Setting updigitizing tablets for details.Note: Some Windows-compatible tablets install software thatruns in the background, constantly checking the serial ports forthe presence of the tablet. Sometimes this software takes controlof the port, making it unavailable to any other applications such

as ES Designer that need to use it.If you have a Windows-compatible tablet, check the software(usually running in the Windows taskbar) for 'auto detect'settings. You may need to disable auto detect when using thetablet within ES Designer. Note: Some tablet software does nothave a disable option and must be uninstalled to free up theserial port.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1113Units of measurement in ES DesignerDesigns appearing distortedInconsistent output resultsStitches not displayingProblem Units of measurement in ES Designer are not what youwant—e.g. measurements are in inches instead of millimeters, orvice versa.Cause The units of measurement are set in Windows Regional options.Suggestion Change the units of measurement via the Windows ControlPanel > Regional/Language options. See your MS Windowsdocumentation for details.Problem Designs aren’t displayed at actual size on screen or appeardistorted.Cause Your screen needs to be calibrated to match your monitor.Suggestion Go to Special > Hardware Setup > Display Monitor andcustomize your settings to match your monitor. When pressing‘1’ on the keyboard, designs should then appear at actual size.See Calibrating the monitor for details.Problem There are problems when reading and punching paper tapes, orsending designs to embroidery machines for stitching.Cause These are caused by serial communications problems.Inconsistent reading and writing may be caused by wrong portsettings in the operating system or by incorrect settings In ES inthe connection setup for the device.Suggestion Change the port settings in ES Designer and/or the device. SeeSetting up paper tape readers and punches for details.Problem No stitches are displayed in a design even though there is astitch count in the status bar. Only the shape outlines are shownfor the whole design, or for some objects.Cause The View option Show Stitches is turned off, or stitches were notgenerated for the design or for some objects during digitizing, orthe stitches were removed subsequently from selected objects.ES 2006 Appendix F Troubleshooting 1114TrueView always turned on or offMissing toolbarsMissing toolbar buttonsControl points missingSuggestion Select the Show Stitches tool. If some objects still don’t havestitches, select them and re-generate the stitches using thekeyboard shortcut G. Slight reshaping of the object may alsoallow stitches to be regenerated.Problem TrueView is always turned on or off.Cause The TrueView display setting is saved when closing ES Designerin the mode you are currently using.Suggestion Open any design and click the TrueView button on or off asrequired and exit (File > Exit) with the design still open. When yourestart ES Designer, all designs will open in the mode youselected when you closed ES Designer. See also SettingTrueView options.Problem Some toolbars are missing.Cause The toolbars have been closed or set not to display.Suggestion Select View > Toolbars and select the toolbar you want todisplay.

For the Point and Stitch toolbar, select View > Point and Stitch.Problem Buttons are missing from toolbars.Cause The screen resolution is set too low.Suggestion Change the screen resolution to 1024x768 or higher.Problem The control points on selected objects are missing.Cause This problem is related to the display adapter.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1115Unwanted trimsDesign integrity errorsBeeping sound when digitizingSuggestion Check the display adapter manufacturer's website or a softwaredriver download site for the latest display adapter driver for yourdisplay adapter. If there is a more recent driver available,download and install it. These are normally free. For a listing ofpopular display adapter websites, see Locate the latest displayadapters.Problem Unwanted trims sometimes appear in embroidery objects.Cause You may be using the connectors ‘After Object' or ‘Inside Object'settings incorrectly.Suggestion Check the connector settings. See Using automatic connectorsfor details.Problem Some designs generate ‘Design Integrity’ errors.Cause In most cases the problem is caused by a resequencing error inthe design, caused when stitches become 'unsequenced' fromtheir objects. This normally happens only when grouped objectsare resequenced.Suggestion Avoid resequencing grouped objects. Leave the Design Integritychecker on when digitizing designs. Whenever you receive aDesign Integrity error message, click Undo and work around theproblem. Even if a design does generate errors, ES Designer willcontinue to work normally in most cases.Problem ES Designer generates a beeping sound when digitizing.Cause This is normal behavior and is a feature of ES Designer.ES 2006 Appendix F Troubleshooting 1116Problem recovering design files from backup folder

Embroidery lettering problemsThe following section relates to embroidery lettering problems you mayexperience in ES Designer.Problem embroidery lettersSuggestion To disable, overwrite the C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\RES\button*.wav files with blank wav files.Use the Windows Sound Recorder utility as follows:• Select Start > Programs > Accessories > \....\Sound Recorder.• Click File > New.• Click File > Save As.• Browse to the c:\eswin\res folder and save the file asbutton1.wav.• Repeat the process for button2.wav.Note: Just deleting or renaming the C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\RES\button*.wav files will not stop thebeeps.Problem You cannot find your backup design—e.g. DesignName.BAK—inthe backup folder or you need to change the file extension.Cause If you have the ES Designer 'Auto Save' option enabled, backupsof EMB design files will be saved to the C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\BACKUP folder. This is a basic way ofbacking up your files although manual backups are highlyrecommended through File > Save or Save As.Suggestion Start Windows Explorer and browse to the C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\BACKUP folder. Select the file and select

File > Rename. Change the file extension to EMB—e.g.DesignName.EMB. Move the EMB file to your c:\design folder.You can now open the file normally in ES Designer.Note: If you cannot see the file extension BAK, you need tochange your view settings in Windows Explorer. Refer toWindows Help for more details.Problem Some embroidery letters display or stitch badly.Cause You may be using the particular alphabet incorrectly.Suggestion Ensure you are using the alphabet within Wilcom'srecommended sizes and sequence settings as specified inStandard Alphabets.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1117Incorrect number of lettering connectorsInstalled optional alphabets not available IInstalled optional alphabets not available IIProblem There are too many/too few connectors in my lettering.Cause The connector settings and/or stitch method are incorrectly set.Suggestion Check you are using 'Inside Object' as the connector propertieswithin your lettering object. Also check you are using therecommended stitch method for your lettering. See Usingautomatic connectors for details. See also Adjusting stitchingsequence and join method.Problem Some installed optional alphabets don’t show in the alphabetdropdown list.Cause This occurs when there is more than one copy of the alphabet inone of the subfolders of the Wilcom ES installation folderC:\Program Files\Wilcom\ES2006\. For example, there is a copyof the alphabet S324.esa in both the C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\wletter and C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\userletw folders.Suggestion • Search the hard drive for multiple copies of the alphabet file inquestion.• Search the C: drive for *.ESA files.• If there is more than one copy of any file, delete the extra copyfrom the hard drive.• Ensure the remaining copy of the file is in the C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\wletter folder.• Restart ES Designer.Problem An optional alphabet which is present in C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\wletter or C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\monogram folder does not appear inalphabet dropdown list.Cause You are using an incorrect security device for the installedalphabets.Suggestion If you have changed security device (without a brain transplant)since you received your optional alphabets—e.g. gone from aTrysoft or Blue, Yellow or Black dongle to a Red dongle—thesewill need to be re-created for your new security device. Contactyour reseller to order a replacement alphabet disk. Note: dongleswhich have had a brain transplant will not cause this problem.ES 2006 Appendix F Troubleshooting 1118

Installing the dongle driverIf your dongle driver was not installed correctly or you have an updatedversion of the driver, you will need to reinstall it. Use the following procedureto install or reinstall your dongle driver. Adding extra switches to thecommand line may help.Note To install the dongle driver under Win2000 or WinXP, you need to belogged into Windows with Administrator privileges. If not, you will receivean error message ‘User has no access to the registry’.To install the dongle driver

1 Close all Wilcom applications.2 From the Windows taskbar, select Start > Run.The Run dialog opens.3 In the Open field, enter:“C:\Program Files\Wilcom\ES2006\bin\haspdinst.exe” -i -kpIf you installed ES Designer to a different folder than C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006, modify the command line accordingly. If you havedownloaded a newer dongle driver from the Wilcom Support Center site,copy the file to the appropriate folder.Note A space is required before each ‘-’ or the installation commandwill not work.4 Click OK.If the installation is successful, the message ‘The operation wascompleted successfully’ or ‘HASP driver successfully installed’ appears.5 Restart your PC, if prompted.6 Start ES Designer.Enter commandlineES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1119

Reverting to factory settingsIf you have made changes to the default settings or they have becomecorrupted, use the Revert utility to revert to factory settings.Warning Reverting to the original settings removes any changes you havemade to styles, templates and hardware settings. Note down any settingsyou want to preserve—e.g. machine connection settings—before runningthe utility.To revert to factory settings1 Close ES Designer.2 On the Windows taskbar, click the Start button and select Programs >Wilcom ES 2006 > Wilcom Tools > Revert.The Revert to Factory Settings dialog opens.3 Select the items you want restored to factory defaults.4 Click OK.The selected items are restored to factory settings.Note There is no confirmation message.

Deleting files with Purge RecoveryDelete corrupt files from the C:\Program Files\Wilcom\ES2006\Recoverand C:\Program Files\Wilcom\ES2006\Backup folders using the PurgeRecovery utility.Select items to berestoredES 2006 Appendix F Troubleshooting 1120To use Purge Recovery1 Close ES Designer.2 On the Windows taskbar, click the Start button and select Programs >Wilcom ES 2006 > Wilcom Tools > Purge Recovery.The Purge Recovery and Backup Directories dialog opens.Tip To delete backup files as well, select Delete Backup files.3 Click OK.If some files cannot be deleted, a message will display. Using WindowsExplorer, delete any remaining files from the C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\Recover and \Backup folders.Tip If the errors persist, try reverting to factory settings. See Revertingto factory settings for details.

Testing digitizing tablet connectionsIf you experience difficulties with your digitizing tablet, first check that it iscorrectly connected, and that the hardware settings are correctly configured

in ES Designer. See Serial port settings for details.If you are still experiencing problems, you can confirm that the tablet iscommunicating correctly with the PC using the DigiTest utility.Note This utility will not recognize mulitport serial cards, e.g. COM1 orCOM2. Always connect your digitizing tablet to a standard PC COM port fortesting purposes. Once you have confirmed that communications arecorrect, replace the connection to your multiport serial card and configurethe port settings as described.To test digitizing tablet connections1 On the Windows taskbar, click the Start button, and select Run.The Run dialog opens.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 11212 In the Open field, enter C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\bin\digitest.exe where ‘C’ is the drive whereWilcom ES was installed.3 Click OK.The DigiData - DigiTest window opens.4 Select Digitizer > Setup.The Digitizer Setup dialog opens.5 From the Digitizer Format field, select a digitizing tablet to check.If it is not in the list, select Auto Detect.6 From the Input Mode list, select Point or Stream.This setting must match the one on the digitizing tablet.7 Select Interpret Digitizer Data to display digitizing tablet data asrecognized by ES Designer.During the test, this shows which puck button is pressed and the X, Ycoordinates at the point clicked.8 Enter required information in the Connected To panel fields. SeePeripheral device connection settings for details.9 Click OK.10 Click the Start/Stop Digitizer icon.11 Place the digitizing tablet puck on the tablet and press each of thebuttons on the puck.Select digitizingtabletSelect Point orStreamShow tablet data asrecognized bysoftwareEnter connectionsettingsES 2006 Appendix F Troubleshooting 1122Data appears on screen representing the X, Y coordinates andcorresponding button number. If the test is not successful, or you getunformatted ‘garbage’ data, click the Start/Stop Digitizer icon to stopthe digitizing tablet.12 Check the settings.! If the data is not mostly numeric, the port is in a corrupt state. Closeall applications, shutdown your PC and repeat the test.! If the data appears to be correct, switch to ES Designer andconfigure the port with the settings you used successfully inDigiTest. See Setting up digitizing tablets for details.

Resolving Exception Access Violation errorsThe error message ‘Exception Access Violation’ can appear when zooming,using lettering, printing or scanning, saving designs, or viewing theColor-Object List. This problem generally relates to the display adapterdriver and/or the display adapter itself. Try each of the following solutionsin sequence.

Error messagesException access violation when starting ES DesignerProblem An ‘Exception Access Violation’ error message appears whenstarting ES Designer.Cause A corrupt design file in the Recover folder or a corruptC:\Program Files\Wilcom\ES2006\res\defaults.dfl file.Suggestion Delete any files in the C:\Program Files\Wilcom\ES2006\recoverfolder. If ES Designer still will not start, use Windows Explorer tocopy the default C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\bin\defaults.dfl file to the C:\ProgramFiles\Wilcom\ES2006\res folder, overriding the corruptdefaults.dfl file. This will reset ES Designer to ‘new installation’.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1123Other exception setting violationsCheck the display adapterUse the following procedure to determine which display adapter make andmodel you have, and what drivers are installed for the display adapter.To check the display adapter1 From the Windows taskbar, select Start > Settings > Control Panel.2 Double-click the System icon.3 Select the Device Manager option for Windows 2000/XP by selectingthe Hardware tab and clicking Device Manager.4 Click to open the Display Adapters node.5 Note down the display adapter listed.Problem An ‘Exception Access Violation’ error message appears whenzooming, using lettering, printing or scanning, saving designs, orviewing the Color-Object List.Cause This problem generally relates to the display adapter driverand/or the display adapter itself.Suggestion Try each of the listed solutions in sequence. See ResolvingException Access Violation errors for details.Use the System utility in the Control Panel to check your display adapterand drivers.Note displayadapterES 2006 Appendix F Troubleshooting 11246 Right-click the adapter and select Properties.7 Select the Driver tab and note the date of the driver.8 Click Driver Details.9 Note down Provider and File Version details.10 Cancel out of the dialogs and close the Control Panel window.11 Check the display adapter manufacturer’s website for a more recentversion of the driver. See Locate the latest display adapters for details.Locate the latest display adaptersSome common problems are related to your PC’s display adapter. Theseoccur more frequently with the newer and 3D display adapters. Check thedisplay adapter manufacturer’s website or a software driver download sitefor the latest display adapter driver. If there is a more recent driveravailable, download and install it. These are normally free from the provider.Some popular display adapter websites are:! www.ati.com! www.nvidia.com! www.matrox.com! www.diamondmm.com! www.download.com! www.intel.com! www.helpdrivers.com! www.neomagic.com! www.oaktech.com

! www.s3graphics.comNote provider andfile versionES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1125! www.sis.com! www.tridentmicro.com! www.tucows.com! www.windrivers.comIf your video card is integrated to your system board, please check thesystem board manufacturers website.Reduce graphics accelerationIf you already have the latest driver installed, or if installing a newer driverdoes not solve the problem, you can reduce the Windows graphicsacceleration.To reduce graphics acceleration1 Access the Hardware Acceleration option in your system settings forWin 2000/XP:! Right-click the Desktop and select Properties.! Select the Settings tab and click Advanced.! Select the Troubleshooting tab.2 Reduce the hardware acceleration a ‘notch’.3 Click OK.You will be prompted to restart your computer.4 When Windows has restarted, see how the software runs. If it has notimproved, try dropping the acceleration another notch.Usually you should not need to reduce the acceleration by more than twonotches to correct the problem. However, in extreme cases, you mayneed to reduce it to ‘None’.Reduce hardwareaccelerationES 2006 Appendix F Troubleshooting 1126Install a different model display adapterIn a very few cases updating the display adapter driver and/or reducinggraphics acceleration will not solve the problem. The only solution is toinstall a different brand/model of display adapter. Wilcom can advise on thetype of display adapter to use. If you have another computer with a differentdisplay adapter, we recommended swapping the two. Often a ‘problem’display adapter will work fine in another computer.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1127

Glossary10O: Stitch file format native to Toyotamachines.3D Warp: 3D Warp is used with Motif Fill tocreate three dimensional effects. You can makeshapes appear concave or convex using GlobeIn or Globe Out. You can also create distanceeffects using Perspective.Accordion Spacing: artistic stitch effectthat gradually varies stitch spacing betweendense and open fill along an embroidery object,producing shading and color effects which aredifficult to achieve manually.Active window: The active window is one towhich the next command or action will apply. Ifa window is ‘active’, its title bar changes color todifferentiate it visually from other open

windows.Allover: Continuous embroidery which coversall of the goods from selvage to selvage.Alphabet: A set of characters of the samedesign or style including letters, numbers andtypographical symbols.Anchor point: A fixed point used whenrotating, scaling, skewing or mirroring a design.Anti-aliasing: A software technique similarto dithering which is used to soften hard outlineswhere color blocks intersect. It producessmoother outlines by ‘blurring’ the pixels wherecolors join.Appliqué: Decoration or trimming cut fromone piece of fabric and stitched to another toadd dimension and texture. Designs withappliqué can be more economical thanembroidery alone, if appliqué occupies asignificant amount of the design, therebylowering stitch count. In schiffli embroidery, anembroidered motif, hand cut or aetzed awayfrom base fabric.Appliqué cutter: A device that can cutfabric along a line, somewhat like old penplotters. It requires a vector file as input. InMS Windows they can be set up as a type ofprinter device.Artwork: Bitmap or vector image used as abackdrop for digitizing. See also Bitmap imageand Vector image.Auto Appliqué: Auto Appliqué is anembroidery object associated with an appliquéwhich provides automatic stitching to place it,tack it down, and cover its edges.Auto Center: Auto Center automaticallycenters the start and end points of a design.Auto Jump: Auto Jump preserves longstitches in an object by splitting them into aseries of jumps. This prevents the machine frominserting unwanted needle penetrations whenthe maximum frame movement is exceeded.Auto Scroll: The Auto Scroll featureautomatically scrolls the screen while you aredigitizing.Auto Spacing: Auto Spacing only affectsSatin stitch. It adjusts stitch spacing accordingto column width.ES 2006 Glossary 1128Auto Split: Auto Split only affects Satinstitch. When applied, it breaks any long Satinstitches into shorter ones. It also distributesneedle penetrations in a random pattern so thatthey do not form a line in the middle of theshape. Used primarily to prevent long stitches inwide columns, it can also be used as analternative to Tatami fill. Auto Split looks moreSatin-like and works well with turning stitches,

creating soft lines and a little more depth.Auto Start and End: Before stitching,some embroidery machines require you toposition the starting needle exactly above thefirst needle penetration point. Use Auto Startand End to connect the first and last stitches inthe design. This makes it easy to position theneedle before stitching, and reduces the chanceof the needle hitting the side of the frame.Automatic color change: Ability ofmulti-needle embroidery machine to follow acommand to change to a specified needle with adifferent thread color.Automatic pull compensation:Embroidery stitches pull the fabric inwardswhere the needle penetrates. This can cause thefabric to pucker, and gaps to appear in theembroidery. Automatic pull compensationcounters this effect by ‘overstitching’ outlines offilled shapes on the sides where the needlepenetrates. This means the design can beoptimized for different fabrics. See also Pullcompensation.Automatic stitch shortening: Reducesstitch bunching at sharp corners. See alsoStitch shortening.Auto Trace: Auto Trace is used to convertbitmap images to vector images.Back appliqué: A fabric piece used behind adesign where the front fabric will be cut away toreveal the fabric beneath it.Backdrop: An electronic image used as aguide for digitizing designs on-screen. Twotypes are used—vector or bitmap. Insert themfrom various file sources, or copy and pastethem via the Windows clipboard.Background: ES Designer lets you changethe background color of the design window tomatch the color of your fabric. Or you can selecta background fabric for more realistic previewsand presentations. The background is savedwith the colorway.Background: The area inside the hoop in thedesign window. The background color can bechanged to match the color of the fabric you willbe using for stitchout.Backing: See Stabilizer.Backstitch: Backstitch is an input methodwhich can be used for delicate outlines. Thisstitch follows intricate curves well. It is also isthe term used for every second row of stitchesin a Tatami fill. See also Standard backstitch,Borderline backstitch, and Diagonalbackstitch.Backtrack: Use Backtrack and Repeat toreinforce outlines while specifying the directionof the stitching. Backtrack stitches in reverse

direction to the original. It is typically used tomake run stitch outlines thicker without creatingunwanted connecting stitches. Repeatduplicates the original stitch direction and istypically used with closed shapes.Backup: The copying of files onto floppy diskor other storage media in order to duplicate andsecure data. Usually two copies are made andkept separately.Baseline: The notional line on which theletters of an alphabet sit. Only descendersextend below it. Baselines determine the shapeof lettering objects in a design. Place it onstraight horizontal or vertical lines, curve itES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1129around a circle or arc, or digitize your ownbaselines.Baseline Angle: The baseline angledetermines the absolute angle of the baselinerelative to the horizontal axis. You use it to alignletters to a significant part of the design.Begin Jump function: Begin Jumpfunctions instruct the machine not to use needlepenetrations. When encoded in an output file, itnormally converts to a Needle In function. Seealso End Jump function.Bitmap: An electronic image made up of dotsor ‘pixels’, in contrast to vector ‘outlines’.Typically created in paint programs, bitmapshave file extensions such as BMP, JPG, GIF, TIFand PCX. When enlarged or scaled down, vectorimages preserve image quality while bitmapimages generally cause problems of pixilationand image degradation. See also Pixels.Blending: See Color Blending.BMP: Windows bitmap image format.Bobbin: Spool or reel that holds the bobbinthread, which helps form stitches on theunderside of the fabric.Bobbin embroidery: Designs worked withthe fabric hooped facedown and the specialtythread or ribbon wound onto the bobbin. Mosteffective for simple designs such as leaves andvines, or special effects with threads too heavyto be threaded through the needle.Bonding: Permanently joining two fabricstogether with a bonding agent. Heat sealing.Borderline backstitch: The rows areapproximately parallel. With lower density fills,borderline backstitch creates a smooth,well-defined edge. Borderline backstitch is alsocalled Trapunto style. See also Backstitch.Borer: Borer is a sharp instrument attachedto embroidery machines to puncture fabrics.Schiffli machines have built-in borer knivesunder the needle line which can cut differentsized holes in fabric.

Borer depth: You can choose the numberingsystem for specifying the Borer depth: Plauenwhere one is the base and seven (7) the normalmiddle position and Saurer where the base iszero and the normal middle position is six (6).Borer Depth function: The Borer Depthfunction controls the size of the boring hole. Thedeeper the borer cuts, the larger the hole. Theborer depth on Schiffli machines is changed onevalue at a time. Thus a change in depth of three(3) units will be automatically distributed by ESSchiffli to three (3) stitches.Borer functions: Borer In/Out functions areavailable for embroidery machines equippedwith a borer. They instruct the machine when touse the boring knife or tool instead of a needle.Boring: ‘Open-work’ incorporated intoembroidered designs. A sharp-pointedinstrument punctures, or bores, the fabric, andstitches are made around the opening toenclose the raw edges.Bounding box: The dotted rectangle thatappears when you select a range of items.Branching: The Branching feature lets youdigitize like objects—e.g. the fingers of ahand—without having to think about the mostefficient stitching sequence and joins.BRO: Bits & Volts file format.Cap Corner: A type of Smart Corner. Capcorners are used for very sharp corners as theyproduce fewer stitches.Cartoon: Finished artwork of an embroiderydesign to be digitized. Usually six times largerES 2006 Glossary 1130than finished design size, based on theart-to-stitching ratio historically used in theSchiffli industry.Cascade: A way of arranging open windowson the desktop so that they overlap each other,with the title bar of each window remainingvisible.CED: A data condensed file format.Center at Current Stitch: The object willbe placed with its center at the needle positionmarker.Center Run underlay: Center Rununderlay places a row of stitches along thecenter of a column. It is used to stabilize narrowcolumns (e.g. 2-3 mm wide).Chain stitch: Stitch that resembles a chainlink, formed with one thread fed from thebottom side of the fabric. Done on a manual orcomputerized machine with a hook thatfunctions like a needle.Checkbox: A small square box that appearsin a dialog box and that can be selected orcleared. When selected, a tick or a cross

appears. A checkbox represents an option thatyou can set.Chenille: Form of embroidery in which a loop(moss) stitch is formed on the top side of thefabric. Uses heavy yarns of wool, cotton oracrylic. Created by a chain stitch machine thathas been adjusted to form this stitch type. Alsoknown as ‘loop piling’.Click: Press and release the left mousebutton. See also Right-click.Click-and-drag: Click to select, hold downthe left mouse button, move the cursor andrelease.Clipboard: A temporary storage area in PCmemory for what was last cut or copied. Imageson the clipboard can be pasted into designs anynumber of times.Close button: Used to close a window or anapplication. In MS Windows, it appears as asmall box with an ‘X’ in it at the top-right of thetitle bar.CND: Melco Condensed (CND) is the native fileformat of the Melco embroidery digitizingsoftware. CND files store only digitized outlinesand stitch values.Color blending: Digitizing technique whichcreates interesting perspective, shading andcolor effects by blending colored layers. Twocolors are merged smoothly from one to anotherusing a mixture of dense and open fill.Color depth: Color depth, also called ‘pixeldepth’, refers to the amount of color informationavailable to each pixel in an image. An imagewith a color depth of 1-bit can display only twocolors. As the color depth increases, more colorsare available – 16 Colors (4 bit), 256 Colors (8bit), High Color (16 bit), True Color (24 bit).Color palette: The color palette contains aselection of thread colors tailored for eachdesign. This color scheme, or ‘colorway’,represents the actual thread colors in which adesign will be stitched. See also Thread chart.Color Reduction: See Image Preparation.Colorways: Colorways are multiple colorschemes for the same design. They are made upof colors defined in ‘color books’ which may becreated in Wilcom ES Designer or similar designprogram, or may be selected from a patent colorsystem such as Chromatone or Pantone.Column: Narrow, long, curving shape.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1131COM port: A standard serial port used as aconnection point for peripherals. Other portsmay be present if the appropriate internaloption cards have been installed. The computermust be informed which port is being used bywhich peripheral—e.g. COM1, COM2, etc.

Combination Split: Use of differentcombinations of Satin and Tatami stitches inProgram Split to create various effects with thesame pattern. There are three CombinationSplit options—Satin in Satin, Satin in Tatami andTatami in Tatami.Command: An instruction issued to thesoftware in order to carry out an action. It maybe as simple as ‘paste an object’ or as complexas ‘regenerate stitches’. It is usually activatedvia a menu item, toolbar icon, or commandbutton in a dialog.Command button: A button in a dialogwhich executes or cancels the selected action.Two common command buttons are Cancel andOK.Complex Fill: Input method, used to digitizelarge and complex shapes. Allows holes to bedesignated at the same time the object outlineis digitized. The object is thus digitized as onefill area, instead of being broken down intomultiple sections. Objects so created are knownas Complex Fill objects.Condensed file: See Outline file.Configuration: The size and type ofcomputer hardware. Can also be used to meanthe options provided with your software.Confirmation message: A messagedisplayed by the software asking you if you aresure you want to proceed—e.g. when you wantto delete a design.Connector stitches: Connector stitcheslink objects in a design. They can be run stitchesor jumps. You can use automatic settings togenerate connectors, trims and tie-offs, or addthem manually.Connectors: Hardware devices to connectcables to ports. If the connection is male, theport is female, and vice versa. The wiringconfiguration of each device is determined by itsfunction.Copy: To place a copy of a selection onto theclipboard. See also Duplicate.Control points: Control points are used tomodify object shapes, stitch angles and entryand exit points. You can change the shape of anobject by moving, adding or deleting controlpoints on the outline. For most objects, you canalso change control points from corner points tocurves.Contour stitch: Contour is a curved fillstitch type—stitches follow the contours of ashape, creating a curved, light and shade effect.It only works on columnar shapes. There aretwo types—Standard and Spiral—both of whichcan be applied to Input A, Input B, Input C orRing objects. Standard Contour can also be

applied to Circle objects.Copyright: A right granted by thegovernment or by international agreementgiving the owner the exclusive privilege topublish and sell artistic work during the life ofthe creator plus 50 years.Cover stitch: The cover stitch is the Satinborder around an appliqué shape. You canchange the width of the cover stitch, and offsetit to the inside or outside of the digitized outline.Crest: An embroidered motif like an emblem,an insignia or a Coat of Arms.Cross-stitch: Regular Bean stitchmovements that cross at the center to form anX. Laid in rows or within a box shape to formES 2006 Glossary 1132geometric designs. Creates a handmadeappearance.CSD: POEM/Singer/Huskygram file formatCurrent property settings: Currentproperty settings override the templatedefaults. Unless you deliberately change them,these take the default values. You generallychange them to save time when digitizing. Forexample, you may preset Tatami stitch spacingto use a specific density for all new Tatamiobjects you create. See also Objectproperties.Custom alphabets: Custom alphabets aremade up of letters, numbers or symbols youdigitize.Custom designs: Designs created bydigitizing artwork or manipulating existingpatterns.Cut: An editing function. To remove a selectionfrom a design. The cut selection is stored inmemory (on the ‘clipboard’) and can be pastedinto the same or different design.Cut appliqué: See Back appliqué.Cutter: See Appliqué cutter.DAT: DAT is the stitch file extension used withHiraoka, Laesser, and Wilcom SPES formats.Default object properties: Default orstarting property settings are the ones storedwith the design template. These areautomatically applied to any newly createdobjects in the design. See also Objectproperties.Default values: Pre-defined settings whichdetermine object properties such as stitchspacing, as well as certain system settings.These are stored in the design template. Theyremain ‘current’ unless you override them withnew settings. See also Current propertysettings and Default property settings.Defects: See Stitching defects.Density: See Stitch density or Thread

density.Design: A ‘design’ is a file in the nativeembroidery format—e.g. EMB, JAN, ART—ofembroidery digitizing software. The designsource may be a stitch format design. Thedesign contains stitching information such asfabric type in addition to stitched shapes.Design card: Disk containing computerizedembroidery designs read by the embroiderymachine’s computer.Design file: See File.Design library/catalog: Computerprogram which catalogs a collection of digitizeddesigns kept by embroidery shops that allowsan embroiderer to access the design by subject,stitch count, number of colors or icon.Design object: See Objects.Design properties: Designs themselveshave properties, some of which can be modified,others not. The most important design propertyis its source—Native Design, Imported Outlines,Processed Stitches, or Imported Stitches. Otherproperties include the software version number,stitch count, and so on. Colorways too areproperties of the whole design.Design segment: See Segments.Design sequence: See Stitchingsequence.Design source: While embroidery files arebroadly classified as ‘outline’ (condensed) or‘stitch’ (expanded), ES Designer internally tagsfiles as belonging to one of four types–NativeES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1133Design, Imported Outlines, Processed Stitches,or Imported Stitches. See also Designproperties.Design template: See Template.Design window: The design window iswhere designs are displayed for viewing andmodification.Design Workflow Administrator: It isthe DW Administrator who is generallyresponsible for the high-level setup of DesignWorkflow databases. The DW Administratordetermines who gets access to databases, whatusers can see and do, and who defines thecategories under which information will bestored. The DW Administrator is generally themanager of the company’s design section. Thisperson has the necessary backgroundknowledge and authority to control what goesinto databases and how the information is to beused.Desktop: MS Windows terminology for thescreen background on which program icons aredisplayed.Destination folder: The folder (directory)

where you intend to copy or move one or morefiles.Detail: An outline, a border, a pickout run, ora small area of the design you want to bestitched out last when using Smart Design.Diagonal backstitch: The backward rowsare diagonal, directly connecting the forwardrows. Diagonal backstitch is suitable for turningshapes, and gives good results with JaggedEdge. See also Backstitch.Dialog: An on-screen box that either requestsor provides information. Many dialogs presentoptions to choose among before a command iscarried out. Some dialogs present warnings orexplain why a command cannot be completed.Digitizer: Usually refers to the personpunching or digitizing the design. Digitizer canalso refer to the digitizing tablet used by thedigitizer. See also Digitizing tablet.Digitizing: Process of encoding a design.Artwork is converted into a series of‘embroidery objects’ to be read andmanipulated by a specialist CAD/CAMapplication. Before outputting to embroiderymachine, it is converted into ‘stitch data’. Seealso Punching.Digitizing puck: With a digitizing tablet,you generally use a puck instead of a mouse tomark reference points and select commandsfrom the menu chart.Digitizing tablet: Design device used bydigitizers to plot needle penetrations forembroidery designs. Sometimes used as analternative to digitizing directly on-screen.Typically, a pencil drawing of the design isenlarged and then taped to this tablet. Thedigitizer then uses a device known as a puck toindicate stitch types, shapes, underlay andactual needle penetrations.Digitizing tool: Digitizing tools, sometimesreferred to as ‘input methods’, are similar todrawing tools except that the end result is anembroidery object rather than a vector object.Different digitizing tools are suited to creatingdifferent shapes or design elements.Disk: See Floppy disk.Disk drive: Computers usually have threetypes of disk drive: a hard disk (or fixed disk)which usually supports the mass storage ofinformation and applications, a floppy diskdrive, and a CD ROM drive.Display: A screen used to display the outputof a computer. Also known as the monitor.ES 2006 Glossary 1134Dithering: A software technique whichcombines existing colors in a checkerboardarrangement of pixels. It is typically used to

simulate colors that are missing from an imagepalette. A type of optical illusion created byplacing two pixels of different color next to eachother. The human eye automatically resolvesthe two colors into a third color.Dongle: A security hardware device requiredto run protected software. Some are attached toa parallel port, others to a USB port.Dots Per Inch (DPI): A measurement ofscreen or printer resolution; the number of dotsin a line of 1".Double Split Alternate: A variant ofTatami split. See User Defined Split.Double-click: Click the left mouse buttontwice without moving the mouse.Double-clicking carries out actions such asopening a program from an icon.Download: The process of transferring acopy of a file from a remote computer or theinternet to a computer or other device such asan embroidery machine.Drag: An operation of the mouse. Holding the(left) mouse button while moving the mouse.Typically used for moving something on thescreen.Drawing object: See Vector object.Drawing package: Software applicationthat creates or allows you to edit vector imagesmade up of separate individual vector objects.Vector images can be scaled with no loss ofsharpness. Examples of vector editing programsare Adobe Illustrator, MacroMedia Freehand andCorel Draw. See also Graphics application.Dropdown list : A single-line dialog boxcontrol that opens to display a list of choices.DSB: Barudan file format. Basically the sameas the T03 tape file but wit a ‘header’ in front sothat it can be written to floppy disk – i.e. it is thefloppy disk version of the T03 file.DST: Stitch file format native to Tajimamachines.DSZ: ZSK stitch or ‘expanded’ file format.Duplicate: When an object is duplicated, it isnot copied to the clipboard. This leaves theclipboard free for you to cut or copy otherobjects.DXF: AutoCAD vector image format.E Stitch: Widely used for tacking downappliqués as a decorative border. The stitchesform a comb pattern.Edge Run underlay: Edge Run underlayplaces stitches around the edge of an object.Use Edge Run together with the Zigzag orTatami underlays when digitizing large shapes.Editing: Changing aspects of a design via acomputerized editing program. Most programsallow you to scale designs up or down, edit

stitch-by-stitch or block-by-block, mergelettering with the design, move aspects of thedesign around, combine designs and insert oredit machine commands.Element: An element, in software terms, is acolor block consisting of sequential, same-colorobjects. You can assign names to elementswhich then appear on the production worksheet.The operator generally uses these to make surecolors are correct during production. See alsoProduction worksheet.EMB: Outline file format native to Wilcom ES.EMB designs contain a complete set of designinformation in a single ‘all-in-one’ file – objectoutlines and properties, actual stitches andmachine functions, thread colors, a picture iconES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1135and comments. Even the original design bitmapimage can be included in EMB format. Onlynative EMB files provide 100% perfect scalingand transformation.Emblem: Embroidered design with a finishededge, applied to a garment after stitching,commonly an insignia of identification. Alsoknown as a ‘crest’ or ‘patch’.Embroidery: Decorative stitching on fabric.Generally involves non-lettering designs, butcan also include lettering and/or monograms.Evidence of embroidery exists during the reignon Egyptian pharaohs, in the writings of Homerand from the Crusaders of the 12th century. Hasevolved from hand-work to manual sewingmachines and from hand-looms and Schifflimachines with hundreds of needles tohigh-speed, computerized multihead machines.Embroidery disk: Embroidery disks arespecially formatted floppy disks used to transferdesigns from computer to embroidery machine.You can format embroidery disks and savedesigns to them from within ES Designer. Theformat you use will depend on the selectedembroidery machine. You can also open designsfrom embroidery disk directly into ES Designer.Embroidery object: See Object.Embroidery thread: See Thread.EMF: Enhanced Metafile vector image format.Empty function: An ‘empty stitch’, ornon-data stitch, is an industry term for anystitch with a zero movement (0, 0). However,Wilcom ES distinguishes between intentionalempty stitches related to the machinefunctioning, and unintentional empty stitches,which can occur in small or pointed parts ofshapes. An empty function is an empty stitchthat the system processes as a machinefunction. It is not removed by the small stitchfilter and is preserved when stitches areregenerated or the design is resized. See also

Empty stitch.Empty jump: You create empty jumps (0,0)manually in ES Designer by digitizing withPenetrations Out. This prevents the needle frompenetrating the fabric, forcing the machine tomove across the design in a series of jumps.Also, use empty stitches or empty jumps whenrequired by the selected machine format. Seealso Empty stitch.Empty stitch: Empty stitch is a tight (zerolength) lockstitch, used together with, or as analternative to, tie-in and tie-off stitches,particularly in objects filled with light densitystitching where standard tie-ins and tie-offsmay be visible. Also, use empty stitches orempty jumps when required by the selectedmachine format. See also Empty jump andEmpty function.EMX: Wilcom Cross Stitch file format.End X/Y: The coordinates of the last stitch.Enlargement drawing: The technicaldrawing, usually six times larger than theoriginal design, indicating the stitches to bedigitized. When you digitize with a tablet, youuse an enlargement drawing to trace the shapesand outlines of the design in the same way youuse backdrops on-screen. Before you start, youneed to prepare the enlargement drawing. Seealso Digitizing tablet.Enlarger: The draftsman or designer whodraws the technical drawing for the puncher tofollow.Entry point: The entry point is the pointwhere the thread enters the embroidery object.This should coincide with the exit point of thepreceding object.Lettering Art: Special effect which makesobjects bulge or arch, stretch or compress.ES 2006 Glossary 1136Lettering Art is typically applied to letteringobjects, but can also be applied to other typesof embroidery object.EPS (Encapsulated PostScript): Astandard file format for importing and exportingPostScript language files among applications ina variety of environments. An ESP file is aPostScript file which describes a single page,usually an illustration. In general, the purposeof the EPS file is to be included (encapsulated)in another PostScript file and can contain anycombination of text, graphics and images. EPSfiles normally include a small, low-resolutionTIFF, or vector-based Windows metafile imagepreview as it will appear on a printed page.ESD: Native DOS format of Wilcom DOSES—contains stitch data, like stitch types anddensities, which permits better processing. ESDin later versions contains lettering objects with

outlines.Exit: To leave a current window or application.Exit point: The exit point is the point wherethread leaves the embroidery object. Thisshould coincide with the entry point of the nextobject.EXP: Stitch or ‘expanded’ file format native toMelco machines.Expanded file format: See Stitch file.Expanded tape: An expanded tape whichhas every stitch of the design punched.Extension: See File extension.Fabric: Fabrics have many properties, themain one being elasticity or ‘fabric stretch’.Surface texture, if present, is another propertythat requires different underlay types. Thesystem can automatically compensate for thepull-push effect of different fabrics. Push,warping, and shearing are reduced by suitableunderlay for the stitch type and fabric.Fabric stretch: Embroidery stitches pull thefabric inwards where the needle penetrates.This can cause the fabric to pucker, and gaps toappear in the embroidery. Use automatic pullcompensation to counter this effect by‘overstitching’ outlines of filled shapes.Facing: See Topping.Factory settings: These are the initialsystem settings as installed. They are astandard known setting that you can return to.Some customers want to create custom settingstailored to the exact fabric they are using mostfrequently. The ‘My Fabric’ settings are thoseretained in the design and can be saved to thetemplate file.FDR: An embroidery disk format native toBarudan machines.File: A named collection of specifically relatedinformation stored on a disk. Designs that havebeen saved are stored as files.File extension: The dot and three letters atthe end of a filename such as ‘.BMP’. Theextension identifies the file as a certain type,readable by certain applications.Filename: The name of a file, including theextension, e.g. Cat.BMP.Fill stitch: Series of running stitchescommonly used to cover large areas. Differentfill patterns can be created by altering the angle,length and repeat sequence of the stitches. Alsoknown as Geflect stitch.Filled Holes: This feature creates filledobjects from the outlines of selected ComplexFill objects.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1137Finishing: Processes done after embroideryis completed. Includes trimming loose threads,

cutting or tearing away excess backing,removing facing or topping, cleaning any stains,pressing or steaming to remove wrinkles orhoop marks and packaging for sale or shipment.Fixed Line baseline: A Fixed Line baselinehas a fixed length which you can digitize orspecify numerically. If the text is longer, theletter spacing is decreased and the letters mayoverlap. The letter width is not changed. WithFixed Line, you need to mark two points todefine the base. See also Baseline.Flagging: Up and down motion of fabricunder action of the needle, so named because ofits resemblance to a waving flag. Often causedby improper framing of goods. Flagging mayresult in poor registration, unsatisfactory stitchformation and birdnesting.Flexi Split: Flexi Split is a decorative effectwhere one or more lines of a Program Splitpattern are used in the object fill. The patternfollows the stitch angle and may be scaled to fitthe width of the object. There are four differentFlexi Split effects. You can use an existingpattern for Flexi Split or create your own.Floppy disk: A flexible disk permanentlysealed in a square plastic jacket—e.g. HD/DD3.5" floppy disk. Used for information storage‘off-line’ for security and/or infrequently useddata. Also used for transferring punchedembroidery design (stitch file) data fromcomputer to embroidery machine.Florentine Effect: With Florentine Effectyou can curve Complex Fill along a digitized lineto create flowing stitch effects. The stitchesfollow the digitized line but maintain uniformdensity and needle penetration patterns.FMC: An embroidery disk format native toBarudan machines.Folder: A collection of files and sub-foldersthat are stored together on a disk. Part ofstructure for organizing files on a disk.Font: A set of characters, including letters,numbers and other typographic symbols, of thesame design and style. Also called Alphabet,even if it includes non-letter characters.Fractional spacing: Fractional spacing isused to place stitches more evenly in curvedshapes, producing better quality embroiderywith fewer stitches. Fractional spacing isparticularly useful for columns of Satin stitcheswith sharp turns.Frame: Holding device to secure fabric underan embroidery head for stitching. May employ anumber of means to maintain stability duringthe embroidery process, including clamps,vacuum devices, magnets, or springs. See alsoHoop.

Frame-out position: When you stitch outappliqué objects, you can set a frame-outposition. This shifts the hoop out from under theneedle, making it easier to place and trim theappliqué shapes. The frame out settingsdetermine the distance and direction of thehoop movement.Free Line baseline: Free Line is the onlytype of baseline which does not have a fixed orpre-determined length. When you choose FreeLine, the baseline will extend as long as youkeep adding letters. You only need to mark itsstart point. See also Baseline.French knot: A stitch featuring a raisedknotted center.Fringe: Threads that are cut and hang looselyfrom the edge of a design.Function: See Machine Function.ES 2006 Glossary 1138Fusion Fill: Fusion Fill™ is an input methodused to digitize complex shapes with turningstitches. Many shapes can be digitized with thistool. Create objects using left and right clicks tomark reference points to form the boundaryoutlines. By digitizing boundaries within shapes,you can create filled objects with holes.Fusion Fill Trapunto: Fusion Fill Trapuntois open fill stitching that turns according touser-defined stitch angles. As with Complex Fill,Trapunto effect forces travel runs to the edgesof objects so they do not show through open orloose stitching. Since the Trapunto lines aregenerally not parallel, lines do not connect oneither side of holes. The spacing between linescan be average or maximal.Geflect stitch: Geflect refers to light orheavy stitching used to fill in an area of a designwith run stitches. It is also known as Ceeding orTatami. See also Fill stitch.Graphics application: Softwareapplication that creates or allows you to editbitmap images and/or vector images. See alsoPaint package and Drawing package.Grayscale: A grayscale picture is made up of254 different shades of gray, plus solid blackand solid white for a total of 256 different tones.Black and white photographs are grayscale.Grid: Grid lines provide visual cues to help youaccurately place a design. When you start thesoftware for the first time, grid lines appear bydefault.Guide run: Series of stitches used to alignembroideries in multi-hooping situations or toassist in fabric placement for appliqué. It is thefirst appliqué layer stitched and is used toposition the appliqué fabric on the backgroundmaterial. See also Appliqué.

Handle: See Selection Handle.Hard disk: A device for mass informationstorage. Usually the disk is fixed inside thesystem unit, and a second hard disk can beadded. When you store information on the harddisk it will remain there until you delete it. As ithas a finite capacity, file management isrequired.Hardware: Computer componentry,including monitor, keyboard, digitizing tablet,printer, scanner, sewing machine, etc.Heirloom embroidery: Embroideredgoods designed to be passed down fromgeneration to generation.Hoop: Device made from wood, plastic orsteel used to tightly grip fabric and stabilizerbetween an inner and outer ring. Designed tohold fabric taut against the machine bed forembroidering, it attaches to machine’s frame.I-beam: One shape taken by the PC pointer,it indicates that text can be input at the pointselected. The shape is like the capital letter ‘I’.Icons: Miniature pictures used in the screendisplay instead of, or as well as, text. The file listcan be displayed as icons with the filenamesunderneath; the toolboxes which appear in theleft of the screen are composed of icons.Image editing program: See Graphicsapplication.Image preparation: Method of improvingor clean up artwork. Outlined and non-outlinedimages require different methods ofpreparation. Cleaning up scanned images mayinvolve any one or a combination of thefollowing techniques: reducing the number ofcolors, adding or emphasizing outlines,removing noise, dithering or anti-aliasing,eliminating unnecessary detail, croppingsections or eliminating backgrounds.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1139Imported outlines: Designs read fromnon-EMB outline—CND or PCH—where stitcheshave been generated in ES Designer (orequivalent) from original outlines and stitchingdata.Imported stitches: Designs read fromstitch or ‘expanded’ files, with or without outlinerecognition, but stitches have not beenregenerated through stitch processing. Notethat if you change a stitch design—e.g. add alettering object—the status changes to‘Processed Stitches’ even though the importedstitches may not have been regenerated.INP: Wilcom condensed file format.Turning Angle Fill: Input A is an inputmethod used to digitize columns of varyingwidth and stitch angle. Digitized pairs of

reference points define the outline, while linesconnecting the pairs define the stitch angles.Input B: Input B is an input method used todigitize shapes where one side is different to theother, especially where one side requires morereference points than the other. Stitches turnevenly throughout the entire shape. You can useany fill stitch type except Motif Fill.Border: Input C is an input method used todigitize columns of fixed width. It is typicallyused for digitizing borders and outlines of largershapes. You can digitize columns to create thicklines or borders. Border is typically used withSatin stitch.Input method: See Digitizing tool.Jagged Edge: Technique for creating roughedges, to create shading effects, or to imitatefur or other fluffy textures in your design.JPG: JPEG file interchange bitmap imageformat.Jump: A frame or hoop movement without aneedle penetration, commonly used to get fromone point in a design to another.Jump function: Jump(M) functions causeframe movements without needle penetrationsand are used to move smoothly from one part ofa design to another.Lacework: Lacework involves the use ofthreads to produce overall embroidery offull-length fabrics. Most often used to embellishwomen's apparel and home fashions. Such worktypically uses boring. It is the most widely usedapplication for Schiffli machines.Lettering: Embroidery using letters orwords. Lettering commonly called ‘keyboardlettering’ may be created from pre-definedalphabet styles or fonts, allowing variance ofsize, height, spacing, density and othercharacteristics.Line art: A drawing with only twocolors—usually black and white.List box: A single-line dialog that opens todisplay a list of choices.Lock stitch: Commonly referred to as alock-down or tack-down stitch, a lock stitch isformed by three or four consecutive stitches ofat least a 10-point movement. It should be usedat the end of all columns, fills and at the end ofany element in your design where jump stitcheswill follow, such as color changes or the end ofa design. May be stitched in a triangle, star or ina straight line. Lock stitch is also the name ofthe type of stitch formed by the hook and needleof home sewing machines, as well ascomputerized embroidery machines.Lockstitch machines: Both Schiffli andMultihead machines are lockstitch machines,

forming stitches in the same way as a homesewing machine. Lockstitch operations involvetwo threads—top and bottom. The top thread isES 2006 Glossary 1140driven by a needle, the bottom by a shuttle. Thebottom thread ‘locks’ the top thread in place,hence the name ‘lockstitch’. See also Multiheadlockstitch machine.Logo: Name, symbol or trademark of acompany or organization. Short for logotype.Looping: Loops on the surface of embroiderygenerally caused by poor top tension or tensionproblems. Typically occurs when polyester topthread has been improperly tensioned.Machine format: Different embroiderymachines understand different languages. Theyhave their own control commands for thevarious machine functions. Before you can stitcha design, it must be in a format which can beunderstood by the target machine. Commonformats include Barudan, Brother, Fortran,Happy, Marco, Meistergram, Melco, Pfaff,Stellar, Tajima, Toyota, Ultramatic and ZSK.Machine function: Machine functions arecommands for a specific embroidery machine.These include color changes, thread trims,jumps, machine stops, needles in/out, andboring begin/end.Machine setup: Before you can senddesigns for stitching, you must configure themachine in ES Designer. You can add machines,change settings for machines already set up, ordelete machines that are no longer required.Manual object: When you open a stitchformat file without outline recognition, itbecomes a single ‘manual’ object. This objectconsists of a series of individual needlepenetration points and has only general andconnector properties. When you transform(scale, rotate, mirror) a manual object, theoriginal stitch density does not change.Max/Min stitch length: The minimumand maximum stitch lengths allowable in adesign determine the outside limits asmeasured between needle penetration points.They are governed by the minimum andmaximum frame movements that the machinecan make.Maximize button: For Windows, the smallbox in the center of the group of three at theright of the title bar. Click the Maximize buttonto enlarge a window to its maximum size.Memory: The place in the computer’s systemunit that stores information while you areworking with it. If you exit without savinginformation in memory, it will be lost.Menu bar: The menu bar contains dropdownmenus of commands. Some of the same

commands are available on the toolbar.Menu chart: The menu chart provided withthe software lets you select commands directlyfrom the digitizing tablet using the puck. Youneed to ‘register’ it before use.Minimize button: For Windows, the smallbox to the left of the group of three at the rightof the title bar. Click the Minimize button toreduce a window to its minimum size.Minimum stitch length: The minimummovement of the hoop. It is measured betweenneedle penetration points. See also Max/Minstitch.Mirror: Duplication of an object in the Yand/or X axis. The location and orientation ofthe mirrored stitches are determined by locationand angle of the axis of reflection relative to theposition of the original stitches.Mirror-merge: Mirror-Merge Array cancreate multiple copies of designs, such asbadges, spaced in rows and columns for fasterstitchouts. Mirror-Merge Reflect can duplicateand mirror designs simultaneously. You can useit to quickly create borders or merge duplicatesinto a symmetrical object such as a heart.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1141Mirror-Merge Wreath can duplicate objectsaround a center point. The Kaleidoscope toolworks like Wreath but mirrors objects as well.Mitre Corner: A type of Smart Corner. MitreCorners create a sharp line at the intersection ofthe two columns. They are designed primarilyfor corners between 75° and 90°. See alsoSmart Corners.Modeless dialog: Dialogs which stay on thescreen and are available for use at any time butpermit other user activities. In contrast, ‘modal’dialogs require the user to respond beforecontinuing the program.Modem: Unit to telegraphically sendcomputer information from one computer toanother.Monitor: The screen on which punching orstitching progress can be followed, stitch bystitch.Monogram: Embroidered design composedof one or more letters, usually the initials of aname.Moss Stitch: Chenille-type stitch. SeeChenille.Motif: Pre-defined design elements, such ashearts, leaves or border patterns, that can bequickly inserted into a design. Motifs generallyconsist of one or more simple objects, and arestored in a special motif set.Motif Fill: Motif Fill is a decorative fill stitchwith which you can fill Complex Fill objects. You

can also create special or three dimensionaleffects.Motif Run: Motifs which are linked togetheralong a digitized line. You can create decorativeoutlines using any motif from the list.Mouse: A device, equipped with controlbuttons and designed to roll about on the tablenext to the keyboard. As the mouse moves, itscircuits relay signals that move a pointer on thescreen.Multihead lockstitch machine:Multihead lockstitch machines have a horizontalframe. The needles are vertical, and aregrouped in heads. They are mainly used forstitching individual items—e.g. badges,garments, which are stretched in separatehoops attached to the frame under each head.A multihead machine can have up to 24 heads,and each head can have up to 20 or moreneedles. Thread change and trims can be doneautomatically. See also Lockstitch machine.Nap: A fuzzy or downy surface of fabriccovering either one side or both, produced bybrushing loosely twisted yarns.Native designs: Native designs refer todesigns created in Wilcom ES software (orequivalent).Native file format: A design saved in theoriginal format of the application you areworking with is said to be the ‘native’ file format.It can also refer to the stitch file format requiredby a specific embroidery machine. When savedto another format, it is known as a non-nativeformat.Needle: Small, slender piece of steel with ahole for thread and a point for piercing fabric. Amachine needle differs from a handwork needle;the machine needle’s eye is found at its pointedend. Machine embroidery needles come withsharp points for piercing heavy, tightly wovenfabric; ball points which glide between fibers ofknit; and variety of specialty points, such aswedge points, which are used for leather.Needle In/needle Out function: TheNeedle In and Needle Out functions instruct themachine whether or not to use needleES 2006 Glossary 1142penetrations. You can enter these functionsautomatically using the Penetrations tool.Needle points: You can view needle pointsin a design to check density or, for instance, toselect stitches for editing.Nesting: Nesting lets you create or insert anobject at an exact point of the stitchingsequence. You can ‘nest’ an object in the middleof another object’s stitching sequence toprevent long connectors being generated.

Network: To link embroidery machines via acentral computer and disk-drive system, usuallyvia a modem or network card. A group ofmachines linked via a central computer.Noise filtering: Noise filtering meansrestoring the solid color blocks of originalartwork in scanned images. This is achieved bymerging different shades into one solid color.Noise filtering is important for automaticdigitizing because it makes it easier for thesoftware to identify solid color blocks whichbecome embroidery objects in the resultingdesign. It also cleans up blurred or mottledareas of color.NORMAL template: Default template. Seealso Template.Object: In embroidery design terms, anobject is an individual ‘element’ of a design. Anobject has many properties, such as its size,color, sequence in the design, stitch type andvalues, including the rules for stitching. See alsoVector image, Vector object.Object outline: See Outline file.Object properties: All embroidery objectsin ES Designer contain defining settings or‘values’. The values stored with an objectbecome its ‘properties’. All objects have certainproperties in common such as size and position.There are other, more specific properties ofobjects which depend on the object type.Object recognition: See Outlinerecognition.Object type: An object has a type, shape,thread type and color, stitching settings and aposition in the stitching order. The object typemay or may not determine the intended finalappearance of the stitching.Offset Object: Software function used tocreate new outlines from the outlines of selectedobjects.Options: Options provide software with extrafunctionality that can be purchased byregistered owners of the product.Outline file: Outline or ‘condensed’ files arehigh-level formats which contain objectoutlines, object properties and stitch data.When you open an outline file in ES Designer,corresponding stitch types, input methods andeffects are applied. Outline files can be scaled,transformed and reshaped without affectingstitch density or quality. See also Stitch file.Outline recognition: When you convert astitch file to outline format, ES Designer readsthe data stitch-by-stitch according to the needlepenetration points. The software then‘recognizes’ stitch types, spacing and lengthvalues, stitch effects, and can determine object

outlines.Outline stitch: Stitch such as Run or Satinused to outline an embroidery object.Overall embroidery: Overall embroidery isembroidery which covers the entire fabric. Thisincludes lacework where the backing fabric isactually removed after manufacture. Overallembroidery is typical of Schiffli manufacture,less common with Multihead.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1143Overview window: Use the Overviewwindow to view a thumbnail of the design. Thewindow is updated whenever you make achange, and can be used to zoom in or panacross the design window.Paint package: Software application thatcreates or allows you to edit image files. You cancreate lines and filled areas as well as edit theimage pixel-by-pixel using paintbrushes,erasers and spraypaint tools. Examples ofimage editing programs are Adobe Photoshop,Jasc PaintShop Pro and Corel Photo-Paint. Seealso Graphics application.Pan: Use Pan to view parts of a design whichare not currently visible in the design window.Paper tape: Traditional recording mediaused in the embroidery industry is the papertape. The tape coding process produces the finaldesign in stitch format—a stitch-by-stitchinterpretation of the design—exactly as theembroidery machine will read it. Now largelyreplaced by floppy disk, tapes are still used byolder machines. More specifically, stitch datapaper tapes are eight-channel paper tapeswhich, in effect, are hard copies of 8 bit binarycode.Parallel port: A connection on a computer,usually LPT1, where you plug in the cable for aparallel printer and/or a dongle. Parallel portsare used to connect some embroiderymachines. They are named LPT1, LPT2, etc.When you set up a parallel machine connection,select the parallel port and the requiredprotocol, and complete the machine setupprocedure.Partial appliqué: Technique to createappliqué objects with partial cover stitching tocreate an overlapping effect withoutdoubling-up borders.Partition Lines: Partition Lines is a methodfor offsetting needle penetrations in Tatami fills,used, like Tatami Offset Fractions, to createneedle penetration patterns or textures institched embroidery.Paste: To insert an object, which haspreviously been placed on the clipboard bycutting or copying selected objects, into adesign. You can paste from the clipboard as

many times as you like.Pattern: The design, card, punching, tape,disc, or enlargement.PCH: Gunold Outline Design or ‘condensed’file format.PCX: PC Paintbrush bitmap image format.PDF: Portable Document Format. Used to viewthe Online Manual in Acrobat Reader.Pattern outline: See Motif Run.Pause function: The Pause function is aconditional Stop, always on an empty stitch. Itis interpreted by the machine according to themachine operator preferences.Pencil rub: Low-cost way of producing anembroidery design sample. Consists literally ofa piece of tracing paper placed over a stitchoutand rubbed lightly with a pencil to produce animpression of the embroidery.Penetrations: The Needle In and Needle Outfunctions instruct the machine whether or not touse needle penetrations. You can enter thesefunctions automatically using the Penetrationstool.Peripheral: Any device connected to acomputer which is to some degree controlled bythe computer—e.g. an embroidery machine orprinter.Photo Click: Technique for creatingembroidery designs directly from photographsES 2006 Glossary 1144and other grayscale bitmap images. Photo Clickdesigns consist of rows of Satin or Contourstitches of varying spacing. The effectresembles the output of a line printer.Pixel: A dot. For example, dots of light thatmake up the picture on a computer screen. Themore pixels there are in a given area—that is,the smaller and closer together they are—thehigher the resolution.Pixilation: An effect which occurs when abitmap image is enlarged so that the individualpixels are obvious to the eye.PMU: PMU is a Proel stitch or ‘expanded’ fileformat.PNG: Portable Network Graphics vector imageformat.Point & Stitch: Toolset used to createembroidery designs by automatically digitizingblocks of color in electronic images, orconverting vector outlines directly toembroidery objects. See also Smart Design.Pointer: A part of the screen display, thepointer can take various shapes. It is moved bymoving the mouse and can be used to point toanything on the screen to make selections andindicate points for input. It also indicates whenthe computer is working and no input is

possible.Point: Unit of measurement, with 10 pointsequal to 1 mm.Port: A connection on a computer where youplug in the cable that carries data to anotherdevice. Ports which are used to attachperipherals have names like COM1 or LPT1 sothat you can specify where the peripherals areattached.Position: The Position indicator showsposition of the design (X, Y) in the designwindow.Process: The Process feature lets you adjustthe density of one or more stitch types acrossthe whole or selected parts of a design. Changestitch density in order to stitch on a differentfabric or with a different thread. Alternatively,you may want to make production cheaper byreducing the overall stitch count. Processing astitch file is similar to converting it to an outlinefile when opening except that you can processonly selected objects or stitches.Processed stitches: Designs read fromstitch or ‘expanded’ files where stitches havebeen regenerated by processing.Production worksheet: The productionworksheet is the link between the designer andthe embroidery machine operator. It contains adesign preview as well as essential productioninformation, including the design size, the colorsequence and any special instructions.Program: A computer program or‘application’ is generally used for a particularkind of work, such as word processing ordatabase management.Program Split: A decorative fill stitch whichcan be applied to various object types whereneedle penetrations form a tiled pattern.Different preset patterns are available for use.Properties: See Object properties.Protocol: The communications protocoldepends on the connection type between thecomputer and the embroidery machine. This willbe one of: standard serial, parallel, serial toparallel converted (DCi), or interface card.PS: Postscript vector format.Puck: See Digitizing puck.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1145Puckering: Result of the fabric beinggathered by the stitches. Many possible causesinclude incorrect density, loose hooping, lack ofbacking, incorrect tension or dull needle.Pull compensation: Digitizing techniquethat takes into account the distortion of a designthat will occur because of the interaction ofthread with fabric. ‘Push and pull’ will cause acircle digitized perfectly round to sew with the

sides pushed out, resulting in an egg shape.Generally, it is necessary to extend horizontalelements and reduce vertical elements. See alsoAutomatic pull compensation.Puncher: The skilled programmer whomakes the apes for embroidery machines.Punching: Conversion of artwork into aseries of commands to be read by anembroidery machine’s computer or controller.The term refers to an earlier method of machineembroidery whereby designs are ‘punched’ topaper tape. A part of the machine, called anautomat, reads the paper tape or Jacquardspunched with holes representing stitches,pantograph movements and other commands.While still capable of producing paper tape,many digitizing systems now store thisinformation on disk formats. See alsoDigitizing.Push-Pull: When any stitch is sewn intofabric, the tension in the thread between needlepenetrations can build up and result in a‘push-pull’ effect. This can cause distortions inyour sewn designs, poor stitch registration andeven the bunching of the fabric. The degree ofdistortion can be affected by the followingfactors: stitch density, fabric type, underlay,backing type, thread type and garmentorientation. See also Stitch-Pull.RAM: Random Access Memory, computer chipmaintaining memory.Random factor: You can eliminateunwanted patterns and distribute stitchesevenly within a shape using a random factor.Apply random factors to Tatami Partition lines orProgram Splits. You can use this effect to imitatedifferent textures such as fur, grass, leaves, etc.Raster image: See Bitmap image.Read: To open a design which has beenwritten on a design card or to an embroiderymachine.Recognition: See Outline recognition.Redraw: The screen display is refreshed. Thisis useful when parts of the display have becomeobscured in the course of editing. See also SlowRedraw.Image Preparation: The ImagePreparation feature automatically reduces colorblocks in bitmap images to a single color,removing anti-aliasing and noise. You can letthe software reduce the color countautomatically or specify a precise number. Thelatter is useful if you want to match designcolors to an exact number of thread colors.Reference point: A point that can bealigned with the grid. For example, you can setthe grid reference point to the design center.

This is easier and faster than moving the wholedesign.Refresh: See Redraw.Registration: Correct registration isachieved when all stitches and design elementsline up correctly.Relative Pointer Setting: This settingshows the pointer position as an absolute valuefrom the first needle point of the design. Usefulfor checking that the design fits a given area.ES 2006 Glossary 1146Relative: The distance the pointer is from apreviously marked point, or from the previousstitch point.Resequence: You can change the position ofa selected object by cutting it, then pasting itsomewhere else in the stitching sequence, or byusing the Resequence command. You can alsoresequence objects by color or using theColor-Object List.Resizing: See Scaling.Resolution: Resolution determines thenumber of dots per inch (dpi) used to create animage. The higher the value, the clearer theimage, but the more storage space required. Aresolution of 75 dpi generally produces goodresults.RGB: RGB stands for red, green, and blue. Itis the system used by computer monitors tocreate color.Right-click: To press and release the rightmouse button. See also Click.Rotation handles: When you select anobject, selection handles display at itsextremities. If you click the object again,rotation and skew handles appear around theobject. Rotation handles appear at the cornersof the object and an anchor point displays at theobject’s center. Skew handles arediamond-shaped and appear at the center-topand bottom of the object. See also Selectionhandles.Run stitch: Run stitch (also called Walkstitch) places a single row of stitches along adigitized line. The needle penetrations areplaced in consecutive order. Run is generallyused for stitching outlines and connectorstitches. Run stitch length can be set toautomatically vary in order to follow tightcurves.Satin stitch: Type of fill stitch. Formed byclosely arranged zigzag stitches, it can bestitched at any angle and with varying lengths.The thread is laid across a shape with a zigzagsewing action where two stitches form acolumn. Hence it is only suitable for small ornarrow shapes. As the stitches are almost

parallel, Satin provides good coverage. It isoften used for lettering, outlining, and details.Because there are generally no needlepenetrations breaking up the fill, Satin stitchcreates a glossy effect.Save: To store (design) information in a file.Each time you save a design, you replace theprevious version using the filename. You shouldsave your design frequently.Scale factor: This option allows you toautomatically scale CND designs as you loadthem. For example, to scale the imported designto 120% of the original, you would enter a scalefactor of 1.2.Scaling: Ability to enlarge or reduce a designin size. In stitch or ‘expanded’ format, mostscaling is limited to ±5% because the stitchcount remains constant despite final designsize. In outline or ‘condensed’ formats, scalechanges may be more dramatic because stitchcount and density are recalculated.Scanner: A device that converts physicalimages into digital form so that they can bestored and manipulated by computer. Scanningallows you to take scanned images as a basis forembroidery design.Scanning resolution: Most scannersrequire you to enter scanning resolutioninformation. Resolution determines the numberof dots per inch (dpi) used to create a drawing.The higher the value, the clearer the image butlarger the file. For digitizing purposes, use amaximum resolution of 300 dpi (dots per inch).A resolution of 72 dpi (screen resolution) willusually be sufficient. Generally speaking, theES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1147smaller the source image and/or more detail itcontains, the higher the resolution needs to be.Schiffli machine: Commercial embroiderymachine that utilizes the combination of needleand shuttle to form a stitch. Massive in size.Some schiffli machines—also known aslooms—weigh 10 tons and have up to 1024needles. Most Schiffli machines do not haveautomatic thread trim or automatic colorchange. Excellent for emblem production, thecreation of lace, embroidery production onoversized items and production orders of verylarge quantities.Screen calibration: You need to calibrateyour monitor so that designs at 1:1 scale appearat real size. Do this when you first install ESDesigner, whenever you change your monitor,or adjust your monitor’s horizontal or verticalcontrols.Screen resolution: See Pixels.Scroll bar: The bar at the bottom and rightedge of a window whose contents are not

entirely visible. Each scroll bar contains a smallbox, called a scroll box, and two scroll arrows toallow different types of scrolling.Security code: Options in ES Designer arecontrolled by a security device installed on thecomputer. Security access codes entered intothe software are sent to this security device.Each security device has a unique serial numberand identity code.Security Device: See Dongle.Select: To highlight an object or group ofobjects for the purpose of editing. Only selecteditems can be edited.Selection handles: Eight small squaresthat appear symmetrically at the corners andedges of a selected object. Use them to positionand resize objects. See also Rotation handles.Sequence: See Stitching Sequence.Sequin attachment: Sequin attachmentsare computerized or manual machine deviceswhich apply sequins by stitching, glue or heat.Sequin mode: Sequin mode enables quickdigitizing of Drop Sequin functions. See alsoDrop Sequin functions.Serial port: A connection point on acomputer where you plug a serialcommunications device such as a modem. PCserial COM ports are male connectors, and canbe either 9-pin or 25-pin. They are namedCOM1, COM2, COM3, etc. The number ofavailable ports limits the number of devices youcan connect. If additional ports are required,you can add them. Multi-port serial cards canalso be used.Serial Port Setup: Here you can adjustBaud, Data Bits, Stop Bits, Parity values. Thesesettings must be identical to those of theembroidery machine. The type of handshakingmust match the type of cable you are using.Sharpen Edges: Tool used to prepareoutlined images for automatic digitizing.Sharpen Edges automatically sharpens outlinesand reduces noise. Areas enclosed by a blackoutline are reduced to a single color. Outlinesharpening makes it easier for the software torecognize distinct areas in the artwork. Theseareas then become the embroidery objects ofthe finished design. Use it particularly if theoutlines are blurry, fuzzy or indistinct.Short stitch: Digitizing technique thatplaces shorter stitches in curves and corners toavoid an unnecessarily bulky build-up orstitches.Shortcut key: A key stroke or a series ofkeystrokes you can use to perform a taskinstead of using the mouse. For example, Ctrl+Cactions the Copy command.

ES 2006 Glossary 1148Sizing handles: See Selection handles.Skew handles: See Rotation handles.Slow Redraw: Use to redraw your designslowly. Slow Redraw lets you view the stitchingand color sequence of a design in slow motion.Small stitches: Use the Small Stitch Filterto remove unwanted small stitches from adesign automatically.Smart Corners: Sharp points in a shapemay cause a bunching of stitches and needlepenetrations which can create a hard spot in theembroidery and may damage the fabric orneedle. Smart Corners helps you control sharpcorners in Input A and Input C objects. See alsoMitre Corner and Cap Corner.Smart Design: Toolset used to createembroidery designs by automatically digitizingelectronic images. Smart Design automaticallyconverts bitmap images to fully digitizedembroidery with little or no intervention. Seealso Point & Stitch.Software: Programs, such as MS Windowsand Wilcom ES, which run your computer.Specialty threads: Threads designed foreffects such as shine, glitter, iridescence orthickness. The threads often are made fromsynthetic materials including rayon, mercerizedcotton, metallics and textured nylon.Spiral Contour: Spiral Contour creates asingle, continuous line of stitching that spiralsaround to fill the shape. Typically, it is used forrings and borders, but it is also suitable forother closed shapes. See also Contour stitch.Split Alternate: Split Alternate is a variationof Tatami split. See also User Defined Split.Split object: You can split embroideryobjects that were created with the Input A,Input B, and Input C tools, if Satin or Tatami, orProgram Split is the selected stitch type.SPI: Stitches per inch; system for measuringdensity or the number of Satin stitches in aninch of embroidery.SPM: Stitches per minute; system formeasuring the running speed of an embroiderymachine.SR/SD: Melco Star format. ‘Star’ and‘Superstar’ are types of Melco machine (quiteold now).Stabilizer: Also know as ‘backing’, stabilizersare woven or non-woven materials usedunderneath the item or fabric beingembroidered to provide support and stability. Itcan be hooped with the item or placed betweenthe machine throat plate and hooped garment.Available in various weights and types such ascut-away, tear-away and wash-away (soluble).

The more stitches your design has, the morebacking you will need. Professionalembroiderers use tear-away stabilizers forwoven fabrics and cut-away stabilizers for knits.See also Topping.Standard backstitch: The rows areapproximately parallel, with every backstitchrow slightly shorter than the forward row.Because the rows are different lengths, thereare fewer small stitches at the edge of theshape, reducing possible damage to the fabric.Standard backstitch is suitable for high densityfills. See also Backstitch.Standard Contour: Standard Contourcreates rows of stitches across the shape,perpendicular to the digitized stitch angle. Thenumber of stitch lines is constant, so thestitching is denser where the shape is narrower,and more open where the shape is wider. Seealso Contour stitch.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1149Status bar: Provides information about thewhole design: number of stitches, position ofthe design (X, Y), number of colors (C), numberof stops (S), etc.STC: Gunold stitch or ‘expanded’ file format.Stemstitch: Stemstitch is an input methodwhich gives a thicker outline than backstitch andcan be used to mimic hand-sewn embroidery. Itis used for stems and vines with otherdecorative stitches, or as an outline for Satin orMotif fills.Stitch: A stitch is one needle penetration;also used to refer to the thread laid down fromone needle penetration to the next.Stitch angle: The stitch angle is the anglethe overall stitching follows within a shape. Theshape may have a fixed stitch angle—e.g. 45° tothe horizontal—or multiple stitch angles.Stitch bunching: Standard stitch spacing iscalculated at the outside edge of a shape. Withsharp curves, spacing which provides adequatecoverage on the outside edge may causebunching along the inside edge. This may causethread breakage when stitching out.Stitch count: Stitch count refers to thenumber of stitches in a design. In ES Designerone stitch is considered one machine revolution.See also Design properties.Stitch density: The number of stitches pergiven area (or stitch lines per distance in a fill).Stitch editing: Digitizing feature that allowsone or more stitches in a pattern to be deletedor altered.Stitch file: Stitch or ‘expanded’ designs arelow-level formats for direct use by embroiderymachines. They contain only stitch coordinates

and machine functions. Stitch designs aregenerally not suited to scaling because stitchesare not regenerated during rescaling. See alsoOutline file.Stitch length: The distance between twoneedle penetration points. For maximum stitchlength, the length is measured according to theX and Y co-ordinates, whichever is greater. Runstitch length can be set to automatically vary inorder to follow tight curves. See also Max/Minstitch length.Stitch List: The Stitch List displays stitchnumber, stitch coordinates, stitch length, stitchfunction, stitch color. When you select a stitch inthe list, it is simultaneously selected in yourdesign.Stitch processing: The calculation of stitchinformation by means of specialized software,allowing scaling of expanded format designswith density compensation.Stitch Processor: A patented softwarefeature developed by Wilcom International P/L.Stitch Processor is a function of the softwarewhich interprets ‘raw’ stitch data and converts itinto objects that the software can recognize.Stitch-Pull: When any stitch is sewn intofabric the tension in the thread between needlepenetrations can build up and result inStitch-Pull. Stitch-Pull can cause distortions inyour sewn designs, poor stitch registration andeven the bunching up of fabric. The amount ofStitch-Pull that results in your design can beaffected by the following factors: Stitch Density,Fabric Type, Underlay, Backing Type, ThreadType and Garment Orientation. See alsoPush-Pull.Stitch type: Three basic stitch types areavailable with lockstitch machines—Run, Satinand Tatami (Weave). Wilcom ES provides manyvariants of these.Stitch shortening: When a shape takes asharp turn, the spacing of stitches on the insideES 2006 Glossary 1150of the shape decreases rapidly. This results inbunching on the inside and gaps on the outsideof the shape; the longer the stitch, the worsethe problem. Automatic Stitch Shorteningsolves this problem by eliminating threadbunching. The embroidery has smooth, even,stitch spacing throughout. It also reducesthread breakages during production.Stitch spacing: Spacing between twoconsecutive needle penetrations on the sameside of a column. The smaller the value, thegreater the stitch density. For more openstitching, use larger values.Stitching defects: Stitching defects mayappear in the form of gaps between filled areas,

fabric show-through and thread breaks. Theseare often caused by incorrect stitchingsettings—e.g. setting pull compensation toosmall for the fabric stretchiness.Stitch-To-Machine: The software lets yousend a design directly to the embroiderymachine for stitching if it is connected to yourcomputer.Stitching direction: Stitching direction canaffect embroidery quality because of thePush-Pull effect. Only closed embroidery objectscan be reversed.Stitching sequence: The embroideryobjects in a design form a stitching sequence.Initially, objects are stitched in the order inwhich they were created. You can change theposition of a selected object by cutting it, thenpasting it somewhere else in the sequence, orby using the Resequence command. You canalso resequence objects by color or with theColor-Object List.Stock designs: Embroidery designs readilyavailable on disk or proprietary embroiderycard. Digitized embroidery designs that arecommercially available for general use byembroiderers.Stop code: Stop codes are interpreted as‘explicit stops’. The machine stops stitching.Stop function: If you want the embroiderymachine to stop for any special reason whilestitching a design, you need to insert a Stopfunction in the stitching sequence. If there areStops in a design, these can be read into ESDesigner as either a Color Change function or aStop function.Straight stitch machine: Machine, whichfeatures needles that move up and down in onespot. The pantograph pushes the design along.The majority of commercial embroiderymachines use this type of needle movement.STX: Datastitch stitch or ‘expanded’ fileformat.Style: A style is a group of property settingsstored under a unique name. You can save anycombination of settings to a style. This makes iteasy to apply these settings to selectedembroidery and lettering objects. When youapply a style to an object, the style settingsreplace its current properties. Any propertiesnot specified in the style, retain their currentsettings.Tablet: See Digitizing tablet.Tacking: Used to fix appliqué shapes to abackground fabric before cover stitching isapplied.Tape: See Paper tape.Tassels: Group of long stitches, which dangle

from a design. Most often used to decoratehome decor.Tatami stitch: Series of run stitches,commonly used to cover large, irregular shapes.Stitches are laid in rows traversing back andforth across the shape. These can be parallel orslightly turning. Different fill patterns can beES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1151created by varying the stitch length, angle orsequence. Also known as Weave stitch.Tatami offset fractions: With Tatami fillsyou can specify how each row is offset in orderto create patterns formed by needlepenetrations. You do this by adjusting eitheroffset fractions or partition lines. By adjustingoffset fractions, you can create textured fillswhere the stitch penetrations are more clearlyvisible.Tatami partition lines: With Tatami fillsyou can specify how each row is offset in orderto create patterns formed by needlepenetrations. Partition lines, with up to eightoffsets, can create more patterns.Tatami underlay: Tatami underlay is usedto stabilize large, filled shapes. It resembles anextremely open Tatami fill stitch, where rows ofstitches are placed across the object to createthe underlay.Team Names: The Team Names feature letsyou create designs with multiple names. Forexample, you can use the same logo withdifferent names for sports teams or corporateuniforms without having to create multiplecopies of the same design.Template: Special files used to store stylesand default property settings. Use templateswhen digitizing frequently-used design types tosave time re-adjusting the current propertysettings.Tension: Tautness of thread when formingstitches. Top thread tension, as well as bobbinthread tension, need to be correctly set. Properthread tension is achieved when about one thirdof the thread showing on the underside of thefabric on a column stitch is bobbin thread.Thread: Fine cord or natural or syntheticmaterial made from two or more filamentstwisted together and used for stitching. Machineembroidery threads come in rayon (high sheen),cotton (duller finish), polyester (strong andcolorfast), metallics (synthetic core wrappedwith metal foil or thin slivers of metal foil) andacrylic (sheen similar to rayon).Thread chart: Thread charts are lists ofpre-defined thread colors. They may be basedon commercially available thread charts, orcharts you define yourself. You can copy colorsbetween different thread charts to create your

own charts from existing colors. See also Colorpalette.Thread code: Code is the identificationnumber of a thread color in a brand.Thread density: Different thread densitysystems are used by different threadmanufacturers. Density A is normal embroiderythread (density 120/2, or 40). Density B isthicker, Density C is finer, and Density D is veryfine.Thread thickness: See Thread density.Thread type: Embroidery thread varies inthickness. Types are A, B, C and D. Stitchdensity should be set according to the threadtype. See also Thread thickness.Tie-ins: Tie-in stitches are inserted at thestart of objects to prevent stitches fromunraveling. They are inserted inside the shapeon the second stitch. You generally use themwhen the previous connector is trimmed.Tie-offs: Tie-offs are generally placed beforetrims to prevent stitches from unraveling. Youcan adjust connector settings to automaticallyadd tie-offs under certain conditions, or addthem manually. You can also include trimfunctions so machines with trimmers cut thethread automatically.Title bar: The horizontal bar located at thetop of a window and containing the title of theES 2006 Glossary 1152window. On many windows, the title bar alsocontains the Control menu box and Maximizeand Minimize buttons.Toolbar: Toolbars provide quick and easyaccess to ES Designer commands. Click atoolbar button to activate a command or, whereapplicable, right-click to view and adjust itssettings.Topping: Material hooped or placed on top offabrics that have definable nap or surfacetexture, such as corduroy and terry cloth, priorto embroidery. The topping compacts the waleor nap and holds the stitches above it. Itincludes a variety of substances, such as plasticwrap, water-soluble plastic ‘foil’ andopen-weave fabric that has been chemicallytreated to disintegrate with the application ofheat. Also known as ‘facing’. See alsoStabilizer.Trapunto: Trapunto is a general term forvery open fill stitching, often used as abackground or for filling large shapes. In ESDesigner, Trapunto effect forces travel runs tothe edges of objects so they do not showthrough open or loose stitching.Travel run: Travel runs are typically used toconnect segments of complex shapes. They can

also connect adjacent objects. Because runs arenot trimmed, they may be visible in the finalembroidery. For this reason, they are lesscommonly used as connectors between objectsthan jumps. If objects are adjacent andconnectors will be hidden, they can be used.Traveling: You generally check a design’sstitching sequence by ‘traveling’ through it bystitches, segments, functions or objects.Trims functions: If you are using amachine with an automatic trimmer, the trimcode causes the thread to be cut after a tie-off.In the software, trims are represented by atriangle with a small circle at the point wherestitching starts again. The trimmed connectorappears as a dotted line. You can adjustconnector settings to automatically add trims,or add them yourself.Trimmers: Devices built into an embroiderymachine to automatically trim or cut remainingthread when the design jumps from one area toanother or performs a color change.Trimming: Action of cutting loose thread,removing backing, etc, from the finalembroidered product.Triple Run stitch: Triple Run repeats eachRun stitch three (or more) times for a thick line.Typically used to add borders and pickout runsto designs.Triple Satin: Triple Satin is often used forfolk designs to mimic handmade embroiderythat uses thicker thread. If you require thickerstitches, set the Satin stitch to repeat itselfmultiple times.TrueType Font: Digital font technologydesigned by Apple Computer and now used byboth Apple and Microsoft in their operatingsystems.TrueView: TrueView provides you with apreview of how your embroidery will look whenstitched out. It gives the screen image a threedimensional look.TWAIN: Industry standard which allowsdevices (such as scanners) to communicatedirectly with design and layout programs. Bothdevice and program must be TWAIN-compliant.This lets you use any TWAIN-compliant scannerwith your software.U?? Stitch file format native to Barudanmachines.UDL file: Design Workflow uses the MicrosoftData Link (UDL) format to link to its databases.UDL files are similar to Windows shortcuts, butES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1153they contain more information about where theactual database and all of its attendant files arelocated. Copies of UDL files can be shared,

renamed and relocated so that many people canuse the information. In effect, every user withDesign Workflow can have their own UDL link tothe same database.Underlay: Stitches sewn before other designelements to help stabilize fabrics. The stitchingaction that will attach the backing to the fabricbeing embroidered. It also supports the topembroidery for a more lofty, dimensional look.Underlay stitches are made up of a series ofsingle run stitches, usually with a very shortstitch length, and are digitized manually orplaced automatically under the column (satin)or fill stitch areas of your embroidery design.Underlay margin: The distance between anobject outline and the edge of the underlay.Increase this margin to prevent underlaystitches from extending outside the coverstitches.User Defined Split: User Defined Split letsyou add detail to filled objects by digitizing linesof needle penetrations called ‘split lines’. Splitlines are stored as object properties. They arepreserved when stitches are regenerated even ifyou apply a different stitch type.Values: The actual settings—letters andnumbers—that you enter into dialogs. See alsoObject Properties.Variable sizing: Ability to scale a design todifferent sizes.Variable stitch length: The software canautomatically calculate the best length for eachstitch with the Variable Run Length option. Achord gap value controls how closely thestitches follow the digitized lines.Vector image: Unlike raster images, vectorimages contain vector data. This is a collectionof geometric shapes and lines that combine tomake an image. Rather than pixels, such data isrecorded as a set of mathematical formulas.Vector images are scalable without distortion,and are small files. See also Bitmap image.Vector object: Vector objects are derivedfrom vector images and can be created in ESDesigner or imported. In ES Designer they canbe converted to and from embroidery objects.You can set general properties such as size andposition, and arrange and transform them in thesame way as other objects. See also Vectorimage.Weave stitch: See Tatami stitch.Weight: When referring to T-shirts, the threestandard weight divisions are mid-weight/value,heavyweight/premium, and super heavyweight.WMF: Windows Metafile vector format.Write: To send design information to anembroidery disk, design card or embroidery

machine for immediate stitchout or storage.X/Y coordinates: The horizontal (X) andvertical (Y) distances on a graph or computerscreen. Use X values to measure width, and Yvalues to measure height.XXX: Compucon stitch or ‘expanded’ fileformat in the professional market.Zigzag stitch: Zigzag stitch is similar toSatin but is generally used where fewer stitchesare required. The needle penetrates each side ofthe column, laying the thread across in an openzigzag pattern. The density is determined by thestitch spacing setting. The settings for Zigzag fillstitches are stored separately from Zigzag andDouble Zigzag underlay settings.Zigzag underlay: Zigzag and DoubleZigzag underlay stitching is used to supportwide columns.ES 2006 Glossary 1154ZSK: ZSK1 format is for older ZSK machines,generally those older than 1991. ZSK2 is fornewer ZSK machines, those characterized by asingle top thread trimmer. The trim is the mostsignificant differentiating factor between thetwo types.ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1155

IndexNumerics3D Warp tool 527, 529

Aaccessing designs, databases andfolders 800Accordion SpacingAccordion Spacing tool 484, 485applying 485overview 484selecting types 485setting values 485spacing values 485Active Thread Charts dialog 156,170Add Color To Palette tool 156, 159Add Thread dialog 174Add To Favorites dialog 405addingEmpty Stitch/Empty Jump 188folders 822stitch angles to Complex/FusionFill 367tie-offs 186trims 187adjustingSatin stitch spacing 133stitch angles 365Align Bottom tool 325Align Horizontal Centers tool 325Align Left tool 324Align Right tool 325

Align Top tool 325Align Vertical Centers tool 324aligning objects 324alphabets 620converting TrueType 654converting TrueType fonts 649converting TrueType toembroidery fonts 649creating new 672digitizing from artwork 666letter kerning 657merging files 679modifying 675modifying custom letter 677preparing drawings 668user-refined 661Zurich 1029, 1068, 1069See also letteringanchor points, rotation 334anglesrotating by exact angle 335rounding sharp corners,Input C 217setting for partition lines 453skewing by exact angle 339Tatami underlay stitchangle 197See also stitch angleanti-aliasing 258Any Shape baselines,reshaping 602any shape, drawing lines 229appliquéadding appliqué 24cover stitch values 442guide run values 439offsetting cover stitches 442outputting shapes 749partial cover 444smart corners 437tacking values 441using Input C Offset 113See also Auto AppliquéApply Current Properties tool 400,498Apply Style tool 403archived design files,handling 819Arrange menuRemove Overlaps 421Remove Overlay Stitching 421Arrange toolbarAlign Bottom 325Align Horizontal Centers 325Align Left 324Align Right 325Align Top 325Align Vertical Centers 324Group 326Lock 327Make Same Height 333Make Same Width 333Make Same Width andHeight 333Space Evenly Across 325Space Evenly Down 326

Ungroup 326Unlock All 327arranging objectsgrouping 326locking 326Array tool 345artworkanti-aliased images 258bitmap images 256converting bitmaps tovectors 235–285converting to vectordrawings 284dithered images 257enlargement drawings 846preparing for automaticdigitizing 270preparing for scanning 258scanned images 257scanning 258vector drawings 228artwork, sequins 551Auto Appliqué 24, 437Auto Appliqué tool 349, 437converting to Complex Fill 355cover stitch values 442guide run values 439tacking values 441Auto Appliqué tool 355, 437, 439,440, 441, 442, 444Auto Center 223Auto Jumpapplying 426Auto Jump tool 425connectors 426overview 425setting values 427Auto Scroll 860Auto Spacingdialog 136setting values 135spacing offset 136stitch length 136stitch spacing 136Auto Split 423ES 2006 Index 1156Auto Start and End dialog 223Auto Start and End tool 223Auto Trace tool 284Auto Underlayapplying 192Auto Underlay tab 192Auto Underlay tool 192, 320Center Run 194, 622Double Zigzag 195Edge Run 194, 622selecting a type 192setting margins 199Tatami 197Zigzag and Double Zigzag 195Auto Underlay tool 622automaticbackup 862borders 435branching 317

color matching 156connectors, See connectorsdigitizing 284jumps, See Auto Jumppull compensation 202save 862spacing, See Auto Spacingsplit, See Auto Splittrims 185underlay 191borders, See also letteringautomatic digitizingAuto Trace 284cleaning up images 271color reduction 271converting grayscaleimages 297cropping images 265image preparation tools 274noise filtering 274outline sharpening 273Photo Flash 284Point & Stitch™ 284preparing images 270Smart Design 284automatic letter kerning 657automatic stitching 290adjusting shape tracingoptions 294adjusting values 297creating embroiderydesigns 291object sequencing 296Automatic Stitching Valuesdialog 294

Bbackdrops 12digitizing with backdrops 255dimming 857inserting bitmap images 263inserting vector drawings 233locking and unlocking 327pasting bitmap images 264pasting vector drawings 236saving as separate files 264scanning 261smoothing bitmap images 268smoothing vector drawings 237using bitmap images 262backdrops, displaying 97Back-Front tool 249backgroundschanging colors and fabrics 88printing on productionworksheets 740scanning 261Backstitchadjusting settings 147backstitchBorderline 142Diagonal 142, 143selecting for Contour fill 492selecting for Tatami 142Standard 142, 142–143types 142

Backstitch tool 102, 106, 146, 147,352Backtrack/Repeat tool 420backtracking objects 420baselinesadjusting 601any shape 575arc 572changing 568circular 574custom 575horizontal 570moving letters along 582reshaping 602vertical 571baud rate, setting 831bitmap imagesanti-aliasing 258automatic digitizing 256converting to vectors 285dimming 857displaying 97dithered 257inserting 263outputting designs as 747pasting 264saving separately 264scanned 257scanning 261smoothing 268supported file types 263using as backdrops 262Borderline backstitch 142bordersdigitizing with Input C 111offset objects 429offsetting Input C stitches 113setting width 114Borders tool 435boringBorers tool 556changing borer display color 89digitizing boring holes 555oval holes 556round holes 556boundariesComplex Fill 124digitizing for appliqué 437digitizing for rings 419digitizing with Complex Fill 120bounding outline, selectingobjects 58branching 317applying 318applying two-layer outlinestitching 321Branching tool 317using auto underlay 320using Color-Object List 319Branching tool 318brands, thread 174Browse for Folder dialog 790, 818browsingdesigns, slide show 800for designs 790bunching

reducing with fractionalspacing 211reducing with stitchshortening 207

Ccap corners 213Capture Design Bitmapdialog 748Capture Design Bitmapcommand 747catalogsexporting in CSV format 816exporting in Tab delimitedformat 816printing 813publishing 815Center Out, letter sequencing 618Center Run underlay 194, 622centering object, with cross-haircursor 324ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1157Change Locale command 793changing locale (language) 793Character Map dialog 627charts, See thread chartschecking sequence 80Choose Locale dialog 793Choose Read Tape Typedialog 767, 838Choose Write Tape Typedialog 711, 768, 840chord gap 108circle objectschanging entry point 368moving 362reshaping 362Circle/Star tool 417circlesCircle/Star tool 418digitizing 417drawing 232in circles (Ring) 418in ovals (Ring) 418Clear Function command 387clearing, machine functions 387clipartlink to Design Workflow 785search and sort 775view / select 772Clipart toolbarManage Keywords 781, 783Record to Clipart 778Show Clipart 772, 775, 776, 779clipart, recording 778clipping motifs to fit shapes 519cloningobjects 308closed shapes, drawing 230CNDCND files, color merging 702compatible input methods 926conversion options 699conversion tables 921saving to 922CND format, saving as 751, 753

codesthread 174colorchange functions 714Color Blendingadjusting settings 489applying 487Color Blending tool 487color blocks, printing 742color blocks, split 164Color dialog 89, 175, 538color film, printing 742color matching 156automatic 166Color Merge utility 702Color Palette Editor 156Color Palette Editor dialog 170Color Palette Editor tool 156, 159,161, 164, 168, 169, 170, 172,173, 175color palette, selecting threadcolors 154color reductionautomatic digitizing 271images 293, 294Color toolbarAdd Color To Palette 156, 159Color Palette Editor 156, 159,161, 164, 168, 169, 170, 172,173, 175Colorways 87Compact Palette 156, 159Multi-Colorway Box 158, 159,164Split Palette Color 164Color-Object Listdialog 65, 316, 328displaying hidden objects 65grouping/locking objects 328printing color film 742resequencing objects 315selecting objects 64tool 64, 319, 328Color-Object List tool 315colorsadding to thread charts 173changing background 88changing borer display 89changing for an object 153changing grid display 89changing object outlines 89changing stitch display 89Color palette 152copying across threadcharts 172creating thread charts 168deleting thread charts 169display colors 89matching images to threads 166merging Melco CND files 702modifying colorways 159modifying thread charts 168modifying thread values 161,170removing from thread

charts 161, 170resequencing by 314selecting for an object 152selecting objects by color 63selecting the current color 153setting for consecutiveobjects 154thread colors 152traveling by 83Colorway Options dialog 740colorways 155Add Colors to Palette 291basing on existing 158changing backgrounds 88changing display colors 89changing display settings 87creating 158default settings 159Match Colors to Palette 291modifying 159multiple 155printing 740viewing 87Colorways dropdown 87column spacing, ProgramSplit 460column widthadjusting 203Pull Compensation tool 203columnsdigitizing with Input A 116digitizing with Input C 111offsetting Input C 113setting width 114columns, sorting 796combination splitsSatin in Satin 459Satin in Tatami 459selecting 458Tatami in Tatami 459types 458Combine tool 246combiningdesigns 310objects (branching) 304objects (nesting) 309objects and designs 305styles 407Comma Separated Value files, SeeCSV filescommandspopup menus 40registering the menu chart 844undo/redo 43using 37using toolbars 39Compact Palette tool 156, 159compensating for stretch, See pullcompensationComplex Filladding boundaries 124adding stitch angles 367changing stitch angleon-screen 365Complex Fill tool 120converting to Auto Appliqué 355

ES 2006 Index 1158creating borders 429digitizing objects 120, 122digitizing the stitch angle 121,123entry and exit points 121, 123filling holes 434Motif Fill 514offset objects 429open stitching 482overlapping rows 127removing boundaries 124stitch angle 126Trapunto 482Complex Fill tool 102, 120, 124,126, 127, 354, 496–501, 514complex shape drawingobjects 241Condensed File Input Valuesdialog 700–704condensed files 699See also outline filesconnection settingsethernet 830Melco StarLAN 829network 829parallel ports 829peripheral devices 827serial ports 827connectorsadd Empty Stitch/EmptyJump 188adding tie-offs and trims 186Auto Jump 426automatic 179digitizing with Needles Out 189displaying 79hiding 79inside objects 181jumps 177jumps (automatic) 179minimizing with nesting 309Runs 178runs (automatic) 181setting automatic tie-invalues 182setting automatic tie-offvalues 184setting automatic trimvalues 185show/hide 854tie-ins 178tie-offs 178travel runs 189trims 178types 177consecutive objectsselecting 57setting colors 154Continuous Input 205Contourapplying 491contour stitch in rings 418Contour stitch overview 490Contour tool 490

offset fraction 493selecting a backstitch 492selecting a type 492setting stitch values 493Spiral 491Standard 490control commands, checking 725control points 103changing 356reshape objects 356conversion tablesdigitizing for CND format 926opening CND files 921opening Gunold PCH files 926saving to CND format 922supported stitch fileformats 917Conversion Values dialog 650–656ConvertAuto Appliqué 349Backstitch 350Complex Fill 349Drawing 351Fusion Fill 349Input C 349Motif Run 350Run 349Stemstitch 350Stitch Angles 349Triple Run 350Convert Options dialog 818Convert Selected Designs tool 817convert sequin artwork 551Convert True Type Fontcommand 654Convert TrueType Fontdialog 655convertingbetween objects 348bitmaps to vectors 285designs 805drawing objects toembroidery 349embroidery > drawing 351file types 817photos to designs 297See also conversion tablesSee also converting file formatsconverting file formatsCND conversion options 699CND conversion tables 921PCH conversion table 926converting outline designsEMB conversion limitations 751EMB to CND 751EMB to CSD 752EMB to ZSK 753converting stitch designsrecognize Jumps as Trim 688recognize Objects/Outlines 687coordinateslength 50setting for objects 324Copy From dialog 172copyingand pasting designs 822

cloning objects 308colors across thread charts 172Copy tool 305designs 822duplicating objects 307object properties 399objects 305corner fraction value 115corner points 103cornersappliqué 437cap 213corner fractions, Input C 115mitre 213rounding, Input C 217smart corners 213corrupt files, deleting 1119cover stitchesoffsetting 442setting values 442CPU/RAM specifications 1106Create a Zip Archive dialog 819create letteringletter height 667letter shapes 667letter width 668creating baselinesany shape 575arc 572circular 574horizontal 571vertical 572Crop Bitmap command 265Crop Bitmap with Polygoncommand 265cross stitch, adding 24cross-hair cursor 324CSD format, saving as 752CSV filesComma Separated Valuefiles 816exporting catalogs as 816current color, changing 153current needle position marker 81current object propertiesapplying 400ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1159changing 399make current 399curve points 103curved fillsadjusting settings 500–503applying to existing objects 497applying to multiple objects 498Contour 490creating 495creating fills with twocurves 501creating new objects 496–501custom alphabetssaving 672selecting 674custom lettersdeleting 676renaming 676reshaping 677

saving 670custom sequin palettes 538custom templates, selecting 46,802Customize Worksheet dialog 739cut and pasteCut tool 313objects 305resequencing 313Cut Appliqué command 749cuttingdesigns 823threads 187

DDecoding Options dialog 687–690,706defaultsdesign view 795Define Stop Sequence dialog 706Define Style command 404–407Delete command 309deletingcolors from thread charts 161,170designs 824folders 822motifs 536objects 309styles 409templates 415thread charts 169density, applying fractionalspacing 212deselectingstitches 376deselecting objects 55design elements, naming 162Design Exploreropening 787Design Explorer icon 787Design Explorer toolbarShow/Hide folders 790design formatsGunold PCH 683old format ESD 683Wilcom INP 683design lists, customizing 796design management 32Design Properties command 92Design Properties dialogColorways 168Information 92Stop Sequence 96Summary 92Design Properties tool 797design templates, See templatesDesign Workflow, link embroideryclipart 785designsaccessing 800archiving 819Auto Start and End 223browsing 790browsing with slide showbuttons 800

checking 92combining 310converting 805converting formats 682converting formats (tables) 917converting to other filetypes 817creating new 45emailing 808managing 787opening 44, 800, 801opening multiple 44opening stitch designs 687organizing 822outputting 734, 805planning a design 12redrawing slowly 85renaming 823resequencing 313saving 52selecting 800sorting 805sorting using Navigation buttonsand Slide Show buttons 805starting 45stitching and punching 810viewing 805viewing in databases 805viewing records 797DesignStyles 402details lists, sorting 807device connections,troubleshooting 1110Device Manager dialog 1123devices, security messages 1106Diagonal backstitch 142, 143dialogsActive Thread Charts 156, 170Add Thread 174Add To Favorites 405Auto Spacing 136Auto Start and End 223Automatic Stitching Values 294Browse for Folder 790, 818Capture Design Bitmap 748Character Map 627Choose Locale 793Choose Read Tape Type 767,838Choose Write Tape Type 711,768, 840Color 89, 175, 538Color Palette Editor 156, 170Color-Object List 65, 316, 328Colorway Options 740Condensed File InputValues 700–704Conversion Values 650–656Convert Options 818Convert TrueType Font 655Copy From 172Create a Zip Archive 819Customize Worksheet 739Decoding Options 687–690, 706Define Stop Sequence 706

Design Properties >Information 92Design Properties > StopSequence 96Design Properties >Summary 92Device Manager 1123Digi Test 1120Digitizer Setup 828–834, 1120Digitizer User-Defined FormatSetup 834Disk Format Test Selection 760Display 88, 89, 160DXF File Options 234Edit Function 386, 389Edit Thread 161, 171Effects 579Effects > Accordion 485Effects > Accordion Spacing 489Effects > Auto Jump 427Effects > AutoUnderlay 193–201, 321Effects > Color Blending 488Effects > Curve Fill 497–504Effects > Flexi Split 471–473ES 2006 Index 1160Effects > Jagged Edge 480, 481Effects > Others 203–204, 212,477, 527–529Effects > Shortening 207, 208Effects > Smart Corners 215Embroidery Clipart 773Embroidery MachineConnection 830–836Export As 236Format 763Format Embroidery Disk 763General Properties 41Group Members Add 632Group Name 631Guide Position 49Hardware Setup 828–842Holes 434Insert Function 383Layout 584, 606–611Length Calculation 94Machine Format Values 713–722Machine Format Values >Standard 723–724Make Letter 670–672, 678Make Motif 534–535Make Program Split 469Manage User-RefinedLettering 664Match Drawing Color 166Merge With Style 407Modify Alphabet 675–676Modify Thread Chart 161, 168,170, 171–174Move Stitch 388Multi-Colorway Box 158, 160,164New 46, 802New Alphabet 672

New Colorway 158New Motif Set 535New Object Style 404New Thread Chart 168Object Properties 41, 400–401Object Properties -Lettering 563–580, 591, 625,639–650, 656–674Object Properties - Lettering >Fill Stitch 579, 614–617Object Properties > AutoAppliqué 439–444Object Properties > ComplexFill 126, 128, 129Object Properties >Connectors 180–185Object Properties >Embroidery 190Object Properties > FillStitch 134–145, 424, 450–466,470, 483, 493, 515–527Object Properties > Fills >PhotoSatin 298Object Properties > FusionFill 126, 128Object Properties >General 324, 331–340Object Properties > Image 268Object Properties > InputC 113–115, 217Object Properties > OutlineStitch 108–110, 147, 149,507–511, 542Object Properties > Special >Photo Flash 298Object Properties > Special >Vector 239Object Property - Lettering >Others 592Offset List 433Offset Object 429, 433Open 44, 234, 263, 687, 700,745, 786Open Embroidery Disk 761Open From EmbroideryDisk 761Options 75Options > Auto Scroll 861Options > General 205,862–868Options > Grid 858–860Options > Reshape 862Options > View Design 854, 856Options > View Drawing 857Organize Favorites 405Organize Styles 404–410Print Designs Options 814Print Options 736–742, 812Process 219–221, 692Properties 797, 799Properties (WindowsExplorer) 91Publish Options 815Punch Options 811

Purge Recover and BackupDirectories 1120Quick Names 634Recognition - AdvancedOptions 695Record to Clipart 778Reduce Colors 277Rename Alphabet 675Rename Letter 676Rename Object Style 409Rename Thread Chart 170Revert to Factory Settings 414,1119Save As 53, 411, 747, 752, 753,817, 819Save Options 646, 752, 753Save to Embroidery Disk 765Screen Calibration 842Select By Color 63, 76Select By Stitch Type 64Select Machine Format 52, 710Select Motif 531–536Select Sequin Type 538Select Source 841Sequence 618–620Sequence By Color 315Sequin Palette 538Serial Port Setup 828Set Color 154Sharpen Edges 280Show Functions 390Show Stitches 392Slow Redraw 85Small Stitches 222Smart Design 291–297Smooth Drawing Curves 238Sort 808Stipple 447Stitch List 373, 390Stitch Manager 755Stitch Options 810Stitch to Stitch Manager 755,830Symbol Selection 436, 625Tablet Setup 844–849, 850Tape Manager 768, 811,838–840Team Members 636, 639, 641,643, 644Team Names 631–636Team Names Matrix 644Test Disk 760Tie In Values 183Tie Off Values 184Toolbars 38Transform 332–340TrueView Options 856Use Object Style 403User Preferences 795Windows Properties 803Zoom Factor 69Digi Test dialog 1120Digitizer Setup dialog 828–834,1120digitizer tablets 14

baud rate 831changing drawing scale 849defining and modifyingformats 834overview 844Point mode 831puck actions 851registering enlargementdrawings 846registering the menu chart 844setting up 831shifting the drawing 850Stream mode 832user-defined formats 834ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1161using 851using preset spacing 852Digitizer User-Defined FormatSetup dialog 834digitizers, See digitizer tabletsdigitizingappliqué 437boring holes 555circles and ovals 417columns and borders 111columns with Input A 116columns with Input C 111individual stitches 104input methods 101lines with Run/Triple Run 105Motif Run 506new motifs 534ring boundaries 419rings 418shapes with Auto Trace 284shapes with Complex Fill 120shapes with Input B 118split lines 475turning stitches 496–502using a digitizer tablet 851with backdrops 255with manual input methods 255with Needles Out 189with Photo Flash 255with Point & Stitch™ 255with Smart Design 255with User Defined Split 475digitizing artworkOutline Run 289Pickout Run 289Tatami Fill 287Tatami Fill without Holes 287Turning Satin 287digitizing tablets, testingconnections 1120dimming backdrops 857Disk Format Test Selectiondialog 760displaychanging display colors 89changing display settings 87grid 48setting display options 74display adapterschecking 1123locating drivers 1124

Display dialog 88–89, 160distances, measuringon-screen 50dithering 257Divide tool 251, 253DOS disks, opening designs 761Double Zigzag, setting values 196drawing objectsapply input method 349apply stitch type 349circles 232closed shapes 230coloring 238coloring fills 238coloring outlines 238converting bitmaps tovectors 285converting to embroidery 349creating complex shapes 241,244ellipses 232ovals 232polygons 230rectangles 231See vector objects 228squares 231drawing scale, changing 849Drawing toolbarEllipse 232drawingscreating 228creating enlargementdrawing 846enlargement drawings 846inserting vector drawings 233pasting vector drawings 236smoothing vectors 237See also backdropsduplicatingDuplicate command 307objects 307DXF File Options dialog 234

EE Stitchappliqué 441E Stitch tool 144E Stitch tool 132Edge Runsetting values 194, 622underlay 194, 622edges, applying Jagged Edge 480Edit Bitmap Using command 267Edit Function command 385Edit Function dialog 386Edit menuDelete 309Duplicate 307Envelope 628Envelope > Delete 630Paste Drawing > As Vector 236Paste Vector As Bitmap 264Resequence > By Color 314Resequence > By Selects 314Split Object 311Transform 332, 337

Transform Special 336Edit Thread dialog 161, 171editing letteringon-screen 587with Lettering dialog 587editing objects 348reshaping 356editing stitches 378deleting stitches 379inserting stitches 377moving stitches 378removing small stitches 222using Stitch List 387editing, machine functions 380EDS-IIIconversion table 921digitizing for 926saving to CND format 922effectsAccordion Spacing 484Auto Jump 425Auto Underlay 191Color Blending 487fractional spacing 211Jagged Edge 480pull compensation 201smart corners 213stitch shortening 207Trapunto 482Effects dialog 579Accordion 485Accordion Spacing 489Auto Jump 427Auto Underlay 193–201, 321Color Blending 488Curve Fill 497–504Flexi Split 471–473Jagged Edge 480, 481Others 203–212, 477, 527–529Shortening 207, 208Smart Corners 215elements, naming 92, 162ellipsesdigitizing 417drawing 232Ellipse tool 232email attachments 745email designs 808Email Selected Designs tool 808embroidery clipartlink to Design Workflow 785search and sort 775view / select 772Embroidery Clipart dialog 773embroidery clipart, recording 778embroidery disksES 2006 Index 1162Embroidery Disk Formatcommand 763formats 763formatting 763opening designs 761saving designs 758testing 760Embroidery Machine Connection

dialog 830–836embroidery machinesautomatic download 835connections 835feedback 835setting up 835See also machine formatsembroidery objectscreating complex shapes 244Empty Function tool 188Empty Stitch/Empty Jumptool 188EMT files 411End of Design functions 717enlargement drawingschanging scale 849creating 846preparing 846registering 847shifting 850entry and exit points,changing 368envelopesDelete command 630distorting lettering objects 628Envelope command 628types 628ES Design Explorer problemstroubleshooting 1109ES Designer, starting 35ethernet connection settings 830Exception Access Violation,resolving errors 1122Exclude tool 249Export As dialog 236exportingcatalogs as CSV files 816catalogs as Tab delimitedfiles 816exporting vectors 235

Ffabric stretch, See pullcompensationfabricschanging background 88pull compensationguidelines 202fancy fill stitchesMotif Fill 514Program Split 456favorites, assigning favoritestyles 405File menuCapture Design Bitmap 747Cut Appliqué 749Design Properties 92, 94, 95Embroidery Disk > Format 763New 46Paper Tape > Punch 768, 839Paper Tape > Read 766, 838Print 736, 739, 740, 742Print Preview 736, 739, 740,742, 743Save Bitmap As 264Scan 261

Scanner Setup 841Send 745file tree, refresh 794file typesEMT 411stitch files 917files, combining designs 310fill stitcheschanging between fill andoutline 349switching between fill andoutline 104types 131, 132filling holes, Complex Fill 434fillsadjust curved fill settings 503adjusting curved fillsettings 500adjusting textured fillsettings 473applying curved fills 497, 498creating curved fills 495–496creating fills with twocurves 501selecting textured patterns 472filtering stitchesby function 390by stitch length 391Flatten tool 251, 253Flexi Split tool 471, 472–473Florentine Effectadjusting settings 500Florentine Effect tool 500Florentine Effect tool 496, 497,498foldersadding 822deleting 822masking file types 806organizing designs 822refreshing/validating 794renaming 822searching 805viewing zipped designs 791Format dialog 763Format Embroidery Diskdialog 763formats, digitizer tabletformats 834formatting, embroidery disks 763fractional spacingapplying 212offset fraction 212overview 211Fractional Spacing tool 212frame movement, Auto Jump 425French dots, digitizing 418Front-Back tool 249functionsdisplaying 79End of Design 717hiding 79show/hide 854Stop 717traveling by 84Fusion Fill

adding stitch angles 367nominal stitch angle 126offset objects 429overlapping rows 127Fusion Fill TM tool 102, 122, 124,126, 127, 129, 354

Ggaps, offsetting filled holes 434General Properties toolbar 41General tabdimensions 331mirroring objects 340positioning usingcoordinates 324rotating objects 335skewing objects 339Generate Stitches tool 47, 562,563Generate toolbarAuto Start and End 223Borders 435Borers 556Color Blending 487Generate Stitches 47, 562, 563Offset Object 429, 432Penetrations 189Penetrations with Borers on 555Process 218, 692Stipple Run 446generating stitches 47ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1163graphics acceleration,reducing 1125graphics packages, linking 267grayscale images, converting todesigns 297gridchanging display color 89display 48setting options 858snap to 859grids, rulers and guides 48Group Members Add dialog 632Group Name dialog 631group name, creating 631Group tool 326grouping objects 326with the Color-Object List 328guide patternsMotif Fill 523Program Split 465Guide Position dialog 49guide runsoffsetting 439setting values 439guides and rulers 48Gunold, opening PCH files 926

Hhandles, See selection handleshard disk space, checking 1106hardwareperipheral device settings 827setting up digitizer tablets 831setting up display monitor 842

setting up embroiderymachines 835setting up paper tapepunches 839setting up paper tapereaders 838setting up scanner 841hardware acceleration,reducing 1125Hardware Setupdialog 828–842Hardware Setup command 827,831, 835, 837, 842height, make objects samesize 333helpviewing the online manual 6See also troubleshootinghelp, accessing 7hidden objectsdisplay in Color-Object List 65hidingbackdrops 97bitmap images 97outlines 77stitches 77holescreating in Complex Fill 124digitizing boring holes 555digitizing rings 418digitizing with Complex Fill 120filling holes 434Holes dialog 434hoops, frame out (AutoAppliqué) 440

Iicons, menu chart 909image colors, matchingthreads 166Image menuCrop Bitmap 265Crop Bitmap with Polygon 265Edit Bitmap Using 267Insert Drawing File 235Insert File 233, 263Reverse Curves 204image preparation 270cropping 265non-outlined images 277outlined images 280using tools 275image sharpening, scanning 261Image toolbarAuto Trace 284Line 229Polygon 230Polyline 229Rectangle 231Reduce Colors 277Sharpen Edges 280Smart Design 291imagesbitmaps 262cleaning up 271color reduction 271

cropping 265dimming bitmaps 857displaying bitmaps 97editing 267inserting bitmaps 263noise filtering 274non-outlined 277outline sharpening 273outlined vs non-outlined 271outputting designs as 746pasting bitmap images 264preparation tools 274saving bitmaps separately 264scanning bitmaps 261smoothing bitmaps 268Input Aadding stitch angles 365creating borders 429digitizing columns 116Input A tool 116offset objects 429tool 556with Continuous Input 205Input A tool 102, 116Input Badding stitch angles 365creating borders 429digitizing columns 118Input B tool 118offset objects 429Input B tool 102, 118Input Ccolumn width 114corner fractions 115creating offset objects 429digitizing columns andborders 111Input C tab 113Input C tool 111, 217input side 113offsetting stitches 113reversing stitch direction 204round sharp corners 217Input C tool 102, 111, 113, 114,115, 352input methods 101applying to drawing objects 349Circle/Star 418Complex Fill 120Input A 116Input B 118Input C 111Motif Run 505Ring 418Run and Triple Run 105input methods, selecting 102Input toolbarAuto Appliqué 355, 437, 439,440, 441, 442, 444Backstitch 102, 106, 146, 147,352Circle/Star 417, 418Complex Fill 102, 120, 124, 126,127, 354, 496–501, 514Fusion Fill TM 102, 122, 124,

126, 127, 129, 354Input A 102, 116, 556Input B 102, 118Input C 102, 111, 113, 114, 115,217, 352ES 2006 Index 1164Lettering 562, 563, 565, 568,587, 591, 601, 605, 608, 618,620, 624–629, 641, 650, 656,658, 674Manual 102, 104, 556Manual with Sequins On 555Motif Run 352, 506, 507, 509,510, 511, 530Ring 418Run 102, 106, 107, 109, 352,556Stemstitch 102, 106, 146, 149,352Team Names 631, 632, 634, 635Triple Manual 102, 104Triple Run 102, 106, 107, 109,110, 352Inputs A and B, converting toComplex Fill 349, 354–355Insert File command 233, 263Insert Function command 383Insert Function dialog 383Insert menuFilled Holes 434Offset Object 429Photo Flash 297insertingbitmap images 263one design into another 310one object inside another 309stitches 377vector drawings 233Intersect tool 249

JJagged Edgeapplying 480Jagged Edge tab 481Jagged Edge tool 480setting values 481Jagged Edge tool 480, 481joiningcolumns with underlay 199, 201objects, See connectorsjoins, creating smooth joins 205jumpsadding 189adding Empty Jumps EmptyStitches 188Auto Jump 425automatic connectors 179digitizing with Needles Out 189overview 177using 382

Kkaleidoscopeusing with wreath 343Kaleidoscope tool 343

Keep Source Objects tool 252keep/omit last stitchInput A 117Input B 118Keep Last Stitch tool 369keep/omit motif (Motif Run) 511kerning letters 657

Llast stitch, keep or omit 117, 118layersremoving extra stitchinglayers 421layoutMotif Fills 523Program Split patterns 465Layout dialog 584, 606–611lengthautomatic split 423calculation methods 427Contour stitch 493Edge Run and Center Runstitches 194, 622nominal 500, 503preserving long stitches 425Program Split stitch length 461Run and Triple Run 108Tatami 140Tatami stitches (underlay) 197travel runs 189variable (Run and TripleRun) 109Zigzag and Double Zigzagstitches 196Length Calculation dialog 94letter kerning 657letter spacing, changing 584lettering2-color alphabets 620adding to designs 27adjusting individual letters 595adjusting Satin stitchsettings 614adjusting Tatami stitchsettings 616adjusting Zigzag stitchsettings 617applying lettering art 628Arc angle 608As Digitized join method 621automatic borders 435Bottom Join method 621changing line spacing 583Closest Join method 621color changes betweenletters 564coloring 601coloring on-screen 601converting TrueType letters 650creating embroidery fonts fromTrueType 649edit envelopes 629entering on-screen 562entering via dialog 563generating stitches 47I-beam 601

join methods 620keeping original stitchvalues 620letter justification 580letter spacing 584line spacing 584making bold 578making italic 578moving letters alongbaseline 582names, See namesremoving envelopes 630reshaping baseline 602reshaping curved baselines 602reshaping on-screen 598rotating with Reshape tool 594scaling with Select Objecttool 593selecting symbols 624special characters andsymbols 624stitching sequence 618Tilt angle 608transforming with ReshapeObject tool 597transforming with Select Objecttool 593troubleshooting 1116word spacing 584See also alphabetsSee also baselineslettering art, applying 628Lettering tool 562, 563, 565, 568,587, 591, 601, 605, 608, 618,620, 624–629, 641, 650,656–674Line Select tool 62line spacing, changing 584Line tool 229linesdigitizing with Run and TripleRun 105drawing 229split lines 475Liquid Effect tool 501, 503locale, changing languages 793ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1165locate missing files 792Lock tool 327locking objects 326locking objects, with theColor-Object List 328lockstitches, See Empty Stitch

Mmachine connections, testingtablets 1120Machine Format Valuescommand 724Machine Format Valuesdialog 713–722Standard 723–724machine formatsadvanced values 718changing 711checking 725

color change sequence 718creating custom 723creating custom format 723customizing for specificdesigns 724modifying values 716removing 725selecting 51, 710start of design/end ofdesign 720machine functionsborers in/out 380boring 382checking control commands 725clearing 387color change 380, 381displaying 79editing 387hiding 79inserting manually 383Jumps 382jumps 380sequins 383sequins on/off 380show/hide 854speed 721Stops 381stops 380thread trim 381trims 380types 381using 383Machine menuClear Function 387Edit Function 385Insert Function 383Machine Format Values 724Select Machine Format 51, 710,723Set Color 154machines, See embroiderymachinesMake Lettercommand 670, 677dialog 670–672, 678Make Motif 535dialog 534–535make objects same size 333Make Program Split dialog 469Make Properties Current tool 399,498Make Same Height tool 333Make Same Width and Heighttool 333Make Same Width tool 333Manage Keywords tool 781, 783Manage User-Refined Letteringdialog 664managing designs 787manual digitizing, sequins 549manual objectssplitting 311Manual tool 102, 104, 556Manual, right-clicking 105margins

Jagged Edge 481setting for underlays 199masking files in folders 806Match Drawing Color dialog 166Match to Palette tool 286, 772matrix of team names 644maximum stitch length 500–503Measure command 50measuringcalculating stitch length 427distances on-screen 50status line 50MelcoCND conversion tables 921CND files, color merging 702digitizing for CND (tables) 926StarLAN network settings 829Melco CND format, saving as 751menu charticons 909registering 844Merge With Style dialog 407merging styles 407minimum stitch, Tatami 140Mirror Horizontally tool 340Mirror Vertically tool 340mirroringwith kaleidoscope 343mirroring motifs 532mirroring objectsaround a specified axis 340around X or Y axis 340creating wreaths 343using Object Propertiesdialog 340Mirror-Merge toolbarArray 345Kaleidoscope 343Reflect 341Wreath 343missing files, locating 792mitre corners 213Modify Alphabetcommand 675, 676dialog 675–676Modify Thread Chartdialog 161–168, 170, 171–174modifying designs 21moving objects 323with the Color-Object List 64modifying objectsaligning 324changing entry point inCircle 368changing entry point in Star 368changing entry point ofCircle 368changing radius of Circle 362changing size of Ring 363grouping 326locking 326mirroring 339moving Ring objectboundary 363reshaping Circle objects 361reshaping circles 362

reshaping circles to ovals 362reshaping Ring objects 363reshaping Star objects 361rotating 334scaling 329skewingspacing evenly 325using envelopes 628viewing by color 76monitor, setting up 842Motif Fillapplying 514filling shapes with 514layout motifs 523modifying layoutson-screen 523Motif Fill tool 514, 515, 518motif size 520motifs 1 & 2 521offsets 518rotating 522selecting motifs 515ES 2006 Index 1166spacing 518values 518motif fillstwo-part motifs 517Motif Runcreating offset objects 429keep/omit motifs 511overview 505reshaping 512scaling 509selecting motifs 507spacing 510using 506values 509Motif Run tool 352, 506, 507, 509,510, 511, 530motif setsMake command 534, 535making 535Select command 536motifsadjusting offsettingon-screen 526adjusting spacing on-screen 525clipping to fit shape 519creating new 534deleting 536inserting 530laying out on-screen (MotifFill) 523mirroring 532modifying 532Motif Fill 514overview 505reference points 534remove functions 534rotating 532rotating patterns on-screen 524saving 534scaling 532scaling (Motif Fill) 520scaling (Motif Run) 509scaling patterns on-screen 524

select 507, 542selecting 530selecting (Motif Fills) 515selecting (Motif Run) 507single 1070skewing patterns on-screen 525spacing (Motif Run) 510two-part 1095See also Motif FillSee also Motif RunMove Stitch dialog 388moving circles 362moving objectsnudging 324positioning with X:Ycoordinates 324with click-and-drag 324moving stitches 378Multi-Colorway Box dialog 158,160, 164Multi-Colorway Box tool 158, 159,164multiple colorways, See colorwaysmultiple stitch anglesInput A 365Input B 365

Nname groupsadding individual members 632adding multiple members 634creating 631namesadding to design 636creating groups of 631editing 638outputting designs 646viewing 638needle penetrationsapplying partition lines 452decorative (Program Split) 456digitizing split lines 475digitizing with Needles Out 189offsetting (Tatami) 450random factor 455random factor, ProgramSplit 464needle points 77displaying 79hiding 79offsetting for Contour 493show/hide 854needle position marker 81, 313nesting objects 309network settings 829ethernet 830New Alphabet dialog 672New Colorway dialog 158New command 46new designscreating 45New command 46starting 12new designs, creating 802New dialog 46, 802New Motif Set dialog 535

New Object Style dialog 404New Thread Chart dialog 168New tool 46noise filtering, automaticdigitizing 274nominal stitch length 500–503non-outlined images 277NORMAL templateoverview 410reverting 414using 46nudging objects into position 324

Oobject outlineschanging display color 89object propertiesaccessing 40apply current properties 400changing defaults 401changing for an object 398changing stitch type 132connectors 177current 396, 397default 397defaults 396existing 397make current 399overview 131presetting 399, 400saving current 399saving new defaults 401saving to a template 413styles 402templates 410Object Properties - Letteringdialog 563–591, 625, 639–641,650–674Fill Stitch 579, 614–617Others 592Object Properties dialog 41,400–401Auto Appliqué 439–444Complex Fill 129Complex Fill/Fusion Fill 126, 128Connectors 180–185Embroidery 190Fill Stitch 134–145, 424,450–470, 483, 493, 515–527General 324, 331–340Image 268Input C 113, 114, 115, 217Outline Stitch 108–110, 147,149, 507–511, 542Photo Flash 298PhotoSatin 298Special > Vector 239Object Properties tool 40, 779object sequencing, automaticstitching 296objectsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1167appliqué 437applying underlay 192backtracking 420

changing colors 153changing the objectproperties 398circles 416cloning 308connecting 177converting 348converting drawing objects 349copying and pasting 305creating duplicates 420deleting 309deselecting 55, 56duplicating 307editing 348French dots 416mirroring 339moving 323nesting 309ovals 416positioning 323repeating 420resequencing 312reshaping 348rings 416–418rotating 334selecting 55selecting colors 152shaping 244skewing 338splitting 311traveling by 83vector 228See also modifying objectsOffset List dialog 433Offset Objectcommand 429dialog 429, 433Offset Object tool 429, 432offsettingappliqué cover stitches 442appliqué guide runs 439appliqué tacking 441Auto Spacing (Satin) 136Contour needle points 493creating offset objects 429filled holes (Complex Fill) 434fractional spacing 212Motif Fill patterns 518objects 429offset fractions (Tatami) 450offsets setting for Input Cobjects 113Program Split columns androws 462Program Split patternson-screen 468Program Split stitches 462random factor (Tatami) 455using partition lines 452omit/keep last stitchInput A 117Input B 118omit/keep motifs (Motif Run) 511online help 4, 7online manual 4open

Design Explorer 787designs 800shapes, drawing 229stitching, See color blendingstitching, Trapunto 482Open As tool 761Open Design tool 801Open dialog 44, 234, 263, 687,700, 745, 786Open Embroidery Disk dialog 761Open From Embroidery Diskdialog 761Open tool 44, 745opening designs 801converting stitch designs 687from DOS disk 761from paper tape 766Open tool 44other formats 761preview window 44opening filesobject/outline recognition 686recognition limitations 687scaling 686OptionsAuto Scroll dialog 861command 860, 861, 862, 864,865, 866, 867, 868View Drawing 857Options dialog 75Auto Scroll 861General 205, 862–868Grid 858–860Reshape 862View Design 854, 856Organize Favorites dialog 405Organize Styles dialog 404–410organizing designs 822outline files 682, 699Outline Rundigitizing artwork 289Outline Run tool 286, 289outline sharpeningautomatic digitizing 273outline stitches, Motif Run 505outlined images, sharpening 280outlines 77changing between fill andoutline 349changing display color 89control points 103creating borders aroundobjects 429displaying 77selecting objects with 58stitch types 132switching between fill andoutline 104outputting designs 805as bitmap images 747as images 746as vector drawings 746punching paper tape 768to different formats 711ovals

boring oval holes 556digitizing 417drawing objects 232in circles (Ring) 418in ovals (Ring) 418reshaping circles to ovals 362overlap stitchingremoving 421overlap taper angle 127Overlap tool 253overlappingcap corners 215color blending 487Complex Fill and Fusion Fillsegments 127mitre corners 215overstitching, pullcompensation 201Overview Window tool 71

PpaletteAdd Colors to Palette 291Match Colors to Palette 291See also color palettepalette colors, match todrawing 286palettes, sequins 538panning designs 69paper tapeopening designs 766Punch command 768, 839punching 768Read command 766, 838setting up punches 839setting up readers 838storing designs 766parallel portsconnection settings 829ES 2006 Index 1168Partial Appliqué command 444partial cover appliqué 444partition lines 452angle 453sequence 452Paste Drawing As Vectorcommand 236paste optionsCenter at Current Stitch 865,866Object Property Position 865,866Start at Current Stitch 865, 866Paste Vector As Bitmapcommand 264pastingbitmap images 264designs 822objects 305Paste tool 305, 313vector drawings 236patternscreating patterns 469editing 470laying out on-screen (MotifFill) 523

laying out on-screen (ProgramSplit) 465Program Split 456scaling for Motif Fill 520selecting (Program Split) 457selecting for Motif Fills 515See also motifsPenetrations tool 189peripheral devicesconnection settings 827setting up 827See also hardwareperspective effects, AccordionSpacing 485perspective effects, ColorBlending 487Photo Flash command 297photos, converting toembroidery 297Pickout Rundigitizing artwork 289tool 286, 289pictures, See backdropsplanningdesign shapes 12stitching sequence 12Point & Stitch™ toolbarMatch to Palette 286Outline Run 286, 289Pickout Run 286, 289Tatami Fill 286, 288Tatami Fill without Holes 286,288Turning Satin 285, 287Point mode, digitizer tablets 831pointer position display 863Pointer toolbarBacktrack/Repeat 420Empty Function 188Keep Last Stitch 369Line Select 62Polygon Select/Line Select 61Reshape Object 237, 356, 359,362, 363, 365, 368, 497, 498,512, 527, 529, 553, 581, 582,583, 590, 594, 595, 597, 598,660, 662, 677Select Object 57, 58, 60, 61,308, 553, 589, 593Stitch Angles 367Stitch Edit 372, 373, 375, 377,378, 379, 380Tie Off 186Trim 187Polygon Select/Line Select tool 61Polygon tool 230Polyline tool 229popup menuConvert Auto Appliqué 349Convert Backstitch 350Convert Complex Fill 349Convert Drawing 351Convert Fusion Fill 349Convert Input C 349Convert Motif Run 350

Convert Run 349Convert Stemstitch 350Convert Stitch Angles 349Convert Triple Run 350using 40portsparallel 829serial 827position coordinates 50preparing, enlargementdrawings 846preserving long stitches 425preset spacing values 852preset styles, NORMALtemplate 410Print command 736, 739, 740, 742Print Designs Options dialog 814Print Options dialog 736–742, 812Print Preview command 736, 739,740, 742, 743Print Preview tool 96Print Selected Designs tool 812Print tool 735printingbackgrounds 740catalogs 813multiple colorways 740production worksheets 812Processdialog 219–221, 692tool 218, 220, 692production information 96production worksheetscustomizing 739print options 736printing 735, 812printing backgrounds 740Text to Print 739viewing 96Program Splitadjusting spacing on-screen 467applying 456applying random factors 464combination splits 458creating patterns 469editing patterns 470filling shapes with 457layout patterns 465modifying layoutson-screen 465offsetting 462offsetting patternson-screen 468Program Split tool 456, 457,458, 460, 461, 462, 464, 465random factor 464rotating patterns on-screen 467scaling patterns on-screen 467selecting patterns 457skewing patterns on-screen 467stitch values 461propertiesObject Properties tool 179, 181,182, 184, 185, 189, 238, 399,401, 413

viewing 797See also object propertiesProperties dialog 799ES Explorer 797Windows Explorer 91Properties Window tool 659properties, of objects 40Publish Options dialog 815publishing catalogs 815puck, digitizer 851pull compensationapplying 202overstitching amount 203overview 201Pull Compensation tool 202recommended values 202reversing stitch direction 204Punch Options dialog 811Punch Selected Designs tool 811ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1169punchingdesigns 810from ES Explorer 811paper tape 768See also paper tape punchesPurge Recover and BackupDirectories dialog 1120push-pull effect, compensatingfor 127

QQuick Names dialog 634

Rrandom factor 455Program Split 464readers, See paper tape readersreassigning colors, to stitchfiles 706Recognition - Advanced Optionsdialog 695recoloring objects 153Record to Clipart dialog 778Record to Clipart tool 778records, viewing 797Rectangle tool 231rectangles, drawing 231Redo tool 43redoing commands 43redrawing designsslowly 85Reduce Colorsdialog 277Reduce Colors tool 277reference linesmirroring objects 340rotating by specified angle 337rotating relative to 336reference pointsmotifs 534origin 846, 847rotating using 336rotating using (exact angle) 337rotation point 846–847scaling objects with 332See also control points

Reflect tool 341refreshing display/folders/treenode 794registeringenlargement drawings 847the menu chart 844Remove Overlaps command 421Remove Overlay Stitchingcommand 421RenameAlphabet dialog 675Letter dialog 676Object Style dialog 409Thread Chart dialog 170renamingdesigns 823folders 822styles 408thread charts 169repeatingmotifs (Motif Run) 526objects 420ResequenceBy Color command 314By Selects command 314resequencingby color 314by selection 314objects 312objects, branching 304using cut and paste 313using the Color-Object List 315Reshape Object tool 237,356–368, 498, 512–529, 553,581–583, 590–598, 660, 662,677reshape options 861Reshape toolbarShow Reshape Nodes 356, 359Show Start/End 357, 368Show Stitch Angles 356, 365reshaping objects 348, 356circles 362lettering 602Motif Run 512Ring 363Sequin Run 553Star 361Reverse Curve 204Reverse Curves command 204reverse stitch direction 204reverse stitchingBacktrack and Repeat 420Revert to Factory Settingsdialog 414, 1119revert, to NORMAL template 414Ring objectschanging entry point 368changing size 363digitizing 418moving boundary 363reshaping objects 363Ring tool 418Ring tool 418Rotate 45 CCW tool 335

Rotate 45 CW tool 335Rotate tool 335rotatingmotifs 532motifs in Motif Fills 522objects 334patterns on-screen 524Program Split patternson-screen 467See also rotating objectsrotating objectsby an exact amount 335by click-and-drag 334from the Object Propertiesdialog 335on-screen 334using a reference line 336using a reference line andangle 337roughness, Jagged Edgevalues 481rounding corners, Input C 217row spacing, Program Split 460rulers and guides 48RunBacktrack and Repeat 420chord gap 108creating offset objects 429setting stitch length 108stitch length 108tool 556underlays 194, 622values 107variable stitch length 109Run and Center Run values 194,622Run tool 102, 106, 107, 109, 352runsappliqué guide runs 439automatic connectors 181overview 178setting Center Run and EdgeRun values 194, 622travel runs 189runs, sequins 540

Ssame size, objects 333sample motifs, Motif Fill 523sample patterns, ProgramSplit 465Satinappliqué cover stitch 442applying Auto Split 423automatic spacing 135digitizing with Input C 111ES 2006 Index 1170overview 132Satin tool 132, 423setting stitch count 138spacing 134splitting long stitches 423Triple Satin 138Satin tool 132, 133, 135, 136, 138,614Save As dialog 53, 411, 747, 752,

753, 817, 819Save Bitmap As command 264Save Options dialog 646, 752, 753Save to Embroidery Diskdialog 765Save to Embroidery Disk tool 711,764Save tool 52savingbitmap images as separatefiles 264designs 52designs to embroiderydisk 758–766object properties to atemplate 413Save tool 52saving designsCSD format 752Melco CND format 751ZSK-TC format 753scalingenlargement drawing scale 849motifs 532motifs (Motif Fill) 520motifs (Motif Run) 509objects 329Program Split patternson-screen 467, 524scaling objectsby click-and-drag 329make same size 333on-screen 329to an exact size 331using Object Properties 331using reference points 332Scanner Setup command 841scanning 258–262artwork 258, 261bitmap images 261color mode 259preparing artwork 258resolution 259Scan command 261setting up scanners 841sharpening 261tips 260Screen Calibration dialog 842securitydevice messages 1106segmentsComplex Fill objects 120, 122traveling by 82segments, adjusting overlap 127SelectBy Color dialog 63, 76By Stitch Type dialog 64Machine Format command 710,723Machine Format dialog 52, 710Motif dialog 531–536Source dialog 841Select Machine Formatcommand 51Select Object tool 57, 58, 60, 61,

308, 553, 589, 593Select Sequin Type dialog 538selectingalphabets 565Tatami backstitch 142selecting designs 800selecting objectsbounding outline 58by color 63by stitch type 64cancelling a selection 56current object 60grouping 326resequencing by selection 314Select Object tool 56selecting a range 59selecting all 55selecting consecutive objects 57selecting first and last 61selecting multiple objects 57selecting the next or previousobject 61using Line Select 62using point and click 57using Selects On 59using SHIFT to select a range 57while traveling 60with Polygon Select 61with the Color-Object List 64selecting stitches 372by needle point 372cancelling a selection 376selecting a range 375several stitches 372single stitch 372using outline 373using Selects On 375while traveling through adesign 375with a bounding box 373with the Stitch List 373selection handlesrotating 334scaling 324selection toolsPolygon Select/Line Select 61Select Object/Select Current 57Selects On 59, 375Selects On tool 59, 375Selects On, selecting a range ofstitches 375Send command 745sequencechecking 80partition lines (Tatami) 452resequencing 313traveling 80Sequence By Color dialog 315Sequence dialog 618–620sequencing objects, automaticstitching 296sequin artwork, convert 551Sequin Manual tool 549Sequin Palette dialog 538Sequin Palette Editor tool 538Sequin Palette tool 538, 541, 542

sequin palettes, setting up 538Sequin Run Auto tool 540Sequin Run Manual tool 540sequin runs, creating 540sequin runs, scale/reshape 553Sequin toolbarManual Sequin 549Sequin Palette 538, 541, 542Sequin Palette Editor 538Sequin Run Auto 540Sequin Run Manual 540Vectors to Sequins 551sequinsdigitizing individual 549serial devices, recommendedsettings 827Serial Port Setup dialog 828serial ports, connectionsettings 827Set Colorcommand 154dialog 154settingAlways Check DesignIntegrity 868Cross Hair Cursor 867, 868Cumulative Stitch Count 868design view defaults 795other options 868pointer position display 863Run Small Stitch Filter onOutput 868Show Design Source 868user preferences 795setting optionsES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1171pointer position display 864settingsadjusting view 793settings, changing display 87shading effects, AccordionSpacing 485shading effects, ColorBlending 487Shaping toolbarBack-Front 249Combine 246Divide 251, 253Exclude 249Flatten 251, 253Front-Back 249Intersect 249Keep Source Objects 252Overlap 253Weld 246Sharpen Edges dialog 280Sharpen Edges tool 280sharpening outlines 280Shortcut to Windows Propertiesdialog 803Shortening tool 207shortening, See stitch shorteningshowneedle penetration points 77outlines 77Show Connectors 854

Show Drawing tool 97Show Functions 854Show Needle Points 854stitches 77Show All tool 69Show Bitmap tool 97, 857Show Clipart tool 772, 775, 776,779Show Drawing tool 244Show Functions dialog 390Show Grid tool 48, 858, 859Show Image Toolbar tool 37Show Input Toolbar tool 37Show Needle Points tool 79Show Outlines tool 77Show Pointer Toolbar tool 37Show Reshape Nodes tool 356,359Show Rulers and Guides tool 48,859Show Start/End tool 357, 368Show Stitch Angles tool 356, 365Show Stitches dialog 392Show Stitches tool 77Show Travel Toolbar tool 37Show Vectors tool 97, 857Show Vertical toolbarShow Image Toolbar 37Show Input toolbar 37Show Pointer toolbar 37Show Travel toolbar 37Show/Hide folders icon 790Skew tool 339skewing objectsby click-and-drag 339by exact angle 339patterns on-screen 525Program Split patternson-screen 467using Object Propertiesdialog 339with rotation handles 339slide showbrowsing designs 800running 798thumbnails and properties 798viewing designs 798Slow Redrawdialog 85Slow Redraw command 85Small Stitches command 222Small Stitches dialog 222small stitches, removing 222smart cornersappliqué 437applying 214cap 213mitre 213round corners, Input C 217setting values 215Smart Corners tool 213, 214Smart Designdialog 291–297tool 291Smooth Drawing Curves

dialog 238smooth joins, creating 205snap to grid 859Sortdialog 808Sort tool 807sortingdesign lists 796designs 805using details lists 807using Sort 807using View menu 806Space Evenly Across tool 325Space Evenly Down tool 326spacingAccordion Spacing 484fractional spacing 211objects evenly 325offset, Auto Spacing 136open spacing (colorblending) 487open spacing (Trapunto) 482preset 852Program Split stitches 461Tatami underlay 197using Auto Spacing 135Zigzag and Double Zigzagstitches 196Special menuAlphabet > MakeLetter 670–677Alphabet > ModifyAlphabet 675, 676Convert TrueType Font 654Hardware Setup 827, 831, 835,837, 842Motif > Make 534–535Motif > Select 536Options 74, 860, 861, 862, 864,865, 866, 867, 868Tablet 844, 847, 849, 850Spiral Contour 491in circles 417Split Object command 311Split Palette Color tool 164splittingcombination splits 458lines 475objects 311Split Object command 311using Auto Split 423using split lines 475squares, drawing 231stabilizing, with auto underlay 191Standard backstitch 142Standard Contour 490Standard toolbarBranching 317, 318Color-Object List 64, 315–319,328Copy 305Cut 313New 46Object Properties 40, 179, 181,182, 184, 185, 189, 238, 399,

401, 413Open 44, 745Open As 761Overview Window 71Paste 305, 313Print 735Print Preview 96Properties Window 659Redo 43Save 52Save to Embroidery Disk 711,764Selects On 59, 375ES 2006 Index 1172Show Bitmap 97, 857Show Connectors 79Show Drawing 244Show Functions 79Show Grid 48, 858, 859Show Needle Points 79Show Outlines 77Show Rulers and Guides 48, 859Show Stitches 77Show Vectors 97, 857Stitch List 373, 387, 388, 389,390, 391Stitch to Stitch Manager 711,755, 830Team List 638, 641, 643TrueView™ 78, 855Undo 43Ungroup 677Star objectschanging entry point 368digitizing 418reshaping 361StarLAN network settings 829Start/End Design tool 82starting new designs 45Stemstitchadjusting settings 149Stemstitch tool 102, 106, 146,149, 352Stipple dialog 447Stipple Run tool 446stipplingcreating textures 446stitch anglesadding to Complex/FusionFill 367adding to Input A 365adding to Input B 365Complex Fill/Fusion Fill 126defining for Complex Fill 121,123Stitch Angles tool 368turning stitches, Input A 116Stitch Angles tool 367stitch densityadjusting 218adjusting for certain stitchtypes 220stitch designsconversion options 687opening 687

processing into objects 687stitch recognition 687stitch direction, reversing 204Stitch Edit tool 372, 373, 375, 377,378, 379, 380stitch filesoverview 683reassigning colors 706supported formats 917Stitch Listdialog 373, 390editing stitch coordinates 388,389filtering by function 390Stitch List tool 373, 387, 388,389, 390, 391using 387Stitch Managerdeleting embroiderymachines 837dialog 755setting up embroiderymachines 835using 755Stitch menuDefine Style 404, 405, 407Partial Appliqué 444Small Stitches 222Stitch Options dialog 810stitch recognition 687advanced options 694Stitch Selected Designs tool 810stitch shorteningapplying 207customizing 208overview 207setting values 208Stitch to Stitch Managerdialog 755, 830Stitch to Stitch Manager tool 711,755, 830stitch typesBackstitch 147changing 132Contour 490fill 132Motif Fill 514Motif Run 505overview 131Program Split 456Satin 132selecting 132Stemstitch 149Triple Satin 138Stitch Types toolbar3D Warp 527, 529Accordion Spacing 484, 485Auto Jump 426Auto Underlay 192, 320, 622Contour 490, 491, 492, 493E Stitch 132, 144Flexi Split 471–473Florentine Effect 496–500Fractional Spacing 212Liquid Effect 501, 503

Motif Fill 514, 515, 518Program Split 456, 457, 458,460, 461, 462, 464, 465Pull Compensation 202, 203Satin 132, 133, 135, 136, 138,423, 614Shortening 207Smart Corners 214Tatami 132, 139, 140, 142, 449,450, 452, 455, 616Trapunto 482User Defined Split 475, 476, 477Zigzag 132, 143, 617stitch usage, estimating total 94stitch valuesAuto Spacing (Satin) 135backstitch 142cover appliqué 442guide runs (appliqué) 439length (Tatami) 140setting Tatami offsets 449setting Tatami values 139stitch type 132tacking (appliqué) 441stitches 77adjusting density 220appliqué cover stitches 442appliqué tacking 441calculating stitch length 427changing display color 89Contour stitch values 493deselecting 376digitizing Run stitches 105displaying 77Edge Run and Center Runlength 194, 622editing 378generating 47keep/omit last stitch 117–118Manual 104multiple stitch counts (TripleRun) 110preserving with Auto Jump 425selecting 372selecting a stitch type 132shortening 207stitch types 132Tatami underlay 197travel runs 189traveling by 81Triple Manual 104Zigzag and Double Zigzaglength 196See also editing stitchesSee also selecting stitchesstitchingremoving layers 421stitching designsselecting machine andoptions 810using Stitch Manager 755ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1173See also Stitch Managerstitching sequence 80See also sequence

storing designsembroidery disks 758paper tape 766Stream mode, digitizertablets 832strengtheningauto underlays 191stylesapplying 403applying favorites 403assigning favorites 405creating new style 404deleting 409make object propertiescurrent 399merging 407modifying 407overview 402renaming 408See also templatestoolbar 402Styles toolbarApply Current Properties 400,498Apply Style 403favorite styles 403Make Properties Current 399,498switching, between fill andoutline 104Symbol Selection dialog 436, 625system preferencesautomatic backup 862automatic save 862setting 854viewing options 855

TTab delimited files, exportingcatalogs 816Tablet command 844, 847, 849,850Tablet Setup dialog 844–849, 850tablets, See digitizing tabletstackingoffsetting 441setting values 441Tape Manager dialog 768, 811,838–840tape, See paper tapetaper angle, overlappingsegments 127Tatamibackstitch 142Borderline backstitch 142Diagonal backstitch 143offset fractions 450offsets 449partition lines 452random factor 455setting underlay stitchangles 197setting underlay values 197Standard backstitch 142stitch length 140Tatami tool 132

values 139Tatami Fill tool 286, 288Tatami Fill without Holes tool 286,288Tatami tool 132, 139, 140, 142,449, 450, 452, 455, 616Tatami valuesstitch spacing, length andminimum length 140Team List 638, 641, 643Team Members dialog 636, 639,641, 643team name matrix 644Team Names 630dialog 631–636See also namesteam namescreating 635creating separate designs 643editing 638outputting designs 646viewing 638Team Names tool 631, 632, 634,635templatescreating 411deleting 415modifying 412NORMAL 410overview 410reverting to original 414saving object properties 413using 412using custom templates 46using the NORMAL template 46See also stylestemplates, using customtemplates 802Test Disk dialog 760textured fillsadjusting settings 473creating 471selecting patterns andoptions 472texturesstippling 446third-party applications 267thread chartsadding colors 173copying colors 172creating 168deleting 169modifying 168modifying threads 161, 170renaming 169thread colors 152adding to thread charts 173copying across threadcharts 172creating thread charts 168matching 156, 166matching to image 166mixing your own 175modifying threads 161, 170See also colors

threadsbrands 174code 174color matching 166density 174thickness 136type 174types 136Tie In Values dialog 183Tie Off tool 186Tie Off Values dialog 184tie-insoverview 178setting automatic tie-insvalues 182tie-offsadding 186methods 184overview 178setting automatic tie-offvalues 184setting automatic trimvalues 185Tie Off tool 186toolbarsselecting commands 39showing 37Styles toolbar 402Toolbars dialog 38total stitch count, estimating 94Transform dialog 332–340Transform toolbarMirror Horizontally 340Mirror Vertically 340Rotate 335Rotate 45 CCW 335Rotate 45 CW 335Skew 339transforming letters,on-screen 597ES 2006 Index 1174transforming objectsmirroring (reference line) 340rotating (reference line andangle) 337rotating (reference line) 336scaling (reference points) 332Transform command 332, 337Transform Specialcommand 336Trapuntoapplying (Complex Fill) 483overview 482Trapunto tool 482Travel by Color tool 83Travel by Function tool 84Travel by Object tool 83travel runs 189Travel toolbarStart/End Design 82Travel 1 Stitch 81Travel 10 Stitches 81Travel 100 Stitches 81Travel 1000 Stitches 81Travel by Color 83Travel by Function 84

Travel by Object 83Travel by Segment 82travelingby 1 stitch 81by 10 stitches 81by 100 stitches 81by 1000 stitches 81by color 83by function 84by segment 82by stitches 81overview 80selecting objects whiletraveling 60selecting stitches 375traveling toolsStart/End Design 82Travel by Color 83Travel by Function 84Travel by Object 83travel by stitches tools 81tree node, refresh 794Trim tool 187trimsadding 186overview 178trim functions 714Trim tool 187Triple Manual tool 102, 104Triple Runcreating offset objects 429repeating stitches 110variable stitch length 109Triple Run tool 102, 106, 107, 109,110, 352Triple Satin 138troubleshooting 1104beeping sound 1115deleting files with purgerecovery 1119design integrity 1115device connections 1110digitizer connections 1120embroidery lettering 1116ES Design Explorerproblems 1109exception accessviolations 1122, 1123general problems 1112invalid access code 1107invalid product 1108Missing files 1108missing toolbars 1114output 1113recovering backups 1116reverting to factorysettings 1119security device messages 1106stitch display 1113testing embroidery disks 760Timeout warning 1108Timeout warning when startingES Design Explorer 1109TrueView™ 1114units of measurement 1113Unrecoverable error when

opening design 1109Unrecoverable error whenopening ES Designer 1109unrecoverable errors 1108unwanted trims 1115TrueType fonts 649conversion stitch methods 656converting completealphabets 654converting to embroideryfonts 649TrueView Options dialog 856TrueView™ 77selecting options 855thread thickness 855tool 78TrueView tool 855viewing in 78Turning Satindigitizing artwork 287Turning Satin tool 285, 287turning stitchesapplying fractional spacing 212applying stitch shortening 207Contour 490corner fractions 115digitizing with Input A 116digitizing with Input B 118Input C 115turning-offautomatic tie-ins 182automatic tie-offs 184automatic trims 185fractional spacing 212pull compensation 202TWAIN 841two-color alphabets 620two-part motifs 517

UunderlaysCenter Run 194, 622choosing suitableunderlays 194, 622Edge Run 194, 622setting Auto Underlaymargins 199See also Auto UnderlayUndo tool 43undoing commands 43Ungroup tool 326, 677ungrouping objects 326Unlock All tool 327unlocking objects 327unrecoverable errors,troubleshooting 1108Use Object Style dialog 403User Defined Splitapplying 476digitizing objects with 475User Defined Split tool 475, 476,477User Preferencesdialog 795setting 795User Preferences command 795

user-refined alphabets 661

Vvalidating folders 794valuesAuto Jump 427automatic connectors 179pull compensation 202Run and Triple Run 107selecting stitch types 132Tatami underlay 197travel runs 189See also object propertiesvariable stitch length (Run andTriple Run) 109ES 2006 Wilcom ES Online Manual 1175vector drawingsautomatic digitizing 228convert to embroidery 349converting artwork 284digitizing 349importing and exporting 233inserting 233outputting designs as 746pasting 236reshaping 237smoothing 237vector objectscreating 228open shapes 229straight lines 229Vectors to Sequins tool 551View By Color command 76View Design tabsetting display options 74View menuMeasure 50Slow Redraw 85User Preferences 793, 795View By Color 76view settings, adjusting 793viewingbackdrops 97colorways 87design properties 797designs 69information online 4objects by color 76options, See user preferencesslide show 800viewing design optionsconnectors 854functions 854needle points 854viewing designsconnectors 79display options 77displaying hidden objects 65functions 79needle points 79outlines and stitches 77panning 69redrawing slowly 85setting display options 74setting options 855TrueView™ 78

TrueView™ options 855zooming 69

WWeld tool 246width, make objects same 333WinZip tool 819word spacing, changing 584worksheets, See productionworksheetsWorkWithObjectProperties 397Wreath tool 343wreathskaleidoscope effect 343objects as wreaths 343

XX and Y coordinates, setting 324

ZZigzagunderlay, setting 196using with boring holes 555Zigzag tool 132, 143, 617Zigzag tool 132zipped designsextracting 820viewing in folders 791Zoom 1-1 tool 69Zoom Box tool 69Zoom Factor dialog 69Zoom Factor tool 69Zoom In 2X tool 69zoom in/out 69Zoom Out 2X tool 69Zoom toolbarShow All 69Zoom 1-1 69Zoom Box 69Zoom Factor 69Zoom In 2X 69Zoom Out 2X 69ZSK-TC format, saving as 753